Seino ens 8
MM as Res Ray
a ard Nae
y alt sings See
WIR oe
EMM Nt Beis te
Lemst
oat
& Bare de
poy viens
5 FASE LS * ,
aiteate Bale, MST, Be ennetay 05 Menke. O of
Gh Fee ee Ae Ac mite ty Ge eset
vise!
Yen
ton
coe
te ht be ie
rat ae
“area
:
Anse nw amer
eye SPR eS
py veceeen ett
bh yi pote
s oe)
PN ES HEAL
tye BF nn
eel cath
ree .
Mee PLSE Eh AS
Za gti poy eters
Pie es
MUSES ae DR Rew ee ae like OS Si ie i
Meee EEO EALO NE DERE EH)
fe OWES VER bey
Lee)
ae
Len woyie- >
wh
Pe
Srikgs ee epan she
i
4) ©
< Was’
a
©
Wasi
A,
s<
NS
Sy
rh
YGi1 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
INSTIT
FS Of] fir ; Ceimoses7
NVINOSHLINS Saluvual
$31)
ween oO} PP SMa fF oS >) =
= Ray) 2 WE ey 2 &
5 RY = QW 2g a
m aS z m
= wn | . rn
: as w
=e = z z < s
z =! z a z o
= NO" 2 = 2 = =
tow fk Bo oe 5 :
NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3!1Y¥VYSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN
: 2 = g = g
t = \. & 5 E a
SRN VE = ae Z
= re) = S = Oo a Oo
5 z = za _ x .
LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31uVu dg]
= S = S = 3 |
=) 2) a o
2 5 ag ~ = So =
= 5 ag ‘yy = = ee >
a § OF - a ze E
— is Yy = - xe =
UTION NOILALILSNI_ NVINOSHLIWS |S iuvug rout BRARI ES SMITHSONIAN _ INSTITUTI
ee < = =< Ke = 3 x Ff
‘a = z = z WN SS OS = \\) \*
S = ro) Fe. 09 VNR = S We
~~ ow a wy 2 UE G 2 YX)
S 2 - z* = » 2 - |
> Z = 5 : = St ae ! =
.. = w ae YW ee za w” -
pyait_ LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN _INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31uvud
Zz ns = o Ss iu ”
“ ~ side NS Y = ml =
= = MP 3 = ea Ne
oar oc : — oc Cc oc \
ro} = Z ) = : ro re
= oT za -! = ees
UTION _ NOILNLILSNI _NVINOSHLINS ~°3 lyVvug 1 _tl BRARI ES_ SMITHSONIAN _INST
5 BE ye I RDI RD! & 264
A A aA
: = ,E > = ‘>
= = : = = i
n = on 7 n* m
z 7) : = w = (2p)
{yg ~t! B RARI ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS Sa iuvugd
. s Bue Se Mh aie ae = ff. |
Yip, = oi a Zz = Yl yy
ope: z S WW 2 2 § t YY
a = o BE ENS “oe ae fe) Lf fy
Ee Wey 2 E Nv 2 = z 7
a wy 6 6 = SS = = > |
UTION NOILNLILSNI_NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
uJ n Hs 7 Yy,
= = z = = Gey =
< .< = < UY m=
0c 5 WS ac = a fer S
2 ober o hg o
3 2 RS — > =
yug tl BRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNIT NYINOSHLIWS $3 1uVvud
z |
: S r o = S ;
Sc 5. a = B) -
Ee: = e > ° =
= ES = c 2 =
- Dilantin Z m 2
TUTION, NOILNLILSNI_ NYINOSHLINS S31YVYEIT_LIBRARIES, SMITHSONIAN _INSTITUTIG
So a a a ee ee ee ee ae
> Smo WWWHE zy] my 5 ye Of fj" ® OAT = 7S
p (ey == S NY - 45 (e — A, 45 Lend Peoliog irae we = 4 cy aoe “a
S was m AS = wasn m TTS = m Sings 2 Sf wasn’
77) F = wm = 7) a
RARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS SSIYVYUEIT LIBRAR
7 w a @ ” = wn Dp = ‘9
= < = Py < = yy
=| Zz = yt tp, = = Z Wag
3 S 2 Fe i 9 z S \
O x -60 fYWYw = fe) xc ua oe
2 = 2,97 ff & Z| E SNS
= = SS > = > = aN
a 7) ieee za ” z= 7) :
—NVINOSHLINS S3 iuvug i1_ti BRARI ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION pe ae
= ud = wl wy = ud
4 = 4 - Yay, % =
aA _< — fot a <
Cc feed Cc < ” bly [ exe
=~ amd ae . yds Perl aed oO
re) 3 a re) ss 5 2
Zz : J 2 a Zz a
RARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3INvVUdIT LIBRAR
S — Kim §& is z 2
= “0 = x ° 9
=, a 5 ro) = 9)
= = = a = 2
AALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31IYVHUSEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN _ NOILOLI
= w = OE 2 2) z< WM
= | = = z =
: g i eS g 3 | g
= 2 = Z = Z
, a ~ iS a . 2B = Ne
SRARIES SMITHSONIAN _INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3I¥vugit
e Z in ZS xx o Z
77) BN
4 ‘3 : % QQ = a
< *9, of x od x \N : < =
am se: (e) = ro) ae eo)
~ Zz at = ae aa z
LALILSNI NVINOSHIJIWS LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN _ INSTITUTION NOILALI
a: = oe = ee oh S
peu) > ER ow ctor er] ee
a \ 5 Fe) i ag Ee
> VA E > = a> =
bee z D z on z
JRARIES, SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION _NVINOSHLINS, SAIUVUEIT LIBRAF
" = a = < i) ee
4 z 4 z= = ea KA.
WE Z S ae ig x os N
Ne oO el e oO £ = (@) eke “ 3
oS = 2 2, = z ee ww
TESS cS = BS > Pid = > = “SS
ANLILSNI_NVINOSHLINS SAIYVYGIT_LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION | NOILNLI
o = tw = ud
a w mn a a. ~
a . < =I < Ks; par <
= S S a. = Oo
3 : = . ro) Br 5 2
Zz ; J 2 pir z a
3RARIES [SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS Saluvugia _LIBRAF
rs) ee ° ~ o o
om - wo =
ai = - a = a
- ° cw ra a = a
Z f 2 yom = i
ILOLILSNI pod aVUGIT LIBRARIES) SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION,, NOILOL!
<= <som = TO Cae eS ee
—— vWSON,
i — Ww. = oO avis s w “yy 45.
iil = wsov O ry oO RS = Keatom 2 LRM,
ow " iS SHSON 5 © a to i> RON ~ fix > “s < s . /
ieee w Ws = Lath ram VON — Y er Mae eax (Sty A be (SQV >» ~ _—_ -
~ — y, ~
JTIO
i - Ate A
th
7) Ae fe
iar oy
re eae
te ae
507, 6%
ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
ANNALE VAN DIE SUID-AFRIKAANSE MUSEUM
VOLUME 75 BAND
THE TRUSTEES OF THE DIE TRUSTEES VAN DIE
SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM SUID-AFRIKAANSE MUSEUM
CAPE TOWN KAAPSTAD
1978
® SET, PRINTED AND BOUND IN THE REPUBLIC OF SOUTH AFRICA BY
THE RUSTICA PRESS (PTY.) LTD., WYNBERG, CAPE
612
ANNALS OF THE ANNALE VAN DIE
SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM SUID-AFRIKAANSE MUSEUM
VOLUME 75 BAND 75
LIST OF CONTENTS
BARNARD, J. L.
Redescription of the amphipod, Calliopiella michaelseni Schellenberg from South
Africa, with comparison to a new genus from the Pacific Ocean. (Published
March 1978.)..
Best, P. B. see Ross, J. B.
Cooper, M. R.
Uppermost Cenomanian-Basal Turonian ammonites from Salinas, Angola.
(Published March 1978.)
DAVISON, P. & HOSFORD, J.
Lobedu Pottery. (Published June 1978.)
Day, J.
Southern African Cumacea. Part 2. Family Bodotriidae, subfamily Bodotriinae.
(Published June 1978.)
HENDEY, Q. B.
The age of the fossils from Baard’s Quarry, Langebaanweg, South Africa.
(Published February 1978.)
HOSFORD, J. see DAVISON, P.
KENSLEY, B.
Redescription of Parabathynomus natalensis Barnard (Crustacea, Isopoda,
Cirolanidae). (Published February 1978.) #2 es a
KENSLEY, B.
A new marine isopod family from the South-western Indian Ocean. (Published
February 1978.)
Ross, G. J. B., SHAUGHNESSY, P. D. & BEsT, P. B.
New records of crabeater seals (Lobodon carcinophagus) from South Africa.
(Published March 1978.)
SHAUGHNESSY, P. D. see Ross, G. J. B.
Page
35
51
291
159
25
Al
153
iN
¥ 7 v
i
=
t)
i
1 ’
j
|
. )
7 +
{
;
v i u
}
— t
- ta
1
= 1
7
i
?. .
f
N
5
ry
yi
==
4
i 1
= R
r
my
A
ef e
o
bi
a
——--
Bey
NEW GENERIC NAMES PROPOSED IN THIS VOLUME
Alticuma Day, 1978
Austrocuma Day, 1978
Callaska Barnard, 1978
Mossambicuma Day, 1978
Page
195
192
38
188
‘V 'OLUME 75 PART fr. FEBRUARY 1978
ISSN 0303-2515
p907.68
OF THE SOUTH AF RICAN
MUSEUM >
‘APE TOWN.
INSTRUCTIONS TO AUTHORS
1. MATERIAL should be original and not published elsewhere, in whole or in part.
2. LAYOUT should be as follows:
(a) Centred masthead to consist of
Title: informative but concise, without abbreviations and not including the names of new genera or species
Author’s(s’) name(s)
Address(es) of author(s) (institution where work was carried out)
Number of illustrations (figures, enumerated maps and tables, in this order)
(b) Abstract of not more than 200 words, intelligible to the reader without reference to the text
(c) Table of contents giving hierarchy of headings and subheadings
(d) Introduction
(e) Subject-matter of the paper, divided into sections to correspond with those given in table of contents
(f) Summary, if paper is lengthy
(g) Acknowledgements
(h) References
(i) Abbreviations, where these are numerous
3. MANUSCRIPT, to be submitted in triplicate, should be typewritten and neat, double spaced
with 2,5 cm margins all round. First lines of paragraphs should be indented. Tables and a list of
legends for illustrations should be typed separately, their positions indicated in the text. All
pages should be numbered consecutively.
Major headings of the paper are centred capitals; first subheadings are shouldered small
capitals; second subheadings are shouldered italics; third subheadings are indented, shouldered
italics. Further subdivisions should be avoided, as also enumeration (never roman numerals)
of headings and abbreviations.
Footnotes should be avoided unless they are short and essential.
Only generic and specific names should be underlined to indicate italics; all other marking
up should be left to editor and publisher.
4. ILLUSTRATIONS should be reducible to a size not exceeding 12 « 18 cm (19 cm including
legend); the reduction or enlargement required should be indicated; originals larger than
35 x 47 cm should not be submitted; photographs should be rectangular in shape and final
size. A metric scale should appear with all illustrations, otherwise magnification or reduction
should be given in the legend; if the latter, then the final reduction or enlargement should be
taken into consideration.
All illustrations, whether line drawings or photographs, should be termed figures (plates
are not printed; half-tones will appear in their proper place in the text) and numbered in a
single series. Items of composite figures should be designated by capital letters; lettering of
figures is not set in type and should be in lower-case letters.
The number of the figure should be lightly marked in pencil on the back of each illustration.
5. REFERENCES cited in text and synonymies should all be included in the list at the end of
the paper, using the Harvard System (ibid., idem, loc. cit., op. cit. are not acceptable):
(a) Author’s name and year of publication given in text, e.g.:
‘Smith (1969) describes .. .’
‘Smith (1969: 36, fig. 16) describes...’
“As described (Smith 1969a, 1969b; Jones 1971)’
‘As described (Haughton & Broom 1927)...’
“As described (Haughton et al. 1927)...’
Note: no comma separating name and year
Dagination indicated by colon, not p.
names of joint authors connected by ampersand
et al. in text for more than two joint authors, but names of all authors given in list of references.
(b) Full references at the end of the paper, arranged alphabetically by names, chronologically
within each name, with suffixes a, b, etc. to the year for more than one paper by the same
author in that year, e.g. Smith (1969a, 19695) and not Smith (1969, 1969a).
For books give title in italics, edition, volume number, place of publication, publisher.
For journal article give title of article, title of journal in italics (abbreviated according to the World list o,
scientific periodicals. 4th ed. London: Butterworths, 1963), series in parentheses, volume number, part
number (only if independently paged) in parentheses, pagination (first and last pages of article).
Examples (note capitalization and punctuation)
BULLOUGH, W. S. 1960. Practical invertebrate anatomy. 2nd ed. London: Macmillan.
FISCHER, P.-H. 1948. Données sur la résistance et de le vitalité des mollusques. J. Conch., Paris 88: 100-140.
FIsCHER, P.-H., DuvAL, M. & Rarry, A. 1933. Etudes sur les échanges respiratoires des littorines. Archs
Zool. exp. gén. 74: 627-634. \
Koun, A. J. 1960a. Ecological notes on Conus (Mollusca: Gastropoda) in the Trincomalee region of Ceylon.
Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (13) 2: 309-320.
Konn, A. J. 19606. Spawning behaviour, egg masses and larval development in Conus from the Indian Ocean.
Bull. Bingham oceanogr. Coll. 17 (4): 1-51.
THIELE, J. 1910. Mollusca: B. Polyplacophora, Gastropoda marina, Bivalvia. In: SCHULTZE, L. Zoologische
und anthropologische Ergebnisse einer Forschungsreise im westlichen und zentralen Siid-Afrika 4: 269-270.
Jena: Fischer. Denkschr. med.-naturw. Ges. Jena 16: 269-270.
(continued inside back cover)
ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
ANNALE VAN DIE SUID-AFRIKAANSE MUSEUM
Volume 75 Band
February 1978 Februarie
Part 1 Deel
THE AGE OF THE FOSSILS FROM BAARD’S
QUARRY, LANGEBAANWEG, SOUTH AFRICA
By
Q. B. HENDEY
Cape Town Kaapstad
The ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
are issued in parts at irregular intervals as material
becomes available
Obtainable from the South African Museum, P.O. Box 61, Cape Town 8000
Die ANNALE VAN DIE SUID-AFRIKAANSE MUSEUM
word uitgegee in dele op ongereelde tye na beskikbaarheid
van stof
Verkrygbaar van die Suid-Afrikaanse Museum, Posbus 61, Kaapstad 8000
OUT OF PRINT/UIT DRUK
1, 2(1-3, 5-8), 3(1-2, 4-5, 8, t.-p.i.), 51-3, 5, 7-9),
6(1, t.-p.i.), 711-4), 8, 9(1-2, 7), 10(1-3),
11(1-2, 5, 7, t.-p.i.), 15(4-5), 24(2), 27, 31(1-3), 32(5), 33
Price of this part/Prys van hierdie deel
R2,60
Trustees of the South African Museum © Trustees van die Suid-Afrikaanse Museum
1978
ISBN 0 908407 35 1
Printed in South Africa by In Suid-Afrika gedruk deur
The Rustica Press, Pty., Ltd., Die Rustica-pers, Edms., Bpk.,
Court Road, Wynberg, Cape Courtweg, Wynberg, Kaap
THE AGE OF THE FOSSILS FROM BAARD’S QUARRY,
LANGEBAANWEG, SOUTH AFRICA
By
Q. B. HENDEY
South African Museum, Cape Town
(With 3 figures and 5 tables)
[MS. accepted 13 September 1977]
ABSTRACT
Fossils from the mined-out Baard’s Quarry at Langebaanweg came from at least two
stratigraphic horizons, those from the older horizon comprising the main body of fossils from
the site. A re-evaluation of available Baard’s Quarry material strongly suggests that, contrary
to earlier opinions, it postdates the fossils from the near-by Varswater Formation in ‘E’ Quarry.
The older, and predominant element in the assemblage is apparently late Pliocene or early
Pleistocene in age and includes late surviving archaic species and endemic species in association
with more advanced and more widespread taxa.
CONTENTS
PAGE
MMtROducthiOne Pee eon Aloe Ves ke pease 1
Age of the fossils from ‘E’ Quarry . y)
Geology of the Baard’s Quarry area ks Bee 3
Provenance of the Baard’s Quarry fossils . . . 4
The ‘upper level’ assemblage . : 5)
The ‘lower levels assemblage . . . .. . 7
IDYRCUSSIOIO Eee Ee en nS ene weer medi:
NORVOWMCULSINTNIS 6 56 56 6 © 6 6 6 © AF
INCiCheNCCSaP ey rier hs. a) ee” ee eS
INTRODUCTION
Fossils from phosphatic deposits in the vicinity of Langebaanweg, Cape
Province, were first reported by Singer & Hooijer (1958). The specimen described
by these authors came from Baard’s Quarry, which was mined-out and back-filled
some years later. Most of the fossils collected in the Langebaanweg area between
1958 and 1964 came from Baard’s Quarry, other occurrences (see Hendey $970a:
84-86, 96-98, 1974: 37) having been relatively unimportant and not relevant to
the present study. After 1964 both mining and fossil collecting was continued
in “E’ Quarry (the New Varswater Mine), which is situated about 2 km west of
Baard’s Quarry (Hendey 1970a, fig. 2). The ‘E’ Quarry fossil assemblage is vastly
superior to that from Baard’s Quarry in all respects and the latter has received
little attention in recent years (see Hendey 1974, 1976).
One of the results of the shift in collecting from Baard’s Quarry (and less
I
Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 75 (1) 1978: 1-24, 3 figs, 5 tables.
2 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
significant occurrences) to ‘E’ Quarry is that earlier reports on fossils from
Langebaanweg dealt largely with Baard’s Quarry, while later ones have dealt
largely with ‘E’ Quarry. If, as some believe, the fossils from these two occurrences
are contemporaneous and represent a single fauna, the provenance of specimens
is relatively unimportant and references to ‘the Langebaanweg fauna’ are justified.
This attitude has been most firmly supported by Wolff et al. (1973: 212) who
stated that, ‘It would be dangerous to infer a major difference in time of deposi-
tion’ of the Baard’s and ‘E’ Quarry fossils.
An alternative view expressed earlier (Hendey 1970a, 1972) and which was
later maintained (Hendey 1974) is that the Baard’s Quarry fauna includes some
material of Pleistocene age (i.e. younger than ~ 2 million years) and some which
is contemporary with the Pliocene “E’ Quarry (or Varswater Formation) fauna.
More recently it has been indicated that all the Baard’s Quarry fossils postdate
those from ‘E’ Quarry (Hendey & Deacon 1977).
The purpose of the present paper is to review the available evidence on the
age of the Baard’s Quarry fossils. It is not intended to provide a final and
definitive statement on these fossils. Some of the more significant specimens from
this site are no longer in the collections of the South African Museum and could
therefore not be examined. In addition, although all the most diagnostic of the
available specimens were studied, the material warrants further sorting and
preparation, while at least some of it merits further detailed study.
AGE OF THE FOSSILS FROM ‘E’? QUARRY
Before dealing with the fossils from Baard’s Quarry, the dating of those from
the Varswater Formation in ‘E’ Quarry is reviewed.
As with most fossil occurrences in the south-western Cape Province, only
relative dating methods can be applied in the case of the fossils from “E’ Quarry,
and this has been based largely on correlations with fossils and faunas from
east Africa. In recent years it has become widely accepted that the “E’ Quarry
fossils date back between 4 and 5 million years (m.y.).
These fossils occur in several different horizons within the Varswater
Formation but, since it was believed that deposition of this formation had not
been prolonged, the fossils of the different horizons were regarded as broadly
contemporaneous. The three main units constituting the Varswater Formation
are the Gravel, Quartzose Sand and Pelletal Phosphorite Members (Hendey
1976) and it is likely that intervals of time intervened between their deposition.
There is at present no way of gauging the interval between deposition of the
Gravel and Quartzose Sand Members, since the largely marine fauna of the
former is poorly known and has little in common with the largely terrestrial fauna
of the Quartzose Sand Member.
The situation in respect of those deposits overlying the Gravel Member is
more promising and fossiliferous horizons within these deposits are potentially
datable in relative terms. For many years the correlation of the Varswater
AGE OF THE FOSSILS FROM BAARD’S QUARRY, SOUTH AFRICA 3
Formation with the east African sequence was based on certain species included
in the fauna of the Quartzose Sand Member. An age for this member of between
4 and 4,5 m.y. was suggested by the elephant in its fauna (see Maglio 1973), while
the higher limit (i.e. 4,5 m.y.) was suggested to be more appropriate by the
Nyanzachoerus (Hendey 1973). This is still regarded as a reasonable age estimate,
there being nothing in the Quartzose Sand Member fauna to contradict it.
The Pelletal Phosphorite Member is undoubtedly younger than the
Quartzose Sand and there are indications that the interval between their deposi-
tion may have been appreciable, although an age of less than 4 m.y. for the
Pelletal Phosphorite was considered unlikely (Hendey 1976: 244).
There are as yet no grounds for questioning the upper age limit of 5 m.y.
for the Varswater Formation, but the 4 m.y. minimum date may be less secure.
One of the most recently recognized complications in dating this formation stems
from the fact that there are within the Pelletal Phosphorite Member two fossili-
ferous horizons which were perhaps separated by yet another interval of time.
These two horizons, which were apparently river channel deposits, are informally
termed bed 3aS and bed 3aN (Hendey 1976: 226-230). They have yielded large
numbers of fossils, although relatively few have yet been studied and it is there-
fore premature to discuss their age. Nevertheless, it does seem advisable to
regard the 3aS and 3aN faunas as separate units and to note the possibility that
either the 3aN fauna or both may be less than 4 m.y. old.
In the discussions which follow references are made to the ‘faunas’ of °E’
Quarry. They are comprised of the assemblages from, in descending order of
age, the Quartzose Sand Member and beds 3aS and 3aN of the Pelletal Phos-
phorite Member. Although there are doubts about their actual age, all are likely
to date from the earlier half of the Pliocene.
GEOLOGY OF THE BAARD’S QUARRY AREA
There are striking differences between the deposits in the Baard’s Quarry
area and those constituting the Varswater Formation as it is exposed in °E’
Quarry, but since there are no records of the succession in the intervening area,
unequivocal correlation of the two sequences has not been possible (Hendey
1970a; Wolff et al. 1973). The situation is complicated by the fact that whereas
the ‘E’ Quarry deposits, of which there are still extensive exposures, are well
known and have been studied in detail, the Baard’s Quarry succession was
inadequately recorded and is, by comparison, poorly known.
Brief accounts of the Baard’s Quarry succession appeared in early reports
on the Langebaanweg fossils (Singer & Hooijer 1958; Boné & Singer 1965),
while there are some unpublished records available. In addition, Tankard (1975:
273, fig. 12) gave an account of deposits on the farm Muishondsfontein, which
are a northerly extension of those which were exposed in Baard’s Quarry. There
clearly was variation in the nature and depth of individual units in the succession,
but apparently the basic sequence was as follows:
4 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
4. Surface aeolian sands.
3. Ferricrete and other duricrusts in an unconsolidated sand matrix.
2. Deposits, some in river channels, comprised of phosphatic sandstone, quartz
porphyry cobbles and other elements in a clayey sand matrix. This was the
unit from which the Baard’s Quarry phosphate was recovered.
1. Clays and clayey sands into which the channels of unit 2 are incised.
PROVENANCE OF THE BAARD’S QUARRY FOSSILS
Almost all the fossils from Baard’s Quarry were collected after the deposits
in which they occurred had been moved by the mining operation and con-
sequently the provenance of specimens has for the most part to be inferred.
There are no definite records of fossils occurring in the surface sands (unit 4
of the succession), which are presumably of late Pleistocene/Holocene age. There
are, however, a few unmineralized (sub-fossil) bones in the assemblage which
probably came from this horizon. The material in question was excluded from
the present study.
Some fragmentary fossils were recovered from unit 3 during excavations
carried out in the Baard’s Quarry area in 1965. No significant specimens are
included in this material, but it is important since its very characteristic state
of preservation is shared by some specimens in the original assemblage and it is
presumed that they too were derived from unit 3. Significantly the only identi-
fiable specimens in this part of the assemblage belong to species recorded else-
Where in the south-western Cape Province from middle to late Pleistocene
occurrences (vide infra). The unit 3 fossils are evidently appreciably younger
than most of the material from Baard’s Quarry.
The economically exploited unit 2 was apparently the source of the majority
of the Baard’s Quarry fossils, including the first described fossil from this site
(Singer & Hooijer 1958). This assemblage is comprised overwhelmingly of frag-
mented bones and teeth, many of which show signs of rolling and which are
presumably from the unit 2 river channel deposits. These fossils may have been
derived from pre-existing deposits, they may have been contemporaneous with
the deposition of the unit 2 sediments, or both. The mineralizing agent in these
specimens is phosphate, while the unit 3 fossils are ferruginized.
A few fragmentary fossils were recovered from unit | during the 1965
excavations, but it is unlikely that these deposits made a significant direct con-
tribution to the original assemblage since the unit | deposits underlie the
phosphatic horizon and consequently were not being mined. Nevertheless, part
of the assemblage may have been from this horizon, while the unit 2 assemblage
may include material derived from unit 1.
It is worth noting that the 1965 excavations were sited near the southern
margin of Baard’s Quarry, which had by then been back-filled, and that no
phosphatic sandstone was encountered. No phosphatized fossils such as those
which comprise the main body of Baard’s Quarry fossils were recovered from
AGE OF THE FOSSILS FROM BAARD’S QUARRY, SOUTH AFRICA 5
the 1965 excavations, and this is taken as a further indication that the original
material came largely from unit 2 rather than unit |.
There are a few specimens in the original assemblage which are in an unusual
state of preservation and which in appearance resemble neither the ferruginized
unit 3 specimens nor the phosphatized unit 2 specimens. This material includes
part of a series numbered SAM—PQ-L179, which were evidently found together.
In this instance, at least, adherent matrix, which has a clayey component, sug-
gests derivation from the lower levels in the succession.
To sum up, the majority of specimens are here regarded as what is informally
termed the ‘lower levels’ assemblage, that is, specimens from unit 2, but possibly
from both | and 2, while a small number belong to the “upper level’ assemblage
from unit 3.
THE ‘UPPER LEVEL’ ASSEMBLAGE
Only a few isolated teeth and tooth fragments belonging to the ‘upper level’
assemblage will be dealt with here, other available specimens being largely
undiagnostic bone fragments.
Equidae
There are three teeth (L2095, L2106, L866) and three tooth fragments
(L2111, L1527C and an unnumbered piece) belonging to Equus in the ‘upper
level’ assemblage. Hipparion is not represented. The specimens L2106 and L2111,
both M?’s, are here regarded as particularly significant since they can be com-
pared with three fragmentary M?’s of Equus from the ‘lower levels’ assemblage
(L2109, L1465E, L2129). Other Baard’s Quarry Equus teeth are no longer in the
South African Museum and could not be examined.
It must be stressed that Hooyer (1976a: 33-34, pl. 8) has already dealt with
the specimens enumerated above. He found them unremarkable and all were
provisionally assigned to Equus capensis.
There is only one character, the size of the postfossette, which can be
observed in all five M?’s comprising the two sets of specimens. The postfossettes
of the “upper level’ specimens are of comparable size and larger than those of
the ‘lower levels’ specimeus (Table 1). Otherwise comparisons must be confined
to L2106 and L2109, which are the two most complete specimens. The former,
TABLE |
Dimensions of Equus third upper molars from Baard’s Quarry, Langebaanweg
‘upper level’ ‘lower levels’
L2106 L2111 L2109 L1405 12129
Ant.—post. diam. at occlusal surface. . . c. 39,0 — — — —
Transv. diam. at occlusal surface . . . c. 31,0 ~ c. 29,0 _ --
Trans. diam. 20 mm from base of crown . 28,5 _ 26,5 — —
Ant.—post. diam. of protocone 20 mm from base 16,5 — 13,0 — _
Mesostyle—metastyle length 20 mm from base 22,5 -— 18,0 — —
Max. ant.—post. diam. of postfossette . . 17,6 16,1 UO @ WAYS 15,0
6 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
which is from the ‘upper level’, is larger than L2109 in all other dimensions as
well.
Morphologically L2106 and L2109 differ most strikingly in the degree of
development of the metastyle/hypostyle. In L2106 this region of the tooth is
particularly well developed, forming the most posterior margin of the tooth and
being separated from the hypocone by a deeply indented and narrow hypoglyph.
In L2109 the metastyle/hypostyle is less prominent and it is the hypocone which
forms the posterior margin of the tooth, while the hypoglyph is shallower and
more wide open than in corresponding parts of L2106. There are some differences
in the enamel patterns of the occlusal surfaces of the teeth, but they are not
recorded because equid teeth are notoriously variable in this respect.
In the past significance has been attached to minor differences in South
African fossil Equus teeth and this contributed to the chaotic state of the group’s
nomenclature. It would therefore seem inadvisable to make much of the dif-
ferences observed in the two sets of Equus teeth from Baard’s Quarry, especially
since the specimens involved are fragmentary and few. On the other hand, since
these two sets of specimens are from different levels in the succession, the
observable differences could be of evolutionary significance.
It now appears likely that in addition to the living zebras and their ancestors
there was one lineage of large Equus present in Africa for much, if not all, of the
Pleistocene. If this was indeed the case then it is likely that there were some
changes in, for example, size and tooth characters in successive members of this
lineage. Indeed, the middle Pleistocene large Eguus from Elandsfontein near
Langebaanweg does differ in certain respects from the late Pleistocene (‘classic’)
E. capensis from other occurrences in the south-western Cape, the most obvious
difference being the larger size of the latter.
The South African Museum’s collections include many M?’s belonging to
the large middle Pleistocene Equus, and in respect of both size and morphology
the ‘lower levels’ L2109 is generally similar to them, whereas L2106 is larger and,
in respect of the metastyle/hypostyle-hypoglyph—hypocone development, mor-
phologically distinct. Unfortunately there were no M®’s available of large Equus
of undoubted late Pleistocene age, but the ‘upper level’ M? (L2095) and lower
molar (L866) are comparable in size to corresponding late Pleistocene teeth and
larger than ones of middle Pleistocene age.
Inadequate though the evidence may be, it is tentatively concluded that the
‘upper level’ Equus is close to or identical with late Pleistocene E. capensis from
the south-western Cape, whereas the ‘lower levels’ Equus is probably closer to
but not identical with the middle Pleistocene E. cf. capensis from this region.
The material is identified accordingly in Table 4.
Bovidae
The Baard’s Quarry Bovidae will be dealt with in more detail by A. W.
Gentry (in prep.), but he has kindly given permission for observations on them
to be included in this paper.
AGE OF THE FOSSILS FROM BAARD’S QUARRY, SOUTH AFRICA 7
A series of specimens numbered L21 include two left and two right upper
molars and a lower molar of a reduncine. These teeth are closely matched by
specimens belonging to the late Pleistocene Redunca cf. arundinum from Swart-
klip near Cape Town.
The teeth L1491A, D, F and J appear to belong to Hippotragus gigas, a
species known from the early Pleistocene of east Africa, but which survived later
in South Africa, being included in the middle Pleistocene fauna from Elands-
fontein and possibly in the late Pleistocene fauna from Florisbad in the Orange
Free State. The teeth of the living gemsbok, Oryx gazella, resemble those of
H. gigas and there is a possibility that the Baard’s Quarry specimens belong to
a gemsbok.
The teeth L2110 and L2129B belong to the recently extinct blue antelope,
Hippotragus leucophaeus, a species which is known only from the middle to late
Pleistocene and Holocene of the south-western and southern Cape Province
(Klein 1974a).
Two incomplete horn-cores (L1523, L1643A) and two unnumbered man-
dible fragments belong to Raphicerus. The teeth resemble those of the Raphicerus
from the late Pleistocene Swartklip fauna, they are smaller than those of the
middle Pleistocene Raphicerus from Elandsfontein and much smaller than the
teeth of the “E’ Quarry Raphicerus. The horn-cores are correspondingly small.
The ‘upper level’ assemblage includes several alcelaphine teeth (L1491B, C
and H, and possibly L1292), which represent at least two species. Although not
identified, these specimens are more advanced than the ‘E’ Quarry alcelaphines
and are likely to be Pleistocene in age.
Age of the ‘upper level’ assemblage
The ‘upper level’ fauna is clearly of Pleistocene age and indications are that
it dates from the latter part of this epoch.
THE ‘LOWER LEVELS’ ASSEMBLAGE
Although a large amount of material is included in the ‘lower levels’
assemblage, the number of identifiable specimens is limited.
Tubulidentata
A single metacarpal IV (L908) is assigned to this order. The specimen is
larger in most respects than the corresponding bones in the available series of
four modern Orycteropus afer. It is particularly distinctive in its overall length
(c. 53,5 mm), which contrasts with the range of 39,9 to 46,4 mm in the compara-
tive series.
No aardvark metacarpals are represented in the ‘E’ Quarry assemblages, but
there are at least six other postcranial bones and an isolated tooth, all of which
fall within the size range observed in the four O. afer specimens. Indications are
therefore that the Baard’s Quarry aardvark was larger than that from ‘E’ Quarry
8 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
and was either not conspecific or represented a different variety of the same
species. In either case it is unlikely that the two animals were contemporaneous.
Carnivora
A specimen tentatively identified as a jackal (?Canis sp.) (L1478) is included
in the ‘lower levels’ assemblage and has already been described (Hendey 1974:
195). This animal is not conspecific and probably not even congeneric with the
only canid recorded from ‘*E’ Quarry, which is an as yet undescribed species of
Vulpes (Hendey 1976).
A fragmentary upper canine (L1479) may belong to a lion-sized felid.
Although the identification is uncertain, the animal concerned is not conspecific
with any of the ‘E’ Quarry carnivores.
If the above specimens do indeed belong to a jackal and lion, this would
indicate that they postdate the ‘E’ Quarry faunas, since these animals are known
in Africa only from late Pliocene or post-Pliocene contexts.
Three carnivores are included in the L179 series of specimens which in
respect of their preservation differ from most other specimens in the ‘lower
levels’ assemblage (see p. 5). Two have already been described (Hendey 1974:
242, 279). They were identified as Mellivora cf. capensis (L179/12) and Hyaena
cf. bellax (L179/11). Although these identifications are tentative, the species con-
cerned are not conspecific with any from ‘E’ Quarry and the Mellivora at least
is clearly more advanced than its ‘E’ Quarry counterpart. Both species suggest
a Pleistocene date. The third carnivore is represented by a mandible fragment
(L179/13) which may belong to a canid.
The only other potentially useful ‘lower levels’ carnivore specimens are two
proximal radius fragments (L1400, L1706) belonging to a pinniped. They are
similar to the radii of the ‘E’ Quarry Prionodelphis capensis, but positive identifi-
cation of such fragmentary specimens was not possible.
Proboscidea
The best proboscidean specimens from Baard’s Quarry were not available
during the present study. This is unfortunate in view of the importance attached
to proboscideans in faunal dating and the confusion which now exists in respect
of the species represented in the Baard’s Quarry assemblage.
The first fossil from the Langebaanweg area to be described was a fragmen-
tary elephant molar, which is one of the specimens no longer in the South
African Museum. It was originally referred to Stegolophodon (Singer & Hooijer
1958), but subsequently identified as Mammuthus subplanifrons (Maglio &
Hendey 1970; Maglio 1973). The revised identification was ignored by Wolff
et al. (1973: 209) who claimed that three species of ‘elephant’ are present at “the
site’, the ‘site’ including both Baard’s and ‘E’ Quarries. In their table 1 they listed
Stegolophodon, presumably meaning the material identified elsewhere as M. sub-
planifrons, Archidiskodon, which is in part a junior synonym of Mammuthus
(Maglio 1973), Stegodon, which is now generally assigned to the Stegodontidae
rather than the Elephantidae, and Anancus, which is a gomphothere.
AGE OF THE FOSSILS FROM BAARD’S QUARRY, SOUTH AFRICA 9
The issues which have therefore to be settled are the identity of the pro-
boscideans from the Langebaanweg sites and the source of the material. Since
the observations which follow are confined to material in the South African
Museum and since this material now requires further detailed study by an
authority on proboscideans, a final statement is not possible.
Parts of a Mammuthus subplanifrons individual from the Quartzose Sand
Member are the only described proboscidean material from ‘E’ Quarry (Maglio
& Hendey 1970; Maglio 1973), although many additional specimens, mainly
isolated teeth, apparently belonging to this species are now available. The
undescribed specimens are from bed 3aN of the Pelletal Phosphorite Member and
are therefore somewhat younger than the described material. An unidentified
anancine gomphothere is also known from ‘E’ Quarry. It is represented by many
isolated teeth from the Pelletal Phosphorite Member.
The Baard’s Quarry proboscidean specimens in the South African Museum
are all from the ‘lower levels’ assemblage. The material, which is very fragmen-
tary, apparently belongs to only two species. As in the case of *E’ Quarry, one is
identified with the elephant, M. subplanifrons, while the other is an unidentified
anancine gomphothere. Other taxa may be represented amongst the material
now housed elsewhere. :
Nothing constructive emerged from the comparison between the Baard’s and
‘E’ Quarry M. subplanifrons specimens. None of the Baard’s Quarry tooth frag-
ments is exactly matched by corresponding parts of the more complete ‘E’ Quarry
specimens, but, since the latter exhibit appreciable variation, no significance
could be attached to the differences observed.
Although M. subplanifrons is represented at both sites it does not necessarily
follow that the animals concerned were contemporaries, since there are indica-
tions that the species had a long history in South Africa (see p. 20).
The only Baard’s Quarry gomphothere specimen is an incomplete cheek-
tooth, apparently a left M, (L1179) of which parts of three cone-pairs and the
talonid are preserved. Although gomphothere M,’s from ‘E’ Quarry vary both
in size and morphology, L1179 is distinct in having the preserved lingual cones
transversely elongated and plate-like compared with the conical structures of the
‘E’ Quarry specimens (Fig. 1). This characteristic is also not evident in east
African anancine gomphotheres, which survived until about 4 m.y. ago (Maglio
1974; Beden 1976), and it is regarded as an evolutionary advance which indicates
that the Baard’s Quarry gomphothere is younger than those from east Africa
and ‘E’ Quarry. Although not directly relevant, it is worth noting that Anancus
survived into the Pleistocene in Europe (Kurtén 1968).
The Baard’s and ‘E’ Quarry proboscidean assemblages thus have an elephant
species in common and each has a gomphothere, with the species from Baard’s
Quarry being the more advanced. In view of the differences between the gompho-
theres and the possibility that M. subplanifrons had a long history in South
Africa, there is no sound basis for concluding contemporaneity between the two
faunas on the basis of the proboscideans represented.
10 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
fm a rman MU iy
Fig. 1. Occlusal views of gomphothere ?M, fragment from Baard’s Quarry (L1179) (below)
and gomphothere M, from ‘E’ Quarry (L41018) (above). Specimens are in a similar state of
wear. Scale in millimetres.
AGE OF THE FOSSILS FROM BAARD’S QUARRY, SOUTH AFRICA 1)
Rhinocerotidae
Rhinoceros tooth fragments are probably the most commonly represented
identifiable element in the ‘lower levels’ assemblage. Hooijer (1976a) has recorded
the presence of Diceros bicornis in this assemblage and most of the available
specimens apparently belong to this species. A few fragments are, however, too
high-crowned for Diceros and probably represent a Ceratotherium.
D. bicornis is not known in Africa from occurrences older than 4 m.y.,
whereas the “E’ Quarry rhinoceros, Ceratotherium praecox, is known only from 4
to 7 m.y.-old contexts (Hooier 1976a). The Diceros therefore suggests that the
‘lower levels’ assemblage postdates that from ‘E’ Quarry. The ‘lower levels’
Ceratotherium is of little significance because it could as well represent the
post-4 m.y. C. simum as the pre-4 m.y. C. praecox.
Equidae
Both Equus and Hipparion are represented in the ‘lower levels’ fauna. The
former was dealt with earlier (p. 5) and all that need be added here is that the
presence of Equus is one of the firmest indications that the ‘lower levels’ fauna
postdates that from ‘E’ Quarry. Equus is apparently not known anywhere in
Africa from occurrences older than about 2 m.y. (Hooijer 19765; Eisenmann
1976), although it was present in Europe about 3 m.y. ago (Kurtén 1968).
Indications are therefore that the first appearance of Equus in Africa cannot
predate 2 to 3 m.y.
There are several issues relating to Hipparion from the Langebaanweg sites
which have yet to be resolved (Hendey 1976; Hooijer 1976a), but the only one
to be dealt with here is whether or not the *‘E’ and Baard’s Quarry Hipparion
assemblages are likely to be contemporaneous.
The present study was confined to the lower cheekteeth from the two sites.
The study was commenced with these specimens and since they alone indicate
that at least two distinct (i.e. non-contemporaneous) populations are represented,
other available material was not examined. Material representing two individuals
from ‘E’ Quarry are excluded from the results of the study presented here. The
premolar row L25197 was excluded because it is clearly atypical of the Lange-
baanweg assemblage as a whole and is the only material tentatively assigned to
H. namaquense by Hooijer (1976a: 26). The Quartzose Sand Member dentition
L13102 was excluded because the immaturity of the individual concerned made
the teeth appear to differ in size from their Baard’s Quarry counterparts to a far
greater extent than other teeth from ‘E’ Quarry. The comparison was thus con-
fined to specimens of roughly comparable ontogenetic age.
The lower cheekteeth from Baard’s Quarry differ most obviously from the
‘E’ Quarry specimens in the following respects:
1. The Baard’s Quarry teeth have more pointed metaconids and metastylids,
which results in their having more prominent vertical ribs on their lingual
surfaces.
2. The Baard’s Quarry teeth are in general larger than those from “E’ Quarry.
12 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
They also seem to have more wrinkled enamel, at least on their buccal
surfaces, and a heavier covering of cement, but no attempt was made to establish
these and other possible differences conclusively, the two listed above being con-
sidered sufficient for the purposes of the present study.
Hooijer (1974: 30) has indicated that the development of ‘pointed rather
than rounded loops’ in the metaconid and metastylid is ‘a progressive feature’
in Hipparion. For example, in Miocene H. primigenium the loops are rounded,
whereas in Pleistocene H. ethiopicum they are pointed (Hooijer 1975). In this
respect the Baard’s Quarry teeth are clearly more advanced than those from
‘E’ Quarry, in which the metaconid 1s almost invariably rounded and the meta-
stylid is occasionally rounded (Fig. 2).
Hooijer (1975) has commented on the difficulties which can be experienced
in obtaining measurements of Hipparion teeth which can be meaningfully com-
pared irrespective of the ontogenetic age of the individuals concerned. His
methods, with one modification, are followed. The breadth measurements given
here are of tooth enamel and not of the enamel plus cement. Measurements given
elsewhere may or may not include the cement, this being dependent on the con-
dition and/or ontogenetic age of individual specimens. There were a few instances
in the present study where breadth measurements might be fractionally higher
because of a thin cement covering, but in no instances were dimensions affected
significantly.
Only in the case of the P,’s were the Baard’s and ‘E’ Quarry assemblages
not clearly distinct from one another in terms of size (Tables 2, 3). This may in
TABLE 2
Dimensions of the Baard’s Quarry Hipparion lower cheekteeth
P, P;/P4 M,/M, M;
l b l b ] b 1 b
L1592/L1446B . . c. 29,0 13,5 = — 26,8 13,0 = —
TO4TS 21 a Te S80 14,2 = — — — — ~—
189441695) = 27,6 16,0 25,9 14,0 — —
1946 ee = 27,0 16,1 — -- — —
IENA6S Bs ae = 28,2 15,5 — _ — _
ISU, gg cS = 28,2 16,3 = _ — —
E9431.) ae ie ee ~ VIS 16,8 = - — --
JUIN Bg = 6.935 @, 1165 — _ ~ —
L957 = = = - 29,4 15,9 — -
L954 _ = -- = 28,6 16,1 = oh
L959* = = = = 25,3 14,4 — —
L952 - = = = 25,9 St _ —
L1448 = = = = D55) 15,1 = —
L1447B = = = = 26,6 15,9 - —
L1635A = = = = 27,9 16,1 = —
M465P 3. A = = = _ 24,6 13,5 — —
E4556 %.0-0 by © BS = a = = = 32,0 12D
52k Sg oe ee = = = = = 31,6 1
LOSS roth), ea = = = = - WS e120
* See Figure 2.
AGE OF THE FOSSILS FROM BAARD’S QUARRY, SOUTH AFRICA 13
ALIANT ATTY ETT
3 4 =
Fig. 2. Occlusal and lateral views of Hipparion molars from Baard’s Quarry (L959) (right) and
*E’ Quarry (L41747) (left). The specimens are close to the mean sizes for M,,. of the two samples
and are in a similar state of wear. Scale in millimetres.
14 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
TABLE 3
Dimensions of the ‘E’ Quarry Hipparion lower cheekteeth
1B iBs 1B M, M2 M3;
1 b ] b ] b ] b ] b ] b
L10954) \ 28:6, 12:5 26:5" 1320 DS) WS7/ 22,4 1230 2138) 109° —
L20541 26,6 12:6 25,0 1358 22,8 13,6 — --
L2546 = = 925.5) sk// 23,4 13,5 Ziel 3) == — — —
LS 104 =| Byles) AS) 26,1 3) = = = — -- —
22 Oe = = — re. 2239 “el i2 er 165. ae. ES — — —
120555 ae = = a = = 2059 12,3 23,0) 120n233eiies
Py P,/P, M,/M2 M;
b l b b b
LA0G19= Se ee 264 13,0 = = Dl 150 = _
E46140/1 es 2955 1455) = = 23,0 11,0 = —
L12865/L13423 . . — = ASS) (C5 NWS) 24,5 tiES = —
1220259 XG 14,4 = = == = = —
WSOC Ge ve = == 25,0 1135.3) a = = —
LAVAS Ae ae = = == = papi WT = a
LASA oe) 5 eae = = =- = 22,6 tie7 = =
LAGIS9 2 Se Rete = = oa = A2)se) 1353 a =
E2AGIOR ee Vee = = = = 24,2 1355 = =
Te22547 boa ee we = = = = ES) 74.5) = =
T2545 ae es ee = = -— = = = 26,5 10,8
L20907— ee — — _ — -- _ 28,6 10,0
* See Figure 2.
part, or wholly, be due to the fact that in equids the P, is one of the least useful
teeth for distinguishing species (Cooke 1950). There are very clear size differences
between the other lower cheekteeth (Figs 2-3), the Baard’s Quarry teeth being
the larger. Some overlap in size might have been observed had the two assem-
blages been larger, but the general size difference is indisputable.
The size difference coupled with an advance in tooth morphology indicates
that two non-contemporaneous populations of Hipparion are represented and
that the one represented at Baard’s Quarry is the younger.
The taxonomic implications of this conclusion were not pursued and the
arrangement of Hooijer (1976a), whereby the Baard’s Quarry material is identi-
fied as H. baardi and that from ‘E’ Quarry as H. cf. baardi, is followed.
Hippopotamidae
A few fragmentary Hippopotamus teeth are included in the ‘lower levels’
assemblage, but they are inadequate for specific identification and no conclusion
about their age relative to the ‘E’ Quarry Hippopotamus is possible.
Giraffidae
Giraffids are poorly represented in the Baard’s Quarry assemblage, but one
useful specimen is a Sivatherium metatarsal of an immature individual (L637).
This specimen resembles metatarsals of the ‘E’ Quarry Sivatherium in terms of
overall length and is appreciably longer than a middle Pleistocene specimen from
Elandsfontein (see Harris 1976). The implication is that the Baard’s Quarry
AGE OF THE FOSSILS FROM BAARD’S QUARRY, SOUTH AFRICA
0
0
. BAARD’s ©
ft)
BREADTH
BAARD’S
14
=
=
i—}
<
tad
- 3
t--]
25
LENGTH
0
BAARD'S
0
BREADTH
Fig. 3. Dimensions of lower cheekteeth of Hipparion from Baard’s and ‘E’ Quarries.
15
16 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Sivatherium was at a stage in evolution closer to a Pliocene representative of this
genus than one of middle Pleistocene age.
It does not necessarily follow that the ‘E’ and Baard’s Quarry sivatheres
must have been contemporaries. It has already been suggested that elephants
survived longer in a primitive state in South Africa during the Pliocene/early
Pleistocene and presumably the same might have applied to other large herbi-
vores such as sivatheres.
Bovidae
The ‘lower levels’ Bovidae will be dealt with in more detail by A. W. Gentry
(in prep.), but some observations on them are included here.
At least seven species are represented, namely, a boselaphine, a reduncine,
two alcelaphines, two antilopines and a neotragine.
A single horn-core fragment (L1588A) is similar in all observable respects
with corresponding parts of Mesembriportax acrae horn-cores from ‘E’ Quarry
and it is identified with this species (Gentry 1974). Although regarded as con-
specific with the ‘E’ Quarry species, it is not necessarily contemporaneous.
M. acrae is represented in ‘E’ Quarry by specimens from the Quartzose Sand
Member as well as beds 3aS and 3aN of the Pelletal Phosphorite Member, so
evidently the species was present in the area for what might have been an
appreciable period.
Several incomplete horn-cores (e.g. L565, L1521) and a lower molar (L1487)
belong to a reduncine which appears to have affinities with reduncines from east
Africa and India that are older than 5 m.y. It is definitely not conspecific with
either of the ‘E’ Quarry reduncines. This species is problematical since it is the
only one from Baard’s Quarry which suggests a late Miocene or early Pliocene
age. Since it is apparently inconsistent with the ‘lower levels’ fauna as a whole,
there must be some doubt about its relationships to the east African and Indian
species. Certainly if the lower molar does belong with the horn-cores, the species
cannot predate those from ‘E’ Quarry since the latter have more primitive teeth.
The tooth, at least, is not inconsistent with the age of the ‘lower levels’ fauna
inferred on other grounds.
A fragmentary horn-core (L9) and several fragmentary teeth (e.g. L2112,
L1491E) belong to at least two alcelaphine species. The horn-core is a significant
specimen because it resembles specimens from ‘E’ Quarry and might be related
to the species to which they belong. Both the ‘E’ Quarry alcelaphines are primi-
tive members of lineages apparently unrepresented elsewhere in Africa. One of
them, ‘species A’, is commonly represented in both bed 3aS and bed 3aN and
certain of the specimens from 3aN have features in common with L9. There is
reason to believe that the 3aN ‘species A’ is a more advanced variety than that
from 3aS and it is possible that L9 belongs to a still more advanced stage of the
same lineage. If this is so, then the time interval between deposition of 3aN and
the “lower levels’ at Baard’s Quarry must have been far greater than that between
deposition of 3aS and 3aN, because L9 is much more advanced than the 3aN
AGE OF THE FOSSILS FROM BAARD’S QUARRY, SOUTH AFRICA 17
species A, whereas the latter is not appreciably different from the 3aS species A.
The ‘lower levels’ alcelaphine teeth represent at least two species which are
distinguished on the basis of size. The smaller specimens may belong to the same
species as L9. They correspond in size to alcelaphine teeth from ‘E’ Quarry, but
are more hypsodont and in this respect at least are more advanced. The larger
‘lower levels’ alcelaphine is not conspecific with either of the “E’ Quarry species.
Several horn-cores (e.g. L1670, L1645) belong to a small but unidentified
species of Raphicerus, which is not conspecific with the much larger ‘E’ Quarry
Raphicerus. In terms of size at least these specimens correspond to those in the
‘upper level’ assemblage.
Five fragmentary horn-cores belong to a Gazella, which once again is not
conspecific with its ‘E’ Quarry counterpart, but which appears most similar to
the east African late Pliocene/early Pleistocene G. praethomsoni. Included in the
L179 series, referred to earlier, are right and left horn-cores (L179/8, L179/10)
and three lower molars (L179/4C, F, G) belonging to an Antidorcas, a genus
which in east Africa is recorded as early as the late Pliocene, but which in South
Africa is known only from post-Pliocene contexts.
In general, indications are that the ‘lower levels’ and ‘E’ Quarry bovid faunas
were not contemporaneous and that the former is younger.
Age of the ‘lower levels’ fauna
The ‘lower levels’ and ‘E’ Quarry faunas have little in common and there
are more differences than similarities between them (Table 4). The situation may
be summed up as follows:
1. Six of the twenty-one ‘lower levels’ species are more advanced than their
‘E’? Quarry counterparts (Mellivora, gomphothere, Hipparion, one alcela-
phine, Raphicerus, Gazella).
2. Six of the ‘lower levels’ species are not represented in ‘E’ Quarry and either
definitely or probably suggest a younger date (?Canis, ?Panthera, Hyaena,
Equus, Diceros, Antidorcas).
3. Three of the ‘lower levels’ species are either not conspecific with or sub-
specifically distinct from their ‘E’ Quarry counterparts and suggest that the
two faunas are not contemporaneous (Orycteropus, reduncine, one
alcelaphine).
4. Four of the ‘lower levels’ species may or may not be conspecific with their
‘E’ Quarry counterparts (?Prionodelphis, Ceratotherium, Hippopotamus,
Sivatherium).
5. Two of the ‘lower levels’ species are conspecific with species from ‘E’ Quarry
(Mesembriportax, Mammuthus).
On balance the indications are that the ‘lower levels’ fauna postdates those
from ‘E’ Quarry and that a late Pliocene or early Pleistocene age applies.
One possible complication with the ‘lower levels’ assemblage is that it may
not represent a single fauna. This is unlikely because there are no instances
apparent where individual taxa are represented by more than one evolutionary
18 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
TABLE 4
The mammalian faunas from Baard’s Quarry, Langebaanweg, with a list of the nearest
counterparts in the ‘E’ Quarry faunas
‘E’ QUARRY BAARD’S QUARRY
‘lower levels’ ‘upper level’
Orycteropus sp. Orycteropus sp. —
Vulpes sp. ?Canis sp. --
Mellivora aff. punjabiensis Mellivora cf. capensis
Homotherium sp. ?Panthera sp. --
‘Percrocuta’ australis Ayaena cf. bellax —
Prionodelphis capensis ?Prionodelphis capensis _-
Mammuthus subplanifrons Mammuthus subplanifrons —
Gomphotheriidae Gomphothertidae —
Ceratotherium praecox Ceratotherium sp.
-- Diceros bicornis —
Hipparion cf. baardi Hipparion baardi —
o Equus cf. capensis Equus capensis
Hippopotamus sp. Hippopotamus sp. —
Sivatherium hendeyi Sivatherium sp. —
Mesembriportax acrae Mesembriportax acrae —
Reduncini (2 spp.) Reduncini Reduncini
= an Hippotragus gigas or
Oryx gazella
— — Hippotragus leucophaeus
Alcelaphini (2 spp.) Alcelaphini (2 spp.) Alcelaphini (2 spp.)
Gazella cf. vanhoepeni Gazella cf. praethomsoni —
_ Antidorcas sp. =
Raphicerus sp. Raphicerus sp. Raphicerus sp.
Norte: unclassified or incompletely classified taxa listed in more than one column are not
necessarily identical.
stage, while the combination of species is for the most part what might be
expected in an African fauna of late Pliocene/early Pleistocene age. The fauna is,
in fact, unusual in some respects when compared with Plio/Pleistocene faunas
in east Africa, but its peculiarities can be explained by the existence in the far
south of the continent of endemic species and/or late surviving primitive forms.
This aspect of faunas in the south-western Cape Province will be dealt with again
later (p. 20).
DISCUSSION
When the present,study on the age of the Baard’s Quarry fossils was com-
menced, there appeared to be only three possibilities which needed to be con-
sidered. They are:
1. The Baard’s and ‘E’ Quarry fossils are contemporaneous (Wolff et al. 1973).
2. Part of the Baard’s Quarry assemblage is contemporaneous with that from
‘E” Quarry (i.e. Pliocene), but the rest is younger (i.e. Pleistocene) (Hendey
1970a, 1972, 1974).
3. All the Baard’s Quarry fossils postdate those from ‘E’ Quarry (Hendey &
Deacon 1977).
AGE OF THE FOSSILS FROM BAARD’S QUARRY, SOUTH AFRICA 19
The existence of at least two faunal units in the Baard’s Quarry assemblage,
the younger of which is Pleistocene in age (i.e. the ‘upper level’ fauna), must now
be beyond doubt. Since this fauna is limited in size and not problematical in
respect of its age relative to the ‘E’ Quarry faunas, it can be excluded from further
consideration and attention can be devoted to the main body of fossils from
Baard’s Quarry, namely, those constituting the ‘lower levels’ assemblage
(Table 4).
The first of the three alternatives listed above, which was in fact not adequately
substantiated when it was supported by Wolff et al. (1973), can now be dismissed.
Wolff et al. (1973: 212) quoted faunal lists in Hendey (1969, 1970a, 19706) and
their own table | in concluding that, “Virtually all the taxa listed for Baard’s are
known from “E”’ Quarry’. Their table | did not record the provenance of the
species listed, while the faunal list in Hendey (19700) referred only to species
from ‘E’ Quarry and differed in only minor respects from that in Hendey (1970a).
Consequently their conclusion must have been based on the lists in Hendey
(1969, 1970a). Reference to these lists reveals only two species common to the
‘E’ and Baard’s Quarry faunas, namely, ‘Hipparion albertense baardi’ and
‘Libytherium olduvaiense’, which had been included on the basis of publications
by Boné & Singer (1965) and Singer & Boné (1960). The alleged similarities
observed by Wolff et al. referred to taxa which were not identified, incompletely
identified or tentatively identified, an exceedingly weak basis for correlation.
Their conclusion could not have been based on a personal knowledge of all the
material concerned, since none of them has seen the specimens collected at
Langebaanweg since 1967, that is, the vast majority of specimens from ‘E’ Quarry.
The present study has shown that there are indeed two species common to
the Baard’s ‘lower levels’ and “E’ Quarry assemblages. Even if these two are
combined with the four other taxa which might be conspecific, they still con-
stitute only 29 per cent of the ‘lower levels’ fauna. A comparison between the
thirty-one named species from Members B and G of the Shungura Formation in
Ethiopia reveals that about 29 per cent are common to both and yet there is an
age difference of about | m.y. between them (Coppens & Howell 1976).
If there are still adherents to the first alternative listed above, their case will
have to be restated in the light of information now available.
The second and third alternatives can be considered together because the
one is a modification of the other, the earlier view that the Baard’s Quarry
assemblage included Pliocene and Pleistocene elements being replaced by the
opinion that the former is rather of late Pliocene/early Pleistocene age. The
change in opinion came about largely because certain specimens and species
previously included with the Pleistocene element had, because of their state of
preservation, to belong with other specimens and species which were regarded as
Pliocene in age. In other words, it was the combination of ‘Pliocene’ and
‘Pleistocene’ species to form what is now termed the ‘lower levels’ fauna which
led to the conclusion that the early element in the Baard’s Quarry assemblage
must postdate the faunas from ‘E’ Quarry.
20 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
The combination of species in the ‘lower levels’ fauna is admittedly not
paralleled by any other late Pliocene/early Pleistocene fauna recorded in Africa,
but its peculiarities can be explained by the location of the site near the southern
continental extremity in a distinct geographic region far from other contem-
porary or near contemporary occurrences. At least two, and possibly three, of
the taxa, namely, Hipparion baardi, Mesembriportax acrae and possibly the L9
alcelaphine, belong to lineages not represented further north in Africa during the
Pliocene and early Pleistocene. They are, or appear to be, southern endemics.
The potential for endemic speciation amongst the larger herbivores of the south-
western and southern Cape (i.e. Cape Biotic Region) has been suggested by the
late Pleistocene bovids of this region (Hendey 1974: 14-19; Klein 19746: 43).
While endemism in the Cape fauna may be due simply to the region’s
distinct climate and vegetation, the region does, in addition, have the potential
to become zoogeographically isolated from the rest of the subcontinent through
aridification of areas immediately adjacent to it (Hendey 1974). It is not known
if the Cape Biotic Region existed in its present form during the Pliocene, but by
this time the climatic stability of the Tertiary was giving way to the instability
of the Quaternary. Consequently it may have been during the Pliocene that
aridification on the subcontinent first resulted in isolation of the more southerly
parts of South Africa. The free interchange of mammals between southern Africa
and regions further north is likely to have been impeded not only by the Namib
and Kalahari deserts and adjacent semi-arid areas in the south-west of the sub-
continent, but also by large rivers such as the Zambezi and Limpopo which
traverse the eastern parts of southern Africa (Maglio 1973: 34). Isolation, even
if it is incomplete, increases the potential for the evolution of endemic species
and may also allow certain taxa to survive longer than their counterparts else-
where. The latter is believed to apply in the case of Mammuthus subplanifrons.
The situation in respect of South African M. subplanifrons is complicated
and unsatisfactory. Maglio (1973: 53) found this taxon to be ‘represented [by]
a heterogeneous assemblage with primitive molars whose relationships can only
be clarified by discovery of cranial material’. Furthermore, although Maglio
(1973: fig. 15 and elsewhere) records no occurrence of M. subplanifrons younger
than 4 m.y., the dating of South African material is insecure. For example,
Maglio (1973) judged the ‘primitive’ Quartzose Sand Member M. subplanifrons
to be between 4 and 4,5 m.y. old, but there is now at least a possibility that the
younger, although apparently equally primitive, bed 3aN representative of this
Species may have been less than 4 m.y. old (vide supra). In addition, Maglio’s
suggestion that the ‘progressive’ M. subplanifrons from Virginia, Orange Free
State, dates back at least 4 m.y. was surprising since this material was said to
occur in association with artefacts (Meiring 1955). The supposed antiquity of the
Virginia mammoth has made it unique in the Orange Free State, a province
which has otherwise produced only middle Pleistocene or younger fossils from
similar occurrences. Maglio’s suggestions about its age were sufficiently striking
to prompt a study of its geological associations by Butzer (1973). This study did
AGE OF THE FOSSILS FROM BAARD’S QUARRY, SOUTH AFRICA 21
not contradict the Pliocene date, but there must be some doubt as to whether the
geological and geomorphological observations actually confirm the date.
Certainly Butzer’s study did not confirm the presence of artefacts in the deposits,
but even so the age of this specimen cannot be regarded as settled beyond doubt.
Maglio (1973) indicated a time range of only 0,5 m.y. for M. subplanifrons,
but found that the range for Loxodonta adaurora in east Africa ‘must be taken
as at least two million years, with very little change in molar structure throughout
this period’ (p. 25). It now appears likely that his figure is an overestimate since
L. adaurora does not occur later than Member B in the Shunguru Formation
(Beden 1976), but a range of about 1,5 m.y. for the species still applies.
Presumably a time range of this order might also have applied to South African
M. subplanifrons, especially since there is no evidence of more advanced elephant
species on the subcontinent during the late Pliocene and early Pleistocene. With
the exception of problematical, but nevertheless primitive specimens from the
Vaal River Gravels, the only other Plio/Pleistocene elephant recorded from South
Africa is an Elephas ekorensis from Bolt’s Farm, Transvaal, which Maglio
(1973: 34) believes may indicate that ‘an earlier stage of the (E. ekorensis) lineage
persisted in southern Africa long after it was succeeded by a more progressive
stage further north’. If this was indeed the case, then the late survival in South
Africa of primitive Mammuthus is also likely.
The possible late survival of E. ekorensis in the Transvaal and M. subplani-
frons in the Orange Free State suggests that the zoogeographic isolation referred
to earlier may have encompassed more of South Africa than just the Cape Biotic
Region as it is now defined (Hendey 1974).
In spite of the many uncertainties which exist there do appear to be grounds
for believing that early elephant evolution in South Africa may not have paral-
leled the well-documented east African pattern. The presumption that all M. sub-
planifrons on the subcontinent must be at least 4 m.y. old seems less warranted
than to presume that this heterogeneous taxon had a long local history. At the
very least, the issue cannot be regarded as settled.
If M. subplanifrons did indeed survive longer in a primitive state in South
Africa, the same might also have applied to other large herbivores such as
Sivatherium. This would account for the fact that the Baard’s Quarry Sivatherium
resembles the Pliocene S. hendeyi rather than the Pleistocene S. maurusium, at
least in terms of limb-bone proportions.
The implication is that during periods when the more southerly parts of
South Africa were isolated the large herbivores showed little or no evolutionary
change (i.e. they remained ‘primitive’), whereas the smaller ones did evolve but,
being isolated from their counterparts further north, represented locally endemic
lineages. There is, however, an anomaly in this hypothesis since one of the large
herbivores from Baard’s Quarry, the gomphothere, apparently exhibits an
evolutionary advance over its ‘E’ Quarry counterpart.
Mammals such as carnivores, which are less influenced by environmental
factors and less likely to have their dispersal impeded by such factors, were not
22 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
necessarily affected by the isolation of parts of the subcontinent. Since in this
case the isolating mechanism was aridification, isolation in respect of the mam-
malian fauna could never have been complete, with some faunal interchange
likely and accelerating as conditions in the arid and semi-arid regions ameliorated.
Since faunal dating of the Langebaanweg sites is based on correlations with
the east African record, this dating is likely to be complicated by the regional
peculiarities of the local fauna. Consequently particular significance is attached
to the first appearances of taxa in east Africa. The southerly part of South Africa
is unlikely to have been a significant centre of mammalian evolution, and terres-
trial species can otherwise only have moved into the area from points north.
For example, if Maglio’s (1973) interpretation and dating of the origin of the
Elephantidae is correct, then the earliest record of Mammuthus subplanifrons in
the Langebaanweg area (i.e. the “E’ Quarry Quartzose Sand Member specimen)
cannot be older than 5 m.y. and is most likely to be in the 44,5 m.y. range as
Maglio suggested. Similarly, if the Shungura Formation Member G record of
TABLE 5
Relative age of deposits in the vicinity of Langebaanweg
Estimated age
in millions ‘E? QUARRY BAARD’S
of years QUARRY
Less than SURFACE BED OCCURRENCES* ‘UPPER LEVEL’
1 m.y.
(5) Interval similar
to (4)?
(6) Interval greater than (5)
About 2 m.y. “LOWER LEVELS’
(4) Interval greater
than (3)
= PELLETAL PHOSPHORITE MEMBER (GaN)
e)
& | (3) Interval less than (2)
<<
2 PELLETAL PHOSPHORITE MEMBER (3aS)
S
. | (2) Interval of unknown duration
(a4
About | QUARTZOSE SAND MEMBER
4,5 m.y. <
= (1) Interval of unknown duration
jad
Not more = GRAVEL MEMBER
than 5 m.y.
* Several isolated occurrences, none of which is necessarily contemporaneous with the
‘upper level’ at Baard’s Quarry.
AGE OF THE FOSSILS FROM BAARD’S QUARRY, SOUTH AFRICA pegs
Equus is the earliest for this taxon in Africa, then the Baard’s Quarry ‘lower
levels’ Equus cannot be older than about 2 m.y.
As more is learnt of the origin and evolution of African mammals, it should
become possible to refine the faunal dating of the Langebaanweg assemblages.
The present view on the relative ages of deposits in the vicinity of Langebaanweg
is summarized in Table 5.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
I am indebted to Drs A. W. Gentry (British Museum (Natural History)),
J. M. Harris (Kenya National Museum), D. A. Hooijer (Rijksmuseum van
Natuurlijke Historie), R. G. Klein (University of Chicago) and E. Vrba (Trans-
vaal Museum) for direct and indirect assistance in preparing the manuscript of
this paper. Particular thanks are due to Dr Gentry who generously made avail-
able unpublished information on Langebaanweg and other bovids.
I thank Mr N. J. Eden and Miss M. Sank for the photographs and Mrs
J. Wallendorf for typing the manuscript of this paper.
The South African Museum’s Langebaanweg Research Project is supported
by Chemfos Limited, the South African Council for Scientific and Industrial
Research and the Wenner-Gren Foundation for Anthropological Research
(Grant no. 2752-1834) and the assistance of these organizations is gratefully
acknowledged. The management and staff, especially Mr G. Benfield, of Chemfos
Ltd at Langebaanweg have been extremely generous in the support which they
have provided.
REFERENCES
BEDEN, M. 1976. Proboscideans from the Omo Group Formations. Jn: COPPENS, Y. ef al., eds.
Earliest man and environments in the Lake Rudolf Basin: 193-208. Chicago: University
Press.
Bone, E. L. & SINGER, R. 1965. Hipparion from Langebaanweg, Cape Province and a revision
of the genus in Africa. Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 48: 273-397.
ButTzer, K. W. 1973. On the geology of a Late Pliocene Mammuthus site, Virginia, Orange
Free State. Navors. nas. Mus. Bloemfontein 2: 386-393.
CooKE, H. B. S. 1950. A critical revision of the Perissodactyla of southern Africa. Ann. S. Afr.
Mus, 21: 393-479.
CopPENS, Y. & HOWELL, F. C. 1976. Mammalian faunas of the Omo Group: Distributional
and biostratigraphic aspects. In: COPPENS, Y. et al., eds. Earliest man and environments
in the Lake Rudolf Basin: 177-192. Chicago: University Press.
EISENMANN, V. 1976. Equidae from the Shungura Formation. In: CoppeENs, Y. ef al., eds.
Earliest man and environments in the Lake Rudolf Basin: 225-233. Chicago: University
Press.
GENTRY, A. W. 1974. A new genus and species of Pliocene boselaphine (Bovidae, Mammalia)
from South Africa. Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 65: 145-188.
Harris, J. M. 1976. Pliocene Giraffoidea (Mammalia, Artiodactyla) from the Cape Province.
Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 69: 325-353.
HENDEY, Q. B. 1969. Quaternary vertebrate fossil sites in the south-western Cape Province.
S. Afr. archaeol. Bull. 24: 96-105.
HENDEY, Q. B. 1970a. A review of the geology and palaeontology of the Plio/Pleistocene
deposits at Langebaanweg, Cape Province. Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 56: 75-117.
24 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
HENDEY, Q. B. 19706. The age of the fossiliferous deposits at Langebaanweg, Cape Province.
Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 56: 119-131.
HENDEY, Q. B. 1972. Further observations on the age of the mammalian fauna from Langebaan-
weg, Cape Province. Palaeoecol. Afr. 6: 172-175.
HENDEY, Q. B. 1973. Fossil occurrences at Langebaanweg, Cape Province. Nature, Lond. 244:
13-14.
HENDEY, Q. B. 1974. The late Cenozoic Carnivora of the south-western Cape Province. Ann.
S. Afr. Mus. 63: 1-369.
HENDEY, Q. B. 1976. The Pliocene fossil occurrences in ‘E’ Quarry, Langebaanweg, South
Africa. Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 69: 215-247.
HENDEY, Q. B. & DEACON, H. J. 1977. Studies in palaeontology and archaeology in the
Saldanha Region. Trans. R. Soc. S. Afr. 42: 371-381.
Hoover, D. A. 1974. Hipparions from the Late Miocene and Pliocene of Northwestern Kenya.
Zool. Verhand. 134: 1-34.
Hoover, D. A. 1975. Miocene to Pleistocene hipparions of Kenya, Tanzania and Ethiopia.
Zool. Verhand. 142: 1-80.
Hoover, D. A. 1976a. The Late Pliocene Equidae of Langebaanweg, Cape Province, South
Africa. Zool. Verhand. 148: 1-39.
Hoover, D. A. 197656. Evolution of the Perissodactyla of the Omo Group deposits. In:
CopPeENs, Y. et al., eds. Earliest man and environments in the Lake Rudolf Basin: 209-213.
Chicago: University Press.
KLEIN, R. G. 1974a. On the taxonomic status, distribution and ecology of the blue antelope,
Hippotragus leucophaeus (Pallas, 1766). Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 65: 99-143.
KLEIN, R. G. 19746. A provisional statement on terminal Pleistocene mammalian extinctions
in the Cape Biotic Region (Southern Cape Province, South Africa). S. Afr. archaeol. Soc.
Goodwin Ser. 2: 39-45.
KurtTENn, B. 1968. Pleistocene mammals of Europe. London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson.
Mac io, V. J. 1973. Origin and evolution of the Elephantidae. Trans. Am. phil. Soc. 63: 1-126.
Mac tio, V. J. 1974. A new proboscidean from the late Miocene of Kenya. Palaeontology 17:
699-705.
MacLio, V. J. & HENDEY, Q. B. 1970. New evidence relating to the supposed stegolophodont
ancestry of the Elephantidae. S. Afr. archaeol. Bull. 25: 85-87.
MEIRING, A. J. D. 1955. Fossil proboscidean teeth and ulna from Virginia, O.F.S. Navors. nas.
Mus. Bloemfontein 1: 187-201.
SINGER, R. & Hoorer, D. A. 1958. A Stegolophodon from South Africa. Nature, Lond. 182:
101-102.
SINGER, R. & BONE, E. L. 1960. Modern giraffes and the fossil giraffids of Africa. Ann. S. Afr.
Mus. 45: 375-548.
TANKARD, A. J. 1975. Varswater Formation of the Langebaanweg-—Saldanha area, Cape
Province. Trans. geol. Soc. S. Afr. 77: 265-283.
Wo rr, R. G., SINGER, R. & BisHop, W. W. 1973. Fossil bear (Agriotherium Wagner, 1837)
from Langebaanweg, Cape Province, South Africa. Quaternaria 17: 209-236.
——
=~
6. SYSTEMATIC papers must conform to the Jnternational code of zoological nomenclature
(particularly Articles 22 and 51).
Names of new taxa, combinations, synonyms, etc., when used for the first time, must be
followed by the appropriate Latin (not English) abbreviation, e.g. gen. nov., sp. nov., comb.
nov., syn. nov., etc.
An author’s name when cited must follow the name of the taxon without intervening
punctuation and not be abbreviated; if the year is added, a comma must separate author’s
name and year. The author’s name (and date, if cited) must be placed in parentheses if a
species or subspecies is transferred from its original genus. The name of a subsequent user of
a scientific name must be separated from the scientific name by a colon.
Synonymy arrangement should be according to chronology of names, i.e. all published
scientific names by which the species previously has been designated are listed in chronological
order, with all references to that name following in chronological order, e.g.:
Family Nuculanidae
Nuculana (Lembulus) bicuspidata (Gould, 1845)
Figs 14-15A
Nucula (Leda) bicuspidata Gould, 1845: 37.
Leda plicifera A. Adams, 1856: 50.
Laeda bicuspidata Hanley, 1859: 118, pl. 228 (fig. 73). Sowerby, 1871: pl. 2 (fig. 8a—b).
Nucula largillierti Philippi, 1861: 87.
Leda bicuspidata: Nicklés, 1950: 163, fig. 301; 1955: 110. Barnard, 1964: 234, figs 8-9.
Note punctuation in the above example:
comma separates author’s name and year
semicolon separates more than one reference by the same author
full stop separates references by different authors
figures of plates are enclosed in parentheses to distinguish them from text-figures
dash, not comma, separates consecutive numbers
Synonymy arrangement according to chronology of bibliographic references, whereby
the year is placed in front of each entry, and the synonym repeated in full for each entry, is
not acceptable.
In describing new species, one specimen must be designated as the holotype; other speci-
mens mentioned in the original description are to be designated paratypes; additional material
not regarded as paratypes should be listed separately. The complete data (registration number,
depository, description of specimen, locality, collector, date) of the holotype and paratypes
must be recorded, e.g.:
Holotype
SAM-—A13535 in the South African Museum, Cape Town. Adult female from mid-tide region, King’s Beach
Port Elizabeth (33°51’S 25°39’E), collected by A. Smith, 15 January 1973.
Note standard form of writing South African Museum registration numbers and date.
7. SPECIAL HOUSE RULES
Capital initial letters
(a) The Figures, Maps and Tables of the paper when referred to in the text
e.g. *... the Figure depicting C. namacolus ...’; *. . . in C. namacolus (Fig. 10)...’
(b) The prefixes of prefixed surnames in all languages, when used in the text, if not preceded
by initials or full names
e.g. Du Toit but A.L.du Toit; Von Huene but F. von Huene
(c) Scientific names, but not their vernacular derivatives
e.g. Therocephalia, but therocephalian
Punctuation should be loose, omitting all not strictly necessary
Reference to the author should be expressed in the third person
Roman numerals should be converted to arabic, except when forming part of the title of a
book or article, such as
“Revision of the Crustacea. Part VIII. The Amphipoda.’
Specific name must not stand alone, but be preceded by the generic name or its abbreviation
to initial capital letter, provided the same generic name is used consecutively.
Name of new genus or species is not to be included in the title: it should be included in the
abstract, counter to Recommendation 23 of the Code, to meet the requirements of
Biological Abstracts.
Q. B. HENDEY
THE AGE OF THE FOSSILS FROM BAARD’S
QUARRY, LANGEBAANWEG, SOUTH AFRICA
“VOLUME 75 PART 2 FEBRUARY 1978 ISSN 0303-2515
TH AF RICAN
‘OF THE SOU MUSEUM
CAPE TOWN
INSTRUCTIONS TO AUTHORS
1. MATERIAL should be original and not published elsewhere, in whole or in part.
2. LAYOUT should be as follows:
(a) Centred masthead to consist of
Title: informative but concise, without abbreviations and not including the names of new genera or species
Author’s(s’) name(s)
Address(es) of author(s) (institution where work was carried out)
Number of illustrations (figures, enumerated maps and tables, in this order)
(b) Abstract of not more than 200 words, intelligible to the reader without reference to the text
(c) Table of contents giving hierarchy of headings and subheadings
(d) Introduction
(e) Subject-matter of the paper, divided into sections to correspond with those given in table of contents
(f) Summary, if paper is lengthy
(g) Acknowledgements
(th) References
(i) Abbreviations, where these are numerous
“a
3. MANUSCRIPT, to be submitted in triplicate, should be typewritten and neat, double spaced
with 2,5 cm margins all round. First lines of paragraphs should be indented. Tables and a list of
legends for illustrations should be typed separately, their positions indicated in the text. All
pages should be numbered consecutively.
Major headings of the paper are centred capitals; first subheadings are shouldered small
capitals; second subheadings are shouldered italics; third subheadings are indented, shouldered
italics. Further subdivisions should be avoided, as also enumeration (never roman numerals)
of headings and abbreviations.
Footnotes should be avoided unless they are short and essential.
Only generic and specific names should be underlined to indicate italics; all other marking
up should be left to editor and publisher.
4. ILLUSTRATIONS should be reducible to a size not exceeding 12 < 18 cm (19 cm including
legend); the reduction or enlargement required should be indicated; originals larger than
35 x 47 cm should not be submitted; photographs should be rectangular in shape and final
size. A metric scale should appear with all illustrations, otherwise magnification or reduction
should be given in the legend; if the latter, then the final reduction or enlargement should be
taken into consideration.
All illustrations, whether line drawings or photographs, should be termed figures (plates
are not printed; half-tones will appear in their proper place in the text) and numbered in a
single series. Items of composite figures should be designated by capital letters; lettering of
figures is not set in type and should be in lower-case letters.
The number of the figure should be lightly marked in pencil on the back of each illustration.
5. REFERENCES cited in text and synonymies should all be included in the list at the end of
the paper, using the Harvard System (ibid., idem, loc. cit., op. cit. are not acceptable):
(a) Author’s name and year of publication given in text, e.g.:
‘Smith (1969) describes .. .’
‘Smith (1969: 36, fig. 16) describes...’
‘As described (Smith 1969a, 1969b; Jones 1971)’
‘As described (Haughton & Broom 1927)...’
‘As described (Haughton et al. 1927)...’
Note: no comma separating name and year
Dagination indicated by colon, not p.
names of joint authors connected by ampersand
et al. in text for more than two joint authors, but names of all authors given in list of references.
(b) Full references at the end of the paper, arranged alphabetically by names, chronologically
within each name, with suffixes a, b, etc. to the year for more than one paper by the same
author in that year, e.g. Smith (1969a, 19695) and not Smith (1969, 1969a).
For books give title in italics, edition, volume number, place of publication, publisher.
For journal article give title of article, title of journal in italics (abbreviated according to the World list o,
scientific periodicals. 4th ed. London: Butterworths, 1963), series in parentheses, volume number, part
number (only if independently paged) in parentheses, pagination (first and last pages of article).
Examples (note capitalization and punctuation)
BULLOUGH, W. S. 1960. Practical invertebrate anatomy. 2nd ed. London: Macmillan.
FISCHER, P.—H. 1948. Données sur la résistance et de le vitalité des mollusques. J. Conch., Paris 88: 100-140.
FISCHER, P.-H., DuvAL, M. & RaAFFy, A. 1933. Etudes sur les échanges respiratoires des littorines. Archs
Zool. exp. gén. 74: 627-634. \
Koun, A. J. 1960a. Ecological notes on Conus (Mollusca: Gastropoda) in the Trincomalee region of Ceylon.
Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (13) 2: 309-320.
Koun, A. J. 19606. Spawning behaviour, egg masses and larval development in Conus from the Indian Ocean.
Bull. Bingham oceanogr. Coll. 17 (4): 1-51.
THIELE, J. 1910. Mollusca: B. Polyplacophora, Gastropoda marina, Bivalvia. In: SCHULTZE, L. Zoologische
und anthropologische Ergebnisse einer Forschungsreise im westlichen und zentralen Siid-Afrika 4: 269-270.
Jena: Fischer. Denkschr. med.-naturw. Ges. Jena 16: 269-270.
(continued inside back cover)
ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
ANNALE VAN DIE SUID-AFRIKAANSE MUSEUM
Volume 75 Band
February 1978 Februarie
ant? ee Deel
REDESCRIPTION OF
PARABATH YNOMUS NATALENSIS BARNARD
(CRUSTACEA, ISOPODA, CIROLANIDAE)
By
BRIAN KENSLEY
Cape Town Kaapstad
The ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
are issued in parts at irregular intervals as material
becomes available
Obtainable from the South African Museum, P.O. Box 61, Cape Town 8000
Die ANNALE VAN DIE SUID-AFRIKAANSE MUSEUM
word uitgegee in dele op ongereelde tye na beskikbaarheid
van stof
Verkrygbaar van die Suid-Afrikaanse Museum, Posbus 61, Kaapstad 8000
OUT OF PRINT/UIT DRUK
1, 2(1-3, 5-8), 3(1-2, 4-5, 8, t.-p.i.), 5(1-3, 5, 7-9),
6(1, t.-p.i.), 701-4), 8, 901-2, 7), 10(1-3),
11(1-2, 5, 7, t.—p.i.), 15(4—5), 24(2), 27, 31(1-3), 32(5), 33
Price of this part/Prys van hierdie deel
R1,70
Trustees of the South African Museum © Trustees van die Suid-Afrikaanse Museum
1978
ISBN 0 908407 37 8
Printed in South Africa by In Suid-Afrika gedruk deur
The Rustica Press, Pty., Ltd., Die Rustica-pers, Edms., Bpk.,
Court Road, Wynberg, Cape Courtweg, Wynberg, Kaap
——_ a
REDESCRIPTION OF PARABATHYNOMUS NATALENSIS BARNARD
(CRUSTACEA, ISOPODA, CIROLANIDAE)
By
BRIAN KENSLEY
South African Museum, Cape Town
(With 3 figures)
[MS. accepted 8 November 1977}
ABSTRACT
The cirolanid Parabathynomus natalensis, described by Barnard in 1924 and since over-
looked, is redescribed. The validity of the genus is confirmed, and the genus compared with
the closely related Bathynomus. The species, known from two specimens, is recorded from
Natal and southern Mozambique.
CONTENTS
PAGE
Introductiony Bes ms) 2. 9 25
Systematic discussion. . . . 26
Acknowledgements . . . . 30
INCiCheEnceSmen enn) Been eoil
INTRODUCTION
Interest in the giant isopod genus Bathynomus Milne Edwards is stirred each
time a specimen is caught. Holthuis & Mikulka (1972) provided an excellent
résumé of taxonomic and biological work which has been published on the (then)
four species of Bathynomus. Shih (1972) and Griffin (1975) each describe a new
species and provide notes on the genus. Nowhere, however, is mention made of
the closely related genus Parabathynomus Barnard. This is not surprising, con-
sidering the relatively obscure journal in which it was published (Barnard 1924)
and that Parabathynomus has been mentioned only once in passing (Barnard
1940) since its description.
The author, in developing a catalogue of southern African marine isopods,
thought it necessary to re-examine the type of Parabathynomus and felt that
redescription would be useful.
The holotype of Parabathynomus natalensis was caught by the Fisheries
Research vessel Pickle in 1920, off the coast of Natal. After description it was
deposited in the British Museum (Natural History). A second specimen was
found amongst the isopods collected in 1964 on the eighth cruise of the Anton
Bruun during the International Indian Ocean Expedition.
AS
Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 75 (2), 1978: 25-31, 3 figs.
26 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
SYSTEMATIC DISCUSSION
Parabathynomus natalensis Barnard
Figs 1-3
Parabathynomus natalensis Barnard, 1924: 2, figs 1-4; 1940: 491.
Description
Male. Body parallel-sided, dorsally strongly convex, three and one-eighth
times longer than wide; dorsal surface closely and minutely pitted, pits almost
coalescing to form short striae on lateral portion of pleonites.
Cephalon somewhat sunken into pereonite* |; frontal margin between eyes
straight, faint impressed line present; faint line running along upper margin of
eye, continuous across front. Antennular bases almost completely visible dorsally.
Frontal lamina elongate—pentagonal, narrow, completely separating antennal
bases. Clypeus wider than upper lip, lateral margins sinuous, anteriorly bifid at
lamina base. Upper lip broadly bilobed. Eyes narrowly oblong, hardly visible in
dorsal view, occupying most of anterolateral margin of cephalon. Pereonite 1
posterolateral angle rounded. Faint ridge on posterior half of lateral pereonite,
with oblique continuous ridge ventral to former ridge. Coxae articulated on
pereonites 2 to 7. Posterolateral angle of pereonite 2 rounded, 3 quadrate, 4 to
7 becoming progressively more acute; curved ridge present on all coxae.
Pleon consisting of five free pleonites plus pleotelson. Pleonite 1 narrow,
lateral margin hardly visible beneath coxa of pereonite 7. Pleonites 2 to 4
subequal in length. Pleonite 2 laterally narrowly acute, pleonites 3 and 4 laterally
acute but with posterior subapical margin convex; pleonite 5 medially longer
than preceding segments, lateral margin not extending as far as preceding seg-
ments, overlapped by pleonite 4. Pleonite 2 with ventrolateral part of segment
expanded into strong, flattened spinose process. Pleotelson with median length
equal to basal width, distal margin evenly convex, with few irregular, low crenu-
lations; very faint mid-dorsal impressed line just visible. Antennular peduncle
three-segmented, terminal segment with distal oblique constriction, flagellum of
about forty articles.
Antennal flagellum reaching to pereonite 6; peduncle five-segmented, two
distal segments subequal in length, flagellum of about seventy articles. Mandibles
with incisor process strongly sclerotized, tridentate, innermost tooth of left
mandible acute, with median edge folded on itself; lacinia oval, with short, curved
teeth on raised rim on margin; molar process blade-like, apically acute, with
strong denticles on median margin; palp three-segmented, second segment
longest, with distal patch of fine, dense setae; terminal segment curved, with row
of fine setae and few elongate distal setae.
First maxilla with inner ramus short, bearing one slender and. three stout
spines, with distal halves bearing fine hairs; outer ramus broad, with strongly
sclerotized curved spines.
* The author prefers this spelling. —Ed.
REDESCRIPTION OF PARABATHYNOMUS NATALENSIS BARNARD i,
Fig. 1. Parabathynomus natalensis. Holotype in dorsal and lateral view.
Maxilliped endite triangular in cross-section, with two coupling hooks and
about six plumose setae distally; palp five-segmented, third segment longest and
broadest, all segments fringed with setae.
Pereopod | ambulatory, dactylus curved, shorter than propodus; latter
curved, with three short spines on ventral margin; carpus about half length of
propodus, with two strong ventrodistal spines; merus with margin bilobed, distal
lobe carrying two spines, proximal lobe with three spines, dorsal margin distally
produced beyond carpus, with row of six spines; ischium with strong spine on
distodorsal corner.
Pereopods 2 and 3 similar to pereopod 1.
Pereopods 4 to 7 similar, dactylus about half length of propodus, latter
narrow, with strong spine at mid ventral point; carpus, merus, and ischium
bearing several spines and setae on distally expanded margins.
28 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Penial rami widely separated on sternite of pereonite 7, flattened, oval in
outline.
Pleopod | peduncle with eight coupling hooks on inner margin, and rounded
membranous epipodite; endopod longer than exopod, median margin straight,
outer margin curved; exopod with median margin convex, with single branchial
tuft near base.
Pleopods 2 to 5 similar, with large branchial tuft on peduncle next to inser-
tion of the appendage, plus smaller tuft on outer margin, hidden by longer
peduncular tuft; tiny epipodite present; endopod with slender stylet attached
Fig. 2. Parabathynomus natalensis. A. Left mandible. B. Right mandible. C. First maxilla.
D. Second maxilla. E. Maxilliped.
20
REDESCRIPTION OF PARABATHYNOMUS NATALENSIS BARNARD
GEEZ 2
=-
~--.
wee We eee
Fig. 3. Parabathynomus natalensis. A. Antennule. B. Antenna. C. Pereopod 1. D. Pereopod 7.
E. Pleopod 2. F. Pleopod 1. G. Frontal lamina, clypeus, and upper lip. H. Ventrolateral view
of pleonites 1-3.
30 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
proximally, just extending beyond apex of ramus; exopod slightly shorter than
endopod, distally broadly rounded, with well-developed branchial tuft at base.
Uropodal peduncle produced into acute lobe extending along inner margin
of endopod; exopod narrow, leaf-shaped, with nine spines on outer margin, six
on inner margin, plus numerous fine plumose setae; endopod broad, longer than
exopod, median margin distally curved, with outer distal angle blunt, six short
spines on outer and inner margins.
Female. Agrees in all details with male.
Material
Holotype 3 British Museum (Natural History) No. 1937.11.10.67.
Locality: 29°49’S 31°46’E, 766 m
Dimensions: total length 81 mm
greatest width (at pereonite 5) 26 mm
© United States National Museum No. 170251
Locality: 25°12’S 34°04’E, 230-295 m (taken in shrimp trawl)
Dimensions: total length 69 mm
greatest width 24 mm
Remarks
Shih (1972) defined Bathynomus as cirolanid isopods having seven free pereo-
nites, five free pleonites, a telson with a strongly toothed posterior margin, free
coxae on pereonites 2 to 7, ambulatory pereopods and pleopods adapted for
swimming and respiration. The respiratory function of the pleopods is sup-
plemented by highly ramified branchial tufts on the endopods. This feature most
readily distinguishes Bathynomus from the rest of the cirolanids. The number and
position of these branchial tufts is the most important feature separating Bathy-
nomus and Parabathynomus. The other differences are given in the following
table.
Bathynomus Parabathynomus
Frontal lamina Broad, often pear- Narrowly pentagonal
shaped or triangular
Pleotelson. . Distal margin dentate Distal margin faintly crenulate
BYcS eee aebnianeular Elongate-oblong
Branchial tufts Arise on bases of pleo- Arise on bases of pleopodal exopods,
podal endopods and on pleopodal peduncles
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
My thanks are due to Miss J. Ellis of the British Museum (Natural History)
for the loan of the type specimen of Parabathynomus, to Dr F. Ferrari of the
Smithsonian Sorting Centre for the second specimen, and to Dr T. E. Bowman
of the Smithsonian Institution for reading the manuscript and giving critical
comments.
REDESCRIPTION OF PARABATHYNOMUS NATALENSIS BARNARD 31
REFERENCES
BARNARD, K. H. 1924. Description of a new genus and species of Isopod crustacean belonging
to the family Bathynomidae, procured in South African Marine Survey. Rep. Fish. mar.
biol. Surv. Un. S. Afr. 4 special rep. 2: 1-4.
BARNARD, K. H. 1940. Contributions to the crustacean fauna of South Africa. XII. Further
additions to the Tanaidacea, Isopoda, and Amphipoda, together with keys for the identifi-
cation of the hitherto recorded marine and freshwater species. Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 32:
381-543.
GRIFFIN, D. J. G. 1975. A new giant deep-water isopod of the genus Bathynomus (Flabellifera:
Cirolanidae) from Eastern Australia. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 100: 103-109.
Hottuuis, L. B. & MIKULKA, W. R. 1972. Notes on the deep-sea isopods of the genus Bathy-
nomus A. Milne Edwards, 1879. Bull. mar. Sci. 22: 575-591.
SHin, C. 1972. Notes on the giant isopod genus Bathynomus Milne Edwards, 1879, with
description of a new species. Publs Seto mar. biol. Lab. 21: 31-42.
eae a nn t en yi
7 t < i 4 1
: i
" : - MP i; I
;
ey 7 -
ce >
— 2
= my
%
e =
{
i ss
7
a
af
>
a
4 b
nat
i
-~
{
= }
= j
i
aa
.
.
6. SYSTEMATIC papers must conform to the /nternational code of zoological nomenclature
(particularly Articles 22 and 51).
Names of new taxa, combinations, synonyms, etc., when used for the first time, must be
followed by the appropriate Latin (not English) abbreviation, e.g. gen. nov., sp. nov., comb.
nov., syn. nov., etc.
An author’s name when cited must follow the name of the taxon without intervening
punctuation and not be abbreviated; if the year is added, a comma must separate author’s
name and year. The author’s name (and date, if cited) must be placed in parentheses if a
species or subspecies is transferred from its original genus. The name of a subsequent user of
a scientific name must be separated from the scientific name by a colon.
Synonymy arrangement should be according to chronology of names, i.e. all published
scientific names by which the species previously has been designated are listed in chronological
order, with all references to that name following in chronological order, e.g.:
Family Nuculanidae
Nuculana (Lembulus) bicuspidata (Gould, 1845)
Figs 14-15A
Nucula (Leda) bicuspidata Gould, 1845: 37.
Leda plicifera A. Adams, 1856: 50.
Laeda bicuspidata Hanley, 1859: 118, pl. 228 (fig. 73). Sowerby, 1871: pl. 2 (fig. 8a—b).
Nucula largillierti Philippi, 1861: 87.
. Leda bicuspidata: Nicklés, 1950: 163, fig. 301; 1955: 110. Barnard, 1964: 234, figs 8-9.
Note punctuation in the above example:
comma separates author’s name and year
semicolon separates more than one reference by the same author
full stop separates references by different authors
figures of plates are enclosed in parentheses to distinguish them from text-figures
dash, not comma, separates consecutive numbers
Synonymy arrangement according to chronology of bibliographic references, whereby
the year is placed in front of each entry, and the synonym repeated in full for each entry, is
not acceptable.
In describing new species, One specimen must be designated as the holotype; other speci-
mens mentioned in the original description are to be designated paratypes; additional material
not regarded as paratypes should be listed separately. The complete data (registration number,
depository, description of specimen, locality, collector, date) of the holotype and paratypes
must be recorded, e.g.:
Holotype
SAM-—A13535 in the South African Museum, Cape Town. Adult female from mid-tide region, King’s Beach
Port Elizabeth (33°51’S 25°39’E), collected by A. Smith, 15 January 1973.
Note standard form of writing South African Museum registration numbers and date.
7. SPECIAL HOUSE RULES
Capital initial letters
(a) The Figures, Maps and Tables of the paper when referred to in the text
e.g. *... the Figure depicting C. namacolus ...’; ‘. .. in C. namacolus (Fig. 10)...’
(b) The prefixes of prefixed surnames in all languages, when used in the text, it not preceded
by initials or full names
e.g. Du Toit but A.L.du Toit; Von Huene but F. von Huene
(c) Scientific names, but not their vernacular derivatives
e.g. Therocephalia, but therocephalian
Punctuation should be loose, omitting all not strictly necessary
Reference to the author should be expressed in the third person
Roman numerals should be converted to arabic, except when forming part of the title of a
book or article, such as
‘Revision of the Crustacea. Part VIII. The Amphipoda.’ :
Specific name must not stand alone, but be preceded by the generic name or its abbreviation
to initial capital letter, provided the same generic name is used consecutively.
Name of new genus or species is not to be included in the title: it should be included in the
abstract, counter to Recommendation 23 of the Code, to meet the requirements of
Biological Abstracts.
BRIAN KENSLEY
REDESCRIPTION OF
PARABATHYNOMUS NATALENSIS BARNARD
(CRUSTACEA, ISOPODA, CIROLANIDAE)
JOLUME 75 PART 3 MARCH 1978 : ISSN 0303-2515
507,68
OO ee -rti“(CwmTCTClCmUr CC!
i
= q - =
-
OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN >
MUSEUM
CAPE TOWN
INSTRUCTIONS TO AUTHORS
1. MATERIAL should be original and not published elsewhere, in whole or in part.
2. LAYOUT should be as follows:
(a) Centred masthead to consist of
Title: informative but concise, without abbreviations and not including the names of new genera or species
Author’s(s’) name(s)
Address(es) of author(s) (institution where work was carried out)
Number of illustrations (figures, enumerated maps and tables, in this order)
(b) Abstract of not more than 200 words, intelligible to the reader without reference to the text
(c) Table of contents giving hierarchy of headings and subheadings
(d) Introduction
(e) Subject-matter of the paper, divided into sections to correspond with those given in table of contents
(f) Summary, if paper is lengthy
(g) Acknowledgements
(h) References
(i) Abbreviations, where these are numerous
3. MANUSCRIPT, to be submitted in triplicate, should be typewritten and neat, double spaced
with 2,5 cm margins all round. First lines of paragraphs should be indented. Tables and a list of
legends for illustrations should be typed separately, their positions indicated in the text. All
pages should be numbered consecutively.
Major headings of the paper are centred capitals; first subheadings are shouldered small
capitals; second subheadings are shouldered italics; third subheadings are indented, shouldered
italics. Further subdivisions should be avoided, as also enumeration (never roman numerals)
of headings and abbreviations.
Footnotes should be avoided unless they are short and essential.
Only generic and specific names should be underlined to indicate italics; all other marking
up should be left to editor and publisher.
4. ILLUSTRATIONS should be reducible to a size not exceeding 12 x 18 cm (19 cm including
legend); the reduction or enlargement required should be indicated; originals larger than
35 x 47 cm should not be submitted; photographs should be rectangular in shape and final
size. A metric scale should appear with all illustrations, otherwise magnification or reduction
should be given in the legend; if the latter, then the final reduction or enlargement should be
taken into consideration.
All illustrations, whether line drawings or photographs, should be termed figures (plates
are not printed; half-tones will appear in their proper place in the text) and numbered in a
single series. Items of composite figures should be designated by capital letters; lettering of
figures is not set in type and should be in lower-case letters.
The number of the figure should be lightly marked in pencil on the back of each illustration.
5. REFERENCES cited in text and synonymies should all be included in the list at the end of
the paper, using the Harvard System (ibid., idem, loc. cit., op. cit. are not acceptable):
(a) Author’s name and year of publication given in text, e.g.:
‘Smith (1969) describes...’
‘Smith (1969: 36, fig. 16) describes .
‘As described (Smith 1969a, 19695; take ey
“As described (Haughton & Broom 19 mes
‘As described (Haughton et al. 1927) .
Note: no comma separating name and! year
Dagination indicated by colon, not p.
names of joint authors connected by ampersand
et al. in text for more than two joint authors, but names of all authors given in list of references.
(b) Full references at the end of the paper, arranged alphabetically by names, chronologically
within each name, with suffixes a, b, etc. to the year for more than one paper by the same
author in that year, e.g. Smith (1969a, 19695) and not Smith (1969, 1969a).
For books give title in italics, edition, volume number, place of publication, publisher.
For journal article give title of article, title of journal in italics (abbreviated according to the World list o,
Scientific periodicals. 4th ed. London: Butterworths, 1963), series in parentheses, volume number, part
number (only if independently paged) in parentheses, pagination (first and last pages of article).
Examples (note capitalization and punctuation)
BULLOUGH, W. S. 1960. Practical invertebrate anatomy. 2nd ed. London: Macmillan.
FISCHER, P.-H. 1948. Données sur la résistance et de le vitalité des mollusques. J. Conch., Paris 88: 100-140.
FIscHER, P.-H., DuvAL, M. & Rarry, A. 1933. Etudes sur les échanges respiratoires des littorines. Archs
Zool. exp. Zen. 74: 627-634.
Konn, A. J. 1960a. Ecological notes on Conus (Mollusca: Gastropoda) in the Trincomalee region of Ceylon.
Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (13) 2: 309-320.
Koun, A. J. 19606. Spawning behaviour, egg masses and larval development in Conus from the Indian Ocean.
Bull. Bingham oceanogr. Coll. 17 (4): 1-51.
THEELE, J. 1910. Mollusca: B. Polyplacophora, Gastropoda marina, Bivalvia. In: SCHULTZE, L. Zoologische
und anthropologische Ergebnisse einer Forschungsreise im westlichen und zentralen Siid-Afrika 4: 269-270.
Jena: Fischer. Denkschr. med.-naturw. Ges. Jena 16: 269-270.
(continued inside back cover)
ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
ANNALE VAN DIE SUID-AFRIKAANSE MUSEUM
Volume 75 Band
March 1978 Maart
Part 3 Deel
REDESCRIPTION OF THE AMPHIPOD,
CALLIOPIELLA MICHAELSENI SCHELLENBERG
FROM SOUTH AFRICA, WITH COMPARISON TO A
NEW GENUS FROM THE PACIFIC OCEAN
By
J. LAURENS BARNARD
Cape Town Kaapstad
The ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
are issued in parts at irregular intervals as material
becomes available
Obtainable from the South African Museum, P.O. Box 61, Cape Town 8000
Die ANNALE VAN DIE SUID-AFRIKAANSE MUSEUM
word uitgegee in dele op ongereelde tye na beskikbaarheid
van stof
Verkrygbaar van die Suid-Afrikaanse Museum, Posbus 61, Kaapstad 8000
OUT OF PRINT/UIT DRUK
1, 2(i-3, 5-8), 3(1-2, 4-5, 8, t.—p.i.), 511-3, 5, 7-9),
6(1, t.-p.i.), 71-4), 8, 911-2, 7), 10(1-3),
11(1-2, 5, 7, t.—p.i.), 15(4—-5), 24(2), 27, 31(1-3), 32(5), 33
Price of this part/Prys van hierdie deel
R1,70
ISBN 0 908407 39 4
Printed in South Africa by In Suid-Afrika gedruk deur
The Rustica Press, Pty., Ltd., Die Rustica-pers, Edms., Bpk.,
Court Road, Wynberg, Cape Courtweg, Wynberg, Kaap
REDESCRIPTION OF THE AMPHIPOD, CALLIOPIELLA
MICHAELSENI SCHELLENBERG FROM SOUTH AFRICA,
WITH COMPARISON TO A NEW GENUS FROM
THE PACIFIC OCEAN
By
J. LAURENS BARNARD
Department of Invertebrate Zoology, Smithsonian Institution, Washington
(With 3 figures)
[MS. accepted 23 August 1977]
ABSTRACT
Calliopiella michaelseni Schellenberg is redescribed and compared with the Oregonian
species, Calliopiella pratti J. L. Barnard. The two taxa are found to be distinct generically: a
new genus Callaska is established for C. pratti.
CONTENTS
PAGE
Introduction .. ED ccs tl eS
Calliopiella Schellenberg . : 6 Ut 35
Calliopiella michaelseni Schellenberg ent 5 BG
Callaska, gen. nov. . ce ik. ie SS
Callaska pratti (J. L. Barnard) . a ee O
Acknowledgements . . bbe toate, RAO
INGAAS YTS ET ne
INTRODUCTION
This redescription of Calliopiella michaelseni Schellenberg is from material
deposited in the South African Museum, and the comparison with the Oregonian
species, Calliopiella pratti J. L. Barnard, is from material deposited in the
Smithsonian Institution.
Calliopiella Schellenberg
Calliopiella Schellenberg, 1925: 147.
Diagnosis
Head with lateral lobe, rostrum weak. Antennae short, antenna | scarcely
shorter than antenna 2, peduncles short; accessory flagellum articulate, scale-like,
with three to four apical setules; antenna | bearing aesthetascs, no calceoli in
male. Epistome not produced, upper lip pyriform, not excavate below. Mandibu-
lar molars triturative, raker rows and incisors well developed, mandibular palp
33
Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 75 (3), 1978: 33-40, 3 figs.
34 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
ordinary, article 3 scarcely falcate, with B, D, and E setae. Lower lip lacking
inner lobes. Inner plate of maxilla 1 fully setose medially, palp 2-articulate, right
and left sides alike. Inner plate of maxilla 2 with full oblique facial row of setae.
Maxillipeds ordinary. Coxae short but overlapping, coxa | smaller than but not
hidden by coxa 2, posterior margin of coxa 4 weakly excavate. Morphology of
gnathopod | similar to gnathopod 2, latter scarcely enlarged, wrists short, poorly
lobate, hands elongate, narrow, subchelate, palms short, excavate and armed
with four to five giant defining spines, dactyls short, curved, slightly overlapping
palms. Pereopods 3-4 ordinary, dactyls short, article 2 of pereopods 5—7 narrowly
ovate, increasingly larger from front to rear members, pereopods in general
poorly armed. Pleon ordinary, untoothed. Uropods | and 2 poorly armed, each
ramus with conspicuous armaments all terminal; uropod 3 short, peduncle
weakly elongate, rami very short, scarcely longer than peduncle, weakly paddle-
shaped, inner larger than outer, armaments sparse. Telson linguiform, with
ventral keel, appearing almost fleshy but articulate and movable, cleft or entire.
Sexes alike.
Type species
Calliopiella michaelseni Schellenberg, 1925 (monotypy).
Composition
Unique.
Relationship
Calliopiella differs from all other calliopiids, pontogeneiids and eusirids in
the unusually reduced uropod 3 and poor spination on uropods 1-3. In its gnatho-
pods, coxae, body form, accessory flagellum and antennae it bears close resem-
blance to Atylopsis Stebbing but lacks inner lobes on the lower lip. It differs from
Bouvierella Chevreux in the larger gnathopods almost identical to each other and
in the presence of an accessory flagellum. It differs from Calliopius Liljeborg in
the absence of male calceoli, presence of an accessory flagellum, the slightly
elongate peduncle of uropod 3, the poorly lobate wrists of the gnathopods, and
complete absence of inner lobes on the lower lip.
The short gnathopodal wrists also distinguish Calliopiella from Cleippides
Boeck, Apherusa Walker, Halirages Boeck and Liouvillea Chevreux.
There is considerable resemblance to Atyloella Schellenberg and Liouvillea
Chevreux, but Calliopiella lacks inner lobes on the lower lip, has a much more
densely setose maxilla 1 (Atyloella), and lacks cusps on the epistome and head.
Uropod 3 of Bovallia Pfeffer tends to approximate that in Calliopiella but
otherwise the presence of an accessory flagellum and the elongate hands on the
gnathopods distinguish Calliopiella. Eusiroides Haswell bears inner lobes on the
lower lip, poorly setose maxilla 1 and elongate accessory flagellum. Harpinioidella
Schellenberg has the first two characters mentioned for Eusiroides.
35
REDESCRIPTION OF THE AMPHIPOD CALLIOPIELLA MICHAELSENI SCHELLENBERG
~~
S
ss
SEW
s
x
N
N
S
d 4 hi WU hy Von fh a,
tl
Fig. 1. Calliopiella michaelseni Schellenberg. a, female ‘a’ 10,32 mm; m, male ‘m’ 10,66 mm;
g, male ‘g’? 7,22 mm. A. Lateral aspect. B. Right lacinia mobilis. C. Head. D. Left mandible.
E. Head. F. Inner plate of maxilliped. G. Right mandibular apex. H. Prebuccal, anterior.
I. Lower lip. J. Maxillipedal dactyl. K. Maxilliped.
36 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Calliopiella might be an apomorph within the taxal group loosely charac-
terized as the Paramoera—Pontogeneia complex, but differs from those many
species in the peculiar uropods and the specially armed gnathopods.
Calliopiella michaelseni Schellenberg
Calliopiella michaelseni Schellenberg, 1925: 147-148; K. H. Barnard, 1940: 451-452, fig. 24;
Vader, 1972: 14; Griffiths, 1974: 180-181; Griffiths, 1975: 118.
Material
South Africa, Cape Peninsula, 2 July 1971, female ‘a’ 10,32 mm, male ‘m’
10,66 mm and 2 other specimens (SAM-—A15677); Schaapen Island, Saldanha
Bay, 23 September 1957, LB 511, general collection, male ‘g’ 7,22 mm
(SAM-A15678) and 2 other specimens from the same locality.
Description
With the characters of the generic diagnosis and accompanying illustrations.
Figured female ‘a’ with 21 articles in primary flagellum of antenna 1, 22 articles
in flagellum of antenna 2; aesthetascs of antenna 1 simple, example of formula,
proximal to distal on female ‘a’ = 2-0-2-0 . . . (2-0 x 8)-0, on male ‘g’ =
(1-2)-0-2-0-2-0-2-0-1-—0-2-0-2-0-2-0-0-0, parentheses indicating article 1
with one ventral and 2 apical aesthetascs. Right mandibular raker spines six plus
one rudimentary spine, article 2 of palp with six setal spines. Cuticle covered with
polygons, outlines clear and enclosing patches of densely villose surface, knobs
irregularly scattered near bases of appendages, then lined up in rows near middle
of appendages, then polygonal outlines lost near apices of appendages with knobs
coalesced into striations, latter texture dominant on uropods and antennae. Each
of coxae 2-7 with ovate, simple gill, scarcely pediculate. Brood plates very broad,
fully setose, setae weakly bifid apically.
Intraspecific variability
Two sets of specimens from different sources indicate strong intraspecific
phenotypy, or possible microspeciation:
Set I: Cape Peninsula, specimens larger, eyes indiscernible, accessory
flagellum lacking basolateral setule, right lacinia mobilis less complex (illus-
trated), gnathopods with only two pairs of spines on palm, article 2 of pereopods
5—7 slightly thinner than in other group, epimeron 2 smaller, uropod 3 lacking
apicomedial spine on peduncle, telson entire or scarcely excavate.
Set 2: Saldanha Bay, specimens smaller, eyes well developed, accessory
flagellum with basolateral setule, right lacinia mobilis more complex (illustrated),
gnathopods with two triads of spines on palm, article 2 of pereopods 5-7 slightly
stouter than in other group, epimeron 2 larger, uropod 3 bearing apicomedial
spine on peduncle, telson distinctly notched.
REDESCRIPTION OF THE AMPHIPOD CALLIOPIELLA MICHAELSENI SCHELLENBERG 37
Fig. 2. Calliopiella michaelseni Schellenberg. a, female ‘a’ 10,32 mm; g, male ‘g’ 7,22 mm.
A. Right gnathopod 2. B-C. Accessory flagellum. D. Epimera 1-3. E. Apex of pereopod 3.
F. Right gnathopod 2. G. Cuticle of coxa 5. H. Maxilla1. I. Right gnathopod 1. J. Mandibular
palp. K. Maxilla 2. L. Right gnathopod 2, setae removed.
38 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Some of the characters of set 2, the smaller specimens, do not correlate with
size in terms of normal amphipodan development, for example, the more
numerous gnathopodal spines and better development of accessory flagellum are
out of phase with the larger specimens. The species is known to occur with
various species of Patella so that these may be host-induced differences, though
a very detailed study should be made on this problem.
Illustrations
Uropods 1-3 of male “b’ in dissected view magnified to same extent; uropod 3
of male ‘g’ drawn in situ; one row of apical setae omitted on outer plate of
maxilla 2.
Distribution
Southern Africa, Cape Agulhas to South West Africa, intertidal, found
under limpets, Patella spp., apparently obligatorily inquilinous.
Callaska gen. nov.
Etymology
Contrived, feminine.
Diagnosis
Head with weak lateral lobe, rostrum well developed. Antennae of moderate
length, antenna | shorter than antenna 2, peduncles short; accessory flagellum
articulate, scale-like, very short, with three apical setules; antenna 1 bearing
aesthetascs, no calceoli in male. Epistome unproduced, upper lip pyriform, not
excavate below. Mandibular molars triturative, raker rows and incisors well
developed, mandibular palp ordinary, article 3 not falcate, with B, D and E setae.
Lower lip lacking inner lobes. Inner plate of maxilla 1 bearing only about four
apical setae, palp 2-articulate, right and left sides alike. Inner plate of maxilla 2
with oblique partially facial set of about three setae. Maxillipeds ordinary.
Coxae of medium extent, overlapping, coxa 1 smaller than but not hidden by
coxa 2, posterior margin of coxa 4 weakly excavate. Morphology of gnathopod 1
similar to gnathopod 2 in female, distinctive in male, wrists short, poorly lobate,
hands weakly elongate, narrow in female, broader in male, palms short except
on male gnathopod 1, armed with two to three defining spines in female, four to
five in male, dactyls short in female, longer in male, scarcely overlapping palms,
gnathopod | in male larger than gnathopod 2. Pereopods 3-4 ordinary, dactyls
of moderate length, article 2 of pereopods 5-7 expanded, ovate, increasingly
larger from front to rear members, pereopods well armed (for the family group).
Uropods 1 and 2 well armed; uropod 3 of medium length, peduncle elongate,
rami subequal to or shorter than peduncle, lanceolate, bearing spines, no setae.
Telson linguiform, laminar, movable, uncleft.
REDESCRIPTION OF THE AMPHIPOD CALLIOPIELLA MICHAELSENI SCHELLENBERG 39
Type species
Calliopiella pratti J. L. Barnard, 1954 (here selected).
Composition
Unique.
Relationship
Callaska pratti originally was placed in the genus Calliopiella but examina-
tion of the type species of Calliopiella demonstrates adequate generic distinctions.
Calliopiella is an unusual member of its family group in the loss of armaments on
uropods 1-3, and the short rami of uropods I-3. In terms of uropods 1-3 Callaska
is an ordinary member of the family but in which male gnathopod 1 is larger
Fig. 3. Calliopiella michaelseni Schellenberg. a, female ‘a’ 10,32 mm; g, male ‘g’ 7,22 mm;
m, male ‘m’ 10,66mm. A-B. Uropod 3, left. C-D. Telson. E-F. Uropod 1, left. G-H. Uropod
2 left. I. Pleon.
40 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
than gnathopod 2, a feature weakly developed in the allied Oligochinus J. L. Bar-
nard from the same coastline. Callaska differs from Oligochinus in the elongate
peduncle of uropod 3 and the uncleft telson, a variable character in the isolated
South African Calliopiella but of firmer stability in calliopiids from other areas
of the world. The short wrists of the gnathopods distinguish Callaska from a
variety of otherwise similar genera such as Bouvierella Chevreux and Apherusa
Walker. The latter genus also has weak inner lobes on the lower lip and
Bouvierella lacks an accessory flagellum and has an elongate antenna 1.
Calliopius Liljeborg lacks an accessory flagellum and bears inner lobes on
the lower lip. Pontogeneoides Nicholls bears inner lobes on the lower lip, gnatho-
pod 2 of the male is enlarged and the wrist lobate and the telson is elongate.
Pontogeneia Boeck and Pseudopontogeneia Oldevig have deeply cleft telsons.
Atylopsis Stebbing has inner lobes on the lower lip and unenlarged gnathopod 1.
Dautzenbergia Chevreux has enlarged gnathopod 2 in the male and lacks an
accessory flagellum.
Callaska pratti (J. L. Barnard)
Calliopiella pratti J. L. Barnard, 1954: 6-7, pls 6-8; J. L. Barnard, 1969: 95, figs 7-8.
Distribution
Coos Bay, Oregon to Goleta, California, intertidal.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
I thank Dr C. L. Griffiths of the C.S.I.R. Oceanographic Research Unit,
University of Cape Town, for identifying and lending me materials of C. michael-
seni, and Dr T. H. Barry, Director of the South African Museum, for his kind
assistance. Carolyn L. Cox of Smithsonian Institution inked and prepared the
illustrations for publication.
REFERENCES
BARNARD, J. L. 1954. Marine Amphipoda of Oregon. Ore. St. Monogr. Stud. Zool. 8: 1-103.
BARNARD, J. L. 1969. Gammaridean Amphipoda of the rocky intertidal of California: Monterey
Bay to La Jolla. Bull. U. S. natn. Mus. 258: 1-230.
BARNARD, K. H. 1940. Contributions to the crustacean fauna of South Africa. XII. Further
additions to the Tanaidacea, Isopoda, and Amphipoda, together with keys for the identifi-
cation of hitherto recorded marine and fresh-water species. Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 32: 381-543.
GriFFITHS, C. L. 1974. The Amphipoda of southern Africa part 2. The Gammaridea and
Caprellidea of South West Africa south of 20° S. Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 62: 169-208.
GRIFFITHS, C. L. 1975. The Amphipoda of southern Africa. Part 5. The Gammaridea and
Caprellidea of the Cape Province west of Cape Agulhas. Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 67: 91-181.
SCHELLENBERG, A. 1925. Crustacea VIII: Amphipoda. Jn MICHAELSEN, W. Beitrdge zur Kenntnis
der Meeresfauna Westafrikas 3: 111-204.
VADER, W. 1972. Associations between amphipods and molluscs. A review of published records.
Sarsia 48: 13-18.
$$
———
6. SYSTEMATIC papers must conform to the International code of zoological nomenclature
(particularly Articles 22 and 51).
Names of new taxa, combinations, synonyms, etc., when used for the first time, must be
followed by the appropriate Latin (not English) abbreviation, e.g. gen. nov., sp. nov., comb.
nov., syn. nov., etc.
An author’s name when cited must follow the name of the taxon without intervening
punctuation and not be abbreviated; if the year is added, a comma must separate author’s
name and year. The author’s name (and date, if cited) must be placed in parentheses if a
species or subspecies is transferred from its original genus. The name of a subsequent user of
a scientific name must be separated from the scientific name by a colon.
Synonymy arrangement should be according to chronology of names, i.e. all published
scientific names by which the species previously has been designated are listed in chronological
order, with all references to that name following in chronological order, e.g.:
Family Nuculanidae
Nuculana (Lembulus) bicuspidata (Gould, 1845)
Figs 14-15A
Nucula (Leda) bicuspidata Gould, 1845: 37.
Leda plicifera A. Adams, 1856: 50.
Laeda bicuspidata Hanley, 1859: 118, pl. 228 (fig. 73). Sowerby, 1871: pl. 2 (fig. 8a—b).
Nucula largillierti Philippi, 1861: 87.
Leda bicuspidata: Nicklés, 1950: 163, fig. 301; 1955: 110. Barnard, 1964: 234, figs 8-9.
Note punctuation in the above example:
comma separates author’s name and year
semicolon separates more than one reference by the same author
full stop separates references by different authors
figures of plates are enclosed in parentheses to distinguish them from text-figures
dash, not comma, separates consecutive numbers
Synonymy arrangement according to chronology of bibliographic references, whereby
the year is placed in front of each entry, and the synonym repeated in full for each entry, is
not acceptable.
In describing new species, one specimen must be designated as the holotype; other speci-
mens mentioned in the original description are to be designated paratypes; additional material
not regarded as paratypes should be listed separately. The complete data (registration number,
depository, description of specimen, locality, collector, date) of the holotype and paratypes
must be recorded, e.g.:
Poleupe
SAM-—A13535 in the South African Museum, Cape Town. Adult female from mid-tide region, King’s Beach
Port Elizabeth (33°51’S 25°39’E), collected by A. Smith, 15 January 1973.
Note standard form of writing South African Museum registration numbers and date.
7. SPECIAL HOUSE RULES
Capital initial letters
(a) The Figures, Maps and Tables of the paper when referred to in the text _
e.g. *... the Figure depicting C. namacolus ...’; ‘... in C. namacolus (Fig. 10)...’
(b) The prefixes of prefixed surnames in all languages, when used in the text, if not preceded
by initials or full names
e.g. Du Toit but A.L.du Toit; Von Huene but F. von Huene
(c) Scientific names, but not their vernacular derivatives
e.g. Therocephalia, but therocephalian
Punctuation should be loose, omitting all not strictly necessary
Reference to the author should be expressed in the third person
Roman numerals should be converted to arabic, except when forming part of the title of a
book or article, such as
‘Revision of the Crustacea. Part VIII. The Amphipoda.’
Specific name must not stand alone, but be preceded by the generic name or its abbreviation
to initial capital letter, provided the same generic name is used consecutively.
Name of new genus or species is not to be included in the title: it should be included in the
abstract, counter to Recommendation 23 of the Code, to meet the requirements of
Biological Abstracts.
J. LAURENS BARNARD
REDESCRIPTION OF THE AMPHIPOD,
CALLIOPIELLA MICHAELSENI SCHELLENBERG
FROM SOUTH AFRICA, WITH COMPARISON TO A
NEW GENUS FROM THE PACIFIC OCEAN
VOLUME 75 PART 4 FEBRUARY 1978 : ISSN 0303-2515
$07.63
OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN
CAPE TOWN
INSTRUCTIONS TO AUTHORS
1. MATERIAL should be original and not published elsewhere, in whole or in part.
2. LAYOUT should be as follows:
(a) Centred masthead to consist of
Title: informative but concise, without abbreviations and not including the names of new genera or species
Author’s(s’) name(s)
Address(es) of author(s) (institution where work was carried out)
Number of illustrations (figures, enumerated maps and tables, in this order)
(b) Abstract of not more than 200 words, intelligible to the reader without reference to the text
(c) Table of contents giving hierarchy of headings and subheadings
(d) Introduction
(e) Subject-matter of the paper, divided into sections to correspond with those given in table of contents
(f) Summary, if paper is lengthy
(g) Acknowledgements
(h) References
(i) Abbreviations, where these are numerous
3. MANUSCRIPT, to be submitted in triplicate, should be typewritten and neat, double spaced
with 2,5 cm margins all round. First lines of paragraphs should be indented. Tables and a list of
legends for illustrations should be typed separately, their positions indicated in the text. All
pages should be numbered consecutively.
Major headings of the paper are centred capitals; first subheadings are shouldered small
capitals; second subheadings are shouldered italics; third subheadings are indented, shouldered
italics. Further subdivisions should be avoided, as also enumeration (never roman numerals)
of headings and abbreviations.
Footnotes should be avoided unless they are short and essential.
Only generic and specific names should be underlined to indicate italics; all other marking
up should be left to editor and publisher.
4. ILLUSTRATIONS should be reducible to a size not exceeding 12 x 18 cm (19 cm including
legend); the reduction or enlargement required should be indicated; originals larger than
35 x 47 cm should not be submitted; photographs should be rectangular in shape and final
size. A metric scale should appear with all illustrations, otherwise magnification or reduction
should be given in the legend; if the latter, then the final reduction or enlargement should be
taken into consideration.
All illustrations, whether line drawings or photographs, should be termed figures (plates
are not printed; half-tones will appear in their proper place in the text) and numbered in a
single series. Items of composite figures should be designated by capital letters; lettering of
figures is not set in type and should be in lower-case letters.
The number of the figure should be lightly marked in pencil on the back of each illustration.
5. REFERENCES cited in text and synonymies should all be included in the list at the end of
the paper, using the Harvard System (ibid., idem, loc. cit., op. cit. are not acceptable):
(a) Author’s name and year of publication given in text, e.g.:
‘Smith (1969) describes...”
‘Smith (1969: 36, fig. 16) describes...’
“As described (Smith 1969a, 19695; Jones 1971)’
‘As described (Haughton & Broom 1927)...’
‘As described (Haughton et ai. 1927)...’
Note: no comma separating name and year
Dagination indicated by colon, not p.
names of joint authors connected by ampersand
et al. in text for more than two joint authors, but names of all authors given in list of references.
(b) Full references at the end of the paper, arranged alphabetically by names, chronologically
within each name, with suffixes a, b, etc. to the year for more than one paper by the same
author in that year, e.g. Smith (1969a, 19695) and not Smith (1969, 1969a).
For books give title in italics, edition, volume number, place of publication, publisher.
For journal article give title of article, title of journal in italics (abbreviated according to the World list o,
Scientific periodicals. 4th ed. London: Butterworths, 1963), series in parentheses, volume number, part
number (only if independently paged) in parentheses, pagination (first and last pages of article).
Examples (note capitalization and punctuation)
BULLOUGH, W. S. 1960. Practical invertebrate anatomy. 2nd ed. London: Macmillan.
FISCHER, P.—H. 1948. Données sur la résistance et de le vitalité des mollusques. J. Conch., Paris 88: 100-140.
FIscHER, P.-H., DuvAL, M. & Rarry, A. 1933. Etudes sur les échanges respiratoires des littorines. Archs
Zool. exp. gén. 74: 627-634.
Konn, A. J. 1960a. Ecological notes on Conus (Mollusca: Gastropoda) in the Trincomalee region of Ceylon.
Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (13) 2: 309-320.
Konn, A. J. 19606. Spawning behaviour, egg masses and larval development in Conus from the Indian Ocean.
Bull, Bingham oceanogr. Coll. 17 (4): 1-51.
THIELE, J. 1910. Mollusca: B. Polyplacophora, Gastropoda marina, Bivalvia. In: SCHULTZE, L. Zoologische
und anthropologische Ergebnisse einer Forschungsreise im westlichen und zentralen Siid-Afrika 4: 269-270.
Jena: Fischer. Denkschr. med.-naturw. Ges. Jena 16: 269-270.
(continued inside back cover)
a
ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
ANNALE VAN DIE SUID-AFRIKAANSE MUSEUM
Volume 75 Band
February 1978 Februarie
Part 4 Deel
A NEW MARINE ISOPOD FAMILY
FROM THE SOUTH-WESTERN INDIAN OCEAN
By
BRIAN KENSLEY
Cape Town Kaapstad
The ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
are issued in parts at irregular intervals as material
becomes available
Obtainable from the South African Museum, P.O. Box 61, Cape Town 8000
Die ANNALE VAN DIE SUID-AFRIKAANSE MUSEUM
word uitgegee in dele op ongereelde tye na beskikbaarheid
van stof
Verkrygbaar van die Suid-Afrikaanse Museum, Posbus 61, Kaapstad 8000
OUT OF PRINT/UIT DRUK
1, 21-3, 5-8), 3(1-2, 4-5, 8, t.—p.i.), 5(1-3, 5, 7-9),
6(1, t.—p.i.), 711-4), 8, 911-2, 7), 10(1-3),
11(1-2, 5, 7, t—p.i.), 15(4-5), 24(2), 27, 311-3), 32(5), 33
Price of this part/Prys van hierdie deel
R1,80
Trustees of the South African Museum © Trustees van die Suid-Afrikaanse Museum
1978
ISBN 0 908407 38 6
Printed in South Africa by In Suid-Afrika gedruk deur
The Rustica Press, Pty., Ltd., Die Rustica-pers, Edms., Bpk.,
Court Road, Wynberg, Cape Courtweg, Wynberg, Kaap
A NEW MARINE ISOPOD FAMILY FROM THE SOUTH-WESTERN
INDIAN OCEAN
By
BRIAN KENSLEY
South African Museum, Cape Town
(With 5 figures)
[MS. accepted 30 November 1977]
ABSTRACT
A new family, Bathynataliidae, is created for Bathynatalia gilchristi Barnard, a marine
isopod crustacean species from deep water off Natal.
CONTENTS
PAGE
lintiroalieti@mn 5 « 6 .o 6 o 4
Systematic discussion . . . 41
Acknowledgements . . . . S50
INCiChENCES Bie Le) LO
INTRODUCTION
Barnard (1957) described Bathynatalia gilchristi from a single female taken
by the R/V Pieter Faure in 880 metres off Durban, South Africa. With the brief
description, Barnard (1957: 814) stated: ‘Taxonomic position doubtful. Super-
ficially somewhat Serolid in appearance, but the similarities and the differences
are equally apparent.’ Now that nine specimens including both sexes are avail-
able, a fuller description can be given and the taxonomic position of this unusual
species can be discussed. Several of Barnard’s statements can be amended and
his diagnosis of the genus expanded.
SYSTEMATIC DISCUSSION
Family Bathynataliidae fam. nov.
Diagnosis
Body dorsoventrally flattened. Cephalon anterolaterally expanded, fused
with pereonitr 1 medially, separated by a deep lateral slit. Pereonites 2 to 7 free,
with articulating coxae. Pleon consisting of five pleonites (although these are
quite distinct, there seems to be little movement possible between them) plus oval
41
Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 75 (4), 1978: 41-50, 5 figs.
42 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
pleotelson; only pleonites 2 and 3 with elongate lateral extensions. Antennule
with 4, antenna with 5 peduncular segments, both flagella multiarticulate.
Mandible lacking molar process; incisor broad, lacinia present on right side only;
palp 3-segmented. Maxilla 1 curved, armed apically with cluster of spines.
Maxilla 2 bilobed. Maxilliped with 3-segmented palp, broad endite, triangular
exopod. Pereopod 1 robust and subchelate in both sexes, pereopods 2 to 7
slender, ambulatory in both sexes. Pleopod | indurate, exopod and endopod lying
parallel, operculate over branchial chamber. Pleopods 2 to 5 biramous, mem-
branous. Uropod subterminal, consisting of single segment, apically obscurely
trilobed.
Remarks
Using several keys to the suborders and families of marine isopods (Barnard
1940; Menzies 1962; Schultz 1969), no family (or suborder) can be confidently
arrived at for the present material. The species obviously does not belong to the
Epicaridea (not being a parasite), the Anthuridea (not having an elongate body-
form), the Gnathiidea (not having the characteristic sexual dimorphism of the
gnathiids), the Asellota (lacking the characteristic pleopods of this group), or the
Valvifera (not having valvate uropods). The pleopods, general disposition of the
cutting and biting mouthparts, and the uropods, if one considers them to form
a caudal fan with the pleotelson, indicate a flabelliferan affinity. The present
material, however, cannot be fitted into any of the existing flabelliferan families,
but would seem to be closest to the Serolidae. The similarities include the medial
fusion of the cephalon and pereonite 1, both of which are laterally expanded, the
structure of the multiarticulate antennules and antennae, the form of the broad
incisor of the mandible, the presence of a large lacinia (albeit only on one side),
the 3-segmented mandibular palp, the first maxilla (almost identical to such forms
as Serolis completa Moreira 1971), the bilobed second maxilla (as seen in Serolis
veaperta Moreira 1971), and the maxilliped structure.
Several differences, however, immediately separate the Serolidae from the
present material, and necessitate the erection of a new family for the latter. These
differences include the second pereopods of the male (subchelate in Serolidae,
ambulatory in Bathynatalia), the presence of five rather than three free pleonites,
the operculate and non-setose first pleopod of Bathynatalia, the fourth and fifth
pairs of pleopods (large and operculate in the serolids, delicate and membranous
in Bathynatalia). Probably the most distinctive feature of Bathynatalia, and the
most important difference between it and the Serolidae and all other flabelliferan
families, is in the uropod. This clavate structure seems to represent an elongate
peduncle, with the obscurely trilobed apex possibly representing the apex of the
peduncle plus the bases of the rami, represented by two tiny, rounded processes.
This interpretation is further supported by the presence of two narrow muscle-
bands running the length of the appendage to two of the three apical lobes.
The Bathynataliidae represents the only endemic marine isopod family from
the southern African region.
A NEW MARINE ISOPOD FAMILY FROM THE SOUTH-WESTERN INDIAN OCEAN 43
Genus Bathynatalia Barnard
Bathynatalia Barnard, 1957: 814.
Diagnosis
As for the Family.
Gender
Feminine.
Type-species
Bathynatalia gilchristi Barnard, 1957.
Bathynatalia gilchristi Barnard
Figs 1-5
Bathynatalia gilchristi Barnard, 1957: 814, figs 2-4.
Description
Female
Integument indurate, bearing numerous fine setules plus numerous elongate
plumose setae amongst irregularly scattered tiny tubercles. Body broadest at
pereonites 3 and 4. Cephalon lacking eyes; anterior margin hollowed to receive
contiguous antennal bases, with low rostrum; anterolateral part lamellar, apically
acute; posterior cephalon dorsally convex, irregularly tuberculate. Cephalon and
pereonite 1 fused medially, fusion line marked by shallow groove; laterally
separated by deep slit.
Fused pereonite 1 expanded laterally into bilobed lamella; anterior part
broadly rounded and contiguous with cephalon, posterior part triangularly acute;
two middorsal tubercles present.
Pereonites 2 to 4 similar, each with strong middorsal tubercle and elongate
articulated coxae.
Pereonites 5 to 6 narrower than preceding pereonites, lacking middorsal
tubercles, with elongate coxae.
Pereonite 7 very narrow middorsally, laterally acute but not elongate.
Pleon of five pleonites plus pleotelson; pleonite 1 lacking free lateral mar-
gins, pleonites 2 and 3 laterally produced into elongate posteriorly-directed
processes; pleonites 4 and 5 short and narrow, lacking free lateral margins,
pleonite 4 with middorsal tubercle. Pleotelson longer than broad, with globular
proximocentral part bearing reticulate ridges and rounded tubercles, with lateral
ridge running from proximal margin to strong distolateral spine, latter situated
lateral to uropodal articulation, distal part of pleotelson triangular, lamellar,
apically narrowly rounded; ventrolateral margins of pleotelson flexed towards
midline and meeting pleopod 1.
Antennular peduncle 4-segmented, segments 1 and 2 subequal in length,
=
=)
aa
2)
2)
=
Z
<
16)
ea
i,
<
x
a
=)
fe)
N
aay
an)
ol
ea
(e)
Nn
4]
<
Zz
Z
<
Fig. 1. Bathynatalia gilchristi, 2 in dorsal view.
A NEW MARINE ISOPOD FAMILY FROM THE SOUTH-WESTERN INDIAN OCEAN 45
Hir\\\ \I
Fig. 2. Bathynatalia gilchristi. A. Antenna. B. Antennule. C. Pereopod 7.
segment 3 slightly longer and more slender, segment 4 one-fifth length of third;
flagellum of twelve articles.
Antennal peduncle 5-segmented, segments | and 2 broad, 3 and 4 more
slender, subequal in length, segment 5 one and one-half times longer than 4;
flagellum of eleven articles.
Mandibles indurate; palp 3-segmented, first segment slightly less than half
length of second, latter with eight distal finely-fringed spines, distal segment
slender, one-third length of second, with seven distal finely-fringed spines; left
mandibular incisor of four broad teeth separated by small gap from short conical
spine; right mandible with incisor of four teeth separated by small gap from
46 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
| Ul / ;
i \w li Wi
(| Wu, \W \i7
ne.
i \ly
Ww We \w
\i We wh WY
au AW Ww Ml
S WP ly, wy
ly
ZZ; lw us
(i Y
ay We te we &
\
\le Win Wy &
Wee Wie oe
Fig. 3. Bathynatalia gilchristi. A. Left mandible. B. Apex of right mandible. C. Apex of left
mandible. D. Maxilla 2. E. Maxilliped. F. Maxilla 1. G. Apex of maxilla 1.
a
A NEW MARINE ISOPOD FAMILY FROM THE SOUTH-WESTERN INDIAN OCEAN 47
Fig. 4. Bathynatalia gilchristi. A. Pereopod 1. B. Uropod.
single conical spine at mediodistal corner, with lacinia on inner face bearing three
(four?) obscure teeth.
Maxilla 1 strongly curved and indurate, armed distally with ten large spines
and one small spine, some of former distally finely serrate; no inner ramus
present.
Maxilla 2 distally bilobed, upper lobe slightly narrower than lower, bearing
two elongate serrate spines; lower lobe with five serrate spines. Exopod of
maxilliped broadly triangular, posterior (outer) face with setae and fine setiferous
scales; endite broader than palp, distal edge straight, with single strong coupling
48 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
hook on median margin; posterior face of palp and endite densely setose; palp
3-segmented, two proximal segments relatively broad, distal segment small,
rounded. :
Pereopod | robust, subchelate ; dactylus meeting proximal spine on propodal
palm; unguis about one-third dactylar length, with short spine at base; propodus
proximally broad, palm with strong proximal spine plus three smaller spines;
carpus, merus, and ischium together equal in length to basis.
Pereopods 2 to 7 similar, slender, ambulatory; unguis half length of dactylus;
propodus with five elongate plumose setae anterodistally; strong posteroventral
sensory spine present; carpus, merus, and ischium subequal in length, basis equal
to propodus, carpus, and merus combined.
Marsupium formed by four pairs of oostegites on pereonites 1 to 4.
(Although the marsupium was empty in the female dissected, the body cavity
contained eight large incompletely-formed eggs.)
Pleopod 1 indurate, operculate, meeting ventral pleon margins and entirely
closing off the branchial chamber; basis half length of rami, with two diverging
ridges on anterior surface; exopod shorter and narrower than endopod, both rami
with outer (anterior) surface hollowed.
Pleopod 2 with broad, almost square, basis bearing six retinaculae; exopod
shorter than endopod, lying obliquely across endopod, distally truncate, with
twelve distal plumose setae, latter longer than ramus and flexed ventrally into
distal narrowed channel of pleon; endopod distally truncate, with eleven or
twelve elongate plumose setae, endopods of left and right side linked along
median edge by row of small plate-like scales.
Pleopod 3 with basis enlarged on inner distal margin into broadly rounded
lamella bearing two retinaculae; endopod basally broad, tapering slightly,
shorter than exopod; latter with suture in distal half, distally rounded with nine
plumose setae.
Pleopods 4 and 5 similar, exopod of former with four plumose setae, of
latter with two setae.
Uropod consisting of single segment, extending beyond pleotelsonic apex,
broadening distally into three barely separated lobes, two outer lobes each
bearing single small, rounded process; entire appendage bearing fine setules plus
irregular longitudinal row of elongate plumose setae.
Male
Very similar to female, body of adult male slightly narrower than that of
ovigerous female. Sternites of pereonites 2 to 7 with single pair of low spines
along midline.
Pleopod 2 with exopod folded obliquely over endopod distally, with about
ten distal plumose setae; endopod slightly longer than exopod, with eleven distal
plumose setae; copulatory stylet extending from endopod base to slightly beyond
apex, distally curved, apically rounded; basis with four retinaculae in rounded
mediodistal lobe.
49
Z <= >
Sap _
Sa
SS
Se Se
SS >
SS —
SSS SS
SS SS
SSS <=
A. Pleon in ventral view, showing operculate first pleopods.
A NEW MARINE ISOPOD FAMILY FROM THE SOUTH-WESTERN INDIAN OCEAN
Fig. 5. Bathynatalia gilchristi.
B. Pleopod 2 2. C. Pleopod 3 2. D. Pleopod 4 . E. Pleopod 5 9. F. Pleopod 2 ¢.
50 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Previous Records
Holotype SAM-A10420, 2 TL 6,5 mm, off Durban, 880 m, April 1901.
Material
Meiring Naude station SM 129 30°53’S 30°31’E (off Natal) 850 m, May 1977.
2 2° (with oostegites) TL 6,8 mm 6,9 mm
2 63 TL 4,8 mm 5,6 mm
5 juvs TL 2,9 mm-4,2 mm
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
My thanks are due to the crew of the R/V Meiring Naude and the staff of
the South African Museum who took part in the 1977 cruise. I am grateful to
Mr R. Downes of the South African Museum for sorting the benthic samples,
to Carolyn Bartlett Gast of the Smithsonian Institution, for assistance and
guidance in producing Figure 1, and to Dr T. E. Bowman of the Smithsonian
Institution, for comments and criticism of the manuscript.
REFERENCES
BARNARD, K. H. 1940. Contributions to the crustacean fauna of South Africa. XII. Further
additions to the Tanaidacea, Isopoda, and Amphipoda, together with keys for the identifi-
cation of the hitherto recorded marine and fresh-water species. Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 32:
381-543.
BARNARD, K. H. 1957. Three additions to the fauna list of South Atrican Crustacea. Ann. Mag.
nat. Hist. (12) 10: 814-816.
MeEnzIES, R. J. 1962. The zoogeography, ecology, and systematics of the Chilean marine
isopods. Acta Univ. lund. (2) 57: 1-162.
Moreira, P. S. 1971. Species of Serolis Isopoda, Flabellifera) from southern Brazil. Bolm Inst.
oceanogr. S. Paulo 20: 85-144.
SCHULTZ, G. A. 1969. How to know the Marine Isopod Crustaceans. Dubuque, lowa: W. C.
Brown.
6. SYSTEMATIC papers must conform to the Jnternational code of zoological nomenclature
(particularly Articles 22 and 51).
Names of new taxa, combinations, synonyms, etc., when used for the first time, must be
followed by the appropriate Latin (not English) abbreviation, e.g. gen. nov., sp. nov., comb.
Nnov., syn. nov., etc.
An author’s name when cited must follow the name of the taxon without intervening
punctuation and not be abbreviated; if the year is added, a comma must separate author’s
name and year. The author’s name (and date, if cited) must be placed in parentheses if a
species or subspecies is transferred from its original genus. The name of a subsequent user of
a scientific name must be separated from the scientific name by a colon.
Synonymy arrangement should be according to chronology of names, i.e. all published
scientific names by which the species previously has been designated are listed in chronological
order, with all references to that name following in chronological order, e.g.:
Family Nuculanidae
Nuculana (Lembulus) bicuspidata (Gould, 1845)
Figs 14-15A
Nucula (Leda) bicuspidata Gould, 1845: 37.
Leda plicifera A. Adams, 1856: 50.
Laeda bicuspidata Hanley, 1859: 118, pl. 228 (fig. 73). Sowerby, 1871: pl. 2 (fig. 8a—b).
Nucula largillierti Philippi, 1861: 87.
Leda bicuspidata: Nicklés, 1950: 163, fig. 301; 1955: 110. Barnard, 1964: 234, figs 8-9.
Note punctuation in the above example:
comma separates author’s name and year
semicolon separates more than one reference by the same author
full stop separates references by different authors
figures of plates are enclosed in parentheses to distinguish them from text-figures
dash, not comma, separates consecutive numbers
Synonymy arrangement according to chronology of bibliographic references, whereby
the year is placed in front of each entry, and the synonym repeated in full for each entry, is
not acceptable.
In describing new species, one specimen must be designated as the holotype; other speci-
mens mentioned in the original description are to be designated paratypes; additional material
not regarded as paratypes should be listed separately. The complete data (registration number,
depository, description of specimen, locality, collector, date) of the holotype and paratypes
must be recorded, e.g.:
Releire
SAM-—A13535 in the South African Museum, Cape Town. Adult female from mid-tide region, King’s Beach
Port Elizabeth (33°51’S 25°39’E), collected by A. Smith, 15 January 1973.
Note standard form of writing South African Museum registration numbers and date.
7. SPECIAL HOUSE RULES
Capital initial letters
(a) The Figures, Maps and Tables of the paper when referred to in the text
e.g. °... the Figure depicting C. namacolus .. .’; ‘°. . . in C. namacolus (Fig. 10)...’
(b) The prefixes of prefixed surnames in all languages, when used in the text, if not preceded
by initials or full names
e.g. Du Toit but A.L.du Toit; Von Huene but F. von Huene
(c) Scientific names, but not their vernacular derivatives
e.g. Therocephalia, but therocephalian
Punctuation should be loose, omitting all not strictly necessary
Reference to the author should be expressed in the third person
Roman numerals should be converted to arabic, except when forming part of the title of a
book or article, such as
‘Revision of the Crustacea. Part VIII. The Amphipoda.’
Specific name must not stand alone, but be preceded by the generic name or its abbreviation
to initial capital letter, provided the same generic name is used consecutively.
Name of new genus or species is not to be included in the title: it should be included in the
abstract, counter to Recommendation 23 of the Code, to meet the requirements of
Biological Abstracts.
BRIAN KENSLEY
A NEW MARINE ISOPOD FAMILY
FROM THE SOUTH-WESTERN INDIAN OCEAN
VOLUME 75 PART 5 MARCH 1978 . ISSN 0303-2515
* // |
?.
‘ 1
) |
$ 7
‘OF THE SOUTH AFRIC
Ge MUSLIM
| CAPE TOWN
INSTRUCTIONS TO AUTHORS
1. MATERIAL should be original and not published elsewhere, in whole or in part.
2. LAYOUT should be as follows:
(a) Centred masthead to consist of
Title: informative but concise, without abbreviations and not including the names of new genera or species
Author’s(s’) name(s)
Address(es) of author(s) (institution where work was carried out)
Number of illustrations (figures, enumerated maps and tables, in this order)
(b) Abstract of not more than 200 words, intelligible to the reader without reference to the text
(c) Table of contents giving hierarchy of headings and subheadings
(d) Introduction
(e) Subject-matter of the paper, divided into sections to correspond with those given in table of contents
(f) Summary, if paper is lengthy
(g) Acknowledgements
(h) References
(i) Abbreviations, where these are numerous
3. MANUSCRIPT, to be submitted in triplicate, should be typewritten and neat, double spaced
with 2,5 cm margins all round. First lines of paragraphs should be indented. Tables and a list of
legends for illustrations should be typed separately, their positions indicated in the text. All
pages should be numbered consecutively.
Major headings of the paper are centred capitals; first subheadings are shouldered small
capitals; second subheadings are shouldered italics; third subheadings are indented, shouldered
italics. Further subdivisions should be avoided, as also enumeration (never roman numerals)
of headings and abbreviations.
Footnotes should be avoided unless they are short and essential.
Only generic and specific names should be underlined to indicate italics; all other marking
up should be left to editor and publisher.
4. ILLUSTRATIONS should be reducible to a size not exceeding 12 « 18 cm (19 cm including
legend); the reduction or enlargement required should be indicated; originals larger than
35 x 47 cm should not be submitted; photographs should be rectangular in shape and final
size. A metric scale should appear with all illustrations, otherwise magnification or reduction
should be given in the legend; if the latter, then the final reduction or enlargement should be
taken into consideration.
All illustrations, whether line drawings or photographs, should be termed figures (plates
are not printed; half-tones will appear in their proper place in the text) and numbered in a
single series. Items of composite figures should be designated by capital letters; lettering of
figures is not set in type and should be in lower-case letters.
The number of the figure should be lightly marked in pencil on the back of each illustration.
5. REFERENCES cited in text and synonymies should all be included in the list at the end of
the paper, using the Harvard System (ibid., idem, loc. cit., op. cit. are not acceptable):
(a) Author’s name and year of publication given in text, e.g.:
‘Smith (1969) describes...’
‘Smith (1969: 36, fig. 16) describes...”
“As described (Smith 1969a, 1969b; Jones 1971)’
‘As described (Haughton & Broom 1927)...’
‘As described (Haughton et al. 1927)...’
Note: no comma separating name and year
pagination indicated by colon, not p.
names of joint authors connected by ampersand
et al. in text for more than two joint authors, but names of all authors given in list of references.
(b) Full references at the end of the paper, arranged alphabetically by names, chronologically
within each name, with suffixes a, b, etc. to the year for more than one paper by the same
author in that year, e.g. Smith (1969a, 19695) and not Smith (1969, 1969a).
For books give title in italics, edition, volume number, place of publication, publisher.
For journal article give title of article, title of journal in italics (abbreviated according to the World list of
scientific periodicals. 4th ed. London: Butterworths, 1963), series in parentheses, volume number, part
number (only if independently paged) in parentheses, pagination (first and last pages of article).
Examples (note capitalization and punctuation)
BULLOUGH, W. S. 1960. Practical invertebrate anatomy. 2nd ed. London: Macmillan.
FISCHER, P.-H. 1948, Données sur la résistance et de le vitalité des mollusques. J. Conch., Paris 88: 100-140.
FISCHER, P.-H., DuvAL, M. & Rarry, A. 1933. Etudes sur les échanges respiratoires des littorines. Archs
Zool. exp. én. 74: 627-634.
Koun, A. J. 1960a. Ecological notes on Conus (Mollusca: Gastropoda) in the Trincomalee region of Ceylon.
Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (13) 2: 309-320.
Konun, A. J. 1960b. Spawning behaviour, eae masses and larval development in Conus from the Indian Ocean.
Bull. Bingham oceanogr. Coll. 17 (4): Sills
THIELE, J. 1910. Mollusca: B. Polyelcophere Gastropoda marina, Bivalvia. In; SCHULTZE, L. Zoologische
und anthropologische Ergebnisse einer Forschungsreise im westlichen und zentralen Siid-Afrika 4: 269-270.
Jena: Fischer. Denkschr. med.-naturw. Ges. Jena 16: 269-270.
(continued inside back cover)
ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
ANNALE VAN DIE SUID-AFRIKAANSE MUSEUM
Volume 75 Band
March 1978 Maart
Part 5 Deel
q
Ay
e
SB B.B3:9
Oy
“X)
.
N
Se
> \O
Lp,
4
{oun no SS
S
UPPERMOST CENOMANIAN-BASAL TURONIAN
AMMONITES FROM SALINAS, ANGOLA
By
MICHAEL R. COOPER
Cape Town Kaapstad
The ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
are issued in parts at irregular intervals as material
becomes available
Obtainable from the South African Museum, P.O. Box 61, Cape Town
Die ANNALE VAN DIE SUID-AFRIKAANSE MUSEUM
word uitgegee in dele op ongereelde tye na beskikbaarheid
van stof
Verkrygbaar van die Suid-Afrikaanse Museum, Posbus 61, Kaapstad
OUT OF PRINT/UIT DRUK
1, 201-3, 5-8), 3(1-2, 4-5, 8, t.—p.i.), 51-3, 5, 7-9),
6(1, t.—p.i.), 711-4), 8, 9(1-2, 7), 101-3), -
11(1-2, 5, 7, t.—p.i.), 15(4—-5), 24(2), 27, 31(1-3), 32(5), 33
Price of this part/Prys van hierdie deel
R7,40
ISBN 0 908407 41 6
Printed in South Africa by In Suid-Afrika gedruk deur
The Rustica Press, Pty., Ltd., Die Rustica-pers, Edms., Bpk..,
Court Road, Wynberg, Cape Courtweg, Wynberg, Kaap
UPPERMOST CENOMANIAN-BASAL TURONIAN AMMONITES
FROM SALINAS, ANGOLA
By
MICHAEL R. COOPER
Department of Geology, University of Oxford
(With 39 figures)
[MS. accepted 18 May 1977]
ABSTRACT
The classic ammonite locality at Salinas was visited and the section measured. Contrary
to previous estimates, the earliest marine strata at this locality, resting conformably upon a
fluvio-continental facies, are of latest Cenomanian age and clearly reflect marine transgression.
The ammonite fauna from this locality is described, some of the more important elements
being Metoicoceras gibbosum Hyatt, Euomphaloceras (Kanabiceras) septemseriatum (Cragin),
Sciponoceras gracile (Shumard), Calycoceras naviculare (Mantell), Pseudocalycoceras angolaense
(Spath), Gaudryceras isovokyense Collignon, Anagaudryceras cf. cassisianum (d’Orbigny),
Puzosia (Austiniceras) intermedia orientalis Matsumoto, Puzosia (Anapuzosia) dibleyi (Spath),
Tetragonites aff. blaisoni Collignon and Desmoceras (Pseudouhlighella) aff. ezoanum Matsumoto.
This assemblage forms part of the world-wide Sciponoceras gracile Zone fauna of latest
Cenomanian age. The presence of Watinoceras coloradoense (Henderson) and Vascoceras
(Paravascoceras) cf. cauvini Chudeau in surface scree is taken as evidence for the basal Turonian
zone of Watinoceras coloradoense. The Cenomanian—Turonian boundary problem is discussed
at length and a modified zonation of the Lower Turonian proposed. Acanthoceratid phylogeny
is commented upon, and the new subfamily Euomphaloceratinae is erected to house the
following taxa: E. (Euomphaloceras), E. (Kanabiceras), Kamerunoceras, Schindewolfites, Yubari-
ceras, Romaniceras (including Proromaniceras), Obiraceras, Shuparoceras and, tentatively, the
Cenomanian Tunesites.
CONTENTS
PAGE
Introduction ; ; : 5 , : ; I
Geology . : : : : ; : 4 53
Systematics . ; 3 ; : ‘ ; 56
Age of the fauna ‘ ; ‘ : : so 1133
The Cenomanian—Turonian boundary problem ee SS
Palaeogeographic significance f : ‘ 42
Summary . é : 5 s : 5 . 145
Acknowledgements . ; ; ; : . 146
References . ; : : : : . . 146
INTRODUCTION
Salinas is situated a short distance to the north-west of the army camp of
Posto de Sao Nicolau, 110 km to the north of Mocamedes (Fig. 1). Douvillé
(1931) was the first to describe ammonites from Salinas when he recorded a
‘Barremian’ to ‘Turonian’ fauna, identifying the following species:
Sl
Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 75 (5), 1978: 51-152, 39 figs.
a2
ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
. Ponta das Salinas
Fossil
locality Luanda
Benguella
Mocamedes
Grossa
Fig. 1. Locality map.
Barremian
Pulchellia caicedoi Karsten
Acanthoceras lyelli Leymerie Albian
Desmoceras toucasi Jacob
Knemiceras uhligi Choffat
Acanthoceras borgesi Douvillé
Gaudryceras salinarium Douvillé
Prionotropis echinatus Douvillé Turonian
Puzosia matheroni d’Orbigny i
Vraconnian
Cenomanian
UPPERMOST CENOMANIAN-BASAL TURONIAN AMMONITES FROM SALINAS, ANGOLA 35
Spath (1931), in a review of this fauna, considered all these ammonites to
be of Cenomanian age, referring the Acanthoceras lyelli to Protacanthoceras,
Acanthoceras borgesito Metacalycoceras and Prionotropis echinatus to Neocardio-
ceras, while considering the Puzosia matheroni closer to the Cenomanian
Austiniceras dibleyi than d’Orbigny’s Lower Cretaceous species.
Haas (1942: 158, 163) tentatively referred Desmoceras toucasi Douvillé (non
Jacob) to Puzosia spathi Venzo (=P. venzoi Breistroffer 1947), thereby suggesting
the Cenomanian of Salinas to be underlain by Albian strata. He reasserted this
opinion (Haas 1952: 16) when describing a specimen of Desmoceras latidorsatum
var. inflata Breistroffer, supposedly from the Salinas exposure, stating that since
‘the specimen under discussion is undoubtedly conspecific with the specimens
from Egito and Catumbela, whose Albian age need not be questioned, the Albian
fauna may be assumed to be present beneath the Cenomanian one at Salinas’.
Howarth (1965) followed Spath in considering the Salinas fauna to be Upper
Cenomanian, but felt that Desmoceras latidorsatum vat. inflata admitted to the
presence of Lower Cenomanian strata at Salinas.
Kennedy (1971) considered the Salinas fauna to be of high Cenomanian or
basal Turonian age, pointing out that Metacalycoceras borgesi (Douvillé) was
conspecific with Calycoceras naviculare (Mantell), while confirming the puzosiid
to be Austiniceras dibleyi. Neocardioceras echinatum (Douvillé) he referred to the
genus Kanabiceras, while following Spath (1931) in considering the ‘Pulchellia’
a misidentified acanthocerate. The Stoliczkaia dispar var. attenuata Douvillé
(1931: 29, pl. 2 (fig. 2a—b)), if a Stoliczkaia, he considered must ‘surely be Lower
Cenomanian’.
GEOLOGY
The lowest beds in the stratigraphic succession at Salinas (Fig. 2) are exposed
in the low sea-cliffs to the south of the Baia das Salinas. These beds comprise
about 8 m of predominantly red, but also white, green and purple, laminated
silts and clays, entirely lacking in fossils. That these beds attain a much greater
thickness is evident in the sea-cliffs to the south of the Farol de Ponta Grossa,
where at least 40 m of predominantly red siltstones and sandstones underlie the
lowest limestone horizon.
At Salinas these beds are overlain by 1,80 m of yellowish fine-grained sand-
stone, also unfossiliferous, the upper 0,80 m with numerous well-rounded
boulders and pebbles up to 0,20 m in diameter. This conglomeratic horizon is
overlain by 1,0 m of highly fossiliferous white limestone, characterized by the
abundance of the gasteropod Pseudomelania salenasensis Rennie.
The succession can thus be interpreted as a typical transgressive sequence
with initially highly coloured, unfossiliferous lagoonal sediments covered by
receding dune sands or barrier deposits, then beach conglomerates and finally
shallow-water open marine limestones.
The ‘Pseudomelania Beds’ are crammed with Rhynchostreon suborbiculatum
(Lamarck) (Fig. 3), together with Exogyra (Costagyra) olisiponensis Sharpe,
ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Brownish silts with lines of gray
calcareous nodules yielding Kanabiceras,
Pseudocalycoceras, Calycoceras,
Metoicoceras and Sciponoceras
Poorly exposed brownish silts with more
resistant portions, yielding rare
C.naviculare (Mantel1)
Unfossiliferous brownish limestones
weathering with a highly jagged surface
5m
"Pseudomelania Beds" - fossiliferous white
limestone with Pseudomelania, Veniella etc.
Unfossiliferous, yellowish fine-grained
sandstone, the upper portion conglomeratic
Predominantly red, but also white, green
and purple, laminated silts and clays,
lacking in fossils
Fig. 2. Geological section through the Salinas exposure. For explanation see text
UPPERMOST CENOMANIAN-BASAL TURONIAN AMMONITES FROM SALINAS, ANGOLA 39)
Fig. 3. A-C. Rhynchostreon suborbiculatum (Lamarck). D-E. Trigonarca sp. F. Pseudomelamia
salenasensis Rennie. All specimens in the South African Museum collections. x 1.
56 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Protocardia hillana (J. Sowerby) and Veniella forbesiana (Stoliczka), but are
entirely lacking in ammonites. Three metres of unfossiliferous brownish lime-
stones, weathering with a highly jagged surface, and interbedded silts separate
this horizon from the first unit containing Calycoceras naviculare (Mantell).
However, it is only 2,50 m higher up, in the lowest horizon of calcareous nodules
that ammonites become relatively abundant. At this point the section becomes
difficult to follow but there would appear to be, in all, some eight such nodular
horizons in a thickness of about 6 m. These nodules are extremely hard and
highly fossiliferous, being characterized by the abundance of the bivalve Rhyncho-
streon suborbiculatum (Lamarck).
SYSTEMATICS
All catalogue numbers refer to the collections housed in the South African
Museum. Measurement abbreviations are as follows: D, diameter; H, whorl
height; W, whorl width (intercostal unless otherwise specified); Ui, diameter of
umbilicus between umbilical seams; Uo, diameter of umbilicus between umbilical
bullae; W/H, whorl width/height ratio. All measurements are given in milli-
metres, and percentages follow in parentheses.
Class CEPHALOPODA Cuvier, 1797
Subclass AMMONOIDEA Zittel, 1884
Order LYTOCERATIDA Hyatt, 1899
Suborder LYTOCERATINA Hyatt, 1899
Superfamily TETRAGONITACEAE Hyatt, 1900
Family Tetragonitidae Hyatt, 1900
Genus Tetragonites Kossmat, 1895
Type species Ammonites timotheanus Pictet, 1847
1895 Lytoceras (Tetragonites) Kossmat
1925 Epigoniceras Spath
1935 Saghalinites Shimizu (nom. nud.)
1935 Neoepigoniceras Shimizu (nom. nud.)
1935 Eoepigoniceras Shimizu (nom. nud.)
1954 Epigoniceras (Saghalinites) Wright & Matsumoto
Discussion
Much attention has recently been paid to the Tetragonitidae (Wiedmann
1962, 1973; Murphy 1967a), and a relatively stable taxonomic classification
appears to have been produced.
Wiedmann (1973: 588) rejected Murphy’s (1967a) emphasis on constrictions
as a basis for classification since ‘number and course of constructions vary with
age’, consequently basing his taxa on whorl section and the persistence of con-
constrictions. Sutural differences were regarded as of limited taxonomic use.
A number of workers (Howarth 1958: 9; Wiedmann 1962: 131, 171) have
pointed out that Epigoniceras is indistinguishable from Tetragonites, while
Wiedmann (1973: 589) does not regard the development of distinct umbilical
UPPERMOST CENOMANIAN-BASAL TURONIAN AMMONITES FROM SALINAS, ANGOLA 5
shoulders as an adequate basis for the generic separation of Saghalinites. The
new genus Carinites Wiedmann was proposed for the keeled Cenomanian
T. spathi (Fabre 1940: 214, pl. 6 (fig. 1), text-fig. 26), but appears to be of dubious
status.
Tetragonites sp. nov.? aff. blaisoni Collignon, 1964
Figs 4P-Q, 5
Compare
Tetragonites blaisoni Collignon, 1964: 31, pl. 324 (fig. 1448). Wiedmann, 1973:
601, pl. 1 (fig. 4), pl. 6 (figs 5—7) text-fig. 7.
Tetragonites collignoni Murphy (?non Breistroffer), 1967a: 66, pl. 5 (figs 2-3),
text-fig. 36a only.
Tetragonites subtimotheanus Murphy (non Wiedmann), 1967a: 62, pl. 6 (figs 5-8),
? text-fig. 35a—d only.
Description
The recrystallized test of the specimen has been preserved and is moderately
involute, with about 75 per cent of the preceding whorl covered. The umbilicus
is rather narrow (+ 28% of diameter) and fairly deep, with broad, inclined
umbilical walls and angular umbilical shoulders. The flanks are flat and con-
verge noticeably towards the flat venter. The whorl section is depressed, trape-
zoidal, with the greatest width at the umbilical shoulder.
The ornament comprises weak, periodic, strongly prorsiradiate collars on
the flanks, which cross the venter with a very slight concave-adoral arch.
Measurements
No. D H W W/H Ui
SAM-PCA2818 31 13 (42) 16 (52) 1,23 9 (29)
a 2D 9 (41) 10 (45) lel 6 (27)
Discussion
The unique Angolan example is fragmentary, hence comparison with other
members of the genus is difficult.
The relative proportions of the Salinas specimen are virtually identical to
those of Kossmat’s holotype of 7. subtimotheanus, and easily fall within the
range of morphometric variation shown by this species (Wiedmann 1973). The
whorl section is also closely comparable, except that in 7. subtimotheanus Wied-
mann the umbilical wall is almost vertical, whereas in the Angolan example it
is very distinctly inclined (Fig. 5). In the fragmentary Angolan specimen it is
not possible to decide how many constrictions there were per whorl, but in
general form they closely resemble those of T. subtimotheanus. In North America,
T. subtimotheanus ranges from the upper Lower Albian (hulenense Zone) to the
Lower Cenomanian, although elsewhere it appears to be confined to the Upper
Albian. In view of the different stratigraphic ages and the slight but distinct
58 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Fig. 4. A-C, H-K. Pseudocalycoceras angolaense (Spath). A-—C. SAM-PCA2777. H-I.
SAM-PCA2719. J-K. SAM-PCA2767. D-E. Rhynchostreon suborbiculatum (Lamarck),
SAM-PCA2801. L-M. Calycoceras (Calycoceras) naviculare (Mantell), SAM—PCA2762.
F—G, N-O. Euomphaloceras (Kanabiceras) septemseriatum (Cragin), SAM-—K 2878, K2779. P-Q.
Tetragonites sp. nov. ? aff. blaisoni Collignon, SAM-—PCA2818. x 1.
UPPERMOST CENOMANIAN-BASAL TURONIAN AMMONITES FROM SALINAS, ANGOLA 59
Fig. 5. Tetragonites sp. nov. ? aff. blaisoni Collignon.
Whorl section of SAM—PCA2818. x1.
difference in whorl-section, the Angolan example can only be regarded as a
closely allied, but different, species.
Tetragonites rectangularis ampakabensis Collignon, from the Lower Ceno-
manian of Madagascar, differs in being more involute (U=20-23°% of diameter),
somewhat more depressed, and with steeper umbilical walls. Tetragonites blaisoni
Collignon has similar relative proportions to the Salinas example, while the con-
figuration of the constrictions is also closely comparable. It differs, however, in
having much steeper umbilical walls and in being a Lower Cenomanian form.
According to the amended diagnosis of Tetragonites glabrum Jimbo given
by Matsumoto (19425: 671), this species has a small umbilicus (20-26% of
diameter), with slightly depressed whorls. The flanks converge to a rounded
venter, while constrictions are few and irregular in development.
Tetragonites epigonum (Kossmat) has an almost square whorl section (Usher
1952: 55), with not more than three prorsiradiate constrictions per whorl which
appear to be effaced across the venter.
Tetragonites jurinianus (Pictet) lacks constrictions at all growth stages, while
in T. nautiloides (Pictet) constrictions are present only at diameters of less than
10 mm.
The Angolan specimen is the only example of a Tetragonites yet recorded
from uppermost Cenomanian strata, and in view of the slight, but distinct,
differences from all previously recorded species of this genus, it probably merits
a new specific name. The author hesitates to do so, however, due to the poor
preservation of the unique Angolan example.
Family Gaudryceratidae Spath, 1927
Discussion
The family Gaudryceratidae has been subdivided into a number of sub-
families—Gaudryceratinae (Spath 1927), Gabbioceratinae (Breistroffer 1953),
Kossmatellinae (Breistroffer 1953) and Vertebritinae (Wiedmann 1962). The use-
fulness and desirability of these groupings are questionable. Vertebrites is herein
regarded as only a subgenus of Gaudryceras and consequently the Vertebritinae
must fall into synonymy (cf. Henderson 1970: 22). Moreover, the close affinities
of Kossmatella and Anagaudryceras are shown by the fact that the newly proposed
species Kossmatella (Murphyella) enigma Matsumoto, Muramoto & Takahashi,
type of the subgenus, is herein considered a junior subjective synonym of
Anagaudryceras buddha (Forbes) (= A. sacya Forbes), thereby suggesting the
superfluity of the subfamily Kossmatellinae.
The subfamily Gabbioceratinae Breistroffer was considered by Murphy
60 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
(19675) to include only two genera, Gabbioceras and Jauberticeras, and charac-
terized by a wide crater-like umbilicus, with flat, sloping umbilical walls, and a
prominent ventro-lateral angulation of the whorls. Maximum width of the
whorls was at this angulation. Ornament comprises fine, sinuous lirae and con-
strictions as in Gaudryceras. According to Murphy (19676: 604), “The principal
difference between Jauberticeras and Gabbioceras is in the position of the angula-
tion or, alternatively expressed, the relative curvature of the venter. In Jauberti-
ceras, the angulation is very high and the curvature of the venter low; in Gabbio-
ceras, the angulation is at about mid flank and the degree of curvature is high.’
The differences are not herein considered of generic importance, and the Gabbio-
ceratinae thus becomes a monogeneric subfamily of doubtful systematic value.
Genus Gaudryceras de Grossouvre, 1894
Type species Ammonites mitis Hauer, 1866
1894 Gaudryceras de Grossouvre
1926 Vertebrites Marshall
1934 Epigaudryceras Shimizu
1934 Pseudogaudryceras Shimizu
1934 Hemigaudryceras Shimizu
1935 Neogaudryceras Shimizu
Discussion
Wright (in Arkell et al. 1957: L200) considered the following features to be
diagnostic of the genus Gaudryceras: “Lirae coarser than in Anagaudryceras,
close or distant, simple or branching, moderately to very sinuous; last whorl may
bear variable close or distant strong foldlike ribs. Suture with retracted auxilia-
ries. May be divisible into subgenera but nominal groups cited in synonymy are
not well differentiated.’
Wright & Matsumoto (1954) provided a detailed discussion of this genus,
concluding that the genera Epigaudryceras (type species: Ammonites crassicosta-
tum Jimbo), Hemigaudryceras (type species: Ammonites denmanensis Whiteaves),
Neogaudryceras (type species: Gaudryceras tenuiliratum Yabe) and Pseudogaudry-
ceras (type species: Gaudryceras tenuiliratum var. infrequens Yabe) were junior
subjective synonyms of Gaudryceras.
Anagaudr yceras Shimizu (type species: Ammonites sacya Forbes, 1846: 113,
pl. 14 (fig. 10)) was regarded as a synonym of Gaudryceras by Wiedmann (1962:
156-158). As noted by Howarth (1965: 357), however, ‘The ornament of all but
the adult stage of Anagaudryceras is so fine that the shell appears to be smooth,
while Gaudryceras is characteristically covered with fine ribs. This difference is
sufficient for generic distinction in keeping with the scale of differences usually
adopted for Cretaceous genera.’
Mesogaudryceras Spath (type species: Ammonites leptonema Sharpe, 1855:
32, pl. 14 (fig. 3)) differs from Gaudryceras in possessing compressed inner whorls,
broad convex flanks, and a narrowly arched venter. It is also more involute than
Gaudryceras.
UPPERMOST CENOMANIAN-BASAL TURONIAN AMMONITES FROM SALINAS, ANGOLA 61
Vertebrites Marshall (type species : Vertebrites murdochi Marshall, 1926: 139,
pl. 20 (fig. 9), pl. 30 (figs 1-2), pl. 40 (fig. 2)) is an Upper Senonian—Maastrichtian
genus, more evolute than Gaudryceras and retaining a flattened venter to larger
growth stages, so that the ventro-lateral shoulders tend to become subangular.
Fine flank lirae increase by bifurcation and intercalation across the venter. These
ribbing characteristics are developed in a number of typical Gaudryceras, e.g.
Gaudryceras vertebratum Kossmat, Gaudryceras stefaninii Venzo (W. J. Kennedy
pers. comm.), and thus the only distinct difference between Vertebrites and
Gaudryceras is that the former is more evolute and tends to become serpenticone,
while the tabulate venter is retained to large diameters. The writer does not
regard these differences as generic and prefers to treat Vertebrites as a subgenus
of Gaudryceras (cf. Matsumoto 1959b: 141).
Eogaudryceras Spath (type species: Ammonites numidus Coquand in Sayn
1890: 144, pl. 1 (figs 3-4)) is a Lower Cretaceous genus, moderately evolute and
with an initially trapezoidal whorl section becoming rounded with age. Ornament
comprises fine, dense, slightly sinuous lirae and constrictions on the inner whorls
only. It thus superficially resembles Anagaudryceras.
Gaudryceras (Gaudryceras) isovokyense Collignon, 1964
Figs 6A—B, 7
Gaudryceras isovokyense Collignon, 1964: 31, pl. 324 (fig. 1447).
Description
One well-preserved specimen, partially retaining recrystallized test, is
assigned to this species.
The shell is entirely septate to a diameter of 74 mm. It is very evolute, with
about 30 per cent of the preceding whorl covered. The whorl section at the adoral
end of the outer whorl is oval, slightly depressed, with convex flanks converging
slightly towards the evenly rounded venter. The preceding whorl, however, shows
a more depressed whorl section with a broad, almost flat, venter (Fig. 7), as in
the holotype. The umbilicus is wide and shallow, with a moderately steep umbili-
cal wall and a well-rounded umbilical shoulder.
The ornament comprises fine, sharp lirae which begin at the umbilical seam,
are slightly prorsiradiate on the umbilical wall, curve forward more strongly on
the umbilical shoulder, sweep across the flanks and recurve so as to pass straight
across the venter. At two places on the outer whorl, about 340° apart, 2-4
adjacent ribs are crowded together, thicker and slightly flared. This feature is
associated only with the external shell as no constrictions are visible on the
internal mould. Across the venter, the flank ribs become finer and increase by
intercalation and bifurcation. Thus 19 flank ribs correspond to 28 ribs across the
venter. On the anterior portion of the outer whorl there are 12 ribs within a
10 mm distance along the venter, whereas on the posterior position there are
16 in the same distance.
62 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Fig. 6. A-B. Gaudryceras (Gaudryceras) isovokyense Collignon, SAM-—PCA2713. C-H. Vasco-
ceras (Paravascoceras) cf. cauvini Chudeau. C-D. SAM-—PCA2816. E-F. SAM-—PCA2727.
G-H. SAM-PCA2796. I-J. Pseudocalycoceras sp., SAM-—K2760. x1.
UPPERMOST CENOMANIAN-BASAL TURONIAN AMMONITES FROM SALINAS, ANGOLA 63
Fig. 7. Gaudryceras (Gaudryceras) isovokyense Collignon.
Whorl section of SAM-—PCA2713. x1.
Measurements
No. D H W W/H Ui
SAM-PCA2713 74 25 (34) 28 (38) LW 29 (26)
< 54 17 (31) Die(G9)) L743) WS) (2D)
is 37 11 (30) 17 (46) eS 21 (18)
Discussion
So far as can be judged, the penultimate whorl of the Salinas example is
identical with the holotype of G. isovokyense from the Cenomanian ‘Zone a
Mantelliceras mantelli et Calycoceras newboldi’ of Madagascar (Collignon 1964).
Gaudryceras varagurense Kossmat (1895: 122, pl. 17 (fig. 4), pl. 18 (figs
2a—c)), known from the Cenomanian to uppermost Campanian, differs from
G. isovokyense in retaining an evenly rounded venter throughout ontogeny,
having more frequent flared ribs and in that the rib density remains the same
across the venter.
Gaudryceras stefaninii (Venzo) (1936: 21, pl. 2 (figs 3-4)) from the Cenoma-
nian of Zululand bears a close resemblance to the Angolan material. This
species differs, however, in having much finer, denser, Vertebrites-like ribbing
across the venter.
Gaudryceras vertebratum Kossmat (1895: 126, pl. 15 (figs 4-5)) shows a
flattened venter which is apparently ‘smooth’, with prorsiradiate lirae on the
flanks.
Gaudryceras (Vertebrites) murdochi (Marshall) (Henderson 1970: 22, pl. 3
(fig. 1)) is an Upper Campanian species, very evolute, serpenticone with strongly
depressed whorls and a broad flat venter.
Gaudryceras varicostatum (van Hoepen) (1921: 7, pl. 2 (figs 10-12)) shows
dense fine lirae across the venter, but the latter is not nearly so flattened as in
64 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
G. isovokyense. Constrictions also appear to be more frequent in Van Hoepen’s
species.
Gaudryceras (?Vertebrites) kayei (Forbes) (1846: 101, pl. 8 (fig. 3)) is a very
evolute, serpenticone form, with a broad, convex venter and about four constric-
tions on the outer whorl. The specimen figured by Stoliczka (1865: 156, pl. 77
(figs 1-2)) shows the same features as Forbes’s example, but with a somewhat
more flattened venter. The ornament comprises fine prorsiradiate flank ribs
which, according to Stoliczka (1865: 156), “bi-, or tri-furcate at the edge of the
umbilicus (= ventro-lateral shoulder)’. This species differs from both G. stefa-
ninit (Venzo) and G. vertebratum Kossmat in having a convex and not flattened
venter.
Occurrence
This species is currently known only from Angola and Madagascar.
Genus Anagaudryceras Shimizu, 1934
Type species Ammonites sacya Forbes, 1846
1934 Anagaudryceras Shimizu
1934 Paragaudryceras Shimizu
1972 Kossmatella (Murphyella) Matsumoto, Muramoto & Takahashi
Discussion
Anagaudryceras is a long-ranging genus known from the Albian to the
Maastrichtian. A host of species have been described but, as noted by Howarth
(1965), the majority are nominal species, of little taxonomic value. Differences
from G. (Gaudryceras) and G. (Vertebrites) are noted above.
The newly proposed subgenus Kossmatella (Murphyella) was diagnosed
(Matsumoto et al. 1972: 208) as follows: ‘The Kossmatella type ribs occur on
relatively early inner whorls (with diameters from several millimetres to 10 or
15 mm), but on the late inner whorls the ribs and furrows are sparse and rather
weak. In other words smoothish part is predominant over the ribbed or con-
stricted part in the middle growth stage. In the late septate whorl and the adult
body-whorl the fold ribs and intervening furrows are distinct.’
Thus, Murphyella supposedly differs from the contemporaneous Anagaudry-
ceras only in possessing fold-like ribs and constrictions at a very early stage in
growth, although, as noted by Matsumoto ef al. (1972), these are variable in
persistence and intensity. However, McLearn (1972) has recently shown identical
features to occur in Anagaudryceras sacya (= A. buddha), and the author has
little hesitation in regarding Kossmatella (Murphyella) as a junior subjective
synonym of Anagaudryceras.
UPPERMOST CENOMANIAN-BASAL TURONIAN AMMONITES FROM SALINAS, ANGOLA 65
Anagaudryceras cf. cassisianum (d’Orbigny, 1850)
Figs 8-9, 10J, 11B—D
Compare
Ammonites cassisianus @Orbigny, 1850: 146.
Ammonites madraspatanum Stoliczka, 1865: 151, pl. 75 (fig. 2).
Anagaudryceras madraspatanum (Stoliczka) Matsumoto, 1959a: 74, pl. 22 (fig. 3).
Gaudryceras salinarium Douvillé, 1931: 42, pl. 1 (fig. 3), text-fig. 5.
Description
Two examples, one a juvenile and the other a fragment of an adult, both
with recrystallized test preserved, are close to d’Orbigny’s species.
Fig. 8. Anagaudryceras cassisianum (d’Orbigny). D’Orbigny’s syntypes
from the Cenomanian of Cassis, France. Photo: W. J. Kennedy. x1.
The juvenile example, SAM—PCA2769 (Fig. 11 B—D), is very evolute (umbili-
cus 46-50% of diameter), with about one-sixth of the preceding whorl covered.
The umbilicus is wide and shallow, with a steep umbilical wall and a well-rounded
umbilical shoulder. The flanks are strongly convex and converge towards the
evenly rounded venter.
The ornament comprises extremely fine, indistinct, flexuous lirae which arise
at the umbilical seam, pass forward across the umbilical wall, swing forward more
strongly on the flanks, then recurve gently so as to cross the venter transversely.
There appear to be occasional, very weak constrictions on the earliest whorls.
SAM-—PCA2726 (Fig. 10J) is a fragment of a mature individual. The whorl
section is unknown. Ornament comprises fine lirae which arise at the umbilical
seam and pass forward (prorsiradiate) to the umbilical shoulder where they
increase by bifurcation and intercalation. The lirae are almost rectiradiate across
the flank. A prominent collar, following much the same course as the lirae, splits
into three fine ribs across the flanks. Although a much larger diameter, this
specimen very closely resembles d’Orbigny’s larger syntype of Ammonites
cassisianus.
66 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Fig. 9. Anagaudryceras cf. cassisianum (d’Orbigny).
The holotype of Gaudryceras salinarium Douvillé
(after Douvillé 1931). x1.
Measurements
No. D H W W/H Ui
SAM-PCA2769 39 15 (38) 18 (46) 1,20 u
s 28 8 (29) 12 (43) 1,50 13 (46,4)
< oD) 6 (27) 10 (45) 1,70 11 (50)
Discussion
D’Orbigny’s syntypes (Fig. 8) show the following features: the shell is
evolute (umbilicus 41-45 % of diameter), with a wide, shallow umbilicus, evenly
rounded umbilical shoulder, slightly convex flanks, and a rounded venter. The
whorl section is almost circular, about as wide as high. On the inner whorls,
extremely fine lirae arise at the umbilical seam and pass forward (prorsiradiate)
to the umbilical shoulder where they increase by bifurcation and intercalation.
On the flanks the lirae are initially prorsiradiate, but quickly recurve so as to
become rectiradiate or slightly rursiradiate on the ventral half of the flanks.
There are periodic collars which follow much the same course as the constric-
tions. On the outer whorls, the lirae become coarser and Gaudryceras-like, nar-
rower than the interspaces, while collars split into coarse lirae on the flanks.
Gaudryceras salinarium Douvillé is based upon a fragmentary specimen with
a circular whorl section, and showing broad Anagaudryceras-like flank ribs on
which are superimposed Gaudryceras-like lirae (Fig. 9). Thus, the holotype of
G. salinarium appears to differ from A. cassisianum only in what appear to be
the broad flank ribs typical of mature Anagaudryceras. Of the new material from
the Salinas locality, a large fragment (Fig. 10J) appears indistinguishable from
d’Orbigny’s species, but lacks the broad flank ribs of G. salinarium, while the
juvenile (Fig. 11B—D) differs in possessing a depressed whorl section and very
indistinct collars. Neither d’Orbigny’s nor Douvillé’s species are well known and
the differences are well within the range of intraspecific variation observed in
UPPERMOST CENOMANIAN-BASAL TURONIAN AMMONITES FROM SALINAS, ANGOLA 67
Fig. 10. A-E. Euomphaloceras (Kanabiceras) septemseriatum (Cragin). A. SAM—PCA2738.
B-C. SAM-PCA2797. D-E. SAM-PCA2832. F-—G. Pseudocalycoceras angolaense (Spath).
F, SAM-PCA2743. G. SAM-—PCA2772. H-I. Pseudocalycoceras aff. haugi (Pervinquiére),
SAM-PCA2775. J. Anagaudryceras cf. cassisianum (d’Orbigny), SAM—PCA2726. x 1.
68 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
many Cretaceous ammonite species. However, without additional material the
problem cannot be resolved in this paper, and the Angolan material is referred
to Anagaudryceras cf. cassisianum (d’Orbigny).
Other broadly contemporaneous species of Anagaudryceras include
A. buddha (Forbes), A. sacya (Forbes), A. involvulum (Stoliczka), A. revelatum
(Stoliczka), A. madraspatanum (Stoliczka), A. utaturense Shimizu, A. multiplexus
(Stoliczka), A. limatum (Yabe), A. aurarium (Anderson) and A. enigmum (Matsu-
moto, Muramoto & Takahashi).
Since 1865, many workers (Stoliczka 1865, Kossmat 1895, Matsumoto
1959a) have realized that Ammonites sacya Forbes (1846: 113, pl. 14 (fig. 10)),
the type of the genus Anagaudryceras, was merely based upon the inner whorls
of Ammonites buddha Forbes (1846: 112, pl. 14 (fig. 9)), a body chamber frag-
ment. Since A. buddha clearly has priority, it includes among its synonyms (cf.
Howarth 1965) A. sacya (Forbes), A. revelatum (Stoliczka), A. limatum (Yabe)
and A. enigmum (Matsumoto, Muramoto & Takahashi). Anagaudryceras buddha
(Forbes) differs from A. cassisianum in maintaining extremely fine liration to
maturity.
Anagaudryceras multiplexum (Stoliczka 1865: 151, pl. 75 (fig. 2)) differs from
A. cassisianum in being somewhat more evolute (umbilicus 50°, of diameter),
with a steeper umbilical wall and more abrupt umbilical shoulder, as well as
in retaining extremely fine liration to maturity.
Anagaudryceras madraspatanum (Blanford) (Stoliczka 1865: 151, pl. 75
(fig. 2)) was considered to show the following features: ‘Shell consisting of
numerous round whorls, which are only slightly involute, increasing regularly in
height and thickness, and crossed by dense fine flexuous striae. On the casts of
some of our specimens, slight transverse furrows are seen. . . . Umbilicus large
and deep, three-fifths of the inner whorls being exposed; aperture circular.’
Matsumoto (1959a: 74, pl. 22 (fig. 3)) recorded A. madraspatanum from the
Chitina Valley of Alaska and considered the diagnostic features to be ‘the circular
cross section of the whorl, little involution, fairly wide umbilicus, fine and dense
striae and lirae on the surface of the shell that curve gently forward near the
umbilical margin, but are nearly rectiradiate on the main part of the whorl, and
the faint constrictions’. Of these characters, the prominence of constricted collars
and the shape of the whorl section are known to vary with ontogeny, while the
width of the umbilicus and the degree of involution of the shell are comparable
with A. cassisianum. Adult specimens of A. madraspatanum are unknown and
consequently the writer regards Stoliczka’s (1865) species as a junior subjective
synonym of A. cassisianum.
Anagaudryceras involyulum (Stoliczka) (1865: 150, pl. 75 (fig. 1)) is a com-
pressed species with rapidly expanding whorls and about five constrictions on the
outer whorl at 44 m diameter. This species has recently (Howarth 1968) been
recorded from the Turonian of Ponta Grossa, Angola. It would seem to differ
from A. cassisianum in being more compressed, and in not developing
Gaudryceras-type lirae in maturity.
UPPERMOST CENOMANIAN-BASAL TURONIAN AMMONITES FROM SALINAS, ANGOLA 69
Fig. 11. A. Puzosia (Anapuzosia) dibleyi (Spath), SAM-—PCA2792. B-D. Anagaudryceras cf.
cassisianum (d’Orbigny), SAM—PCA2769. x1.
70 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN. MUSEUM -
Occurrence
Anagaudryceras cassisianum is at present recorded from France, Alaska,
southern India and possibly Angola.
Suborder ANCYLOCERATINA Wiedmann, 1966
Superfamily ANCYLOCERATACEAE Meek, 1876
Family Baculitidae Meek, 1876
Subfamily Baculitinae Meek, 1876
Genus Sciponoceras Hyatt, 1894
Type species Hamites baculoide Mantell, 1822
Sciponoceras gracile (Shumard, 1861)
Fig. 12B—D
Baculites gracilis Shumard, 1861: 596. Stanton, 1893: 1166, pl. 34 (figs 1-3). Grabau & Shimer,
1910: 179, fig. 1432. Adkins, 1928: 206, pl. 24 (fig. 3). Moreman, 1942: 210.
Baculites ovatus White (non Say), 1876: 199, pl. 19 (figs 4-5).
Sciponoceras gracile (Shumard) Cobban, 1951: 2185. Matsumoto, 1959b: 106. Matsumoto &
Obata, 1963: 23. Cobban, 1955: 202, pl. 2 (fig. 3). Cobban & Scott, 1972: 47, pl. 17 (figs
9-29). Wright & Kennedy, 1973 (in Juignet et a/. 1973): 21, pl. 1 (figs 2-6).
Baculites n. sp. aff. bohemicum Fritsch, Kossmat, 1895: 154, pl. 19 (fig. 18).
Baculites kossmati Nowak, 1908: 348.
Baculites cfr. gaudini Pictet & Campiche, Matsumoto, 1942a: 229.
Sciponoceras kossmati (Nowak) Matsumoto, 19595: 106, pl. 31 (figs 2-3). Matsumoto &
Obata, 1963: 13, pl. 3 (fig. 2), pl. 4 (fig. 1), pl. 5 (figs 1-3), pl. 6 (figs 3-5).
Cyrtochilus stylus Anderson, 1958: 188, pl. 11 (fig. 5).
Description
A single fragment, with the recrystallized test preserved, is the only specimen
assignable to this genus from Salinas.
The shell tapers slowly adapically and has a very compressed, elliptical
whorl section, with flattened sides. The ornament, which is very faint, comprises
weak, prorsiradiate constrictions, most prominent across the venter but becoming
effaced across the lower flanks and dorsum, and very faint ribs which follow the
course of the constrictions. There would appear to be one, possibly two, such
constrictions within a distance equal to the major diameter. At a major diameter
of 9 mm the width is only 6 mm.
Discussion
Shumard (1861: 596) described Sciponoceras gracile as follows: ‘Shell very
slender, gradually tapering to apex; transverse section varying from broad ovate
to subcircular; surface in some specimens nearly smooth, but usually marked
with moderately prominent, rounded costae, which on the dorsum (venter) are
distinct and arched towards the aperture, and on the sides curve obliquely back-
wards and downwards to the ventral margin (dorsum), before reaching which
they become nearly obsolete. Some of the specimens exhibit very fine flexuous
Striae of growth.’
ee
UPPERMOST CENOMANIAN-BASAL TURONIAN AMMONITES FROM SALINAS, ANGOLA 71
Shumard’s type material has never been figured or adequately redescribed,
nor has a lectotype been designated. According to Wright & Kennedy (in
Juignet et al. 1973: 21) the type material is probably in the University of Texas
collections.
Wright & Kennedy (in Juignet et al. 1973: 21) have recently discussed this
species on the basis of topotype material from the Sciponoceras gracile/Metoico-
ceras whitei Zone (Cobban 1951) of the Gulf Coast and Western Interior of North
America, and material from the late Cenomanian of southern England and
northern France. These authors show this species to be characterized by a
compressed, elliptical whorl section with flattened sides and broad prorsiradiate
constrictions spaced at intervals slightly greater than the major diameter.
Between constrictions there are 5—6 ribs. Both ribbing and constrictions are most
prominent across the venter, becoming obsolete before the dorsum is reached.
Shumard’s (1861) descriptions leave little doubt that there is a fair degree of
variability in the prominence of the ornament of this species, and consequently
the weak ornament of the Angolan example is not considered significant.
Sciponoceras roto Cieslinski differs in having an almost circular whorl
section at all growth stages, while S. baculoide (Mantell) has more distant con-
strictions (one every 1,5—2 major diameters), a less compressed whorl section,
and coarser, more robust ventral ribbing (on the body chamber at least).
Sciponoceras glaessneri Wright (1963: 599, pl. 81 (figs 2—3)) from the Middle
Cenomanian of Bathurst Island, Australia, is more inflated at large growth
stages, with more convex flanks, and lacks distinct ventral ribbing.
Sciponoceras kossmati (Nowak) (= Baculites sp. nov. aff. bohemicum
Fritsch, Kossmat, 1895: 154, pl. 19 (fig. 18)) is the most important synonym of
S. gracile. Sciponoceras kossmati was said (Matsumoto 19595: 107) to have
‘narrower and more deeply incised saddles . . . while the external saddle is much
broader than the lateral saddle in S. gracile, the former is nearly as broad as and
somewhat lower than the latter in S. kossmati. The general outline of the sutural
elements is reversed trapezoidal in S. kossmati, but is rectangular in S. gracile.’
However, not only are they morphologically indistinguishable (Matsumoto &
Obata 1963), but they also occur at the same stratigraphical horizon. Moreover,
Matsumoto & Obata (1963) have noted considerable variation in the suture of
S. kossmati. In Japan, S. kossmati is associated with Calycoceras naviculare
(Mantell), Euomphaloceras (Kanabiceras) septemseriatum (Cragin), Tarranto-
ceras faustum (Matsumoto & Muramoto) and Pseudocalycoceras angolaense
(Spath). These are typical uppermost Cenomanian forms and the author regards
S. kossmati as a junior subjective synonym of S. gracile.
Occurrence
This species is recorded from the top Cenomanian of California, the
Western Interior, Texas, England, France, and Angola, and the uppermost
Cenomanian-—?basal Turonian of India and Japan.
UP
ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Fig. 12. A. Calycoceras (Calycoceras) naviculare (Mantell), SAM—PCA2764. B—D. Sciponoceras
gracile (Shumard), SAM-PCA2724. E-H. Euomphaloceras (Kanabiceras) septemseriatum
(Cragin). E-F. SAM-—PCA2761. G-H. SAM-PCA2835. x 1.
UPPERMOST CENOMANIAN-BASAL TURONIAN AMMONITES FROM SALINAS, ANGOLA W3
Superfamily HOPLITACEAE Douvillé, 1890
Family Desmoceratidae Zittel, 1895
Subfamily Puzosiinae Spath, 1922
Genus Puzosia Bayle, 1878
Type species Ammonites planulatus J. de C. Sowerby, 1827
1878 Puzosia Bayle
1900 Pleuropachydiscus Hyatt
1922 Austiniceras Spath
1954a Anapuzosia Matsumoto
1954a Mesopuzosia Matsumoto
Discussion
Since the inception of Bayle’s genus Puzosia in 1878, a host of names have
been proposed for closely allied forms.
The genus Mesopuzosia Matsumoto (type species Mesopuzosia pacifica
Matsumoto, 1954a: 82, pl. 14 (fig. 1), pl. 15 (figs 1-2), pl. 16 (figs 1-3)) was said
(Matsumoto 1954a: 79) to be ‘similar to Puzosia in shell form and suture-line
but with much better developed costae. In the middle and adult stages of growth
many of the costae (including both longer and some shorter ones) extend below
the middle of the flanks and are of equal strength on the outer half of the whorls.
Although there are longer and shorter ribs, the differentiation to broader (or
stronger) and narrower ones is not found as in Parapuzosia (s.s.) or in Austiniceras
and the costation is relatively regular. The shell often attains a huge size and in
the last whorl the ornamentation disappears.’
Wiedmann & Dieni (1968) considered Mesopuzosia to be a ‘stratigraphische
Gattung’ and placed it in synonymy with Puzosia s.s. However, the differences
between the types of Mesopuzosia and Puzosia are at least as great as between the
latter genus and Austiniceras. Consequently, the writer prefers to retain Meso-
puzosia as a subgenus of Puzosia.
Anapuzosia Matsumoto (type species Puzosia buenaventura Anderson, 1938:
185, pl. 40 (fig. 3), pl. 41 (figs 1-2)) was erected as a subgenus of Puzosia, and
separated from Puzosia s.s. on body chamber characteristics. In Puzosia s.s.,
ribbing remains consistently fine to the aperture, whereas in Anapuzosia the
‘adult body chamber is ornamented with periodic, flared or tuberculated, strong
ribs of little or no flexuosity’ (Matsumoto 1954a: 71). According tothe emended
diagnosis of Renz (1972: 704), in Anapuzosia ribs arise at the umbilical shoulder,
are flexuous and either bifurcate or are joined by intercalatories across the venter.
In some cases, there may be up to three intercalatories between main ribs. These
differences are in keeping with the other generic and subgeneric separations
within the Puzosiinae, and consequently the writer follows Renz (1972) in
regarding Anapuzosia as a valid subgenus of Puzosia. The writer is not inclined
to attach much weight to the change in ornament on the body chamber since,
where sexual dimorphism in ammonites has been proved, the macroconch
(female) dimorph commonly shows a marked change of ornament on the body
chamber.
74 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
The genus Austiniceras Spath (type species Ammonites austeni Sharpe, 1855:
28, pl. 12 (fig. la—b only)) was diagnosed by Kennedy (1971: 37) as follows:
‘Medium-sized to large puzosiids with a compressed, convergent whorl section
and a narrowly arched venter. Moderately evolute, with 2 distinct orders or
ribbing; distant, long flexuous main ribs with many shorter, flexuous intercalated
ribs.’
The lectotype of Austiniceras austeni is a gigantic specimen 410 mm in
diameter and juveniles of this species are not yet known. In southern England
(Kennedy 1971), A. austeni ranges from low in the mantelli Zone to at least the
Middle Turonian, and is one of the commonest Upper Cenomanian—Lower
Turonian ammonites in this area. It is clearly obvious from Kennedy’s (1971)
excellent figure of the holotype that the inner whorls of this species cannot satis-
factorily be distinguished from Puzosia. Moreover, there are a number of
described Puzosia species from the Upper Cenomanian and Turonian which
probably represent nothing more than the inner whorls of Sharpe’s species. In
Japan and California they are known as Puzosia orientale Matsumoto, in
Madagascar as P. orientale and P. praecompressa Collignon, in Portugal as P. cf.
gaudama (Forbes), and in India as P. intermedia Kossmat. It is clear, therefore,
that Austiniceras is distinguished from some Puzosia species only by its large size
and, where present, the change in ornament on the body chamber.
Within the genus Puzosia s.s.. Wiedmann & Dieni (1968) recognized two
species groups. The species group of Puzosia quenstedti (Parona & Bonarelli) was
characterized by a moderately wide umbilicus (umbilical ratio 25—33 %), flattened
sides which converge towards the narrowly rounded venter and 6-7 constrictions
per whorl. The constrictions are strong, radial, and with a strong convex ventral
sinus. Species are separated on whorl section differences.
The species group of Puzosia mayoriana (d’Orbigny) was characterized by a
relatively wide umbilicus (31-40% of the diameter), flattish, subparallel flanks
and a broadly rounded venter. There are 4-6 rather deep, sigmoidal constrictions
per whorl which form a chevron across the venter. These are the characters of
P. planulata Sowerby (= P. subplanulata Schliiter), the type of the genus.
The genus Puzosia may now be subdivided as follows:
P. (Puzosia). Shell compressed, moderately evolute with 4—7 sinuous collars
(constrictions on the internal mould) per whorl. Flanks flattish, subparallel,
with a broadly rounded venter. Ribbing simple, distinct only on outer half
of whorls. Age: Lower Albian—Upper Turonian.
P. (Anapuzosia). Similar to P. (Puzosia), but with ribs arising from near the
umbilical shoulder and increasing by intercalation and bifurcation above
mid-flank. All ribs and constrictions flexuous. Age: Lower Albian—Upper
Cenomanian.
P. (Austiniceras). Similar to P. (Puzosia) but large, with flat convergent
flanks and a narrowly arched venter. Generally straight, rigid constrictions,
strongly projected on the venter. May attain large size, when body chamber
UPPERMOST CENOMANIAN-BASAL TURONIAN AMMONITES FROM SALINAS, ANGOLA 75
ornamented with close, dense, robust long ribs extending to the umbilical
margin. Age: ? Albian—? Campanian, mainly Cenomanian—Turonian.
P. (Mesopuzosia). Similar to P. (Puzosia), but with straight, rigid constric-
tions, while ribbing may arise close to the umbilical shoulder. Age:
Turonian—Coniacian.
Subgenus Austiniceras Spath, 1922
Type species Ammonites austeni Sharpe, 1855
Puzosia (Austiniceras) intermedia orientalis Matsumoto, 1959
Ammonites planulatus Stoliczka (non J. de C. Sowerby), 1865: 134, pl. 67 (figs la—b only).
Puzosia gaudama Kossmat (non Forbes), 1898: 118, pl. 16 (figs 2-3), pl. 22 (fig. 2).
Puzosia cf. gaudama (Forbes) Choffat, 1898: 82, pl. 17 (fig. 2), pl. 18 (fig. 1).
Puzosia orientale Matsumoto, 1954a: 74, pl. 13 (figs 1-2). Collignon, 1961: 32, pl. 5 (fig. 1).
Puzosia orientale kossmati Matsumoto, 1954a: 75.
Puzosia praecompressa Collignon, 1964: 55, pl. 332 (fig. 1493).
Puzosia intermedia orientalis Matsumoto, 1959b: 16, pl. 4 (fig. 1).
Diagnosis
A moderately evolute (umbilicus 27-34 % of diameter), compressed (W/H =
0,70—0,78) species of Puzosia with about 4-6 straight, prorsiradiate constrictions
which project strongly forward on the venter. Numerous fine, strongly prorsi-
radiate ribs intercalated on outer one-third of flanks between constrictions and
projected strongly across the venter.
Description
The single specimen from these beds has the recrystallized test preserved.
It is strongly compressed and moderately involute, with slightly more than half
the preceding whorl covered. The umbilicus is fairly narrow and rather shallow,
with a steep, slightly undercut umbilical wall.
The broad flanks are flat, converging slightly to the narrowly arched venter.
The ornament comprises probably 4-5 straight prorsiradiate constrictions per
whorl which project strongly forward across the venter. Between the constrictions
are about 22 fine ribs which are present only on the outer one-third of the flanks.
Fig. 13. Puzosia (Austiniceras) intermedia orientalis
Matsumoto, SAM—PCA2824. x1.
76 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Measurements
No. D H W W/H Ui
P. orientale (holotype) . 126,3 50,0 (40) 38,7 GI) 0578 43,3 (34)
Kossmat, 1898: pl. 22
(fie5 2) : . 80,0 32,0(40) 23,0(29) 0,72 26,0 (32)
Choffat 1898: pl. 17 (fig. 2),
Plea Sasa 1) . 125,0 57,0(46) 40,0(32) 0,70 34,0 (27)
P. praecompressa
(holotype) . -~ *67,0> > 27:20:40) =) 2 01Ci OMS 17,0 (25)
SAM-PCA2824 _. . 40,0 17,0 (42) 12;0'G0) 0570 12,0 (30)
a - = 30.0 13,0 (43) 10:0:63)) Oni 8,0 (27)
Discussion
The Angolan example clearly belongs to Wiedmann & Dieni’s (1968) group
of Puzosia quenstedti. It differs from the Upper Albian—Lower Cenomanian
Puzosia communis Spath (1923: 47, pl. 2 (fig. 3a—e)) in possessing fewer constric-
tions per whorl.
Puzosia orientale orientale Matsumoto (1954a: 74, pl. 13 (figs 1-2)) was
proposed for ‘a species of Puzosia characterized by relatively compressed whorls,
narrowly arched venter, numerous, regular, fine and narrow costae on the
external half and the prorsiradiate course on sides and conspicuous forward bend
on the periphery of the costae and the constrictions’.
Matsumoto’s holotype, from the Lower Turonian of Japan, is poorly
preserved, but judging from his description, his rather poor figures and the
measurements, the Angolan example appears to be conspecific.
Puzosia orientale kossmati Matsumoto (= P. gaudama Kossmat (non
Forbes), 1898: 118, pl. 16 (figs 2-3)) differs only in being slightly more
evolute.
Puzosia muelleri Grossouvre (= Ammonites hernensis Schliter, 1871: 40,
pl. 9 (figs 12a—b, 14) (non Schliiter 1867)) is very similar to the Angolan specimen,
differing only in being more compressed (W/H = 0,65) (? crushed). It is thus
possibly conspecific with P. compressa Kossmat.
Puzosia subcorbarica Matsumoto (1954a: 73, pl. 9 (fig. 1), pl. 12 (fig. 1)) is
a compressed form from the Upper Albian of Japan which is more compressed
(W/H = 0,51—0,69) than P. orientale, with (?) slightly sigmoidal constrictions.
The Lower Cenomanian Puzosia takei Popovici-Hatzeg (1899: 12, pl. 2
(fig. 2)) is very similar to P. orientale, but is somewhat more evolute, with more
constrictions.
Puzosia praecompressa Collignon (1964) is a junior subjective synonym of
P. intermedia orientalis, as is clearly shown by Collignon’s figure, description and
measurements.
It is very doubtful whether P. intermedia orientalis can be distinguished from
the inner whorls of the contemporaneous Puzosia (Austiniceras) austeni (Sharpe),
UPPERMOST CENOMANIAN-BASAL TURONIAN AMMONITES FROM SALINAS, ANGOLA TF
Fig. 14. A. Pseudocalycoceras angolaense (Spath), SAM-—PCA2732. B-C. Puzosia (Anapuzosia)
dibleyi (Spath), SAM—PCA2749. D-E. ?Protacanthoceras sp., SAM—PCA2804. F. Exogyra
(Costagyra) olisiponensis Sharpe, SAM—PCA2752. x1.
78 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
a species based solely on gigantic mature individuals. However, since the inner
whorls of Sharpe’s species are still unknown, the sinking of Matsumoto’s species
must await knowledge of the ontogenetic variation in P. (A.) austeni.
Occurrence
Puzosia intermedia orientale ranges from the Upper Cenomanian into the
Lower Coniacian, and is known from Japan, India, Portugal, California,
Madagascar and Angola.
Subgenus Anapuzosia Matsumoto, 1954
Type species Puzosia buenaventura Anderson, 1938
Puzosia (Anapuzosia) dibleyi (Spath, 1922)
Figs 11A, 14B-C, 15B—C
Ammonites austeni Sharpe, 1855: 28, pl. 12 (fig. 2 only).
Austiniceras dibleyi Spath, 1922: 127. Wright & Wright, 1951: 19. Kennedy, 1971: 39, pl. 13
(figs 1-2), pl. 14 (fig. 4).
Puzosia (Austiniceras?) dibleyi (Spath) Spath, 1931: 316.
Puzosia matheroni Douvillé (non d’Orbigny), 1931: pl. 2 (figs Sa—b).
Diagnosis
A medium-sized rather coarsely ribbed Anapuzosia, with 8—9 flexuous main
ribs per whorl, between which are 5—9 coarse flexuous intercalatories, some
of which arise close to the umbilical shoulder.
Description
This species is a common member of the Salinas fauna and, like most of the
fossils from these beds, almost invariably has the recrystallized test preserved.
The shell is compressed to slightly depressed (W/H = 0,83-1,06), and
moderately involute (umbilicus 27-32% of diameter), with about 65 per cent of
the preceding whorl covered. The umbilicus is fairly narrow and moderately deep,
with steep umbilical walls and an evenly rounded shoulder. The flanks are
convex and converge towards the evenly arched venter. The whorl section is
about as wide as high.
There are 8-9 prominent sinuous main ribs per whorl, between which are
5—9 flexuous intercalatories, a number of which arise near the umbilical shoulder
whilst the remainder are only intercalated on the outer one-third of the flanks.
Measurements
No. D H W W/H Ui
SAM-—PCA2792 165 71 (43) 74 (45) 1,04 49 (30)
a 103 44 (43) 45 (44) 1,02 33162)
SAM-PCA 2749 90 37 (41) 39 (43) 1,06 2 CIE)
99 70 30 (43) 29 (41) 0,97 20 (28,5)
SAM-—PCA2748 97 40 (41) 41 (42) 1,03 30 (30,9)
» iS 32 (43) 31 (41) 0,97 22 (30)
: 27 12 (44) 10 (37) —0,83 ?
UPPERMOST CENOMANIAN-BASAL TURONIAN AMMONITES FROM SALINAS, ANGOLA 79
Discussion
Puzosia (Anapuzosia) dibleyi has long been referred to Austiniceras. At
present, this species is known only from north-western Europe and Angola. The
British material is based upon crushed composite internal moulds, whereas the
well-preserved Angolan material has the recrystallized test preserved and is thus
more valuable in determining the generic status of this species.
As already pointed out, the differences between Austiniceras and Puzosia s.s.
are slight, and the author prefers to treat the former as a subgenus of the latter.
Austiniceras austeni differs from Puzosia subplanulata (Schliiter) in its flat con-
verging flanks, narrowly arched venter, generally rigid constrictions and its large
size. Puzosia dibleyi (Spath) differs from P. (Austiniceras) austeni in its smaller
size, flexuous main ribs, convex flanks, evenly arched venter, and in that many
of the intercalated ribs arise close to the umbilical shoulder. These are the exact
features which are herein considered to be diagnostic of Anapuzosia and the
author therefore has no hesitation in referring Spath’s species to this subgenus.
The Albian species P. (Anapuzosia) saintoursi Collignon (19635: 61, pl. 263
(fig. 1150), 68, pl. 266 (fig. 1157)), P. (A.) colusaensis (Anderson) (1902: 96, pl. 5
(figs 128-129), pl. 10 (fig. 200)), P. (A.) multicostata Renz (1972: 707, pl. 2
(figs 1-2), pl. 3 (fig. 1), pl. 9 (fig. 4)) all have finer, more numerous intercalatories.
Occurrence
This species is known only from southern England and Angola.
Subfamily Desmoceratinae Zittel, 1895
Genus Desmoceras Zittel, 1884
Type species Ammonites latidorsatus Michelin, 1836
1884 Desmoceras Zittel
1908 Desmoceras (Latidorsella) Jacob
1925 Phyllodesmoceras Spath
1938 Desmoceras (Pseudouhligella) Matsumoto (nom. nud.)
1942a Desmoceras (Pseudouhligella) Matsumoto
1947 Lunatodorsella Breistroffer
1954a Onitshoceras Reyment
1971 Desmoceras (Moremanoceras) Cobban
Discussion
Wiedmann & Dieni (1968) followed Wright (in Arkell et al. 1957) in
including Latidorsella and Phyllodesmoceras within the synonymy of Desmoceras
s.s., while retaining Lunatodorsella and Pseudouhligella as valid subgenera.
Desmoceras (Moremanoceras) Cobban (type species Tragodesmoceras scotti
Moreman, 1942: 208, pl. 33 (fig. 8)) was said to differ (Cobban 1971: 5) from
Desmoceras ‘chiefly by having a simpler suture with broad lateral lobe and
shorter auxiliary lobes. Constrictions, which are present by the juvenile stages,
disappear and then are rejuvenated in the late adult stage.’ Moremanoceras was
also said to resemble the Coniacian Onitshoceras in form and sculpture, but with
a very different suture-line.
ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
80
TX “S6LTWOd-INVS “(©4ZOI[OIS) DuDISaquof DjJaIUeA *Q “S~LCWOd-WVS ‘D “8pLCVOd WYVS “4
“(yyeds) 1dajqip (vIsozndvuy) visoznd ‘Q-A “WIT “Bid OSTe 998 “yOLCVWOd-WVS
ie OO
<(jaiURI\]) advjnaiavu (sp4az094]DD) Sd1ad0IADD “YW “ST “SI
UPPERMOST CENOMANIAN-BASAL TURONIAN AMMONITES FROM SALINAS, ANGOLA 81
Onitshoceras Reyment (type species O. matsumotoi Reyment, 19546: 249,
pl. 3 (figs 1-2), pl. 5 (fig. 7)) was diagnosed by Reyment (1955: 19) as follows:
‘Flanks slightly inflated, venter broad, gently rounded, umbilicus narrow.
Ornament consists of numerous irregular prorsiradiate ribs, swinging forwards
and thickening on the venter. In the young they begin at mid-flank, but in the
adult at the umbilical margin.’
The differences between Onitshoceras and Desmoceras are no greater than
between the latter and Moremanoceras, and consequently Reyment’s genus is
probably also best treated as a subgenus of Desmoceras. The differences between
the various subgenera of Desmoceras are generally subtle and of questionable
taxonomic value. At present they are no more than chronostratigraphic taxa.
However, until objective population studies are undertaken, and the intraspecific
and ontogenetic variation within the various subgenera better understood, the
following subgenera are recognized within Desmoceras:
D. (Desmoceras). Shell inflated, moderately to very involute, with depressed
subquadrate to suboval whorl section. Ornament comprises strong sig-
moidal ribs (constrictions on the internal mould), between which are dense
growth striae or weak ribs on the outer part of the flanks and venter. Age:
Upper Aptian—Upper Cenomanian.
D. (Lunatodorsella). Similar to D. (Desmoceras), but shell cadicone. Doubt-
fully separable from Desmoceras s.s. Age: Upper Albian.
D. (Pseudouhligella). Similar to D. (Desmoceras), but with biconcave con-
strictions, while whorl section generally compressed in maturity, and fre-
quently with narrowly arched venter. Possibly dimorphic. Suture con-
siderably incised, with symmetrical trifid lateral lobe and numerous auxiliary
elements decreasing in size away from the lateral lobe. Age: Upper Albian—
Upper Cenomanian.
D. (Onitshoceras). Similar to D. (Desmoceras), but with fine irregular ribs
arising near the umbilicus and strengthening across the venter. Suture-line
with very narrow lobes and one or more saddles projecting beyond line of
suture. Age: Coniacian.
D. (Moremanoceras). Similar to D. (Onitshoceras), but possessing simpler
suture, with broad lateral lobe and short auxiliary lobes. Age: Uppermost
Cenomanian.
Subgenus Pseudouhligella Matsumoto, 1942
Type species Desmoceras whiteavesi var. japonica Yabe, 1902
Desmoceras (Pseudouhligella) aff. ezoanum Matsumoto, 1942
Fig. 16
Compare
Desmoceras toucasi Douvillé (non Jacob), 1931: 40, pl. 2 (fig. 6a—b).
Desmoceras (Pseudouhligella) ezoanum Matsumoto, 1942a: 26, text-fig. 1b;
19546: 260, pl. 3 (figs 1-4).
82 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Description
Douvillé’s (1931) example, the whereabouts of which is unknown, would
seem to belong here. Judging from Douvillé’s figure (Fig. 16), the specimen clearly
has the recrystallized test preserved and is rather involute (umbilicus 25% of the
diameter), with a rounded? umbilical shoulder, convex flanks, and a narrowly
arched venter. The whorl section is compressed, with maximum width below
mid-flank. The shell is ornamented only with flexuous growth striae and frequent,
slightly prorsiradiate, flexuous constrictions which are weakly projected across
the venter.
Discussion
Unfortunately, the exact characters of the shell cannot properly be judged
from Douvillé’s figure (Fig. 6), but the Angolan specimen appears to be related
to D. (P.) ezoanum Matsumoto (1942a: 26, text-fig. 1b; 19545: 260, pl. 3
(figs 1-4)), from which it differs largely in possessing a (?) rounded and not
angular umbilical shoulder. In this respect it approaches D. (P.) poronaicum Yabe
(Matsumoto 19545: 259, pl. 3 (figs 5—7)) which differs, however, in having an
elliptical whorl section. Noteworthy is the fact that Yabe (1902) considered
D.(P.) poronaicum possibly a juvenile D. (P.) japonicum Yabe, whilst Matsumoto
(19545) at first regarded it as an extreme variant of D. (P.) ezoanum. In Japan,
D. (P.) japonicum Yabe, D. (P.) poronaicum Yabe, and D. (P.) ezoanum Matsu-
moto are contemporaneous species in the Paleogyliakian (Cenomanian); D. (P.)
poronaicum is based upon juvenile material (less than 25 mm diameter) which
may represent the inner whorls of either D. (P.) japonicum or D. (P.) ezoanum;
D. (P.) japonicum is based upon large (118 mm diameter) adult material charac-
terized by frequent constrictions and flat parallel flanks, while D. (P.) ezoanum
Fig. 16. Desmoceras (Pseudouhligella) aff. ezoanum Matsumoto. The
specimen figured by Douvillé (1931) as Desmoceras toucasi Jacob
(after Douvillé 1931). x1.
UPPERMOST CENOMANIAN-BASAL. TURONIAN AMMONITES FROM SALINAS, ANGOLA 83
is based upon medium-sized (52 mm diameter) adult material which differs from
D. (P.) japonicum in that the adult whorls are more compressed, with convergent
flanks and a narrowly arched venter, and fewer less prominent constrictions.
Matsumoto’s (19545) variant, D. (P.) japonicum compressior (= D.(P.) japonicum
s.s.) was said to differ from D. (P.) ezoanum only in having flat parallel and not
convergent flanks. Clearly these differences are due to a comparison of the
juvenile whorls of D. (P.) japonicum with the adult whorls of D. (P.) ezoanum.
It is doubtful, therefore, whether the inner whorls of D. (P.) japonicum and
D.(P.) ezoanum can be satisfactorily distinguished. The fact that D. (P.) ezoanum
attains maturity at smaller diameters than D. (P.) japonicum, and is characterized
by a change in shape of the adult whorls would seem to suggest that the differences
are those between sexual dimorphs. Clearly, however, objective population
studies on the Japanese material are required to confirm this suggestion.
The Upper Albian D. (P.) dawsoni Whiteaves (1884: 205, pl. 26 (fig. 1);
1900: 286, pl. 37 (fig. 3)) is more strongly compressed, with a narrower umbilicus
(14-16% of diameter) and higher whorls, but the differences are slight. Material
figured by Matsumoto (1959a) from Alaska clearly shows constrictions to
increase in number and prominence on the body chamber.
Desmoceras (Pseudouhligella) calabarense Reyment (1955: 18, pl. 2 (fig. 8),
pl. 3 (fig. 1)) was said to differ from D. (P.) japonicum only in being more evolute
and in having less strongly flexed constrictions. The latter clearly become more
flexuous on the body chamber (cf. Matsumoto 1959a) and hence the Nigerian
species differs only in having a slightly wider umbilicus (19 % at 53 mm diameter
as opposed to 14-15% in D. (P.) japonicum). For the present, the Nigerian species
is best treated as a subspecies of D. (P.) japonicum although population studies
may show even such a separation to be superfluous.
Superfamily ACANTHOCERATACEAE Hyatt, 1900
Family Acanthoceratidae Hyatt, 1900
Subfamily Mantelliceratinae Hyatt, 1903
Genus Calycoceras Hyatt, 1900
Type species Ammonites navicularis Mantell, 1822
1900 Calycoceras Hyatt
1926 Metacalycoceras Spath
1959 Lotzeites Wiedmann
1972 Conlinoceras Cobban and Scott
1972 Gentoniceras Thomel
1972 Newboldiceras Thomel
1972 Subeucalycoceras Thomel
1972 Mourreiceras Thomel
Discussion
Within recent years the rather broadly perceived genus Calycoceras has been
subdivided into a number of subgenera (and genera).
84 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
The genus Metacalycoceras Spath (1926) was proposed for the specimen of
Ammonites navicularis figured by d’Orbigny (1842, pl. 103). However, according
to the Code of Zoological Nomenclature (p. 59), the type of ‘a nominal genus
is a nominal species’ and hence Metacalycoceras becomes a junior objective
synonym of Calycoceras.
Lotzeites Wiedmann (type species Acanthoceras aberrans Kossmat, 1895:
202, pl. 14 (fig. 4)) was erected for small Cheloniceras-like homeomorphs, with
a coronate whorl section and moderately wide umbilicus. Distant flank ribs are
ornamented with sharp, pointed umbilical bullae and prominent lower ventro-
lateral tubercles. The latter are joined across the broad, convex venter by paired
ribs, between which is an intercalary. All ribs are ornamented with weak upper
ventro-lateral and siphonal tubercles. As pointed out by Kennedy (1971: 70),
however, some species referred to Lotzeites, e.g. C. (L.) bathyomphalum (Koss-
mat), have outer whorls indistinguishable from C. subgentoni (Spath) while ‘there
is every transition from bathyomphalum type nuclei to subgentoni type nuclei in
contemporary populations from the Middle Cenomanian of southern England’.
Moreover, according to Kennedy & Juignet (1973), the holotype of Calycoceras
(Lotzeites) crassum Thomel appears to be a poorly preserved Acanthoceras hippo-
castanum (J. de C. Sowerby).
Gentoniceras Thomel (type species Ammonites gentoni Brongniart, 1822:
150, pl. 11 (fig. 6a—b)) was proposed as a subgenus of Calycoceras for forms
characterized by having a much more compressed whorl section than Calycoceras
S.S., With dense ribbing which is always dominant over the tuberculation. Ventral
tuberculation is weak, with lower ventro-lateral and siphonal tubercles frequently
lost at an early stage. C. (Gentoniceras) may be a synonym of the earlier
C. (Hourcquiceras) Collignon (1939) (see discussion under Euomphaloceratinae).
Calycoceras s.s. was diagnosed by Thomel (1972) as comprising strongly
inflated forms, always with a very depressed whorl section and with prominent,
robust ribbing. Ventral tuberculation weakens considerably on the outer whorls
or may even be lost completely.
Newboldiceras Thomel (type species Acanthoceras newboldi Kossmat, 1897:
111, pl. 12 (figs 2-3), pl. 14 (fig. 2)) was erected as a new genus within the Acantho-
ceratinae for Calycoceras-like homeomorphs in which the whorl section is com-
pressed, subquadratic. As in Calycoceras s.1., ribbing is generally fine and masked
by the tubercles at early growth stages. Unlike Calycoceras, siphonal tubercles
are retained to large diameters. Its characters are ‘quelque sorte hybrides entre
ceux des genres Calycoceras et Acanthoceras’. It is as yet uncertain whether this
group comprises mantelliceratinid homoeomorphs of Acanthoceras or acantho-
ceratinid homoeomorphs of Calycoceras. At present, the writer is inclined to
treat Newboldiceras as a subgenus of Calycoceras.
Within Newboldiceras, Thomel (1972) erected the subgenera Subeucalyco-
ceras (type species Acanthoceras baylei Pervinquiére, 1907= Acanthoceras sartha-
cense Bayle, 1878: pl. 62 (figs 1-2)) and Mourreiceras (type species N. (M.)
mourrei Thomel, 1972: 118, pl. 48). Subeucalycoceras was proposed for forms
UPPERMOST CENOMANIAN-BASAL TURONIAN AMMONITES FROM SALINAS, ANGOLA 85
with flat, subparallel flanks and dense, rather straight, rursiradiate ribbing, the
flanks forming a right angle with the venter. Judging from Bayle’s (1878) figure,
however, N. (S.) baylei (Pervinquiere) appears to be a Gentoniceras. Mourreiceras
was erected for denser and more finely ribbed forms homoeomorphous with
Euomphaloceras, but probably does not bear separation from Newboldiceras
sensu stricto.
Conlinoceras (type species Calycoceras (Conlinoceras) gilberti Cobban &
Scott, 1972: 61, pl. 1, pl. 2 (figs 5—9, 13-18), pl. 3 (figs 5-7, 11)) was proposéd as
a subgenus of Calycoceras for distantly ribbed forms, with a sloping umbilical
wall and poorly developed umbilical tubercles.
Within the genus Calycoceras sensu lato it now appears possible to recog-
nize the following subdivisions:
C. (Calycoceras). Strongly inflated forms with a very depressed whorl section
and coarse, robust, rursiradiate ribbing, generally with prominent umbilical
bullae. In some species, weakly developed ventral tuberculation persists to
maturity. Age: Upper Middle Cenomanian—Uppermost Cenomanian.
C. (Lotzeites). Small, Cheloniceras homoeomorphs with ribbing looped
across the venter between prominent lower ventro-lateral tubercles. Between
looped ribs are intercalatories. There are three rows of weakly developed
tubercles along the venter. Age: Upper Cenomanian.
C. (Conlinoceras). Rather compressed forms with coarse distant ribbing, a
sloping umbilical wall and poorly developed umbilical bullae. Ventral
tuberculation becomes obsolete at large growth stages. Age: Middle
Cenomanian.
C. (Newboldiceras). Compressed forms with flattish flanks and a subquad-
rate whorl section. Ribbing rather fine, dense, masked by tuberculation on
inner whorls. Ventral tubercles persist to large diameters and thus homoeo-
morphous with Acanthoceras. Age: Middle-low Upper Cenomanian.
C. (Gentoniceras). Compressed forms commonly with strongly tuberculate
inner whorls and strongly ribbed, non-tuberculate outer whorls. Umbilicus
wide, with steep umbilical walls and prominent umbilical bullae. Age:
Middle Cenomanian.
Calycoceras (Calycoceras) naviculare (Mantell, 1822)
Figs 4L-M, 12A, 15A, 17, 18A-B
Ammonites navicularis Mantell, 1822: 198, pl. 22 (fig. 5). Stoliczka, 1864: 73, pl. 39 (figs 2-4).
Crick 1919: 154, pl. 4.
Acanthoceras naviculare (Mantell) Kossmat, 1897: 11. Choffat, 1898: 72, pl. 4 (fig. 6a—b), pl. 6
(figs 1-2).
Fagesia navicularis (Mantell) de Grossouvre, 1912: 26, pl. 3 (fig. 1).
Metacalycoceras grossouvrei Spath, 1926: 431.
?Metacalycoceras boehmi Spath, 1926: 431.
Acanthoceras borgesi Douvillé, 1931: 32, pl. 2 (figs 3-4).
Calycoceras (Metacalycoceras) stoliczkai Collignon, 1937: 48.
86 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Calycoceras naviculare (Mantell) Hyatt, 1900: 589; 1903: 113. Spath, 1923: 144; 1937: 278.
Wright & Wright, 1951: 26. Arkell et al., 1957: L431, fig. 531, 6, fig. 532. Cobban, 1971:
13, pl. 1 (figs 1-3), pl. 10 (figs 1-8), pl. 11 (figs 1-5), pl. 12 (figs 1-2), pl. 13 (figs 1-5), pl. 14
(figs 1-3), pl. 15 (figs 1-2), pl. 16 (figs 1-2), pl. 17. Kennedy 1971: 71, pl. 33 (fig. 1a—b),
pl. 34 (fig. la—b), pl. 35 (figs 1-2), pl. 36 (figs 1-4), pl. 37 (figs 1-3), pl. 47 (figs 1a—c, 3a-b,
5a_b). Thomel 1972253:
Calycoceras borgesi (Douvillé) Wright & Wright, 1951: 26. Thomel, 1972: 55.
?Calycoceras obrieni Young, 1957: 1171, pl. 150 (figs 1-4).
Calycoceras (Metacalycoceras) auspicum Anderson, 1958: 243, pl. 20 (fig. 8).
Mantelliceras oregonense Anderson, 1958: 244, pl. 8 (fig. 4), pl. 14 (fig. 1).
Calycoceras stoliczkai Collignon, Matsumoto, 1959b: 78, pl. 21 (fig. 1). Thomel, 1972: 56,
pl. 17 (figs 8-10), pl. 18 (figs 5-7).
?Calycoceras boehmi (Spath) Wright & Wright, 1951: 26.
Calycoceras grossouvrei (Spath) Collignon 1965: 10, pl. 3 (fig. 2).
Diagnosis
A coarsely ribbed, evolute (umbilicus 23-32% of diameter) Calycoceras,
generally strongly inflated and commonly with a very depressed whorl section.
There are between 30 and 50 rursiradiate ribs per whorl (rectiradiate in juveniles),
generally alternating long and short. Except for prominent umbilical bullae on
the long ribs and ventro-lateral angulations on some specimens, tuberculation is
absent except at small growth stages (generally less than 50 mm diameter).
Description
This is a common form in the Angolan fauna, and all specimens have the
recrystallized test preserved.
The shell is strongly inflated (W/H = 1,31-1,68), with a deep, rather narrow
umbilicus (22-30% of diameter), and broad, convex, slightly overhanging
umbilical walls. The whorl section (Fig. 17) is strongly depressed, reniform, with
a broadly rounded venter sometimes showing ventro-lateral angulations. Recti-
radiate to slightly rursiradiate ribs begin at the umbilical seam and terminate in
prominent bullae on the umbilical shoulder. From the bullae arise coarse, robust,
slightly rursiradiate flank ribs which alternate with shorter intercalatories arising
Fig. 17. Calycoceras (Calycoceras) naviculare (Mantell). Whorl sections. A. SAM—PCA2715.
B. SAM-PCA2764. x1.
UPPERMOST CENOMANIAN-BASAL TURONIAN AMMONITES FROM SALINAS, ANGOLA 87
somewhat below mid-flank. There are generally about 30 ribs per whorl on the
outer whorls, although juvenile whorls are somewhat more densicostate with up
to 36 ribs per whorl. Ribs are broader than the interspaces. Ribs arising from a
bulla on one flank are commonly intercalated on the opposing flank. In all the
Angolan material, ranging from 34 mm to 115 mm in diameter, ventral tubercula-
tion appears to be lacking, although distinct ventro-lateral angulation of the
ribbing is present to large diameters.
Measurements
No. D H We Wi Wi/H Ui Uo
SAM-PCA2717 87 32(37) 46(53) 42(42) 3,31 ? 42
SAM-PCA2715 84 35(42) 58(69) 53(63) 1,51 25(30) 44
re 53 Z(G) BCI) AY) Iss I (WSK)
4) 34 «=? 26 v ? 9 (26,4) 16
SAM-PCA2723. 95 40(42) 58(61) 54(57) 1,35 26 (27,3) 45
xd VW 3G) 452) 4l@o) lee 2l@s) 85
SAM-PCA2733 72 35 u z r 16 (22,2) 39
SAM-PCA2762 34 16(47) 22(64) 21(62) 1,31 10(30) 17
SAM-PCA2764 115 48(42) 73(63) 63(55) 1,31 30(26) 46
Discussion
The degree of inflation and the rib density of the Angolan material seem
to be rather variable. The confusion which has long surrounded Mantell’s species
has recently been clarified by Cobban (1971: 13) and Kennedy (1971: 72). The
writer cannot agree with Thomel’s (1972) finely drawn species limits and thus
follows the previous authors in their treatment of this species.
Calycoceras boulei Collignon (1937: 43, pl. 5 (figs 2-4), pl. 8 (figs 9-11)) is
a somewhat earlier form, first appearing late in the Middle Cenomanian, and
differing largely in the retention of upper and lower ventro-lateral tubercles to
large diameters.
Calycoceras guerangeri (Spath) was originally figured only in side view
(Gueranger 1867, pl. 4 (fig. 4)) and without seeing the holotype, which is still
extant, it is difficult to assess. As interpreted by Thomel (1972: 61) this species
differs in being of somewhat earlier age, with a more compressed whorl section
and 2-3 intercalatories between main ribs.
Calycoceras bruni (Fabre) (1940: 230, pl. 8 (figs 1—-2)), the type of which is
apparently lost (Thomel 1972: 60), shows the following features: shell inflated,
with a depressed whorl section, and about 30 strong, slightly rursiradiate ribs on
the outer whorl. On the adapical portion of the outer whorl, the ribs are slightly
flexuous whereas adorally they are rigid. Main ribs arise from prominent umbili-
cal bullae and are separated by 1-2 intercalatories. All ribs are ornamented with
ventro-lateral and siphonal tubercles to large growth stages; but lateral tubercles
appear to be lacking. It differs from C. naviculare, therefore, in being of older age
and in the persistence of ventral tuberculation to large diameters.
88 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Fig. 18. A-B. Calycoceras (Calycoceras) naviculare (Mantell), SAM-—PCA2715. C—D. Watino-
ceras coloradoense (Henderson) (2), SAM—PCA2730. E-F. Pseudocalycoceras angolaense
(Spath), SAM-PCA2808. G-—H. Euomphaloceras (Kanabiceras) septemseriatum (Cragin),
SAM-PCA2826. Note the (?)superficial resemblance to Metasigaloceras. x1
UPPERMOST CENOMANIAN-BASAL TURONIAN AMMONITES FROM SALINAS, ANGOLA 89
Calycoceras robustum Thomel (1972: 63, pl. 19 (figs 1-5)) is a compressed
form with robust, rursiradiate ribbing. Main ribs arise from prominent umbilical
bullae and alternate with shorter intercalatories. Occasionally there are 2 inter-
calatories between main ribs, with about 30 ribs on the outer whorl. Main ribs
have lateral tubercles, while all ribs are ornamented with ventro-lateral and
siphonal tubercles.
Calycoceras letullieri Collignon (1964: 131, figs 1603-1604) is a strongly
inflated form belonging to the boulei group. On the outer whorl there are 32 ribs,
generally alternating long and short. Long ribs are ornamented with prominent
umbilical, lateral, ventro-lateral and weak siphonal tubercles at small growth
stages, but only the umbilical and lateral tubercles are retained to maturity.
While the differences between C. boulei, C. bruni, C. letullieri and C. robus-
tum are probably no more than the intraspecific variation observed in C. navicu-
lare, the author hesitates to place the first 4 species into synonymy until objective
population studies have been made. They form a closely related group of slightly
older species, generally less inflated, in which ventral tuberculation is retained to
large diameters.
Calycoceras thieuloyi Collignon (1964: 133, figs 1605-1607) is a strongly
inflated globose species. In the holotype, 22 prominent umbilical bullae give rise
to coarse, robust, rursiradiate primary ribs with sporadic intercalatories, so that
there were probably about 36 ribs on the outer whorl. At early growth stages
there may be up to 3 intercalatories between main ribs. Lateral and ventral
tuberculation is lacking at all growth stages figured. According to Kennedy
(1971: 73), this species may be a Mantelliceras.
In time, there may be some justification for recognizing a number of sub-
species within C. naviculare. At present, however, population studies are not far
enough advanced to allow such a grouping.
Occurrence
At present, C. naviculare is recorded from Japan, the Western Interior,
California, Texas, England, France, Portugal, Angola, Madagascar and southern
India.
Subfamily Acanthoceratinae Hyatt, 1900
Genus Protacanthoceras Spath, 1923
Type species Ammonites bunburianus Sharpe, 1853
Protacanthoceras? sp. A
Fig. 19C—D
Compare
Ammonites bunburianus Sharpe, 1853: 25, pl. 9 (fig. 3a-c). Pictet & Campiche,
Ké60 Silo. Diener, 1925; 24:
Protacanthoceras bunburianum (Sharpe) Spath, 1923: 144. Kennedy, 1971: 97
pl. 31 (fig. la-c).
90 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Fig. 19. A-B. Pseudocalycoceras angolaense (Spath). An internal mould, SAM—PCA2734.
C_-D. ?Protacanthoceras sp., SAM-PCA2778. E-F. Watinoceras coloradoense (Henderson)
(2), SAM-PCA2753. G-L. Euomphaloceras (Kanabiceras) septemseriatum (Cragin). G—H.
SAM-—PCA2736. Note prominent umbilical bullae, break-up of keel into isolated tubercles,
and virtual disappearance of ventral sulci. I-J. SAM-—-PCA2756. K-L. SAM-PCA2742, a
(?)pathological specimen showing abrupt loss of ventral ornamert. XI.
UPPERMOST CENOMANIAN-BASAL TURONIAN AMMONITES FROM SALINAS, ANGOLA 91
Description
A single, rather poorly preserved example, with the recrystallized test
preserved, shows affinities to Sharpe’s species.
The shell is strongly compressed (W/H = 0,66), involute, with flat, parallel
flanks and a narrow umbilicus (22 % of diameter). The venter is narrow, with an
evenly rounded intercostal section, and is ornamented by three rows of closely
spaced, weakly clavate tubercles situated on weak ribs. The lower ventro-lateral
tubercles are very indistinct. Ribbing seems to be lacking on the lower flanks,
first appearing at the lower ventro-lateral tubercle and becoming distinct only
across the venter. On the outer whorl, there are about 18 ribs across the venter
per half whorl.
Measurements
No. D H W W/H Ui
SAM-—PCA2778 23 9 (39) 6 (26) 0,66 5 (22)
Discussion
The above specimen is only tentatively referred to this genus because of its
poor preservation. From what can be seen of the Angolan example, it cannot be
distinguished from P. bunburianum. The author’s reservations stem from the fact
that laterally crushed inner whorls of Pseudocalycoceras angolaense would
probably be equally difficult to distinguish from P. bunburianum.
Protacanthoceras? sp. B
Fig. 14D-E
Description
This specimen is also tentatively assigned to Protacanthoceras, although the
preservation leaves much to be desired.
It is small, involute and compressed, but appears to be laterally crushed.
The little that is preserved of the ornament shows there to have been rather
prominent rectiradiate ribs, at least on the outer flanks, with small umbilical and
lower ventro-lateral tubercles and three rows of clavi closely spaced across the
venter.
Discussion
The relatively coarse ribbing of this example would appear to distinguish it
from juveniles of Pseudocalycoceras angolaense (Spath). Consequently, the rather
coarse ornament is taken to indicate closer affinities with Protacanthoceras than
Pseudocalycoceras.
Protacanthoceras compressum (Jukes-Browne) is similar, but has fewer more
prominent ribs, with distinct umbilical and lower ventro-lateral tubercles.
92 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Genus Tarrantoceras Stephenson, 1955
Type species Tarrantoceras rotatile Stephenson, 1955
1955 Tarrantoceras Stephenson
1969 Sumitomoceras Matsumoto
Discussion
Tarrantoceras was originally (Stephenson 1955: 59) separated from Eucalyco-
ceras on differences in the suture-line. In the emended diagnosis given by Cobban
& Scott (1972: 64), this genus comprises moderately large, compressed forms
(Fig. 20) in which prominent prorsiradiate flank ribs are ornamented with
umbilical, upper and lower ventro-lateral and siphonal tubercles. Of these, the
upper ventro-lateral tubercles are the most prominent, rising above the level of
the siphonal tubercles. The latter are very weakly developed in the adult growth
stages and are finally lost about half-way up the body chamber, while the lower
ventro-lateral tubercles are lost at the start of the body chamber.
Fig. 20. Tarrantoceras rotatile Stenhenson. The holotype, after Stephenson (1955). x1.
Sumitomoceras Matsumoto (in Matsumoto et al. 1969: 283) was erected for
moderately evolute forms with flat flanks and a compressed whorl section. Long
ribs arise from umbilical tubercles and are separated by 1-2 intercalatories. All
ribs are prorsiradiate and ornamented with upper and lower ventro-lateral
tubercles, while at very immature growth stages weak siphonal tubercles are
present. In the middle and late growth stages the ventro-lateral tubercles weaken
and disappear, constrictions develop and this genus homoeomorphs
Kossmaticeras.
However, the holotype of Tarrantoceras multicostatum Stephenson (1955:
61, pl. 6 (figs 21-23)), considered a synonym of T. rotatile Stephenson by Cobban
UPPERMOST CENOMANIAN-BASAL TURONIAN AMMONITES FROM SALINAS, ANGOLA 93
& Scott (1972), shows the same loss of tuberculation on the body chamber as
does Sumitomoceras, whilst the juvenile whorls are also comparable. The author
regards Sumitomoceras as a junior subjective synonym of Tarrantoceras.
Another genus closely allied to Tarrantoceras is Eucalycoceras Spath. As
diagnosed by Kennedy (1971: 80), this genus comprises involute forms with com-
pressed whorls and broad flattish flanks. Ribbing is rather dense, generally with
umbilical, upper and lower ventro-lateral and siphonal tubercles. At large growth
stages, some or all of the ventral tubercles may be lost. Tarrantoceras is thus very
close to Eucalycoceras. Besides the sutural differences noted by Stephenson
(1955), Tarrantoceras seems invariably to lose its siphonal tubercle and to be
adult at smaller diameters than Eucalycoceras, whilst the latter genus is typically
higher-whorled and more involute.
Other Upper Cenomanian genera with five rows of tubercles across the
venter are the micromorph Protacanthoceras and Pseudocalycoceras, the latter
distinguished by its flexuous, rursiradiate ribbing.
Tarrantoceras ? sp. juv. indet.
Fig. 21D-E
Description
A single small, fragmentary specimen with recrystallized test preserved is
assigned to this genus.
The shell is moderately compressed, with a polygonal costal and rounded
intercostal section. It would appear to have been moderately evolute. There are
small but distinct umbilical tubercles from which arise prorsiradiate main ribs.
Between long ribs there is almost invariably a short rib intercalated at about mid-
flank. All ribs bear prominent lower ventro-lateral tubercles and slightly clavate
upper ventro-lateral and siphonal tubercles.
Discussion
The solitary Angolan fragment closely resembles juvenile forms of Eucalyco-
ceras, such as were figured by Kennedy (1971). So far as the author is aware,
however, this genus has not been recorded from strata of this age (top Ceno-
manian), and thus he prefers to refer the Angolan specimen to the closely allied
Tarrantoceras.
At a similar growth stage, Pseudocalycoceras angolaense (Spath) is very
weakly ribbed or smooth, while species of Protacanthoceras lack the strong flank
ribbing seen in the Angolan specimen.
Genus Pseudocalycoceras Thomel, 1969
Type species Ammonites harpax Stoliczka, 1864
1969 Pseudocalycoceras Thomel
1969 Neocalycoceras Thomel
1972 Pseudocalycoceras (Haugiceras) Thomel
ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
94
"TX “p8LZ7VOd-WYS “Ant
‘oR][NG [eoI[Iquin yeoM AISA 910N “YIL7WOd-WVS
=
CO
yy
‘ds spsav0juvAsv I, “A-A
‘WeAP] Wwnsoggis spsav02N0JaW “D-V “I~ “SI
UPPERMOST CENOMANIAN-BASAL TURONIAN AMMONITES FROM SALINAS, ANGOLA 95
Discussion
This genus was erected (Thomel 1969: 651) for moderately evolute forms
with coarse rursiradiate, flexuous ribbing and five rows of tubercles across the
venter. Differences from other genera are noted under the discussion of
Watinoceras.
Neocalycoceras was erected without description or diagnosis and is thus a
nomen nudum. Haugiceras (type species Acanthoceras haugi Pervinquiere, 1907:
270, pl. 14 (fig. la—b)) (Fig. 22) was proposed as a subgenus of Pseudocalycoceras
for rather inflated forms in which the whorl section was wider than high, the ribs
were more rigid and less robust, rursiradiate, but less recurved than in Pseudo-
calycoceras s.s. The tuberculation was said to be entirely different, in Haugiceras
the umbilical tubercles are not twisted into an S, while the tubercles across the
venter are rounded and not clavate, and closer together. Into this subgenus,
Thomel (1972) placed Pseudocalycoceras angolaense (Spath), P. haugi (Pervin-
quiere) and P. robustum Thomel. However, Thomel’s separation of Haugiceras
from Pseudocalycoceras appears to be artificial, and the author regards the two
names as synonyms.
Fig. 22. Pseudocalycoceras haugi (Pervinquiére). The holotype, after Pervinquiére (1907). x1.
96 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Thomel (1972) also included a number of typical Pseudocalycoceras species
under his heterogenous group of Eucalycoceras (Proeucalycoceras) (type species
Calycoceras (Eucalycoceras) besairiei Collignon, 1937: 13, pl. 3 (figs 1-4), pl. 8
(fig. 5)). This subgenus was erected for moderately evolute forms with a com-
pressed, quadrate whorl section, flat flanks, and dense, fine, flexuous ribbing at
immature growth stages. Ribs are ornamented with small umbilical bullae, upper
and lower ventro-lateral tubercles, of which the former are more prominent, and
siphonal tubercles which are lost at an early stage. Of the species assigned to this
subgenus, Jarrantoceras bentonianum (Cragin), Pseudocalycoceras dentonense
(Moreman) and its synonym P. /ewisvillense (Moreman) (cf. Cobban & Scott
1972), together with Calycoceras leonense (Adkins) and Mantelliceras lymense
(Spath) do not belong here. As presently defined, this taxon (Proeucalycoceras)
is of little value.
Pseudocalycoceras angolaense (Spath, 1931)
Figs 4A—C, H-K, 6I-J, 10F—G, 14A, 18E—-F
19A-B, 23-25, 26F—K
Acanthoceras rhotomagense Taubenhaus (non Brongniart), 1920: 13.
Acanthoceras sp. A, Moreman, 1927: 95, pl. 15 (fig. 2).
Acanthoceras lyelli Douvillé (non Leymerie), 1931: 31, pl. 1 (fig. 1).
Protacanthoceras angolaense Spath, 1931: 316. Basse, 1940: 448, pl. 6 (fig. 3). Avnimelech &
Shoresh, 1962: 531.
Eucalycoceras dentonense Moreman, 1942: 205, pl. 33 (figs 4-5), text-fig. 2k. Matsumoto,
19595: 97, text-fig. 51.
Eucalycoceras indianense Moreman, 1942: 206, pl. 33 (figs 9-10), text-fig. 21. Matsumoto,
1959b: 98.
Eucalycoceras lewisvillense Moreman, 1942: 206, pl. 33 (figs 6-7), text-fig. 2n, u.
Eucalycoceras underwoodi Powell, 1963a: 315, pl. 31 (fig. 17).
Pseudocalycoceras (Neocalycoceras) angolaense (Spath) Thomel, 1969: 651.
Eucalycoceras (Proeucalycoceras) dentonense Moreman, Thomel, 1969: 650.
Eucalycoceras (Proeucalycoceras) lewisvillense Moreman, Thomel, 1969: 650.
‘Protacanthoceras’ angolaense Spath, Kennedy, 1971: 115.
Pseudocalycoceras angolaense (Spath) Cooper, 1972: 248; 1974: 86.
Pseudocalycoceras (Haugiceras) angolaense (Spath) Thomel, 1972: 97.
Pseudocalycoceras dentonense (Moreman) Cobban & Scott, 1972: 63, pl. 13 (figs 11-29), pl. 15
(figs 1-7, 10-13).
Pseudocalycoceras sp. aff. P. dentonense (Moreman) Matsumoto & Kawano, 1975: 13, pl. 1
(fig. 1), text-fig. 3.
Description
The shell is moderately evolute (umbilicus 18-41 % of diameter), somewhat
compressed (W/H = 0,67-1,12) to slightly depressed, with a fairly wide, deep
umbilicus.
The best preserved specimen, SAM-—PCA2731 (Fig. 26I-K), retains recrystal-
lized test, and is entirely septate to 57 mm diameter. About one-third of the
preceding whorl is covered to just below the lower ventro-lateral clavi by the
outer whorl. The umbilicus is fairly broad and deep, with a steep umbilical wall,
slightly undercut at the seam, and an abruptly rounded umbilical shoulder. The
UPPERMOST CENOMANIAN-BASAL TURONIAN AMMONITES FROM SALINAS, ANGOLA 97
Fig. 23. Pseudocalycoceras angolaense (Spath). The holotype (after Douvillé 1931). x1.
whorl section is slightly compressed, almost quadrate, with a polygonal costal
section.
On the outer whorl of SAM—PCA2731, about 18 ribs are weakly developed
on the umbilical wall and pass radially to the umbilical shoulder where they give
rise to 1—2 flank ribs. The umbilical tubercles are irregularly developed, and there
are only 12 on the outer whorl. The flank ribs are flexuous, rursiradiate, and
number about 30 on the outer whorl. At the prominent lower ventro-lateral clavi
the ribs flex forwards to the upper ventro-lateral clavi and then cross the venter
transversely. All ribs bear prominent siphonal clavi. The penultimate whorl of
this specimen is very weakly ornamented and shows the earliest whorls to have
lacked ribbing, at least on the lower portion of the flanks, and umbilical tubercles
to a diameter of about 20 mm.
Together with the above specimen, three other examples, SAM—PCA2767,
SAM-PCA2777 and SAM-PCA2772, provide an almost complete ontogenetic
sequence for this species. In SAM—PCA2767 (Fig. 4J—K) the flanks are entirely
smooth to a diameter of 11 mm, at which stage, in SAM—PCA2777 (Fig. 4A—C),
ventral tuberculation appears, as well as very faint ventral ribbing. By 15 mm
diameter the ribbing has become more prominent, but is still confined to the
outer flanks, while the umbilical shoulder bears occasional weak umbilical
tubercles. At this stage the whorl section is oval, with slightly convex flanks con-
verging to the narrowly arched venter. In costal section the venter is almost
tabulate and trituberculate. In this same specimen the lower ventro-lateral
98 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Fig. 24. Pseudocalycoceras angolaense (Spath). Whorl sections.
A. SAM-PCA2731. B. SAM—PCA2767. C. SAM-PCA2732. x1.
tubercles, although faint, are evident at 15 mm diameter, whereas in
SAM-—PCA2767 they are still absent at 28 mm diameter, whilst the latter also
shows no signs of umbilical tubercles at the same stage. In SAM—PCA2772
(Fig. 26G), at about the same diameter, the umbilical tubercles are weak but
noticeable, with upper and lower ventro-lateral and siphonal tubercles. The
ribbing is fairly strong but is not connected to the umbilical tubercles. In
SAM-—PCA2731 the umbilical tubercles become prominent at about 28 mm
diameter. At about this same stage the flanks become flat, or slightly convex, and
almost parallel, with the greatest width at mid-flank. In this same specimen there
are 11 siphonal clavi within 40 mm along the venter at a diameter of 35 mm, but
only 6 at 57 mm diameter. In SAM—PCA2734, with about one-third of a whorl
of body chamber preserved, there are only 5 siphonal clavi in an equal distance
at 68 mm diameter. This specimen also shows, as does the holotype (Fig. 23),
the simple, coarse, straight ribbing on the body chamber.
Fig. 25. Pseudocalycoceras angolaense (Spath). Suture-line of SAM-—PCA2719 at about 60 mm
diameter.
UPPERMOST CENOMANIAN-BASAL TURONIAN AMMONITES FROM SALINAS, ANGOLA 99
A further example, SAM-—PCA2721, is coarsely ornamented at an early
growth stage, providing further evidence of the great variability in ontogenetic
development of this species. It is already showing well-developed umbilical
tubercles at a diameter of about 13 mm, while at 25 mm diameter ribbing is
already prominent and connected to the umbilical tubercles. This specimen is
also slightly more inflated than typical examples.
Measurements
No. D H W W/H Uo Ui
SAM-PCA2731 a1 24 (42) 23 (40) 0,96 U3) 17 (30)
x 44 21 (48) 20 (45) 0,95 7 13 (30)
SAM-—PCA2721 41 16 (39) 18 (44) ee, 17 12 (29)
i 29 BE WE Le 9 9 (41)
SAM-PCA2772 37 iV@e 15Gb G88 15 10 (27)
‘ 25 DES) 8665) O75 8 6 (24)
SAM-PCA2777 DD 11 (50) 816) 0a) oe 4 (18,2)
i 15 9(60) 6(49) 067 ? BB)
SAM-PCA2734 1 20(G) MGS) O85 S80 BAe)
: AON (A). Me? = 19 14 (30)
SAM-PCA2767 3 ISS) WO On 2 9 (24,3)
r 10 6(60) 4(40) 067 2 2 (20)
Discussion
Cobban & Scott (1972) have dealt comprehensively with Pseudocalycoceras
dentonense (Moreman), including P. /ewisvillense (Moreman) and P. indianense
(Moreman) within the synonymy of this species. The North American material
differs from the Angolan material only in that many individuals have more
coarsely ribbed inner whorls, while the ventro-lateral and siphonal tubercles
generally weaken and become obsolete between 25 and 80 mm diameter. The
differences are clearly not specific, and P. dentonense is considered a junior sub-
jective synonym of P. angolaense. Eucalycoceras underwoodi Powell (1963a: 315,
pl. 31 (fig. 17)) is a contemporaneous species which also does not bear separation
from P. angolaense.
Pseudocalycoceras haugi (Pervinquiére) (Fig. 22) is more coarsely ribbed,
with more prominent umbilical tubercles, less flexuous ribbing, and more swollen
lower ventro-lateral tubercles. It represents a larger growth stage than observed
in P. angolaense, and until its ontogenetic and intraspecific variation is known, I
prefer to regard them as distinct.
Thomel (1972) described a number of Pseudocalycoceras species from south-
east France. Of these, P. equituriense Thomel, P. flandrini Thomel and P. planum
Thomel appear better referred to the genus Thomelites. Pseudocalycoceras
dromense Thomel is possibly better assigned to Lotzeites. The holotype of
Pseudocalycoceras pseudorbignyi Thomel was not figured, while the plesiotype is
a body chamber fragment which is difficult to assess. According to Thomel
100 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
(1972: 95), the holotype is about one-half whorl of an internal mould. The shell
is rather evolute (umbilical ratio 32%), with flat subparallel flanks. On the outer
whorl, there are 17 flexuous ribs per half whorl, of which 7 arise from bullae at
the umbilical shoulder. The venter is narrow and ornamented with three rows of
small tubercles.
Pseudocalycoceras robustum Thomel (1972: 98, pl. 47 (figs 6-7)) is a
moderately evolute species. The inner whorls (up to 36 mm diameter) are com-
pressed, with the maximum width near the umbilical shoulder. Ornament com-
prises alternating long and short ribs, rigid, robust, and totalling 25 on the outer
whorl. Main ribs arise from prominent, rounded umbilical tubercles, while all
ribs are ornamented with upper and lower ventro-lateral and siphonal clavi. At
large diameters the siphonal tubercles are lost and the ribs rise to form a sharp
crest (? crushed) on the venter. It differs from P. angolaense in having more
robust, less flexuous ribs which do not arise in pairs from the umbilical shoulder,
and is thus probably a junior subjective synonym of P. haugi. Pseudocalycoceras
judaicum (Taubenhaus) (Avnimelech & Shoresh 1962: 531, pl. 15 (fig. 2)) has
similar alternating long and short flank ribs, about 16 per half whorl, but is
strongly crushed laterally and difficult to compare. It is probably not separable
from P. haugi.
Pseudocalycoceras harpax (Stoliczka 1865: 72, pl. 39 (figs 1, la—b)) is a
moderately evolute (umbilical ratio 27-30%), compressed species, with flattish,
slightly convex flanks. Main ribs arise from umbilical tubercles (initially rounded
but later bullate) and are flexuous, rursiradiate, with 1-2 intercalatories sepa-
rating main ribs. The evenly rounded venter is ornamented with 5 rows of closely
spaced tubercles, upper and lower ventro-lateral and siphonal clavi. There are
38 ribs on the outer whorl, of which 15 are main ribs. This appears to be a Middle
or low Upper Cenomanian species which differs from P. angolaense in that main
ribs do not commonly arise in pairs from the umbilical tubercles, the whorl
section is more rounded, not distinctly polygonal as in P. angolaense, and the
ventral tuberculation is not as prominent nor so markedly clavate. The forms
assigned by Thomel (1972) to P. harpax and its varieties appear to belong to other
species.
Occurrence
Pseudocalycoceras angolaense has been recorded from Texas, the Western
Interior, Angola, northern France, Japan and Israel.
Pseudocalycoceras aff. haugi (Pervinquiere, 1907)
Figs 1OH-I, 22, 27
Compare
Acanthoceras haugi Pervinquiére, 1907: 270, pl. 14, figs la—b.
Protacanthoceras judaicum (Taubenhaus) Avnimelech & Shoresh, 1962: 531,
pl. 15 (fig. 1) (holotype refigured).
—————
UPPERMOST CENOMANIAN-BASAL TURONIAN AMMONITES FROM SALINAS, ANGOLA 101
Fig. 26. A-B. Euomphaloceras (Kanabiceras) septemseriatum (Cragin), SAM-—PCA2827, x1.
C-E. Undetermined gasteropods. F—K. Pseudocalycoceras angolaense (Spath), x 1. F-H.
SAM-PCA2721. I-K. SAM-PCA2731.
102 . ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Protacanthoceras aft. compressum Avnimelech & Shoresh (non Jukes-Browne),
ISLS S8V2, ols NS CUS, 2),
Pseudocalycoceras (Haugiceras) robustum Thomel, 1972: 98, pl. 47 (figs 6-7).
Description
A rather poorly preserved Angolan example shows affinities to Pervinquiére’s
species. The preservation of the Salinas material, together with the fact that the
Tunisian form represents a different ontogenetic stage, makes comparison
difficult. The specimen has the recrystallized test preserved.
The Angolan example is strongly compressed and moderately evolute, with
about half the preceding whorl covered. The umbilicus is fairly wide and rather
shallow, with a steep umbilical wall and subrounded umbilical shoulder. The
flanks are broad and flat, almost parallel, with a narrow, evenly rounded venter
intercostally, but polygonal costally. The venter is ornamented with three rows
of closely spaced clavi. The flank ornament is seen to comprise almost radial,
alternating long and short ribs, although there may occasionally be two inter-
calatories between main ribs. All the ribs have weakly developed lower ventro-
lateral tubercles and prominent upper ventro-lateral and siphonal clavi, while
the long ribs also have sporadic, faint umbilical tubercles. The last rib on the
adoral portion of the outer whorl shows a fairly distinct umbilical tubercle,
which would seem to suggest that they became more prominent with age. There
are about 15 ribs per half whorl on the outer whorl.
Measurements
No. D H W W/H Ui
SAM-—PCA2775 32 16 (50) ONG) 0,63 8 (25)
as 2S) 11 (44) 7 (28) 0,64 6 (24)
Discussion
As noted under the discussion of P. angolaense, the species P. haugi,
P. robustum and P. judaicum (Fig. 27) are probably not specifically separable,
while the above material differs from P. angolaense in being more coarsely
ornamented at small diameters, with less flexuous, rigid flank ribs. The close
resemblance to P. judaicum probably relates to the fact that the Angolan material
has also been laterally crushed. Pseudocalycoceras harpax (Stoliczka) has denser,
flexuous ribbing.
Occurrence
Pseudocalycoceras haugi appears to be present in Tunisia, southern France,
Israel and possibly Angola.
Subfamily Euomphaloceratinae. New subfamily
Diagnosis
Multituberculate derivatives of Acanthoceras, typically evolute, with a
depressed, subquadrate to compressed, elliptical whorl section, and more or less
UPPERMOST CENOMANIAN-BASAL TURONIAN AMMONITES FROM SALINAS, ANGOLA 103
Fig. 27. Pseudocalycoceras cf. haugi (Pervinquiére). < 1. The holotype of Protacanthoceras
judaicum (Taubenhaus), after Avnimelech & Shoresh (1962). x 1.
prominent constrictions on the early whorls. In almost all genera, there are
umbilical, upper and lower ventro-lateral and siphonal tubercles, which in some
genera are supplemented by one to two rows of lateral tubercles. Range: Middle
Cenomanian (possible, but doubtful, Lower Cenomanian members are discussed
below) to uppermost Turonian.
Discussion
As herein interpreted, the Euomphaloceratinae includes the following
genera: Euomphaloceras Spath, Kanabiceras Reeside & Weymouth, Kameruno-
ceras Reyment, Schindewolfites Wiedemann, Romaniceras Spath, Yubariceras
Matsumoto, Saito & Fukada, Shuparoceras Matsumoto and Obiraceras Matsu-
moto. Also tentatively included here is the Lower? Cenomanian Tunesites
Pervinquiere.
The origins of the subfamily lie in the group of Euomphaloceras cunningtoni
(Sharpe) which was derived from depressed and spinose Acanthoceras rhoto-
magense (Brongniart) during Turrilites costatus Zone times, by a weakening of
the flank ribs and the development of intercalated ventral ribs (Kennedy 1971).
Acanthoceras rhotomagense pseudeuomphalum Thomel may be a passage form.
Euomphaloceras s.s., i.e. euomphalum (Sharpe), arose from this stock during
pentagonum Zone times by a further weakening of ribbing relative to tubercula-
104 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
tion, and the appearance of constrictions in the early and middle growth stages
(it should be noted that the earliest growth stages of FE. cunningtoni are unknown
and it too may possess constrictions on the juvenile whorls). Kanabiceras first
appears in the uppermost Cenomanian (gracile Zone), and is easily derived from
E. euomphalum merely by a joining of the siphonal -tubercles so as to form a
serrated keel. Passage forms are known (Kennedy 1971).
During the Lower Turonian, Kanabiceras gave rise to Schindewolfites and
Kamerunoceras. Kamerunoceras Reyment is known with certainty only from the
Lower Turonian of Nigeria and the Cameroons. Reyment (1955) regarded it as
a probable offshoot of the Protacanthoceras stock that produced Mammites,
Watinoceras and Benueites. The inner whorls of Kamerunoceras, however, bear
a low crenulated keel with shallow sulci on either side, which therefore link it
rather to the uppermost Cenomanian Kanabiceras.
Schindewolfites Wiedmann (1959) includes evolute forms with constricted
early whorls, irregular ornament, and prominent tuberculation. In maturity, this
genus may develop a row of lateral tubercles in addition to the umbilical, upper
and lower ventro-lateral, and siphonal tubercles. The inner whorls of this genus
bear a close morphological resemblance to Kanabiceras and a close phyletic
relationship seems probable. Thomel (1972: 158) considered Acanthoceras ver-
gonsense Thomel as the probable ancestor of Schindewolfites; this appears wholly
untenable since there is a considerable temporal gap of several ammonite zones
between the last appearance of Acanthoceras and the first appearance of Schinde-
wolfites. Matsumoto (1975) suggested that Schindewolfites might best be treated
as a Subgenus of Yubariceras.
Matsumoto ef al. (1957) interpreted Yubariceras as a multituberculate
derivative of Acanthoceras s.s. although, more recently, Matsumoto (1975) con-
sidered the origins of the group should be sought in what he termed ‘. . . a certain
species group of Euomphaloceras as well as in a transitional form between
Acanthoceras and Euomphaloceras’. It is difficult to derive Yubariceras from
either Acanthoceras or Euomphaloceras s.s. since, as with Schindewolfites, there
is a considerable time gap between the first appearance of Yubariceras and the
last appearance of Acanthoceras or Euomphaloceras s.s. Yubariceras first appears
in the Lower Turonian and, in common with Kanabiceras, is very evolute, with
a depressed whorl section, multituberculate ornament, and it bears constrictions
on the early whorls. It is thus in this latter taxon (or one of its early Turonian
derivatives) that the ancestry of Yubariceras should be sought.
Matsumoto ef al. (1957) considered Romaniceras as a multituberculate
derivative from the group of Calycoceras newboldi—spinosum. These two groups
are indeed superficially similar, although the resemblances are simply due to
homoeomorphy since the newboldi group die out early in the Upper Cenomanian
(pentagonum Zone) and Romaniceras does not appear until about the Middle
Turonian. As noted by Matsumoto (1975), Romaniceras and Yubariceras are
closely allied, and it seems more likely that the typically Middle to Upper
Turonian Romaniceras was derived from an early form of Yubariceras.
UPPERMOST CENOMANIAN-BASAL TURONIAN AMMONITES FROM SALINAS, ANGOLA 105
Wiedmann (1959) erected the subgenus Romaniceras (Proromaniceras) for
upper Lower Turonian forms allied to Calycoceras orientale (Kossmat). Yet
again, the resemblance is merely one of homoeomorphy, and the author would
follow Matsumoto (1975) in considering Proromaniceras as a synonym of
Romaniceras S.s.
Shuparoceras is a Lower to Middle Turonian genus “. . . allied to the sub-
group of Calycoceras choffati in various respects’ (Matsumoto 1975: 110). The
group of Calycoceras choffati (Kossmat) died out early in the Upper Cenomanian,
and clearly did not provide the ancestor of Shuparoceras. Again, the constricted
inner whorls, evolute form, and multituberculate ornament of this latter genus
are typical of the Euvomphaloceras—Kanabiceras lineage, and it is here that the
ancestry of Shuparoceras should be sought.
Obiraceras is a late Turonian genus allied to both Yubariceras and Schinde-
wolfites, and Matsumoto (1975) considers its derivation from the latter genus the
most likely. From a morphological and stratigraphical point of view, this deriva-
tion is quite acceptable. The author does not agree with Matsumoto (1975) that
the Turonian multituberculate acanthoceratids are polyphyletic. Indeed, they
form a closely allied (af excessively split) and intimately related group which
clearly have their origins in the late Cenomanian Euomphaloceras—Kanabiceras
lineage.
Two other constricted acanthoceratid genera remain to be discussed.
Tunesites Pervinquiere (1907) was erected for evolute (umbilicus 30-39% of
diameter) pyritic nuclei, with compressed whorl sections. The flanks bear slightly
flexuous, prorsiradiate ribs ornamented by upper and lower ventro-lateral and
siphonal tubercles, while there are three more or less prominent constrictions
per whorl. Pervinquiere (1907) gave the range of his genus as uppermost
Albian—Cenomanian, whereas Wright (in Arkell et al. 1957) considers it as an
exclusively Lower Cenomanian taxon. According to Pervinquiére’s (1907)
original account, the holotype of 7. choffati Pervinquiere comes from beds
yielding Forbesiceras obtectum (Sharpe), a typically Middle Cenomanian species
(Kennedy 1971). In terms of acanthoceratid phylogeny, Tunesites shows advanced
morphological features which are not compatible with an Upper Albian—Lower
Cenomanian age and, as with some of Pervinquiere’s other stratigraphic data,
the horizon is perhaps doubtful. Consequently, any attempt to fit Tunesites into
a phylogenetic scheme must, at present, be speculative.
Hourcquiceras Collignon (1939) was erected as a subgenus of Calycoceras
for forms characterized by the presence of prominent constrictions on the juvenile
whorls, and was considered a possible synonym of Tunesites by Wright (in Arkell
et al. 1957). The subgenus is of Middle or Upper Cenomanian age, and closely
resembles Calycoceras (Gentoniceras) in maturity. Collignon’s (1939) figures do
not show obvious constrictions, only periodic more strongly developed flank ribs
(an identical feature to that seen in juvenile Gentoniceras). As the writer has no
material before him, further speculation is not possible, but he prefers to leave
Hourcquiceras in the Mantelliceratinae.
106 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Genus Euomphaloceras Spath, 1923
Type species Ammonites euomphalus Sharpe, 1855
1923 Euomphaloceras Spath
1931 Kanabiceras Reeside & Weymouth
1937 Cunningtoniceras Collignon
Discussion
According to Wright (in Arkell et al. 1957: L414), the genus Kanabiceras
differed from Euvomphaloceras ‘in that paired tubercles on venter are oblique, not
transverse, and siphonal tubercles now form a nodose keel’. Kanabiceras first
appears in the uppermost Cenomanian and is easily derived from the earlier
(pentagonum Zone) Euomphaloceras euomphalum (Sharpe) merely by a joining of
the siphonal tubercles so as to form a serrated keel. Kennedy (1971: 90), how-
ever, records intermediates between the two forms while noting that a nodose
keel may sometimes be present in E. euomphalum (Sharpe). Moreover, with the
wide range of variation seen in the Angolan material of Kanabiceras septem-
seriatum (Cragin), and also admitted by other authors (Matsumoto 19595),
together with the variability shown by E. euomphalum (Wright 1963), the distinc-
tions between the two genera blur. The differences are not herein regarded as of
generic status, and consequently Kanabiceras is treated as a subgenus of Euom-
phaloceras. The genus Evomphaloceras now may be subdivided as follows:
E. (Euomphaloceras). Shell very evolute, inflated, with depressed whorl sec-
tion; prominent umbilical and lower ventro-lateral tubercles on some
or all of main ribs. All ribs cross venter with small upper ventro-lateral
and siphonal tubercles, more numerous than lower ventro-lateral
tubercles. Inner and middle whorls with distinct constrictions in some
species. Age: Middle-Upper Cenomanian.
E. (Kanabiceras). As for E. (Euomphaloceras) but with siphonal tubercles
joining to form a prominent keel. Upper ventro-lateral tubercles more
or less oblique to keel. Age: Upper Upper Cenomanian—Lower
Turonian.
Subgenus Kanabiceras Reeside & Weymouth, 1931
Type species Scaphites ? septem-seriatus Cragin, 1893
Euomphaloceras (Kanabiceras) septem-seriatum (Cragin, 1893)
Figs 4N—O, 10A-E, 12E-H, 18G—H
19G-L, 26A-B, 28
Scaphites ? septem-seriatus Cragin, 1893: 240. Adkins 1928: 259.
Acanthoceras ? kanabense Stanton, 1893: 181, pl. 36 (figs 6-8).
Acanthoceras kanabense Stanton, Moreman, 1927: 95, pl. 13 (fig. 5).
Kanabiceras kanabense (Stanton) Reeside & Weymouth, 1931: 12.
Neocardioceras septem-seriatum (Cragin) Moreman 1942: 213, pl. 33 (figs 11-12).
Prionotropis echinatus Douvillé, 1931: 34, pl. 3 (figs 1-5), pl. 4 (figs 1-3).
Neocardioceras (echinatum) (Douvillé) Spath, 1931: 316.
UPPERMOST CENOMANIAN-BASAL TURONIAN AMMONITES FROM SALINAS, ANGOLA 107
Kanabiceras septemseriatum (Cragin) Matsumoto, 19595: 99, pl. 24 (fig. la—c). Powell 1963a:
316, pl. 31 (figs 9-10). Matsumoto et al., 1969: 279, pl. 37 (figs 1-3). Cobban & Scott,
1972: 25 pila I2i(iss S27):
Lyelliceras stanislausense Anderson, 1958: 247, pl. 8 (fig. 5).
Diagnosis
Shell very evolute (umbilicus 32-44% of diameter), inflated, with wide
shallow umbilicus. Whorl section varies from almost quadrate to strongly
depressed (W/H = 1,12-1,57). Ornament highly variable. Ribbing very weak to
prominent, prorsiradiate, with prominent umbilical and lower ventro-lateral
septate spines. Upper ventro-lateral spines or clavi more numerous than lower
ventro-lateral spines. Ribbing projected strongly forwards on the venter so as to
meet the serrated siphonal keel at an acute angle. The keel may be strongly
serrated or only a row of weakly joined tubercles. On either side of the keel are
sulci which may be very deep or almost non-existent. Intercalated ribs and striae
of various strength are common on the flanks.
Description
This species is one of the most abundant members of the Salinas fauna and
consequently the intra-specific variation can be more readily judged. The orna-
mentation of this species is highly variable. All the specimens have their recrystal-
lized shell preserved.
The shell is very evolute, the preceding whorl being covered to the lower
ventro-lateral tubercles, with a generally depressed whorl section; polygonal
costally but with a rounded intercostal section. The umbilicus is wide and shal-
low, the umbilical shoulder well rounded and occasionally impressed to accom-
modate the prominent, but irregularly developed, lower ventro-lateral spines of
the preceding whorl.
The ribbing of this species is highly variable; in some examples the ribbing
dominates the ornament (Fig. 4F—G) whereas in others ribbing is subordinate
and spines predominate (Fig. 1OB—C). There is a morphological gradation of
specimens between these two end members.
In SAM-PCA2761 (Fig. 12E-F) ribs arise at the umbilical seam and are
faintly rursiradiate to the umbilical bullae, which are most strongly developed
on the earlier whorls. From these bullae the ribs pass forward (prorsiradiate) to
the lower ventro-lateral tubercles, which are again very irregularly developed.
On the earlier whorls they seem to have been, almost invariably, obliquely
clavate, but as diameter increases they become swollen and rounded and many
form the bases of long septate spines, although not every tubercle developed into
a spine. From these lower ventro-lateral tubercles the ribs flex strongly forwards
to join prominent upper ventro-lateral clavi close to the siphonal line. There are
far more upper ventro-lateral clavi than lower ventro-lateral tubercles. The upper
ventro-lateral clavi are separated from the serrated keel by prominent sulci
across which the ribbing is very weakly developed. There are more serrations to
108 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Z f\
eae \
f MNS “7
\ NX “f/f
7
-
PE eae ~
—-=5
4)
Ww //
NEN of
XN
eas G »
/
ve
7
Fig. 28. Euomphaloceras (Kanabiceras) septemseriatum (Cragin). < 1. Whorl sections.
A. SAM-PCA2736. B. SAM-PCA2810. C. SAM-PCA2742. x 1.
the keel than upper ventro-lateral clavi. Fine ribs and growth striae may be inter-
calated between main ribs. In this example tuberculation forms a subordinate
part of the ornament. The greatest width is at mid-flank.
In SAM-PCA2835 (Fig. 12G—H) tuberculation is again very poorly
developed, whilst there are only about seven major ribs per half whorl. Between
these, however, are numerous thread-like, flexuous lirae, all of which bear upper
ventro-lateral clavi, but rarely lower ventro-lateral tubercles.
The inner whorls of SAM-—PCA2876 are very similar to the preceding
example, but on the outer whorl the fine ribbing is virtually lost and it becomes
even more coarsely ribbed than SAM-—PCA2761. SAM—PCA2279 shows a further
stage of development towards the effacement of ribbing. The major ribs are very
distant, with only a few intercalated ribs, whilst the former have very prominent
umbilical bullae, lower ventro-lateral tubercles and upper ventro-lateral clavi.
The sulci separating the keel are very deep.
SAM-PCA2797 (Figs 10B-—C) is an extreme individual in which virtually all
ribbing is lost and tubercles dominate the ornament. Weak, prorsiradiate ribbing
is evident to about 10 mm diameter, with short spines already impressed in the
succeeding whorl. The ribbing, however, is far coarser at this stage than at later
growth stages of many other examples, i.e. SAM-—PCA2827 (Fig. 26A-B).
Beyond this growth stage ribbing 1s effaced entirely and the ornament comprises
occasional, very irregularly developed, umbilical bullae, of which there are 5 on
the outer whorl, equally irregular lower ventro-lateral tubercles of which there
are 13 on the outer whorl, 7 of which represent the bases of long, septate spines
which pointed diagonally outwards. These are preserved impressed in the penulti-
UPPERMOST CENOMANIAN-BASAL TURONIAN AMMONITES FROM SALINAS, ANGOLA 109
mate whorl where they attain a length of 5 mm at only 10 mm diameter. The
upper ventro-lateral clavi are more distant than in the other specimens, but still
far outnumber their lower counterparts. The ventral sulci are weakly developed,
forming two shallow grooves on either side of the keel. The serrated keel is
formed by the joining together of the asymmetrical siphonal tubercles which are
steepest adapically.
SAM-—PCA2826 (Fig. 18G—H) is very similar to the previous example but
differs in the extreme depression of the whorl section.
A probable pathological example is SAM—PCA2742 (Fig. 19K-L) which,
up to a diameter of 35 mm, shows all the typical characters of this species.
Immediately beyond this diameter, without any transitional stage, all ribbing and
much of the tuberculation is entirely lost. The upper ventro-lateral clavi, the
ventral sulci and the siphonal keel are all lost, leaving a smooth, broad, slightly
convex venter. All ribbing on the flanks is lost, save fine growth lines, and the
ornament comprises paired umbilical tubercles, which have now moved up to
mid-flank, and ventro-lateral spines.
In another specimen, SAM—PCA2738, at about the same growth stage as
the previous example, all the typical Kanabiceras features are retained.
SAM-—PCA2736 differs from the other specimens from these beds in having its
greatest width at the umbilical shoulder. In this specimen the upper ventro-lateral
clavi have become very irregular, with some representing swollen spine bases,
whilst others have been suppressed to fine rib proportions. The ventral sulci are
absent and the serrated keel has broken up into a row of irregular tubercles.
Measurements
No. D H Wi Wi/H Uo Ui
SAM-—PCA2797 40 16 (40) 19 (48) 1,18 19 14 (35)
y 20 9 (45) 11 (55) oe 9 8 (40)
SAM-PCA2827 50 18@6) 2560) 1,39 26 18 (36)
: 28 11 (39) 14 (50) ty IG 12 (43)
SAM-PCA2738 46 19(41) 26 (56) 136 D5 16 (35)
40 16 (40) 18 (45) 2 ? 14 (35)
SAM-PCA281 1 25 9 (36) 12 (48) 133° 0713 10 (40)
SAM-PCA2835 D) 9 (41) 12 (55) 1,33 ? 7 (32)
SAM-PCA2761 31 12 (39) 15 (48) [5 12 10 (32)
: 16 7 (44) 9 (56) 129 0 7 (44)
SAM-PCA2785 22 7 (32) 11 (50) lead ? 8 (36)
- 18 6 (33) 8 (44) 1,33 8 6 (33)
SAM-PCA2742 5] 17 (33) 19 (37) 1,12 ? ?
. 37 14 (38) 17 (46) |, 22 ? 13 (35)
SAM-PCA2756 ? 13 15 1,15 ? ?
SAM-PCA2826 ? 2 17 1,42 ? ?
SAM-PCA2829 18 8 (44) 11 (61) Lai ? ?
110 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Discussion
As noted by previous authors (Matsumoto 19595; Powell 1963), this is a
highly variable species in which no two specimens are alike. The whorl section
varies from almost quadrate to strongly depressed. Ribbing may be dominant to
almost absent. Tuberculation may be very weak to extremely pronounced. The
ventral sulci may be very deep to almost absent. The serrated siphonal keel 1s the
most persistent character but it too may sometimes be represented by only a
weakly connected row of siphonal tubercles. In a single (pathological ?) specimen
it is entirely lost.
Matsumoto (1959b) and Cobban & Scott (1972) have already shown that
the American species Kanabiceras kanabense (Stanton) and Lyelliceras stanis-
lausense Anderson do not bear separation from K. septemseriatum. The present
study also confirms Prionotropis echinatus Douvillé to be a junior subjective
synonym of K. septemseriatum.
Kanabiceras wyomingense Reeside & Weymouth (1931: 12, pl. 1 (fig. 14)) is
a crushed Neogastroplites cornutum (Whiteaves) (Reeside & Cobban 1960: 67).
The Lower Turonian Kanabiceras puebloense Cobban & Scott (1972: 73,
pl. 15 (figs 8-9), pl. 37 (figs 1-8), pl. 38 (fig. 1)) differs from K. septemseriatum in
having more prominent uniform ribbing which, on the outer whorls at least,
dominates the sculpture. It may be a Kamerunoceras.
The Kanabiceras sp. of Freund & Raab (1969: 9, pl. 1 (figs 3-6)) may or may
not belong to this genus. The figured specimens are preserved as internal moulds
and show prominent constrictions. In view of the range of variation shown by
E. (K.) septemseriatum, together with the fact that the Israeli material comes from
more or less the same stratigraphical level, they might be conspecific. Alterna-
tively, they might possibly belong to Euomphaloceras s.s. or even represent
juveniles of Schindewolfites or Kamerunoceras.
Occurrence
Euomphaloceras (Kanabiceras) septemseriatum (Cragin) is a widespread
species, diagnostic of uppermost Cenomanian strata, and recorded from North
America (Texas, Colorado, Montana, Kansas, Mexico, Utah, Arizona, Cali-
fornia), Japan, Angola, Nigeria, France and England.
Subfamily Metoicoceratinae Hyatt, 1903
Genus Metoicoceras Hyatt, 1903
Type species Ammonites swallovi Shumard, 1861
Discussion
Metoicoceras is a typically uppermost Cenomanian genus (Kennedy &
Juignet 1973), derived from the slightly earlier Thomelites (Wright & Kennedy
in Juignet et al. 1973), and giving rise to the Lower Turonian Jeanrogericeras.
Jeanrogericeras in turn gave rise to the middle and upper Turonian Spathites
from which was derived (according to C. W. Wright, in /itt.) the lower Coniacian
UPPERMOST CENOMANIAN-BASAL TURONIAN AMMONITES FROM SALINAS, ANGOLA 111
Buchiceras. From the host of species described, the majority of which have until
now been regarded as endemic, there can be little doubt that species populations
show a wide range of morphological variation, and that former narrowly defined
species limits will break down when large collections are studied.
At present, Metoicoceras is known abundantly from the Western Interior of
North America (Shumard 1861; Hyatt 1903; Moreman 1927, 1942; Haas 1949;
Cobban 1953; Stephenson 1955; Young 1957, 1958), from Europe (d’Orbigny
1842; Petrascheck 1902; Leriche 1905; de Grossouvre 1912; Karrenberg 1935),
Israel (Avnimelech & Shoresh 1962), Nigeria (Reyment 1955), Angola (Douvillé
Fig. 29. Metoicoceras geslinianum (d’Orbigny). x 1. Lateral view of the crushed ‘neotype’,
preserved as a composite internal mould. x 1.
i ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
1931; Cooper 1972, 1974), Morocco (Collignon 1963), Brazil (Reyment & Tait
1972a), and Madagascar (Collignon 1964).
In the Montana-Wyoming area of the Western Interior, Cobban (1953)
recognized four levels of Metoicoceras:
M. whitei (youngest zone)
M. mosbyense
M. n. sp. (densely ribbed form)
M. praecox (oldest zone)
Of these four levels only the youngest, the level of M. whitei, corresponds to the
Sciponoceras gracile Zone. It seems likely therefore, that Metoicoceras first
appears at a somewhat earlier level in the Upper Cenomanian of North America
than elsewhere, and that this region acted as an evolutionary pool prior to the
somewhat later world-wide dispersal of the genus, a dispersal probably related
to the late Cenomanian eustatic transgression (Cooper 1974).
As herein interpreted, the Metoicoceratinae includes the following genera:
Thomelites, Metoicoceras, Jeanrogericeras, Spathites and Buchiceras.
Metoicoceras gibbosum Hyatt, 1903
Figs 21A-C, 30
Metoicoceras gibbosum Hyatt, 1903: 121, pl. 15 (figs 5-8). Moreman, 1927: 96, pl. 14 (fig. 4).
Adkins, 1928: 248. Moreman, 1942: 211.
Mammites gibbosum (Hyatt) de Grossouvre, 1912: 25.
Buchiceras swallovi (Shumard) White, 1876: 202, pl. 20 (fig. la—c). Stanton 1893: 168, pl. 37
(fig. 1), pl. 38 (figs 1-3). Hill, 1901: pl. 40 (fig. 2).
Metoicoceras whitei Hyatt, 1903: 122, pl. 13 (figs 3-5), pl. 14 (figs 1-10, 15). Grabau & Shimer,
1910: 197, text-fig. 1457c-e. Moreman, 1927: 94, pl. 15 (fig. 1). Adkins, 1928: 249, pl. 26
(figs 1-2). Moreman, 1942: 210. Shimer & Shrock, 1944: 591, pl. 245 (figs 8-10). Cobban
& Scott, 1972: 74, pl. 14 (figs 3-4, 9-11), pl. 16 (figs 1-2), text-fig. 34.
Metoicoceras kanabense Hyatt, 1903: pl. 15 (figs 9-11).
Mammites kanabensis (Hyatt) de Grossouvre, 1912: 24.
Metoicoceras acceleratum Hyatt, 1903: 127, pl. 14 (figs 11-14). Adkins, 1928: 249.
Mammites acceleratum (Hyatt) de Grossouvre, 1912: 25.
Metoicoceras ornatum Moreman, 1942: 211, pl. 32 (fig. 4).
Metoicoceras aff. ornatum Moreman, Reyment, 1955: 47, pl. 9 (figs 6-7). Collignon 1963: 34,
pl. 19 (figs 1-2).
Metoicoceras aff. mosbyense Cobban, Collignon, 1963: 35, pl. 19 (fig. 3).
Metoicoceras cf. whitei Hyatt, Cooper, 1972: 248; 1974: 82, 86.
? Metoicoceras aff. whitei Hyatt, Bose, 1918: 203, pl. 12 (figs 4-7).
Pulchellia caicedoi Douvillé (non Karsten), 1931: 26, pl. 2 (fig. 1a—b).
? Metoicoceras besairei Collignon, 1964: 149, figs 1628-1629.
Barroisiceras trinodosum Moreman, 1927: 212, pl. 33 (figs 1-2).
? Metoicoceras bései Jones, 1938: 127, pl. 10 (figs 1-3).
? Metoicoceras swallovi macrum Stephenson, 1952: 209, pl. 51 (figs 4-7).
Description
Only one example of this genus was collected from Salinas, and it may now
be added to the ‘Pulchellia caicedoi’ described by Douvillé (1931), as the only two
representatives of Metoicoceras from the Salinas beds.
The specimen is a wholly septate phragmocone with the recrystallized test
preserved. It is very involute, compressed, with broad convex flanks converging
UPPERMOST CENOMANIAN-BASAL TURONIAN AMMONITES FROM SALINAS, ANGOLA 113
towards the very narrow venter (Fig. 30). On the flanks, initially straight, later
slightly flexuous, ribs arise at the umbilicus from very weak umbilical bullae and
broaden markedly towards the venter. The ribbing on the inner portion of the
flanks, closest to the umbilicus, is very faint and indistinct on the adoral half of
the outer whorl. Between all long ribs there are almost invariably 1-2 ribs inter-
calated at about mid-flank. At the venter there are about 30 ribs on the outer
whorl, with rib terminations broader than the interspaces. All ribs bear strong
upper and weak lower ventro-lateral clavi, the latter weakening noticeably with
age. Broad low ribs connect the upper ventro-lateral tubercles across the venter
on the adoral portion of the outer whorl. The narrow venter is distinctly concave
on the adapical portion of the outer whorl, but as tuberculation weakens it
becomes tabulate. The greatest width is at mid-flank.
Measurements
No. D H W H/W U
SAM-—PCA2714 84 51 (61) 29 (35) 1,76 7 (8,3)
. 57 28 (49) 20 (35) 1,40 ?
Discussion
The following ontogenetic features are apparent in the Angolan example
before the writer: the shell becomes more compressed with age, the tuberculation
weakens (especially the lower ventro-lateral clavi) considerably, the venter is
showing the tendency, so typical amongst described forms, to round with
Fig. 30. Metoicoceras gibbosum Hyatt, SAM—PCA2714.
Whorl section. x 1.
114 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
maturity, and flank ribbing weakens and becomes flexuous.
A score of ‘species’ have been described from western Europe and the
Western Interior of North America. Casts of much of the North American type
material, as well as photographs of the European types, kindly shown to the
writer by W. J. Kennedy, leave no doubt whatsoever that the species of this genus
are highly variable, and that the majority of described forms are merely nominal
species.
Metoicoceras whitei Hyatt (1903: 122, pl. 13 (figs 3-5), pl. 14 (figs 1-10, 15))
was erected for one of Shumard’s (1861) syntypes of Ammonites swallovi
(Stephenson 1952), the types of which are now lost. Hyatt’s (1903, pl. 13 (figs
3—-5)) paratype still remains (USNM 29408) and shows the following features:
shell compressed, involute on the inner whorls, with weak, but distinct, umbilical
bullae giving rise to prorsiradiate ribs which broaden ventrally. There are
about 9 such umbilical bullae (and main ribs) at a diameter of about 85 mm.
Between main ribs there are generally 2 intercalatories. All ribs are ornamented
with upper and lower ventro-lateral tubercles. On the body chamber, tubercula-
tion weakens considerably, the venter rounds, the umbilical bullae are lost,
and ribbing coarsens so that there is only a single intercalatory between main
ribs. There are 30 ribs on the outer whorl.
Metoicoceras gibbosum Hyatt (1903: 121, pl. 15 (figs 5—8)) was founded ona
single specimen differing from M. whitei only in being slightly more inflated,
apparently lacking umbilical bullae and in having fewer (25) ribs on the outer
whorl. Cobban & Scott (1972) regarded M. gibbosum and M. whitei as con-
specific, placing the former into the synonymy of the latter. The writer concurs
with these authors in regarding M. whitei and M. gibbosum as synonyms. How-
ever, contrary to Cobban & Scott (1972), the name gibbosum has page priority
over whitei, and is thus the valid name.
Metoicoceras kanabense Hyatt (1903, pl. 15 (figs 9-11)) was figured but not
described. It is a juvenile, strongly compressed and very involute, with about 28
prorsiradiate ribs on the outer whorl. Umbilical bullae are very weak or absent.
All ribs are ornamented with upper ventro-lateral clavi, although lower ventro-
lateral tuberculation appears to be absent. This species comes from the same
horizon as M. gibbosum and is probably a synonym.
Metoicoceras acceleratum Hyatt (1903: 127, pl. 14 (figs 11-14)) is another
species based on a juvenile. It is not, at present, directly comparable with the
other species but, so far as can be judged from the photograph, is probably not
distinct from M. gibbosum.
Stephenson (1952) has discussed Metoicoceras swallovi (Shumard); Shumard
(1861) failed to illustrate his material, which is now lost. Stephenson (1952: 208)
considered M. swallovi to show the following features: shell compressed, relatively
evolute, with a moderately deep umbilicus; umbilical seam egresses markedly on
the body chamber; outer whorl with 28 ribs, fewer on inner whorls, which are
slightly prorsiradiate on the inner whorls but recurve on the body chamber so
as to become convex adorally; at a diameter of about 60 mm there are 7 promi-
UPPERMOST CENOMANIAN-BASAL TURONIAN AMMONITES FROM SALINAS, ANGOLA pis
nent swollen umbilical tubercles per whorl which on the final whorl become more
numerous and bullate; each tubercle gives rise to a single main rib, with 1-2
intercalatories on the inner whorls. Ribbing weakens towards the aperture; all
ribs are ornamented with upper and lower ventro-lateral clavi, although the
latter become obsolete on the body chamber; the narrow venter remains tabulate
on the body chamber, while the upper ventro-lateral clavi remain strong through-
out ontogeny.
Metoicoceras swallovi differs from M. gibbosum in being relatively more
evolute, with more prominent, rounded umbilical tubercles, and in that the
ribbing recurves on the body chamber. The strength of the umbilical tubercles
has long been regarded as a diagnostic characteristic of many Metoicoceras
species. So far as the writer 1s able to judge, this character is highly variable and
its value in taxonomy has been overestimated.
Metoicoceras swallovi macrum Stephenson (1952: 209, pl. 51 (figs 4-7)) was
said to differ from M. swallovi in being more compressed and with bullate
umbilical tubercles in the early growth stages. This subspecies would seem merely
to point to transitional forms between M. gibbosum and M. swallovi.
Metoicoceras mosbyense Cobban (1953: 48, pl. 6 (figs 1-14), pl. 7 (figs 1-3))
is a large species (? macroconch), very involute on the inner whorls but becoming
rather evolute at large diameters. The inner whorls show prominent umbilical
bullae, about 10 per whorl, giving rise to slightly prorsiradiate ribs, between
which are |—2 intercalatories. At the venter, at about 40 mm diameter, there are
about 30 ribs per whorl. All ribs are ornamented with upper and lower ventro-
lateral tubercles up to a diameter of 45 mm when the lower ventro-lateral tubercles
become obsolete. At about 110 mm diameter the upper ventro-lateral clavi are
lost and the venter becomes rounded. Also at this stage the ribs coarsen and
become more robust, numbering only about 24 per whorl. This species was
distinguished from M. whitei (= M. gibbosum) in its loss of lower ventro-lateral
tubercles at small diameters.
Metoicoceras muelleri Cobban (1953: 49, pl. 6 (figs 15-16), pl. 8 (figs 1-7),
pl. 9) is a compressed species with about 32 sigmoidal ribs per whorl at small
growth stages, but ribbing coarsens on the outer whorl when there may only be
20. The lower ventro-lateral tubercles are lost at only 11 mm diameter. Cobban
(1953) noted transitions between this species and the contemporaneous M. mos-
byense, suggesting that the differences are not specific. The large size attained by
M. mosbyense suggests that the differences might be sexual.
Metoicoceras defordi Young (1957: 1169, pl. 149 (figs 1-8), text-fig. la, e,
g, 1) is a compressed species, very involute on the inner whorls but becoming
rather evolute on the outer whorls as the umbilical seam egresses. There are
about 30 prorsiradiate ribs per whorl at 70 mm diameter, of which about one-
quarter are long ribs ornamented with prominent umbilical bullae. There are
generally 2 intercalatories between main ribs. The venter remains concave until
about 100 mm diameter, after which it becomes tabulate, finally becoming
rounded at diameters of about 150 mm. According to Young (1957: 1171)
116 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
‘Metoicoceras defordi, n. sp., in whorl section and ornamentation appears to be
related to M. whitei Hyatt, but the species is older than M. whitei, and the earlier
disappearance of one pair of shoulder nodes and especially the flat topped ribs
in the penultimate whorls and on the body whorls serve to separate the two
species. The flat-topped ribs would appear to be a specific specialization not
transmitted to any younger known species of the genus.’
Metoicoceras irwini Moreman (1927: 92, pl. 13 (figs 3—4)) is a compressed,
very involute species with about 32 prorsiradiate ribs, broadening ventrally on
the outer whorl, half of which is body chamber. Prior to the start of the body
chamber all ribs are ornamented with weak lower ventro-lateral tubercles and
prominent upper ventro-lateral clavi. On the adapical half of the outer whorl the
venter is tabulate, presumably becoming rounded on the body chamber. The
inner parts of the flanks are almost smooth and appear to be lacking in ornament.
On the early parts of the body chamber the ribs are distinctly convex towards the
aperture, but they straighten out adorally. This species is almost identical to
M. dumasi (Pervinquiére) which is probably not separable from M. geslinianum.
Metoicoceras boesei Jones (1938: 127, pl. 10 (figs 1-3)) is based on a poorly
preserved holotype which shows the following features: shell compressed, rela-
tively evolute. Fairly prominent umbilical bullae gives rise to one, rarely two,
prorsiradiate main ribs which broaden ventrally. There are 2-3 intercalatories
between main ribs. All ribs are ornamented with weak upper and lower ventro-
lateral clavi. Ribs pass weakly across the narrow, tabulate venter. There were
probably about 28 ribs on the outer whorl. This species differs from M. gibbosum
and the Angolan example only in being more evolute.
Metoicoceras ornatum Moreman (1942: 211, pl. 32 (fig. 4)) is a compressed
species, involute on the inner whorls but becoming rather evolute as the umbilical
seam egresses. Long ribs arise from rather prominent umbilical bullae and are
separated by 1-2 intercalatories. There are 21 ribs on the outer whorl, all of
which broaden ventrally and are ornamented with prominent upper and lower
ventro-lateral clavi to large growth stages. In the paratype, the ribbing becomes
very coarse on the body chamber and forms prominent folds across the venter.
This species occurs side by side with M. whitei (Moreman 1927: 93) (= M. gib-
bosum) and the writer does not regard the differences as of specific status.
‘Barroisiceras’ trinodosum Moreman (1927: 212, pl. 33 (figs 1—2)) is con-
sidered by Cobban & Scott (1972: 63) to be a pathological example of M. whitei.
‘Barroisiceras’ brittonense Moreman (1927: 212, pl. 33 (fig. 3)) is possibly also a
pathological Metoicoceras.
Metoicoceras latoventer Stephenson (1952: 209, pl. 51 (figs 4-7)) is an
involute, compressed form in which the umbilical seam egresses markedly on the
outer whorl. The final whorl bears 19 slightly sinuous, prorsiradiate ribs generally
alternating long and short. Long ribs (13 to 15 per whorl) bear prominent conical
umbilical tubercles up to 25 mm diameter, whereafter they become bullate. On
the inner whorls all ribs are ornamented with lower ventro-lateral tubercles and
upper ventro-lateral clavi, which become obsolete on the body chamber. Up to
UPPERMOST CENOMANIAN-BASAL TURONIAN AMMONITES FROM SALINAS, ANGOLA 117
about 25 mm diameter the juvenile shell shows a weak row of siphonal clavi.
This species differs from M. gibbosum in being more evolute, with more numerous
umbilical bullae and coarser, more distant flank ribbing.
Metoicoceras crassicostae Stephenson (1952: 210, pl. 58 (figs 6-8)) was based
on a single specimen showing the following features: shell moderately inflated
and rather evolute, with umbilical seam egressing markedly on the outer whorl;
there are about 11 long ribs on the outer whorl which arise from prominent
umbilical bullae; there are sporadic intercalatories between long ribs, with about
18 ribs on the outer whorl; the venter is ‘considerably worn’, but shows signs of
upper and lower ventro-lateral tubercles. Stephenson (1952: 210) distinguished
M. crassicostae from M. latoventer in that ‘the venter of this species is broader
and not quite so flat at a corresponding stage of growth, the ribs are fewer, the
nodes on the umbilical shoulder are much stronger, and the nodes on and near
the ventral angles are weaker’. So far as can be judged, M. crassicostae differs
from M. latoventer in having fewer, more robust umbilical bullae on the
inner whorls. It is thus close to M. swallovi, differing only in its more distant
ribbing.
The North American species of Metoicoceras are at present difficult to
evaluate, since they occur at different stratigraphic horizons and the population
structures appear to differ with time. Thus while the inner whorls of M. defordi
are very similar to M. whitei, Cobban & Scott (1972) consider Young’s slightly
older species to be distinctive. Metoicoceras whitei is itself very close to M. ges-
linianum, in fact it is doubtful whether the juvenile whorls can be distinguished.
Until the American populations are objectively revised and compared with
European material the writer prefers to refer the Angolan material to Metoico-
ceras gibbosum.
‘Metoicoceras’ antiquum (Karrenberg 1935: 139, pl. 31 (fig. 13)) does not
appear to belong to this genus nor indeed the Metoicoceratinae. It is a Lower
Cenomanian species better referred to the Mantelliceratinae.
Metoicoceras bethlehemense (Avnimelech & Shoresh) (1962: 533, pl. 15
(fig. 3)) is a strongly compressed (crushed ?) form with prorsiradiate ribs through-
out ontogeny. Main ribs arise singly or in pairs from fairly prominent umbilical
bullae, with 1—2 intercalatories between long ribs. On the inner whorls the flank
ribs are distinctly flexuous. Upper ventro-lateral clavi are retained to maturity,
although the lower ventro-lateral tubercles are lost on the body chamber. This
species is doubtfully separable from M. gibbosum.
Ammonites geslinianus d’Orbigny (1850: 146) (Fig. 29) was proposed for
Ammonites catillus d’Orbigny (non Sowerby) (1840: 325, pl. 97 (figs 1-2)) from
the uppermost Cenomanian of Lamnay, Sarthe. D’Orbigny’s synthetograph,
highly idealized as was frequently the case, shows a very compressed form, very
involute (although the umbilical seam egresses markedly on the final whorl), and
with flexuous ribs (about 30 per whorl) broadening rapidly towards the venter.
Ribs arise singly or in pairs from fairly distinct umbilical bullae, with 1-2 inter-
calatories between main ribs. On the final whorl all ribs are ornamented with
118 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
upper ventro-lateral] clavi only, the lower ventro-lateral tubercles having become
obsolete at an early growth stage. Sornay (1955, fiche 11, figs 3-4) refigured
d’Orbigny’s example, showing the ribbing to become very slightly convex adorally
on the body chamber, at which stage, also, the venter becomes rounded. This
adorally convex ribbing is well shown by Metoicoceras pontieri Leriche (1905:
120, pl. 2) which Wright & Kennedy (in Juignet et a/. 1973) consider a junior
subjective synonym of M. geslinianum.
Metoicoceras geslinianum (d’Orbigny) appears to differ from M. gibbosum
and the Angolan example, only in losing its lower ventro-lateral tubercles at
small sizes, and in the recurvature of the flanks ribs on the body chamber.
Wright & Kennedy (in Juignet et al. 1973) considered Metoicoceras petraschecki
(de Grossouvre) (1912: 22, pl. 2 (fig. 2)), M. bureaui (de Grossouvre) (1912: 22,
pl. 1 (fig. 2)) and M. dumasi (de Grossouvre) (1912: 23, pl. 2 (fig. 1)) as probable
synonyms of M. geslinianum.
Metoicoceras gourdoni (de Grossouvre) (1912: 20, pl. 1 (fig. 1)) is a relatively
evolute species with 6 prominent umbilical bullae on the penultimate whorl, from
which arise coarse, robust, almost rectiradiate ribs which broaden ventrally. On
the adoral portion of the outer whorl the ribbing becomes convex adorally.
There is a single intercalatory between main ribs on the outer whorl, with 21 ribs
per whorl. Unless there are two or more intercalatories between main ribs on the
inner whorls, which seems likely, juveniles are equally distantly ribbed. At the
largest growth size, which includes about a half-whorl of body chamber, there
are prominent upper and lower ventro-lateral tubercles. The most distinctive
features of MM. gourdoni are, therefore, its relatively evolute form, distant, robust
ribbing and the persistence of the ventro-lateral tubercles to large diameters.
These features serve to distinguish the holotype from M. geslinianum.
Metoicoceras stoliczkai Sastry & Matsumoto (1967: 2, pl. 1 (fig. 1)) from
the topmost beds of the Utatur Group of southern India differs from all other
Metoicoceras species in having a deep, crater-like umbilicus, with steep umbilical
walls. This feature, together with the suture-line, suggests it is better referred to
the Lower Turonian Jeanrogericeras. Indeed, it would appear to be conspecific
with J. binicostatum (Petrascheck) (cf. Wiedmann 1964: 126, figs 10-11).
Collignon (1964) described a number of species of Metoicoceras, supposedly
from the ‘Lower’ Cenomanian of Madagascar. Almost all the typical Upper
Cenomanian species recorded from Madagascar are reported from this “Zone a
Mantelliceras mantelli et Calycoceras newboldi’, and leave little doubt that the
faunas of this zone represent collecting from different palaeontological horizons.
However, it is difficult to ascertain whether they represent true Metoicoceras or
are homoeomorphous mantelliceratinids allied to Utaturiceras and Graysonites.
Metoicoceras swalloviforme Collignon (1964: 149, fig. 1627) is a moderately
evolute species with about 11 fairly prominent umbilical bullae on the outer
whorl, from which arise slightly prorsiradiate ribs. Between long ribs there is
generally an intercalatory, so that there are 22 ribs on the outer whorl. All ribs
are ornamented with small, pointed lower ventro-lateral tubercles and prominent
UPPERMOST CENOMANIAN-BASAL TURONIAN AMMONITES FROM SALINAS, ANGOLA 119
upper ventro-lateral clavi. This species was said to differ from M. swallovi in
whorl section and details of the suture-line. As noted by Hyatt (1903), however,
the suture-line is highly variable. The main difference from M. swallovi appears
to be in the more robust, distant ribbing of M. swalloviforme, and in being some-
what more inflated. It is thus close to M. crassicostae Stephenson.
Metoicoceras besairiei Collignon (1964: 149, figs 1628-1629) is a compressed
species with flat flanks, a very narrow umbilicus and a concave venter. Ornament
comprises 10-12 long ribs, with weak umbilical bullae, between which are 1-2
intercalatories. The ribs are prorsiradiate, and number about 17 ribs per half
whorl. All ribs are ornamented with lower ventro-lateral tubercles and upper
ventro-lateral clavi. Metoicoceras besairiei was said to differ from M. whitei in
having more flexous ribbing, maximum width near the umbilicus and in differ-
ences in the suture-line. The differences are slight.
Metoicoceras sakarahense Collignon (1964: 150, figs 1630-1632) shows the
following features: the ribbing is very fine; main ribs are slightly more prominent
than the intercalatories, and are slightly flexous, prorsiradiate, with weak
umbilical bullae; between 2 and 4 intercalatories between main ribs; all ribs are
ornamented with upper and lower ventro-lateral tubercles; on the adoral portion
of the outer whorl, the ribbing forms a chevron across the venter; there are at
least 42 ribs per whorl.
Metoicoceras fasciculatum Collignon (1964: 151, fig. 1633) was charac-
terized by the sinuous, fasciculate nature of the ribbing. It is a small species, very
involute, with flat, parallel flanks. There are about 23 very sinuous main ribs
which arise at the umbilicus. Of these, some are simple while others give rise, at
various levels on the flanks, to 2—3 secondaries, so that there are 40 ribs at the
venter of the outer whorl. Umbilical tubercles appear to be lacking, although
some of the ribs may be weakly flared near the umbilicus. All ribs are ornamented
with upper and lower ventro-lateral tubercles. Ribbing forms a weak chevron
across the venter.
Thus, of 27 described ‘species’ of Metoicoceras, two (M. antiquum Karren-
berg and M. stoliczkai Sastry & Matsumoto) do not belong to this genus, while
M. gibbosum Hyatt includes amongst its synonyms M. whitei Hyatt, M. kana-
bense Hyatt, M. acceleratum Hyatt, M. ornatum Moreman and possibly also
M. boesei Jones, M. bethlehemense (Avnimelech & Shoresh) and M. besairiei
Collignon. Metoicoceras muelleri Cobban and M. defordi Young are possible
synonyms of M. mosbyense, while probable synonyms of M. geslinianum include
M. pontieri Leriche, M. bureaui (de Grossouvre), M. petraschecki (de Gros-
souvre), M. dumasi (de Grossouvre), M. gourdoni (de Grossouvre) and M. irwini
Moreman. Metoicoceras crassicostae Stephenson and M. latoventer Stephenson
are doubtfully separable contemporaneous species, while M. swallovi is not well .
known and its affinities are unclear. The difficulties associated with the Madagas-
can species have already been noted; M. swalloviforme appears to belong to the
swallovi-crassicostae group, while M. sakarahense Collignon and M. fasciculatum
Collignon are doubtfully separable.
120 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Occurrence
Metoicoceras gibbosum is recorded from the uppermost Cenomanian of
Texas, Mexico, the Western Interior, Morocco, Nigeria and Angola, and is
possibly also present in the Middle East and Madagascar.
Subfamily Mammitinae Hyatt, 1900
Genus Watinoceras Warren, 1930
Type species Watinoceras reesidei Warren, 1930
(= Acanthoceras amudariense Arkhangel’skii, 1916)
1930 Watinoceras Warren
1954 Benueites Reyment
Discussion
As diagnosed by Wright (in Arkell et al. 1957: L416), Watinoceras shows
the following features: ‘Early whorls compressed, finely ribbed, with inner and
outer ventro-lateral and siphonal tubercles as in Neocardioceras, but siphonal
row soon lost; later, venter may be concave between rows of ventro-lateral clavi
or rounded, with ribs passing over in chevrons; ornament usually coarsens with
age.’
Wright’s (in Arkell et al. 1957) diagnosis was based upon ‘Acanthoceras’
amudariense Arkhangel’skii (1916: 48, pl. 7 (figs 8-13)) and undescribed forms
from Devonshire said to be transitional from Neocardioceras to Watinoceras
(cf. Reyment 1955: 55). Siphonal tubercles are not known in the holotype of
W. reesidei, nor have they ever been recorded from undoubted species of this
genus. Consequently, contrary to Reyment (1955), any forms possessing siphonal
tubercles are best retained in the genus Neocardioceras, and Watinoceras is
restricted for those species with a quadrituberculate venter at some or all growth
Stages.
On the basis of the North American material, Cobban & Scott (1972: 75)
gave the following, somewhat contrasting diagnosis of Watinoceras: “This is a
moderately evolute genus that has somewhat compressed whorls, narrow but
conspicuous ribs, and umbilical, lower ventro-lateral, and upper ventro-lateral
tubercles of which the upper ventro-lateral ones are the strongest. The siphonal
area is narrow, somewhat flattened, and bordered by the high closely spaced
upper ventro-lateral tubercles. Ribs are prorsiradiate and, on the inner whorls,
sigmoidal. The suture is rather simple and has a wide slightly incised first lateral
saddle and much narrower lateral lobe.’
This conflicting diagnosis is due to the fact that Cobban & Scott (1972) based
their diagnosis of Watinoceras on the apparently immature W. reesidei Warren
and the adult W. coloradoense (Henderson), neither of which shows the change
in ornament exhibited by W. amudariense (Arkhangel’skii).
UPPERMOST CENOMANIAN-BASAL TURONIAN AMMONITES FROM SALINAS, ANGOLA 121
Callomon (1963), in his important work on sexual dimorphism in ammonites,
considered three features to be diagnostic of the attainment of maturity by an
ammonite. These were:
(i) A change in the style of ornament.
(ii) Uncoiling of the umbilical seam.
(iii) Sutural approximation.
The inner whorls of Watinoceras amudariense (Arkhangel’skii) are orna-
mented with upper and lower ventro-lateral tubercles, between which the venter
appears flattish. On the adoral half of the outer whorl, however, the ventro-
lateral tuberculation is lost, the venter becomes rounded, and the ribs form
prominent chevrons across the venter. Moreover, between 15 and 21 mm dia-
meter W. amudariense has an umbilical ratio of 38,8—-39,5 per cent, whereas at the
adoral end of the outer whorl the umbilical ratio is 41,5 per cent. Arkhangel’skii’s
(1916) material would seem to retain recrystallized test, and hence the nature of
the suture-line is unknown. The fact that Watinoceras amudariense shows two of
the features considered diagnostic of maturity (Callomon 1963) is significant, and
the writer regards W. amudariense as mature.
A number of authors (Reyment 1955; Collignon 1963; Cobban & Scott
1972) have regarded ‘Acanthoceras’ amudariense var. horridum Arkhangel’skii
(1916: 49, pl. 8 (figs 8-10, 14-15)) as conspecific with Watinoceras coloradoense
(Henderson), an assignment with which the writer concurs. The latter species,
however, attains diameters of 110 mm (Cobban & Scott 1972), and rather than
lose tuberculation in maturity, the ventro-lateral tubercles become very pro-
nounced, while ribbing coarsens. Cobban & Scott (1972) noted, however, that
an impression of the inner whorls of the holotype of W. coloradoense (Fig. 27)
‘shows strong narrow rectiradiate ribs numbering 15 per half whorl at a diameter
of approximately 24 mm’. The inner whorls thus bear a close resemblance to both
W. amudariense and Watinoceras reesidei Warren. It is thus significant that
Cobban & Scott (1972) record W. reesidei from the same horizon as
W. coloradoense.
Cobban & Scott (1972: 76) considered Warren’s (1930, 1947) type and topo-
type material of Watinoceras reesidei to show the following features: “(The shells)
are moderately evolute, and their umbilical ratio is about 40%. The whorls,
which are higher than wide, are ornamented with numerous narrow slightly
signoidal prorsiradiate ribs of which about every other one extends to the
umbilicus. Each rib bears a small sharp lower ventro-lateral tubercle and a
slightly larger upper ventro-lateral tubercle. Most of the ribs that extend to the
umbilicus have a low bullate umbilical tubercle. The last half whorl of the
holotype has 22 ribs.’
These are the exact features which characterize Watinoceras amudariense
(Arkhangel’skii), except that in the latter species tuberculation is lost at diameters
of the order of 25 mm, whereafter the ribs form chevrons across the venter. Since
none of Warren’s (1930, 1947) material is over 20 mm in diameter the differences
122 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
are not considered significant, and Watinoceras reesidei Warren is considered a
junior subjective synonym of W. amudariense (Arkhangel’skii).
The interesting situation is now arrived at that the small Watinoceras
amudariense occurs side by side with the large Watinoceras coloradoense from
areas as far afield as Alaska (Cobban & Gryc 1961), Alberta (Warren 1930),
Colorado (Cobban & Scott 1972), Turkestan (Arkhangel’skii 1916) and possibly
Morocco (Collignon 1966). As has already been noted, the inner whorls of
W. coloradoense are finely ribbed and thus close to W. amudariense. Indeed, the
rib density of W. reesidei and W. amudariense falls within the range of variation
observed for juvenile W. coloradoense (Fig. 29), and it seems likely that at this
growth stage the two species cannot be separated. The two species W. amudariense
(Arkhangel’skii) and W. coloradoense (Henderson) thus show all the prerequisites
of sexual dimorphism, viz. the inner whorls appear to be indistinguishable; they
attain maturity at greatly differing diameters; the microconch shows a marked
change of ornament on the body chamber and they occur side by side, and con-
sequently are herein interpreted as microconch and macroconch respectively.
The oldest available name is W. coloradoense (Henderson).
The genus Benueites Reyment is very close to Watinoceras, the main points
of difference being that the former has a sulcate venter, finer ribbing and less
regular tuberculation. The differences are merely ones of degrees, and are herein
considered as of only subgeneric status. Of interest is the fact that Reyment
(19715) has recently recorded dimorphism within Benueites, dimorphs being
separated on the basis that ‘one of the pair is ornamented with dense ribs which
are feebly adorned with tubercles, while the other member has much coarser rib-
bing, and usually three rows of tubercles, namely, umbilical, upper and lower
ventro-lateral, the former being mostly more numerous and stronger than the
umbilical row. The ventral furrow of the first group is deep and narrow and
seldom cut by ribs, whereas that of the second category is broad and shallow and
frequently crossed by ribs.’ Whilst Reyment (19715) considered this to be a novel
type of dimorphism, it appears that the differences are largely due to a com-
parison of microconch dimorphs with the middle whorls of the corresponding
macroconch. The genus may now be divided as follows:
W. (Watinoceras). Shell evolute, with prominent ribbing bearing umbilical
and upper and lower ventro-lateral tubercles. Dimorphic; microconchs
small with ventro-lateral tubercles lost on the body chamber, when the
ribs form a chevron across the venter. Macroconch relatively large,
tubercles and ribbing becoming coarser and more prominent with age.
Age: Basal Lower Turonian.
W. (Benueites). Similar to W. (Watinoceras), but microconch with very
reduced tuberculation and a prominent siphonal sulcus across which
ribbing is effaced. Macroconch with coarser ribbing and tuberculation
and a weakly developed ventral sinus across which ribs are weakly con-
nected. Age: Upper Lower Turonian.
UPPERMOST CENOMANIAN-BASAL TURONIAN AMMONITES FROM SALINAS, ANGOLA 123
Watinoceras (Watinoceras) coloradoense (Henderson, 1908) (9)
Figs 18C—D, 19E-F, 31-34
Microconch (3)
Acanthoceras amudariense Arkhangel’skii, 1916: 48, pl. 7 (figs 8-13).
Watinoceras reesidei Warren, 1930: 67, pl. 3 (fig. 2), pl. 4 (figs 9-12). Cobban & Gryc, 1961:
186, pl. 38 (figs 44-49). Hattin, 1965: text-fig. 3. Cobban & Scott, 1972: 75, pl. 27 (figs
7-10), pl. 28 (fig. 4).
? Watinoceras nov. sp. aff. reesidei Warren, Collignon, 1966: 37, pl. 19 (figs 14-15).
Sumitomoceras amudariense (Arkhangel’skii) Matsumoto et al., 1969: 282.
Macroconch (@)
Acanthoceras coloradoense Henderson 1908: 259, pl. 13, figs 10-11.
Acanthoceras amudariense var. horridum Arkhangel’skii, 1916: 49, pl. 8 (figs 8-10).
Gauthiericeras aff. bravaisi (d’Orbigny) Moreman, 1927: 96, pl. 14 (fig. 2).
Watinoceras coloradoense: (Henderson) Reyment, 1955: 57; Collignon 1963: 37. Cobban &
Scott, 1972: 76, pl. 27 (figs 11-19), pl. 28 (figs 1-3, 5-9).
? Watinoceras nov. sp. aff. coloradoense (Henderson) Collignon, 1966: 37, pl. 20 (figs 1-3).
Watinoceras horridum (Arkhangel’skii) Matsumoto et al., 1969: 282.
Description
Two specimens, one beautifully preserved, the other rather crushed, appear
to belong here. Both are entirely septate and have the recrystallized test
preserved.
SAM-PCA2730 (Fig. 18C—D) is rather evolute, with about three-quarters
of the penultimate whorl visible, and has a compressed whorl section, polygonal
costally but rounded intercostally (Fig. 32). The flanks are slightly convex with
maximum width at mid-flank. The umbilicus is moderately wide and rather
deep, with a steep umbilical wall, slightly undercut at the umbilical seam. The
umbilical shoulder is abruptly rounded.
At a diameter of 48 mm there are 41 ribs per whorl, with only 19 arising
from bullae on the umbilical shoulder. These bullae are rather prominent to a
diameter of 38 mm, after which they weaken considerably. Between each main
rib there is invariably a shorter intercalated rib, occasionally two. Ribbing is
strong and sharp, prorsiradiate across the flanks. Up to 25 mm diameter the ribs
are rather rigid and straight, beyond which they become flexuous and convex
forwards. At 38 mm diameter, when the umbilical bullae become obsolete, the
main ribs are seen to continue across the umbilical wall to the umbilical seam.
Ribs are narrowest near the umbilicus and broaden ventrally. At the lower ventro-
lateral clavi the ribs bend forwards to the upper ventro-lateral clavi, crossing the
venter with a slight adoral convexity. Siphonal tubercles are lacking at all visible
growth stages. The ventro-lateral tubercles only become clavate at about the
Same stage as the umbilical tuberculation is lost (38 mm diameter). Prior to this,
prominent bubble-like lower ventro-lateral tubercles occur only on the main ribs,
while similar bubble-like upper ventro-lateral tubercles occur on all ribs. Up to
38 mm diameter the upper ventro-lateral tubercles are distinctly higher than the
ribbing across the venter, so that the venter has a concave aspect. Beyond this
124 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Fig. 31. Watinoceras coloradoense (Henderson). Lateral and ventral views of the holotype.
Note fine ribbing of the inner whorls on the external mould. Photo: W. J. Kennedy. x 1.
Fig. 32. Watinoceras coloradoense (Henderson) (9).
Whorl sections of SAM—PCA2730. x 1.
diameter, the upper ventro-lateral clavi are no higher than the ribbing, giving the
venter a tabulate appearance. The suture-line (Fig. 33) closely resembles that of
Watinoceras coloradoense (Henderson) as figured by Cobban & Scott (1972).
The shell of SAM-—PCA2753 (Fig. 19E-F) is rather evolute, with a moderately
wide umbilicus. The umbilical wall is steep and slightly undercut at the umbilical
seam. The umbilical shoulder is well rounded with broad, flattish flanks.
UPPERMOST CENOMANIAN-BASAL TURONIAN AMMONITES FROM SALINAS, ANGOLA 125
Ornament comprises rather weakly developed umbilical bullae from which arise
slightly prorsiradiate main ribs, separated by 1-2 intercalatories. There are 18
ribs per half whorl, generally with upper and lower ventro-lateral clavi. The
Fig. 33. Watinoceras coloradoense (Henderson) (2). Suture-line of SAM—PCA2730 at about
48 mm diameter.
upper ventro-lateral clavi are very close together and stand out above the
ribbing, giving the venter a concave aspect. There is no sign of siphonal tubercles
at any stage.
Measurements
No. D H W W/H U
SAM-PCA2730 48 21 (44) 17 (35) 0,81 ls) I)
. 35) 16 (46) 12 (34) 0,75 9 (26)
SAM-—PCA2753 4l 17 (41) 13 (Gv) 0,76 14 (34)
Discussion
As shown above, Watinoceras coloradoense (Henderson), W. reesidei Warren
and W. amudariense (Arkhangel’skii) are conspecific, the oldest available name
being W. coloradoense.
There appears to be a wide range of variation, both ontogenetic and intra-
specific, within Henderson’s species. The variation in rib density within the
macroconch is well shown by Cobban & Scott (1972) (see also Fig. 34), while
these authors record 1-3 intercalatories between main ribs in this species.
Arkhangel’skii’s (1916, pl. 8 (figs 8, 14)) juvenile macroconchs, however, show
only simple, main ribs. Moreover, the diameter at which the coarse macroconch
ornament first appears is also variable. Thus, typical ‘Watinoceras coloradoense-
type’ ornament appears at only 25 mm diameter in ‘Acanthoceras’ amudariense
var. horridum, whereas the Angolan example still retains ‘Watinoceras reesidei-
type’ ornament at 48 mm diameter. A similar amount of variation would also
126 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
seem to occur in the first appearance of adult ornament in the microconch. Thus,
‘Acanthoceras’ amudariense is adult at 30 mm diameter, whereas Cobban & Scott
(1972) note that ‘impressions of Watinoceras reesidei from north-western
Montana (Cobban, 1956a, p. 1003-1004) suggest that the adults attain diameters
of 70-80 mm and that the adult whorls are about as densely ribbed as the juvenile
whorls’. It seems likely, however, that some of the specimens interpreted by
Cobban & Scott (1972) as juvenile W. coloradoense are in fact microconchs and,
conversely, some of those interpreted as adult W. reesidei are merely densely
ribbed, immature variants of the macroconch. Consequently, previous records
of these species now need reinvestigation under this new light.
Matsumoto (in Matsumoto et al. 1969) assigned ‘Acanthoceras’ amudariense
to Sumitomoceras, a genus to which it most certainly does not belong. None the
less, it is significant that the Angolan example closely resembles certain species
of Tarrantoceras (= Sumitomoceras), e.g. T. rotatile Stephenson (Fig. 20).
However, in Tarrantoceras, a siphonal row of tubercles persists to large
diameters, and is only lost on the final whorl, while siphonal tubercles are
unrecorded from undoubted Watinoceras.
Family Vascoceratidae Spath, 1925
Discussion
Wright (in Arkell et al. 1957: L418) gave the features of this family as:
‘Derivatives of Acanthoceratinae which rapidly lose ribbing and tuberculation
of that subfamily and are either smooth or bluntly tuberculate or have sparse
coarse ribs. Suture may comprise shallow, irregular and slightly indented or deep
and much indented elements. The whorl section and degree of involution is
variable, even within species. Typically Tethyan in occurrence.’
Within the family Vascoceratidae, Wright (in Arkell et al. 1957) included
the following genera: Nigericeras, Spathites, Gombeoceras, Ezilloella, Paravasco-
ceras, Pachyvascoceras, Vascoceras, Paramammites, Plesiovascoceras, Fagesia,
Thomasites and Neoptychites.
Wiedmann (1959) subdivided the family into two subfamilies, the Vasco-
ceratinae and the Fallotitinae, based on the presence or absence of siphonal
tubercles. The subfamily Fallotitinae, which lacks siphonal tubercles, was
thought to be derived from the Mammitinae, while the Vascoceratinae, with
siphonal tubercles, was considered to have evolved from the Acanthoceratinae.
Within the Fallotitinae, Wiedmann (1964: 127) placed the genera Plesiovasco-
ceras, Fallotites, Paramammites, Ingridella, Spathitoides, Neoptychites and
doubtfully Metasigaloceras. This leaves Nigericeras, Spathites, Gombeoceras,
Ezilloella, Paravascoceras, Pachyvascoceras, Vascoceras, Fagesia and Thomasites
within the Vascoceratinae.
Of all the species of Vascoceras s.s. described by Choffat (1898), Pervin-
quiere (1907), Reyment (19545, 1955), Barber (1957), and Freund & Raab (1969),
no mention is made of siphonal tubercles at any growth stage. Moreover,
through the kindness of P.-Y. Berthou, the writer obtained excellent photographs
127
UPPERMOST CENOMANIAN-BASAL TURONIAN AMMONITES FROM SALINAS, ANGOLA
(CLOT) HOSS 2 URQgoD
Joye Jed Url Byeq *(Sso1d) o[duiexo uejosuy sy} pue ‘(S}Op) (UOSIopudH) asuaopos0jos “yy “(so[>II9) (IS, JosueYyyIY) Wnplisoy “Ted asualappniup - fy
‘(sorenbs) (Lys,JasueyyIV) asuatuppnuup -yy ‘(So[SUPII}) UdLIe AA Japisaas SpsavoulD YY JO SUBUUISOdS IOJ JoJOWILIP ysuIeSe AjISUOP QII JO 10]g “PE ‘SIq
sajoweig
Www O21 ole Ol
Jsoya yey /squs ‘oN
128 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
of all of Choffat’s (1898) specimens, none of which shows siphonal tubercles.
This is confirmed by an examination of the type material (P.-Y. Berthou, pers.
comm.) and would appear to invalidate Wiedmann’s subdivision of the family
Vascoceratidae.
Genus Vascoceras Choffat, 1898
Type species Vascoceras gamai Choffat, 1898
The genus Vascoceras Choffat (type species Vascoceras gamai Choffat, 1898:
54, pl. 7, pl. 8 (fig. 1), pl. 10 (fig. 2), pl. 21) was diagnosed by Barber (1957: 13)
as follows: ‘Shell discoidal, or subglobose; whorls normally largely embracing.
Venter sub-acute, rounded or flattened. Umbilicus steep sided. Early whorls
ornamented with strong umbilical tubercles and fold-like costae which cross the
venter. With age the ornament is lost and the last whorl is normally smooth.
Suture line: three incised broad saddles and three bifid or denticulate lobes.’
The genus Paravascoceras Furon (type species Vascoceras cauvini Chudeau,
1909: 67, pls 1-3) was considered by Freund & Raab (1969) to include the
synonyms Pachyvascoceras (Furon 1935: 58), Paracanthoceras (Furon 1935: 59),
Broggiiceras (Benavides-Cacéres 1956: 409) and Discovascoceras (Collignon
1957: 11). These authors diagnosed the genus as follows: “Vascoceratids lacking
umbilical tubercles. Compressed and involute at early stages; less involute later.
During growth, there is either a short or a very long stage without any ornament.
Lateral or marginal bulges sometimes appear; prorsiradiate ribs, uninterrupted
crossing the venter, usually appear at a late stage. They rarely attain the umbilical
border. The suture is simple and typical for the family.’
Freund & Raab (1969: 20) considered the most diagnostic feature of Para-
vascoceras to be the absence of umbilical tubercles at early growth stages.
Greenhornoceras (type species Vascoceras (Greenhornoceras) birchbyi Cobban
& Scott 1972: 85, pl. 22, pl. 23 (figs 1-13), pl. 24 (figs 1-12), pl. 25, pl. 26 (figs 5-8,
11-12), pl. 27 (figs 1-6)) was erected as a subgenus of Vascoceras for those forms
differing in being more involute and in maintaining a squarish or rectangular
whorl section. In view of the present systematic chaos within the Vascoceratidae,
the value of this subgenus is questionable.
Plesiovascoceras Spath (type species Ammonites catinus Mantell 1822: 195,
pl. 22 (fig. 10)) was considered by Wright (in Arkell et al. 1957: L419) to show
the following characters: ‘Evolute, with very depressed whorl section; early
whorls with coarse ribs in pairs, interrupted on venter; later whorls almost
smooth apart from very large, blunt umbilical or lateral tubercles. Suture as in
Vascoceras.’
Reeside (1923) described a rich Plesiovascoceras fauna from the upper part
of the Thermopolis Shale Formation of the Colorado Group in southern
Montana. With regard to his material, Reeside (1923: 29) wrote, “The specimens
in hand from Montana are a bit confusing in their relations. The general form,
except perhaps for the width of the umbilicus, would permit an assignment to
UPPERMOST CENOMANIAN-BASAL TURONIAN AMMONITES FROM SALINAS, ANGOLA 129
Fagesia, and the proportions and degree of incision of the suture fit those of
Fagesia better than those of Vascoceras. Moreover, the umbilical tubercles are
prominent, and there are traces of the ventral ribs in even the largest specimens.
The young whorls, however, show distinctly the umbilical and ventral tubercles
of Vascoceras, the umbilicus is wider than shown in most of the figured specimens
of Fagesia, and the suture in every specimen examined shows a pointed first and
second lateral lobe, not bifid. The writer therefore assigns the specimens to
Vascoceras rather than Fagesia.’
Freund & Raab (1969: 33) provided the following diagnosis for Fagesia:
‘Inflated cadicones with large umbilicus. Two to three strong prorsiradiate
ribs which cross the venter uninterruptedly, split from each strong umbilical
tubercle. Ornament preserved until a late stage. In most species the ribs disappear
before the tubercles, and in others, the reverse is true. Outermost whorls usually
smooth. Suture deeply incised and rather complicated relative to the common
one of the family. Three or four high saddles, the first and second often divided
into three branches; lobes narrow, deep, and bifid.’
According to Barber (1957: 131), however, “Comparison of the diagnoses of
Vascoceras s.s., Fagesia and Plesiovascoceras reveals that the differences are of
degree rather than of kind, and no single character may be used to separate the
genera. The shell-shape and the stage at which the ornament is lost are perhaps
the most diagnostic of the characters and therefore young specimens cannot be
definitely assigned to a genus. The suture-line is useful in placing doubtful inter-
mediate forms.’ As such, therefore, Fagesia and Plesiovascoceras are separated
only on sutural details, a difference which is surely not generic.
The genus Gombeoceras Reyment, considered a probable junior synonym of
Thomasites by Basse (1940) and Freund & Raab (1969), differs from Vascoceras
in the possession of a row of siphonal tubercles. Ezilloella Reyment differs from
Vascoceras in having a sharply arched to subcarinate venter on the inner whorls
and regularly situated bulges on the flanks of the outer whorls. Neoptychites
Kossmat differs from Vascoceras in its extreme involution, and in lacking
tubercles at any stage, while Spathitoides Wiedmann, considered a synonym of
Vascoceras s.s. by Freund & Raab (1969), is probably best treated as a subgenus
of Neoptychites. Fallotites Wiedmann is clearly distinguished from Vascoceras in
the presence of distinct upper and lower ventro-lateral tubercles, while in
Nigericeras there are also siphonal tubercles.
At present the following subgenera may be recognized within the genus
Vascoceras:
V. (Vascoceras). Compressed to strongly inflated, globose forms in which
all ornament is lost on the outer whorls. Inner whorls with prominent
swollen umbilical tubercles. Earliest whorls with fold-like ribs which
cross the venter. Ribbing quickly becomes effaced across the siphonal
line, leaving only ventro-lateral folds.
V. (Greenhornoceras). As for V. (Vascoceras), but more involute and main-
taining a quadrate whorl section to large diameters.
130 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
V. (Paravascoceras). As for V. (Vascoceras), but umbilical tubercles are
lacking at all growth stages. Inner whorls compressed and moderately
involute, later becoming somewhat more evolute. Prorsiradiate ribs,
uninterrupted across the venter, usually appear at a late growth stage
and are generally confined to the ventral region.
V. (Plesiovascoceras). Similar to V. (Vascoceras), but more evolute and with
a strongly depressed whorl section. Prominent swollen umbilical
tubercles retained to maturity. Early whorls with coarse robust ribbing
which weakens, and at later growth stages is entirely effaced across the
siphonal line. Ribbing may persist to maturity.
Genus Vascoceras Choffat, 1898
Subgenus Paravascoceras Furon, 1935
Type species Vascoceras cauvini Chudeau, 1909
Vascoceras (Paravascoceras) cf. cauvini Chudeau, 1909
Figs 6C-H, 35-37
Compare
Vascoceras cauvini Chudeau, 1909: 68, pls 1-3. Furon, 1935: 268, pl. 9
Gig, 17).
Thomasites cauvini (Chudeau) Chudeau, 1921: 463, fig. 1.
Thomasites meslei Chudeau (non Pervinquiere), 1921: 465, pl 1 (figs 1-2),
text-fig. 2.
Vascoceras (Paravascoceras) cauvini Chudeau, Furon, 1935: 60, pl. 4 (fig. 2),
pl. 5 (fig. 1).
Vascoceras (Paravascoceras) cauyini var. semiglabra Furon, 1935: 61, pl. 4
(fig. 3).
Vascoceras (Pachyvascoceras) crassus Furon, 1935: 58, pl. 3 (fig. 2), text-
im, 7,
Vascoceras (Paracanthoceras) chevalieri Furon, 1935: 59, pl. 4 (fig. 1), text-
fig. 18.
Nigericeras jacqueti Schneegans, 1943: 125, pl. 7 (fig. 1).
Paravascoceras cauvini (Chudeau) Schneegans, 1943: 128, pl. 5 (fig. 2).
Freund & Raab 1969: 20, pl. 3 (figs 1-3). Schobel, 1975: 119, pl. 4
(figs 1-3), pl. 5 (figs 1-4).
Paravascoceras cauvini var. inflata Schneegans, 1943: 131.
Paravascoceras cauvini var. evoluta Schneegans, 1943: 130, pl. 8 (fig. 2).
Paravascoceras crassus var. bullata Schneegans, 1943: 131, pl. 8 (figs 3-4).
Paravascoceras chevalieri (Furon) Schneegans, 1943: 132, pl. 4 (fig.-7).
Broggiiceras humboldti Benavides-Cacéres, 1956: 471, pl. 56 (figs 1-3).
Broggiiceras olssoni Benavides-Cacéres, 1956: 471, pl. 55 (figs 1-4).
Paravascoceras rumeaui Collignon, 1957: 10, pl. 1 (fig. 2). Freund & Raab,
1969: 21, pl. 3 (figs 4-5), text-fig. 5.
UPPERMOST CENOMANIAN-BASAL TURONIAN AMMONITES FROM SALINAS, ANGOLA By
Paravascoceras tayense Freund & Raab (non Faraud), 1969: 23, pl. 2 (fig. 9),
text-fig. 5.
Paravascoceras crassum (Furon) Freund & Raab, 1969: 24, text-fig. 5.
Paravascoceras cf. baroicensis Choffat, Schneegans, 1943: 134, pl. 8 (fig. 1).
Paravascoceras aff. cauvini (Chudeau) Barber, 1957: 37, pl. 14 (figs 2-3),
pl. 32 (figs 8-9). Collignon, 1965: 21.
Paravascoceras aff. chevalieri (Furon) Reyment, 1955: 63, pl. 14 (fig. 1).
Stoliczkaia dispar var. attenuata Douvillé, 1931: 29, pl. 2 (fig. 2).
Gombeoceras sp. Cooper, 1972: 248.
Description
Three rather poorly preserved examples, with the recrystallized test pre-
served, appear to belong here. They show some variation in ornament, but appear
to belong to a single species.
Fig. 35. Vascoceras (Paravascoceras) cf. cauvini Chudeau. The holotype
of Stoliczkaia dispar var. attenuata Douvillé (after Douvillé 1931). x 1.
SAM-PCA2816 (Fig. 6C—D) is fragmentary but the shell appears to have
been moderately involute, with a quadrate, compressed whorl section and an
evenly rounded venter. The umbilical wall is steep, with a subangular umbilical
shoulder. The flanks are flattened, converging slightly towards the venter, with
maximum width just above the umbilical shoulder. On the outer whorl, the
ornament consists of broad fold-like ribs, strongest on the ventro-lateral shoul-
ders but only weakly joined across the venter by faint ribs and growth lines which
are convex adorally.
SAM-PCA2727 (Fig. 6E-F) and PCA2796 (Fig. 6G—H) differ from the
132 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
above in lacking distinct ventro-lateral folds. Both specimens are moderately
involute, slightly less than half the previous whorl being covered, with a com-
pressed, oval whorl section. The umbilicus is rather narrow and fairly deep. The
umbilical wall is steep and slightly undercut at the umbilical seam, with a well-
rounded shoulder. The flanks are broad and flat, converging slightly towards the
evenly rounded venter. Besides very faint growth striae, ribbing is virtually
absent. However, SAM—PCA2727 shows a trituberculate venter (on the internal
mould only) where the outer shell layer has been removed. The suture line is
illustrated in Figure 37.
Measurements
No. D H W W/H U
SAM-PCA2816 45 20 (44) 16 (36) 0,80 8 (0,18)
Pa 19 7 (37) LCD 1,00 3 (0,16)
SAM-—PCA2727 + 42 + 19 (45) + 14 (33) 0,74 + 10 (0,24)
. 33 15 (45) 10 (30) 0,67 tO)
SAM-PCA2796 37/ 19 61) 13565) 0,68 u
Discussion
Although there are obvious differences between specimens which lack ventro-
lateral folds (SAM-—PCA2727, 2796) and the ribbed forms (SAM—PCA2816 and
Douvillés holotype (Fig. 35)), they are grouped together because of their close
similarity in all other respects. This view is supported by Schneegans’s (1943)
observation that Paravascoceras passes through an unornamented stage between
Fig. 36. Vascoceras (Paravascoceras) cf. cauvini Chudeau.
Whaorl section of SAM-—PCA2816. x 1.
20 and 55 mm diameter. The trituberculate venter, on the internal mould only
of SAM-PCA2727, probably merely reflects its ancestry (Pseudocalycoceras?).
The Angolan material most closely resembles V. (P.) cauvini Chudeau (1909:
67, pl. 1-3), and may possibly be conspecific. Chudeau’s holotype, however, is
107 mm in diameter, while Schneegans’s (1943) material is of similar size, and
consequently they are not directly comparable. Furthermore, the significant
ontogenetic changes in morphology undergone by Paravascoceras make com-
parisons even more difficult.
Schdbel (1975) has recently demonstrated the extreme morphological varia-
tion to be found within topotype material of V. (P.) cauvini, and the Angolan
material easily falls within the intraspecific limits of Chudeau’s species. Reserva-
UPPERMOST CENOMANIAN-BASAL TURONIAN AMMONITES FROM SALINAS, ANGOLA 133
ap *
Fig. 37. Vascoceras (Paravascoceras) cf. cauvini Chudeau. Suture-line of SAM—PCA2727 at
about 48 mm diameter.
tion as to the identity of the Salinas material stems from the fact that it was
collected from surface scree and thus its exact stratigraphic horizon is unknown,
together with the acanthoceratid suture-line (Fig. 37) with a broad, bifid lateral
saddle.
AGE OF THE FAUNA
The Salinas fauna has yielded many elements in common with both western
Europe and North America, and correlation is clearly possible.
In Europe, Juignet & Kennedy (1977) have adopted the following biostrati-
graphic subdivision of the Cenomanian of southern England and northern
France, including the type area of the Cenomanian, Le Mans (Sarthe):
Eucalycoceras pentagonum Zone
Acanthoceras jukesbrowni Zone
Middle Turrilites acutus Zone
Turrilites costatus Zone
Mantelliceras dixoni Zone
Lower Mantelliceras saxbii Zone
Hypoturrilites carcitanensis Zone
pect ‘ Sciponoceras gracile Zone
At Salinas there is no sign of the characteristic Upper Albian association of
mortoniceratids— Stoliczkaia—Anisoceras, nor of the typical Lower Cenomanian
faunal assemblage of Mantelliceras—Sharpeiceras—Hypoturrilites. Furthermore,
the Middle Cenomanian Acanthoceras—Calycoceras—Turrilites faunal association
recorded from Novo Redondo (Cooper 1973) is also missing at Salinas.
In England, the zone of Eucalycoceras pentagonum is characterized by the
appearance of Calycoceras naviculare while Acanthoceras hippocastanum (J. de C.
Sowerby), Eucalycoceras pentagonum (Jukes-Browne) and Schloenbachia lymense
Spath are typical. Other important elements of the fauna are Puzosia (Austini-
ceras) austeni (Sharpe), Calycoceras gr. newboldi (Kossmat), Scaphites equalis
J. Sowerby and Protacanthoceras spp. Rare components of the fauna include
Calycoceras (Lotzeites) aberrans (Kossmat), Carthaginites cf. inornatus (Collig-
non), Euomphaloceras euomphalum (Sharpe), Turrilites costatus Lamarck,
Thomelites sornayi (Thomel), and T. prerusticum (Thomel).
134 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
The first appearance of Metoicoceras geslinianum (d’Orbigny) marks the
base of the Sciponoceras gracile Zone. Still present are Calycoceras naviculare and
Scaphites equalis, while Puzosia (Anapuzosia) dibleyi (Spath) appears for the first
time. Other forms include “Pachydiscus’ sp. and Sciponoceras sp.
In the ‘Metoicoceras gourdoni’ Zone, M. geslinianum still occurs, while also
present are “M. gourdoni’ (de Grossouvre), Allocrioceras annulatum (Shumard),
E. (Kanabiceras) septemseriatum (Cragin), Tarrantoceras faustum (Matsumoto &
Muramoto), Sciponoceras gracile (Shumard), Pseudocalycoceras angolaense
(Spath) and ?Puebloites sp. (W. J. Kennedy pers. comm.).
Horizon A, which in northern France has as its equivalent the Craie a
Terebratella carantonensis (d’Orbigny), was introduced to cover a poorly known
part of the sequence yielding Sciponoceras of the gracile group and Neocardio-
ceras sp., but few other ammonites.
The Mammites nodosoides Zone at the base of the classical Turonian (Juignet
et al. 1973; Kennedy & Juignet 1973) is characterized by the occurrence of
Mammites nodosoides (Schlotheim) and its varieties, together with the bivalve
Inoceramus (Mytiloides) labiatus labiatus (Schlotheim). Other ammonites include
Vascoceras (Plesiovascoceras) catinum (Mantell), Fagesia pachydiscoides (Spath),
F. cf. superstes (Kossmat), Metasigaloceras rusticum (J. Sowerby), Lewesiceras
peramplum (Mantell) and Watinoceras? spp.
There can be little doubt that the bulk of the Salinas fauna finds its equiva-
lents in the fauna of the Actinocamax plenus Marls (Jefferies 1962, 1963) and
Horizon A (Kennedy & Juignet 1973) in southern England, and in the Sables
a Catopygus obtusus in northern France.
Uppermost Cenomanian strata are exposed over wide areas of the Western
Interior of North America. In Colorado, top Cenomanian strata, referred to a
Zone of Sciponoceras gracile, are represented by the basal beds of the Bridge
Creek Limestone Member. This unit has yielded a rich ammonite fauna (Cobban
1971; Cobban & Scott 1972) comprising the following forms: Metoicoceras
whitei Hyatt (= M. gibbosum Hyatt), Calycoceras naviculare (Mantell), Pseudo-
calycoceras dentonense (Moreman) (= P. angolaense (Spath)), Sciponoceras
gracile (Shumard), Euomphaloceras (Kanabiceras) septemseriatum (Cragin),
Allocrioceras annulatum (Shumard), Worthoceras gibbosum Moreman, W. yer-
miculum (Shumard), Puebloites corrugatus (Stanton), Anisoceras _plicatile
(J. Sowerby), Hemiptychoceras reesidei Cobban & Scott, Desmoceras (Moremano-
ceras) scotti (Moreman) and the bivalve Inoceramus pictus Sowerby. A limestone
unit some 6 m higher up has yielded a fauna including Watinoceras coloradoense
(Henderson), Ampakabites collignoni Cobban & Scott, Neoptychites xetriformis
Pervinquiére, N. cf. cephalotus (Courtiller), Fagesia sp., Mammites sp., Baculites
cf. yokoyamai Tokunaga & Shimizu, Puebloites spiralis Cobban & Scott, Vasco-
ceras (Greenhornoceras) birchbyi Cobban & Scott and the bivalve Jnoceramus
labiatus. The close similarity with the Angolan fauna leaves little doubt as to
their contemporaneity.
In Texas, the zone of Metoicoceras whitei Hyatt is represented in the Britton
UPPERMOST CENOMANIAN-BASAL TURONIAN AMMONITES FROM SALINAS, ANGOLA 135
Member of the Eagle Ford Group. Moreman (1942) has listed the following
ammonites from this unit: Tarrantoceras bentonianum (Cragin), Pseudocalyco-
ceras angolaense (Spath) (including Eucalycoceras dentonense Moreman, E. lewis-
villense Moreman, E. indianense Moreman and E. underwoodi Powell), Desmo-
ceras (Moremanoceras) scotti (Moreman), Allocrioceras annulatum (Shumard)
(including A. pariense (White)), A. larvatum (Conrad), A. dentonense Moreman,
A.? rotundatum (Conrad), Metoicoceras gibbosum Hyatt (including M. whitei
Hyatt, M. acceleratum Hyatt, M. kanabense Hyatt, and M. ornatum Moreman),
M. irwini Moreman, Worthoceras vermiculum (Shumard), W. gibbosum More-
man, Euomphaloceras (Kanabiceras) septemseriatum (Cragin), Sciponoceras
gracile (Shumard), Scaphites brittonense Moreman, S. minutus Moreman, Proten-
gonoceras planum Hyatt, Epengonoceras acutum Hyatt, Proplacenticeras cum-
minsi (Cragin), P. pseudoplacenta occidentale (Hyatt) and P. stantoni bolli (Hyatt).
Although this list needs revision, and there are a number of apparently endemic
taxa within the Texas fauna, there can be no question about its contemporaneity
with the Angolan fauna.
A typical uppermost Cenomanian fauna is known (Matsumoto ef al. 1957;
Matsumoto 19595; Matsumoto et al. 1969; Matsumoto & Kawano 1975) from
the top of unit IIc, middle member of the Mikasa Formation, central Hokkaido,
Japan, including FE. (Kanabiceras) septemseriatum (Cragin), Sciponoceras gracile
(= S. kossmati (Nowak)), Pseudocalycoceras angolaense (Spath) (= Eucalyco-
ceras sp., Matsumoto ef al. 1957: 38, pl. 11 (fig. 2)) and Tarrantoceras faustum
(Matsumoto & Muramoto).
In both north-western Europe (Kennedy 1971; Kennedy & Juignet 1973;
Juignet et al. 1973) and North America (Cobban & Scott 1972) the faunal associa-
tion Sciponoceras gracile—Kanabiceras septemseriatum—Metoicoceras spp. is con-
sidered diagnostic of the uppermost Cenomanian. The writer concurs with these
opinions. Records of Metoicoceras from the Lower Cenomanian of Madagascar
(Collignon 1964) clearly need reinvestigation, while the appearance of this genus
in the Lower Turonian of Israel (Freund & Raab 1969) is possibly based upon
misidentification. Collignon (1966) recorded Metoicoceras from the Lower
Turonian of Morocco, but these faunas are almost certainly contemporaneous
with the Angolan assemblage.
The occurrence at Salinas of Watinoceras coloradoense (Henderson) and
Vascoceras (Paravascoceras) cf. cauvini Chudeau suggests a slightly higher faunal
horizon (the basal Turonian zone of Watinoceras coloradoense) to be present,
although as these forms were picked up in surface scree this needs substantiating.
THE CENOMANIAN-TURONIAN BOUNDARY PROBLEM
The exact position of the Cenomanian—Turonian boundary has long been a
point of contention. In north-western Europe, it has been variously drawn, on
both litho- and biostratigraphic grounds, at below the plenus Marls (= geslinia-
num + gourdoni Zones) (Thomel 1972, 1973; Jefferies 1962, 1963), some way
above the plenus Zone (Kennedy 1971; Kennedy & Juignet 1973), and at a still
136 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
higher horizon (Berthou & Lauverjat 1974), so as to include a zone of Vascoceras
gamai-mundae within the Cenomanian.
The type area of the Cenomanian is in the vicinity of Le Mans, Sarthe,
north-western France (d’Orbigny 1847), while ‘l’etage Turonien’ was first recog-
nized (d’Orbigny 1842) along the Cher Valley between Montrichard and Tours,
Touraine. This stage was later restricted (d’Orbigny 1847: 270) to those beds
containing Ammonites lewesiensis (= Lewesiceras), A. peramplus (= Lewesiceras)
A. vielbanci (= Mammites of authors), A. woollgari (= Collignoniceras), A. fleuri-
ausianus (= Prionotropis of authors), A. deverianus (= Romaniceras).
Kennedy & Juignet (1973) have recently shown there to be a considerable
overlap between the succession of the type Cenomanian and that of the Turonian
stratotype. These authors recognized the following lithostratigraphic and
ammonite succession across the Cenomanian—Turonian boundary. From above
downwards they are:
(iv) Craie a Inoceramus labiatus—characterized by the appearance of
I. labiatus labiatus Schlotheim and Mammites nodosoides (Schlotheim).
(iii) Craie a Terebratella carantonensis—in places Inoceramus gr. pictus
J. Sowerby occurs in situ, but the only known ammonites are derived
Upper Cenomanian forms.
(ii) Sables a Catopygus obtusus—yielding a fauna characterized by Metoico-
ceras gourdoni (de Grossouvre), M. geslinianum (d’Orbigny). Evompha-
loceras (Kanabiceras) septemseriatum (Cragin), Sciponoceras gracile
(Shumard), Calycoceras naviculare (Mantell) and Watinoceras? sp.
(i) Marnes a Ostrea biauriculata—with Calycoceras naviculare (Mantell),
Thomelites sornayi (Thomel), Eucalycoceras rowei Spath and Calyco-
ceras gr. newboldi (Kossmat).
Kennedy & Juignet (1973: 199) were led to conclude that since “the Metoico-
ceras gourdoni Zone is present within the type Cenomanian, where it is repre-
sented by the Sables a Catopygus obtusus. Their fauna, including key forms such
as M. geslinianum and T. carantonensis were always regarded by d’Orbigny as
Cenomanian’, that this Zone should be placed in the Cenomanian, and that ‘the
most convenient level for the base of the Turonian would thus appear to be the
base of the classic Mammites nodosoides|Inoceramus labiatus Zone, defined on its
fauna and not on lithology’. Unfortunately, they do not specify what this fauna
is, and undoubted Turonian ammonites occur below either of these taxa.
In order to objectively review the Cenomanian—Turonian boundary prob-
lem, it is necessary to look at the present biostratigraphical zonation through
these two stages. After Wright (in Arkell et al. 1957) and Juignet & Kennedy
(1977), these are:
Upper Turonian Subprionocyclus neptuni
Middle Turonian Collignoniceras woollgari
Lower Turonian Mammites nodosoides
Sciponoceras gracile
Upper Cenomanian { Eucalycoceras pentagonum
UPPERMOST CENOMANIAN-BASAL TURONIAN AMMONITES FROM SALINAS, ANGOLA 137
In the classical Turonian of Le Mans, Sarthe, Kennedy & Juignet (1973)
recognized a zone of Mammites nodosoides only in the Lower Turonian. How-
ever, in those parts of the world from where rich and diversified Lower Turonian
faunas are known, the base of the Turonian is characterized by strata rich in
Vascoceras s.s., together with forms of V. (Paravascoceras), Nigericeras, Gombeo-
ceras, Watinoceras, Fallotites and Fagesia, while Mammites appears for the first
time only well above the Vascoceras faunas in Israel (Freund & Raab 1969),
Nigeria (Reyment 1955; Barber 1957), northern Spain and Portugal (Wiedmann
1959, 1964), and the Western Interior of North America (Cobban & Scott 1972).
In Madagascar, M. nodosoides is known only from the Middle Turonian ‘Zone
a Pseudaspidoceras conciliatum (Stoliczka)’ (Collignon 1965). The relative paucity
of fossils within the early Turonian chalk environment of north-western Europe
does not allow for the recognition of a detailed biostratigraphical zonation, and
it becomes necessary to look elsewhere in the world.
Choffat (1900) subdivided the Upper Cenomanian-Turonian of Portugal
into 12 units, numbered alphabetically from C to N. From above downwards
they were:
M, N' Limestones with gasteropods
IL Beds with Fagesia superstes, Choffaticeras barjonai, Vascoceras
durandi and Inoceramus labiatus
I-K __Unfossiliferous limestones and dolomites
H Limestones which at their summit yield Fallotites subconciliatus,
Vascoceras durandi and Pseudaspidoceras footeanum
G Passage beds lacking in fossils
E-F Beds with Vascoceras gamai and V. mundae
D Beds with the echinoids Anorthopygus michelini and A. orbicularis,
but lacking in ammonites.
C Beds with Neolobites vibrayeanus (= N. choffati Hyatt) and Calyco-
ceras naviculare
A supposedly characteristic Cenomanian microfauna from Beds E-F led
Berthou & Lauveryjat (1974) to include a zone of Vascoceras gamai and V. mundae
at the top of the Cenomanian. This was supported by Thomel’s (1972) assignment
of Choffat’s C. naviculare to C. stoliczkai (Collignon), a species considered by
him to be restricted to his zone of Calycoceras robustum Thomel, at the base of
the Upper Cenomanian. As shown by Cobban (1971) and Kennedy (1971), how-
ever, the specimens figured by Choffat (1898: 72, pl. 4 (fig. 6a—b), pl. 6 (figs 1—2))
are true C. naviculare (Mantell), of which C. stoliczkai is a junior subjective
synonym. Consequently, Calycoceras naviculare is a relatively long-ranging
species which is known from many levels in the Upper Cenomanian and its
occurrence some way below strata with Vascoceras is not considered significant.
The problem of whether or not to include a zone of Vascoceras gamai
Choffat at the top of the Cenomanian is difficult. Like Kennedy & Juignet (1973),
the writer prefers to regard the genus Metoicoceras as being restricted to an
138 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
horizon very high in the Cenomanian. Its relationship to the vascoceratid faunas
is thus critical.
In Israel, Freund & Raab (1969: 78) record Metoicoceras cf. whitei Hyatt,
unfortunately without figure or proper description, from their Zone 4 of Choffati-
ceras securiforme (Eck). If correctly identified, this could provide strong sup-
porting evidence for the inclusion of at least part of the vascoceratid faunas
within the Cenomanian. It seems more likely, however, that the Israeli form may
be a misidentification of a typically Lower to Middle Turonian Spathites
(Spathites) or S. (Jeanrogericeras).
From the Puentedey valley, near Soncillo, Villamartin, Turzo (Burgos
Province), northern Spain, Wiedmann (1964) gave a detailed succession across
the Cenomanian—Turonian boundary. From above downwards this was:
(vii) 6 m of blue marls with Fallotites UIngridella) cf. malladae (Fallot),
Wrightoceras mirabile (Pervinquiere), W. llarenai (Karrenberg), Hopli-
toides sp., Proromaniceras pseudodeverianum (Jimbo), Vascoceras (Para-
vascoceras) grossouvrei (Choffat), Spathites laevis (Karrenberg), Jean-
rogericeras revelieranum (Courtiller), Schindewolfites inaequicostatus
Wiedmann.
(vi) 10 m of blue marls with Choffaticeras quaasi (Peron), C. pavillieri (Per-
vinquiere), Vascoceras durandi (Peron), Spathites cf. laevis (Karrenberg),
Fallotites (Fallotites) sp.
(v) 2 m of blue marls with F. (Fallotites) cf. subconciliatus (Choffat).
(iv) 5 m of blue marls with Vascoceras (Plesiovascoceras) fagesioides Wied-
mann, Vascoceras cf. gamai Choffat, Watinoceras sp. and Metoicoceras
cf. swallovi (Shumard).
(ii) 4 m of marls with M. swalloyvi (Shumard), M. cf. swallovi (Shumard),
M. cf. whitei Hyatt, ‘Parapuzosia’ cf. gaudama (Forbes).
(ii) 2 m of marls and limestones with Metoicoceras muelleri Cobban and
Rhynchostreon suborbiculatum (Lamarck).
(i) 2mof marls with Neolobites brancai Eck, N. cf. vibrayeanus (d’Orbigny),
N. choffati Hyatt, N. cf. schweinfurthi Eck, Calycoceras naviculare
(Mantell), Pseudocalycoceras haugi (Pervinquiere).
The importance of the Spanish sections cannot be overestimated, since this
is one of the few areas where rich Metoicoceras and vascoceratid faunas have
been described from the same section. It is also very significant that the vast
majority of Metoicoceras occur immediately below the vascoceratids. However,
from his Lower Turonian Zone 2, Wiedmann (1964) records Metoicoceras cf.
swalloyi (Shumard) in association with Vascoceras (Vascoceras) cf. gamai Choffat
and Vascoceras (Plesiovascoceras) fagesioides Wiedmann. It is, unfortunately,
not clear whether Metoicoceras occurs side by side with the vascoceratids or at a
slightly lower level in the 5 m section. Consequently, once again unequivocal
evidence for the overlap of the Metoicoceras and Vascoceras faunas is at present
lacking.
Cobban & Scott (1972) have recently recorded faunas across the
UPPERMOST CENOMANIAN-BASAL TURONIAN AMMONITES FROM SALINAS, ANGOLA 139
Cenomanian—Turonian boundary from the Bridge Creek Limestone Member
near Pueblo, Colorado. A typical Sciponoceras gracile faunal assemblage, placed
as the uppermost zone in the Cenomanian, occurs associated with the bivalve
Inoceramus pictus Sowerby. Some 3 m higher up, a 15 cm limestone bed has
yielded Vascoceras (Greenhornoceras) birchbyi Cobban & Scott, Watinoceras
coloradoense (Henderson), Puebloites spiralis Cobban & Scott and a Fagesia sp.,
in association with the typically Turonian Jnoceramus labiatus Schlotheim. Also
significant is the fact that Mammites nodosoides (? non Schlotheim) first appears
some 1,5 m above strata with Vascoceras.
The only continuous section through the lower part of the Lower Turonian
of Nigeria is at Pindiga (Barber 1957) where some 30 m of shales, sandy mud-
stones and sandstones, lacking in ammonites, rest conformably upon terrestrial
beds and are overlain by about 80 m of fossiliferous strata, Barber (1957: 60)
gave the following succession from above downwards:
(viii) About 40 m of shales with thin nodular horizons yielding the ammonites
Pseudotissotia (Bauchioceras) nigeriensis nigeriensis (Woods), P. (B.) n.
tabulata Barber and Eotissotia simplex Barber.
(vii) 0,8 m of rubbly limestone with Vascoceras globosum (Reyment),
Gombeoceras gongilense gongilense (Woods), G. g. lautum Barber, G. g.
tectiforme Barber, Paramammites sp. and Nigericeras sp.
(vi) 4 m of barren shale.
(v) 0,22 m of crystalline limestone with Vascoceras nigeriense Woods,
V. ellipticum Barber, V. polygonum Barber, V. (Paravascoceras) costa-
tum (Reyment), Gombeoceras gongilense (Woods), G. g. costatum
Barber.
(iv) About 60 m of unfossiliferous shales.
(iii) 2 m of nodular limestone with Vascoceras bulbosum (Reyment) and
V. depressum Barber.
(ii) Some 12 m of barren shale.
(i) 0,3 m of crystalline limestone with Vascoceras bulbosum (Reyment) and
Epengonoceras dumbli (Cragin).
It is of interest to note Barber’s (1957: 61) observation that “The fauna
associated with the Salmurian ammonites here described has many members
which may occur in the Cenomanian. It would appear therefore that the Nigerian
Salmurian occurs close to the Cenomanian—Turonian boundary.’ Moreover,
Epengonoceras dumbli is known only from the Middle and Upper Cenomanian
in Texas and the Western Interior.
From the Cerro del Macho in Coahuila, Mexico, Bése (1918) described a
rich upper Cenomanian—Lower Turonian fauna. Bose (1918: 183) gave the
following section, from above downwards:
(iii) 5-6 m of hard gray limestone with Vascoceras (Paravascoceras) anger-
manni Bose, V. ex aff. gamai Choffat, Neoptychites aff. xetriformis
Pervinquiere, Hoplitoides aff. mirabilis Pervinquiere and Inoceramus
labiatus Schlotheim.
140 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
(11) 2,5 m of bluish-gray marls with Fallotites mohovanensis (Bose), Pseuda-
spidoceras flexuosum Powell, Pseudaspidoceras aff. pedroanum White,
Vascoceras aff. adonense Choffat, Fagesia haarmanni Bose and Fagesia
pervinquieri Bose.
(i) 2 m of yellow and reddish marls and limestones with Metoicoceras aff.
whitei Hyatt, M. boesei Jones and Exogyra (Costagyra) cfr. olisiponensis
Sharpe.
The above section once again clearly shows Metoicoceras to occur immedi-
ately below what have always been regarded as typical Lower Turonian
ammonites.
It becomes obvious, therefore, that for both biostratigraphic correlation and
in order to clarify the Cenomanian—Turonian boundary problem, it is important
to introduce a zone beneath the classical Lower Turonian zone of Mammites
nodosoides. In the Western Interior, Cobban & Scott (1972) have recognized a
basal Turonian zone of Watinoceras coloradoense. The wide geographic distribu-
tion of this species, together with the fact that Watinoceras also appears to mark
the base of the Turonian in Angola, Spain and possibly the Anglo-Paris basin,
all seem to support its usage as the basal Turonian index fossil. There can be
little doubt that with the rich faunas available, together with a better under-
standing of vascoceratid taxonomy and stratigraphy, a far more refined zonal
scheme for the Lower Turonian will eventually be possible. At present only the
following Upper Cenomanian—Lower Turonian ammonite zones appear to be of
world-wide importance:
Lower Turonian Mammites nodosoides
Watinoceras coloradoense
Upper Cenomanian Sciponoceras gracile
Eucalycoceras pentagonum
These are assemblage zones, and may be briefly diagnosed as follows:
Eucalycoceras pentagonum Zone—typical elements of the fauna include E. penta-
gonum (Jukes-Browne), Acanthoceras hippocastanum (J. de C. Sowerby),
Protacanthoceras of the bunburianum-compressum group, Thomelites spp.,
Pseudocalycoceras harpax (Stoliczka), Euomphaloceras euomphalum (Sharpe),
Calycoceras (Newboldiceras) spp., C. (Calycoceras) boulei Collignon and C. (C.)
naviculare (Mantell).
Sciponoceras gracile Zone—characterized by S. gracile (Shumard), Metoicoceras
spp., Euomphaloceras (Kanabiceras) septemseriatum (Cragin), Pseudocalycoceras
angolaense (Spath), and Calycoceras naviculare (Mantell), together with Puzosia
(Austiniceras) austeni (Sharpe), P. (Anapuzosia) dibleyi (Spath), Desmoceras
(Moremanoceras) scotti Moreman, Allocrioceras spp., and Tarrantoceras faustum
(Matsumoto & Muramoto).
Watinoceras coloradoense Zone—the faunas of this zone are not yet well differen-
tiated from those of the overlying nodosoides Zone. However, Watinoceras
141
UPPERMOST CENOMANIAN-BASAL TURONIAN AMMONITES FROM SALINAS, ANGOLA
“SOLUDYOS pd}de19 A[SNOIAoId YM poreduos ‘ulosoy posodoid uoneuoz [eorydessyessoig uULIUOIN], JoMOT-URIUeUIOUSD Joddy “g¢ ‘317
wunsSogng svdav0IsvA
WINJDISOI SDAIIOISDADAD
Sisualsasiu Spsavo1yonvg
NYyISa SpAaJoUnABUIDY,
WNISNGOA SDAIIOIA]DI
WINSSDAI SDABIOIAIDI
adAD[NIIADU SDABIOIAIDI
Sajsdadns visaso..
SOP1OSOPOU SajiMuopy
1q09vf SDAQIOYJUDIDIOAd,
1D ffoys saj1qojoan’
1da]JaNUL SD419IOINOJAW
1AO]JOMS SD1BIOINOJAW
1DWUDS SDAIIOISDA
SNIDY1IUOIGNS $aJ1J0]]D-]
1ZUADS 4, SAJUMUDUIDADg
ADpDIJDUL DjJaplAsuy
1AAIUNUL SDAZIOIY SIA
(661)
UUPUIPSI A,
AADI[NIIADU SDAIIOIA]DID
WNUDIUYSAS SDAQIONOJAW
1UOpANOs SD1IIONOJaW
V UOZLIOH
(€L61)
yousiIng 2 Apouudy
‘ds spsav0ndjoD
‘ds sajiqojoan
‘ds spsaoiqouvy
1UIANDI SDAIIOISDADIDY
1101d SDAQIOISDY ,
aUsOf1AnJas spsanijoffoy)
isponb spszayoffoy)
av1In] SDABIIJO JOY)
(6961)
qeey 2 punory
SNUDAADAGIA SaJ1GOJOaN
HCH Cd
snsddoyjsoup D0 nvaAIN
aDpunuU —1DUDS sD12ad0ISD A
aspsspd ap ayamnoy
1pup.inp
—lapjlanop spsav0asvadyovg
Sajsdadns pisasvq
(SL61)
yelIoaAne’yT 2 noy.og
1puod spsavouvsaaunq
WNJIPuoD SDAQIOUDBAAUNG
aSuajsaqg]|D SDAIIOUDSaAUNG
aj1avAs SpsvIOUOdIIG
ISUBOPDAOJOI SDADIOULID A
SAPlOSOpou sSajluUD Ww
(ZL61)
09g 2 ueqqoD
winuosvJUuad SpsaI0IA]VINT
aplIvAs SDsaIoUOdIIG
SOPlOSOpOU Sajid py
(LL61)
Apouusy 2 Jousine
wNnuosvDJUad SDABIOIA]DIN]
ISUIOPDAOJOID SDADIOUIID
SaploOsOpou sajluUDw
UIdIOH]
WNnUOsvDJUad SDABIOIAIDINT
AlIDAS SDAIIOUOAIIS
ISUIOPDAOJOI SDAIIOUIID A
SOP1OSOPOU SAJIMUD
UIdIOH]
NVINVWONd)
wddddn
NVINOYWNL
YUAMOT
NVINOUNL NVINVWONA)
YUAMOT ddddn
142 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
coloradoense (Henderson) and Vascoceras (Paravascoceras) cauvini Chudeau
appear to be typical, possibly also with species of Pseudaspidoceras, Nigericeras,
V. (Vascoceras) of the gamai-mundae group, V. (Plesiovascoceras), Fagesia,
Neoptychites and Fallotites.
Mammites nodosoides Zone—it is from this zone that most of the classical Lower
Turonian ammonites have been collected, and further subdivision will undoubt-
edly prove possible. Typical elements of the fauna include M. nodosoides (Schlot-
heim), together with species of Choffaticeras, Fallotites, Hoplitoides, Neoptychites,
Kamerunoceras, Schindewolfites, Pseudotissotia (Wrightoceras), Thomasites,
Vascoceras, Fagesia, Spathites (Spathites), S. (Jeanrogericeras) and Donenriquo-
ceras.
As can be seen from Figure 38, there has been considerable debate as to the
position of the Cenomanian—Turonian boundary. The writer prefers to include
the Sciponoceras gracile Zone as the uppermost biostratigraphical unit in the
Cenomanian for the following reasons:
(i) A typical Cenomanian acanthoceratinid fauna, including Calycoceras,
Pseudocalycoceras, Tarrantoceras, Metoicoceras and possibly Protacan-
thoceras persist into this zone.
(11) The diagnostic Upper Cenomanian Calycoceras naviculare (Mantell) is
abundant in the gracile Zone.
(iii) The persistence of the typically Cenomanian Jnoceramus pictus into this
zone.
(iv) The association of the diagnostic Lower Turonian Jnoceramus labiatus
with most vascoceratid faunas, and its absence from the gracile Zone.
PALAEOGEOGRAPHIC SIGNIFICANCE
The Salinas fauna is part of the characteristic, world-wide (Fig. 39), upper-
most Cenomanian Sciponoceras gracile faunal assemblage. Members of this
fauna are widely distributed in the Western Interior of North America (Cobban
& Scott 1972), extending as far north as Montana (Cobban 1953) and as far south
as Texas (Moreman 1942; Powell 19635) and Mexico (Bése 1918; Jones 1938).
In the Anglo-Paris basin, the association of Sciponoceras gracile—Kanabiceras
septemseriatum—Metoicoceras spp. is known over wide areas (Jefferies 1962, 1963;
Juignet et al. 1973). In Spain and Portugal (Karrenberg 1935; Wiedmann 1959,
1964) a rich Metoicoceras fauna is reported from the top of the Cenomanian, but
the exact constituents are at present poorly known.
Metoicoceras is also known from Morocco (Collignon 1966), Israel (Avnime-
lech & Shoresh 1962), Nigeria (Reyment 1955), Brazil (Reyment & Tait 1972a)
and Madagascar (Collignon 1964), but the stratigraphy of these areas is poorly
understood, and the associated ammonite faunas are not known. The record of
this genus from southern India (Sastry & Matsumoto 1967) is based upon the
closely allied Lower Turonian Spathites (Jeanrogericeras). Enigmatic is the
almost complete absence of Metoicoceras, save for the Madagascar occurrence,
ee
UPPERMOST CENOMANIAN-BASAL TURONIAN AMMONITES FROM SALINAS, ANGOLA 143
m4
Fig. 39. Palaeogeographic reconstruction of Laurasia and the southern continents during the
latest Cenomanian-earliest Turonian showing distribution of Sciponoceras gracile Zone and
Watinoceras coloradoense Zone fauna. m = Metoicoceras spp., k = Euomphaloceras (Kanabi-
ceras) septemseriatum (Cragin), c = Calycoceras naviculare (Mantell), s = Sciponoceras gracile
(Shumard), p = Pseudocalycoceras angolaense (Spath), d = Puzosia (Anapuzosia) dibleyi
(Spath), w = Watinoceras spp.
144 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
from the Indo-Pacific realm. Its absence along the east coast of Africa, however,
is related to the absence of strata of this age (Cooper 1974).
Sciponoceras gracile (Shumard) (including S. kossmati) is recorded from
California (Anderson 1958; Matsumoto 1959a) in association with E. (K.) septem-
seriatum and C. naviculare, as also in Japan (Matsumoto & Obata 1963) where
other elements of the fauna include Tarrantoceras and Pseudocalycoceras.
Elements of the gracile Zone fauna recorded from southern India (Stoliczka
1865; Kossmat 1895) include the relatively long-ranging C. naviculare and
S. gracile, but the exact associations are not known; Metoicoceras and Kanabi-
ceras are unrecorded and it is possible that uppermost Cenomanian strata are
absent.
Thus, a typical gracile Zone fauna is known from as far afield as North
America (California, Western Interior, Texas, Mexico), South America (Brazil),
Africa (North Africa, Morocco, Nigeria, Angola), the Middle East, France,
England, India? and Japan. Its absence from the Arctic and austral realms may
be due to absence of strata of this age, although it is more likely that there was
an ecological barrier (? cold water). A gracile Zone fauna appears, therefore, to
have attained a virtually cosmopolitan distribution within the equatorial and
temperate waters of the late Cenomanian oceans.
A number of authors (Reyment 1969, 1971la, 1972, 1973; Reyment & Tait
1972a, 19726) have concluded from a study of Cretaceous ammonite distributions
in the sedimentary basins surrounding the South Atlantic that a continuous con-
nection between the North and South Atlantic Oceans was not established until
the end of the Lower Turonian. In this respect the position of Angola on the
initial line of rifting of the. Africa-South America plates is critical.
The occurrence of a typical uppermost Cenomanian faunal assemblage from
Salinas, virtually identical to similar faunas in North America and western
Europe, indicates this seaway to have been open prior to the beginning of the
Turonian (Kennedy & Cooper 1975). However, since the uppermost Cenomanian
represents a period of eustatic transgression (Cooper 1974), faunal interchange
could have occurred merely by flooding of the hypothetical Nigeria—Pernambuco
connection. In this respect, the Middle Cenomanian (Turrilites costatus and
T. acutus Zones) fauna recorded from Novo Redondo (Cooper 1973) is also of
little help, since this period may also have been an episode of eustatic trans-
gression (Hart & Tarling 1974). To determine the dating of the final break
between Africa and South America, i.e. the establishment of a continuous marine
connection, it is important to study the faunas of regressive episodes, when
exposure of land-bridges, and hence barriers to faunal migration, are most likely
to have occurred. The uppermost Albian (dispar Zone) faunas provide this oppor-
tunity. Whilst the dispar Zone fauna of Angola is poorly documented, it is
extremely rich and includes the following European species: Anisoceras armatum
(J. Sowerby), A. perarmatum Pictet & Campiche, Stoliczkaia clavigera Neumayr,
Mortoniceras (Durnovarites) perinflatum (Spath), M. (D.) subquadratum Spath,
Cantabrigites curvatum Renz, Mariella gresslyi (Pictet & Campiche), and possibly
UPPERMOST CENOMANIAN-BASAL TURONIAN AMMONITES FROM SALINAS, ANGOLA 145
also the Texas mortoniceratinid genus Drakeoceras (Cooper 1977). The latest
Albian faunas of Angola are, therefore, virtually identical to similar faunas in
western Europe at a time of world-wide eustatic regression, which would seem
to indicate continuous faunal interchange between the two areas. This suggests
that the final rifting between the African and South American plates took place
sometime prior to the end of the Albian.
SUMMARY
The type locality of the classic Salinas fauna described by Douvillé was
revisited and new material collected. The very high Cenomanian age of the fauna,
suspected by previous authors, was confirmed and shown to form part of the
world-wide Sciponoceras gracile faunal assemblage. The presence of Watinoceras
and V. (Paravascoceras) in surface scree at this locality suggests the presence of
basal Turonian strata. The geological section was measured and the succession is
interpreted as a typical transgressive sequence.
The problem of the Cenomanian—Turonian boundary is reviewed, and
Cobban & Scott (1972) are followed in drawing it between the zones of Watino-
ceras coloradoense above and Euomphaloceras (Kanabiceras) septemseriatum
below.
Within the family Acanthoceratidae, the new subfamily Euomphalocera-
tinae is erected to incorporate the following taxa: E. (Euomphaloceras), E. (Kana-
biceras), Schindewolfites, Kamerunoceras, Yubariceras, Romaniceras, Obiraceras,
Shuparoceras and tentatively also Tunesites.
The full faunal list from Salinas now reads:
Calycoceras (Calycoceras) naviculare (Mantell) (= Acanthoceras borgesi
Douvillé)
Pseudocalycoceras angolaense (Spath) (= Lyelliceras lyelli Douvillé non
Leymerie)
Pseudocalycoceras aff. haugi (Pervinquiére)
?Protacanthoceras spp.
Tarrantoceras sp. juv. indet.
Euomphaloceras (Kanabiceras) septemseriatum (Cragin) (= Prionotropis
echinatus Douvillé)
Watinoceras coloradoense (Henderson)
Metoicoceras gibbosum Hyatt (= Pulchellia caicedoi Douvillé non Karsten)
Gaudryceras (Gaudryceras) isovokyense Collignon
Anagaudryceras cf. cassisianum (d’Orbigny) (= Gaudryceras salinarium
Douvillé)
Tetragonites aff. blaisoni Collignon
Desmoceras (Pseudouhligella) aff. ezoanum Matsumoto (= Desmoceras
toucasi Douvillé non Jacob)
?Proplacenticeras sp. (= Knemiceras uhligi Douvillé non Choffat)
146 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Puzosia (Anapuzosia) dibleyi (Spath) (= Puzosia matheroni Douvillé non
d’Orbigny)
Puzosia (Austiniceras) intermedia orientalis Matsumoto
Sciponoceras gracile (Shumard)
Vascoceras (Paravascoceras) cf. cauvini Chudeau (= Stoliczkaia dispar vat.
attenuata Douvillé)
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
I am indebted to Professor Virgilio Cannas Martins, then Director of the
Institute de Investigagado Cientifica de Angola, for the assistance given me bv
his institute and colleagues. To Dr Antonio Graca da Cruz, then Director of
the Servigos de Geologia e Minas, I am indebted for his co-operation and
kindness.
I am extremely grateful to Dr W. J. Kennedy for many fruitful discussions
and valuable suggestions, as well as for making available to me his vast collections
of comparative material and for critically reviewing the manuscript.
REFERENCES
ADKINS, W. S. 1928. Handbook of Texas Cretaceous fossils. Texas Univ. Bull. 2838: 1-385.
ANDERSON, F. M. 1902. Cretaceous deposits of the Pacific coast. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. @,
Geol.) 2: 1-131.
ANDERSON, F. M. 1938. Lower Cretaceous deposits in California and Oregon. Spec. Pap. geol.
Soc. Am. 16: 1-339.
ANDERSON, F. M. 1958. Upper Cretaceous of the Pacific Coast. Mem. geol. Soc. Am. 71: 1-378.
ARKELL, W. J., KUMMEL, B. & WRIGHT, C. W. 1957. Mesozoic Ammonoidea. Systematic
description. In: Moorg, R. C. ed. Treatise on invertebrate paleontology. Part L. Mollusca 4.
Cephalopoda. Ammonoidea: L129-L437. Boulder: Geological Society of America;
Lawrence: University of Kansas Press.
ARKHANGEL’SKII, A. D. 1916. Les mollusques du crétacé supérieur du Turkestan. Comite geol.
Mem. n.s. 152: 1-57. (In Russian with French summary.)
AVNIMELECH, M. A. & SHORESH, R. 1962. Les céphalopodes cénomaniens des environs de
Jerusalem. Bull. Soc. géol. France (7) 4: 528-535.
BARBER, W. M. 1957. Lower Turonian ammonites from north-eastern Nigeria. Bull. geol. Surv.
Nigeria 26: 1-67.
BASSE DE MENOoRVAL, E. 1940. Les céphalopodes crétacés des massifs c6tiers syriens, part 2.
Notes Mém. Ht.-Comm. Syrie Liban 3: 412-490.
BAYLE, E. 1878. Fossiles principaux des Terrains. Explic. Carte geol. Fr. 4.
BENAVIDES-CACERES, V. E. 1956. Cretaceous System in northern Peru. Bull. Am. Mus. nat. Hist.
108: 353-493.
BERTHOU, P.-Y. & LAUVERIJAT, J. 1974. La limite Cénomanien-Turonien. Essai de corrélation
entre la série portugaise 4 Vascoceras et les séries de l’>Europe du Sud-Ouest et de l’Afrique
du Nord. C. r. hebd. Séanc. Acad. Sci., Paris 278: 2605-2608.
Bose, E. 1918. On a new ammonite fauna of the Lower Turonian of Mexico. Bull. Univ. Texas
1856: 173-252.
BREISTROFFER, M. 1947. Sur les zones d’ammonites dans |’Albien de France et d’Angleterre.
Trav. Lab. géol. Univ. Grenoble 26: 1-88.
BREISTROFFER, M. 1953. L’evolution des Turrilitides albiens et cénomaniens. C. r. hebd. Séanc.
Acad. Sci., Paris 327: 1349-1351.
BRONGNIART, A. 1822. In: Cuvier, G. & BRONGNIART, A. Description géologique des environs
de Paris. Paris.
UPPERMOST CENOMANIAN-BASAL TURONIAN AMMONITES FROM SALINAS, ANGOLA 147
CALLOMON, J. H. 1963. Sexual dimorphism in Jurassic ammonites. Trans. Leic. Lit. phil. Soc.
57: 21-56.
CHOFFAT, P. 1898-1902. Recueil d’études paléontologiques sur la fauna crétacique du Portugal.
Commiss. Trav. géol. Portugal: 43-86.
CHUDEAU, R. 1909. Ammonites du Damergou. Bull. Soc. géol. Fr. 9: 67-71.
CHUDEAU, R. 1921. Ammonites turoniennes du Soudan. Bull. Mus. Hist. nat. Paris (6) 27:
463-470.
CoBBAN, W. A. 1951. Colorado shale of central and northwestern Montana and equivalent
rocks of the Black Hills. Bull. Am. Assoc. Petrol. Geol. 35: 2170-2198.
CoBBAN, W. A. 1953. Cenomanian ammonite fauna from the Mosby Sandstone of central
Montana. Prof. Pap. U.S. geol. Surv. 243—D: 45-55.
CoBBAN, W. A. 1955. Some guide fossils from the Colorado Shale and Telegraph Creek
Formations, northwestern Montana. In: Guidebk Geol. Soc. Am., 6th Ann. Rep.
CoBBAN, W. A. 1971. New and little-known ammonites from the Upper Cretaceous (Cenoma-
nian and Turonian) of the Western Interior of the United States. Prof. Pap. U.S. geol.
Sury. 699: 1-24.
CoBBAN, W. A. & Gryc, G. 1961. Ammonites from the Seabee formation (Cretaceous) of
northern Alaska. J. Paleont. 35: 176-190.
CoBBAN, W. A. & ScoTtT, G. R. 1972. Stratigraphy and ammonite fauna of the Graneros Shale
and Greenhorn Limestone near Pueblo, Colorado. Prof. Pap. U.S. Geol. Surv. 645: 1-108.
COLLIGNON, M. 1929a. Les céphalopodes du Cénomanien pyriteux de Diégo-Suarez, Paléon-
tologie de Madagascar. Annls Paléont. 17: 139-160.
COLLIGNON, M. 1929b. Les céphalopodes du Cénomanien pyriteux de Diégo-Suarez, Paléon-
tologie de Madagascar. Annls Paléont. 18: 1-56.
COLLIGNON, M. 1933. Fossiles cénomaniens d’Antsatramahavelona. Annls géol. Serv. Mines
Madagascar 3: 50-80.
COLLIGNON, M. 1937. Ammonites cénomaniennes du sud-ouest de Madagascar. Annls géol.
Serv. Mines Madagascar 8: 28-72.
COLLIGNON, M. 1939. Fossiles cénomaniens et turoniens du Menabe. Annls géol. Serv. Mines
Madagascar 10: 61-126.
COLLIGNON, M. 1957. Céphalopodes neocrétacés du Tinrhert (Fezzan). Annis Paléont. 43:
113-136.
COLLIGNON, M. 1961. Ammonites neocrétacés du Menabe (Madagascar). VII. Les Desmocera-
tidae. Ann. géol. Surv. Min. Madagascar 31: 1-115.
COLLIGNON, M. 1963a. Les céphalopodes crétacés du bassin cétier de Tarfaya. Notes Mem.
Serv. Mines géol. Maroc 175: 1-148.
COLLIGNON, M. 1963b. Atlas des fossiles caracteristiques de Madagascar (Ammonites). X
(Albien). Tananarive: Service géologique.
COLLIGNON, M. 1964. Atlas des fossiles caracteristiques de Madagascar (Ammonites). XI.
Cénomanien. Tananarive: Service Géologique.
COLLIGNON, M. 1965. Nouvelles ammonites neocrétacés sahariennes. Annls Paléont. 51:
164-202.
COLLIGNON, M. 1966. Les céphalopodes crétacés du bassin cétier de Tarfaya. Notes Mem. Serv.
Mines Carte géol. Maroc 175: 1-148.
Cooper, M. R. 1972. The Cretaceous stratigraphy of San Nicolau and Salinas, Angola. Ann.
S. Afr. Mus. 60: 245-251.
Cooper, M. R. 1973. Cenomanian ammonites from Novo Redondo, Angola. Ann. S. Afr. Mus.
62: 41-67.
Cooper, M. R. 1974. The Cretaceous stratigraphy of south-central Africa. Ann. S. Afr. Mus.
66: 81-107.
Cooper, M. R. 1977. The mid-Cretaceous (Albian—Turonian) stratigraphy of Angola. Ann.
Mus. nat. hist. Nice. (In press.)
CourRTILLER, M. A. 1860. Description (et figures) de trois nouvelles espéces d’ammonites du
terrain crétacé des environs de Saumor (etage turonien) at des Ammonites Carolinus et
Fleuriausianus a Vetat adult. Mem. Soc. Imp. Agr. Sci. Arts, Angers 3: 246-252.
CRAGIN, F. W. 1893. A contribution to the invertebrate paleontology of the Texas Cretaceous.
Geol. Sury. Texas (Annual Rept) 4: 139-246.
Crick, G. C. 1907. Cretaceous fossils of Natal. Part III. Rep. geol. Surv. Natal Zululand 3:
161-250.
148 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Crick, G. C. 1919. On Ammonites navicularis Mantell. Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond. 13: 154-160.
Diener, C. 1925. Fossilium catalogus, I, Animalia; 29, Ammonoidea neocretacea. Berlin: Junk.
DouvILLE, H. 1931. Contribution a la géologie de l’Angola. Les ammonites de Salinas. Bolm
Mus. Lab. miner. geol. Univ. Lisb. 1: 17-46.
Fasre, S. 1940. Le Crétacé Supérieur de la Basse-Provence Occidentale. I. Cénomanien et
Turonien. Annls Fac. Sci. Marseille (2) 14: 1-355.
Forses, E. 1846. Report on the fossil Invertebrata from southern India, collected by Mr. Kaye
and Mr. Cunliffe. Trans. geol. Soc. Lond. 7: 97-174.
FREUND, R. & RAAB, M. 1969. Lower Turonian ammonites from Israel. Spec. Pap. Palaeont.
4: 1-83.
Furon, R. 1935. Le Crétacé et la Tertiaire du Sahara soudanais (Soudan, Niger, Tchad). Mus.
nat. Hist. Nat. Archives, 6th ser. 13: 1-96.
GRABAU, A. W. & SHIMER, H. W. 1910. North American index fossils. New York: Seiler & Co.
GROSSOUVRE, A. DE. 1894. Recherches sur la craie supérieure. II. Paléontologie. Les ammonites
de la craie supérieure. Mem. Serv. Carte géol. Fr.: 1-264.
GRossouvRE, A. DE. 1912. Le Crétace de la Loire—Inferieure et de la Vendee. Bull. Soc. Sci.
nat. de l’ouest Fr. 3d ser. 2: 1-38.
GUERANGER, E. 1867. Album paléontologique du departement de la Sarthe. Le Mans.
Haas, O. 1942. Some Upper Cretaceous ammonites from Angola. Am. Mus. Novit. 1182: 1-24.
Haas, O. 1949. Acanthoceratid Ammonoidea from near Greybull, Wyoming. Bull. Am. Mus.
nat. Hist. 93: 1-39.
Haas, O. 1952. Some Albian desmoceratid and lytoceratid Ammonoidea from Angola. Am.
Mus. Novit. 1561: 1-17.
Hart, M. B. & TARLING, D. H. 1974. Cenomanian palaeogeography of the North Atlantic
and possible mid-Cenomanian eustatic movements and their implications. Palaeogeogr.
Palaeoclimatol. Palaeoecol. 15: 95-108.
Hatt, D. E. 1965. Stratigraphy of the Graneros Shale (Upper Cretaceous) in central Kansas.
Bull. Kansas geol. Surv. 178: 1-83.
HENDERSON, J. 1908. New species of Cretaceous invertebrates from Northern Colorado. Proc.
U.S. natn. Mus. 34: 259-264.
HENDERSON, R. A. 1970. Ammonoidea from the Mata Series (Santonian—Maastrichtian) of
New Zealand. Spec. Pap. Palaeontology 6: 1-82.
HILL, R. C. 1901. Geography and geology of the Black and Grand Prairies, Texas. Ann. Rep.
U.S. geol. Sury. 21: 1-666.
HoePEN, E. C. N. VAN. 1921. Cretaceous Cephalopoda from Pondoland. Ann. Transy. Mus. 8:
1-48.
Howarth, M. K. 1958. Upper Jurassic and Cretaceous faunas of Alexander Land and Graham
Land. Scient. Rep. Falkld Isl. Depend. Surv. 21: 1-16.
HowartH, M. K. 1965. Cretaceous ammonites and nautiloids from Angola. Bull. Br. Mus. nat.
Hist. (Geol.) 10: 335-412.
Howarth, M. K. 1968. A mid-Turonian ammonite fauna from the Mocamedes desert, Angola.
Garcia de Orta 14: 217-228.
Hyatt, A. 1900. Cephalopoda. Jn: ZitteL, K. A. von. Textbook of palaeontology. London:
Eastman.
Hyatt, A. 1903. Pseudoceratites of the Cretaceous. Monogr. U.S. geol. Surv. 44: 1-351.
Jacos, C. 1908. Etudes sur quelques ammonites du Crétacé moyen. Mem. Soc. géol. Fr. 15
(38): 1-64.
JEFFERIES, R. P. S. 1962. The palaeoecology of the Actinocamax plenus Subzone (lowest
Turonian) in the Anglo-Paris Basin. Palaeontology 4: 609-647.
JEFFERIES, R. P. S. 1963. The stratigraphy of the Actinocamax plenus Subzone (Turonian) in
the Anglo-Paris Basin. Proc. geol. Ass. 74: 1-33.
Jones, T. S. 1938. Geology of Sierra de la Pena and palaeontology of the Indidura Formation,
Coahuila, Mexico. Bull. geol. Soc. Am. 48: 69-150.
JUIGNET, P. & KENNEDY, W. J. 1977. Faunes d’ammonites et biostratigraphie comparée du
Cénomanien du nord-ouest de la France (Normandié) et du sud de l’Angleterre. Bull. Soc.
géol. Normandie Amis Mus. Havre 63: 1-192.
JUIGNET, P., KENNEDY, W. J. & WRIGHT, C. W. 1973. La limite Cénomanien—Turonien dans
la region du Mans (Sarthe): stratigraphie et paléontologie. Ann/s Paléont. 59: 209-242.
UPPERMOST CENOMANIAN-BASAL TURONIAN AMMONITES FROM SALINAS, ANGOLA 149
KARRENBERG, H. 1935. Ammonitenfaunen aus der nordspanischen Oberkreide. Palaeonto-
graphica 82 (A): 125-161.
KENNEDY, W. J. 1971. Cenomanian ammonites from southern England. Spec. Pap. Palaeont. 8:
1-133.
KENNEDY, W. J. & Cooper, M. R. 1975. Cretaceous ammonite distributions and the opening
of the South Atlantic. J. geol. Soc. Lond. 131: 283-288.
KENNEDY, W. J. & JUIGNET, P. 1973. Observations on the lithostratigraphy and ammonite
succession across the Cenomanian-Turonian boundary in the environs of Le Mans
(Sarthe, N.W. France). Newsl. Stratigr. 2: 189-202.
Kossmat, F. 1895-1898. Untersuchungen iiber die sudindische Kreideformation. Beitr.
Paléont. Geol. Ost-Ung. 9, 11, 12: 1-217.
LericHeE, M. 1905. Sur la présence du genre Metoicoceras Hyatt dans la Craie du Nord de la
France et sur une espéce nouvelle de ce genre. (Metoicoceras pontieri). Ann. Soc. géol.
Nord. 34: 120-124.
MANTELL, G. A. 1822. The fossils of the South Downs. London.
MARSHALL, P. 1926. The Upper Cretaceous ammonites of New Zealand. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56:
129-210.
Matsumoto, T. 1938. Preliminary notes on some of the more important fossils among the
Gosyanoura fauna. J. geol. Soc. Japan. 45: 13-24.
Matsumoto, T. 1942a. A note on the Japanese Cretaceous ammonites belonging to the sub-
family Desmoceratinae. Proc. Imp. Acad. Japan 18: 24-29.
Matsumoto, T. 19425. A note on the Japanese ammonoid species belonging to the Tetra-
gonitidae. Proc. Imp. Acad. Japan 18: 671-673.
Matsumoto, T. 1954a. Family Puzosiidae from Hokkaido and Saghalien. Mem. Fac. Sci.
Kyushu Univ. (D) Geol. 5: 69-118.
Matsumoto, T. 1954b. Selected Cretaceous leading ammonites in Hokkaido and Saghalien.
In: Matsumoto, T. ed. The Cretaceous System in the Japanese Islands. Tokyo: Japan
Society for the Promotion of Science.
Matsumoto, T. 1959a. Cretaceous ammonites from the Upper Chitina Valley, Alaska. Mem.
Fac. Sci. Kyushu Univ. (D) Geol. 8: 49-90.
Matsumoto, T. 19595. Upper Cretaceous ammonites of California. Mem. Fac. Sci. Kyushu
Univ. (D) Geol. Spec. Vol. I: 1-172.
MatsumorTo, T. 1975. Additional acanthoceratids from Hokkaido. Studies of the Cretaceous
ammonites from Hokkaido and Saghalien— XXVIII. Mem. Fac. Sci. Kyushu Univ. (D)
Geol. 22: 99-163.
Matsumoto, T. & KAWANO, T. 1975. A find of Pseudocalycoceras from Hokkaido. (Studies of
Cretaceous ammonites from Hokkaido and Saghalien—XXVII). Trans. Proc. palaeont.
Soc. Japan n.s. 97: 7-21.
Matsumoto, T., MuURAMOTO, T. & TAKAHASHI, T. 1969. Selected acanthoceratids from Hok-
kaido. Mem. Fac. Sci. Kyushu Univ. (D) Geol. 19: 251-296.
Matsumoto, T., MURAMOTO, T. & TAKAHASHI, T. 1972. A new gaudryceratine ammonite
from the Cenomanian of Hokkaido. Mem. Fac. Sci. Kyushu Univ. (D) Geol. 21: 207-215.
Matsumoto, T. & OBATA, I. 1963. A monograph of the Baculitidae from Japan. Mem. Fac.
Sci. Kyushu Univ. (D) Geol. 16: 1-80.
MAtTsumorTo, T., SAITO, R. & FUKADA, A. 1957. Some acanthoceratids from Hokkaido. Mem.
Fac. Sci. Kyushu Univ. (D) Geol. 6: 1-45.
McLearn, D. 1972. Ammonoids of the Lower Cretaceous sandstone member of the Haida
Formation, Skidegate Inlet, Queen Charlotte Islands, western British Columbia. Bull.
geol. Surv. Canada 188: 1-78.
MoreEMAN, W. L. 1927. Fossil zones of the Eagle Ford Group of north and central Texas.
J. Paleont. 1: 89-101.
MoreMAaNn, W. L. 1942. Paleontology of the Eagle Ford Group of north and central Texas.
J. Paleont. 16: 192-220.
Murphy, M. A. 1967a. The Aptian—Cenomanian members of the ammonite genus Tetragonites.
Univ. Calif. Publs geol. Sci. 69: 1-78.
Murpny, M. A. 19676. The ammonoid subfamily Gabbioceratinae Breistroffer. J. Paleont. 41:
595-607.
Nowak, J. 1908. Untersuchungen iiber die Cephalopoden der obéren kreiden in Polen. Bull.
Acad. Sci. Cracovie 1908: 327-353.
150 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
OrBiGny, A. D’. 1840-1842. Paléontologie Francaise; Terrains crétacés. I, Céphalopodes: 1-662.
Paris: Masson.
OrsBIGNy, A. D’. 1847. Paléontologie francaise; Terrains crétacés IV. Brachiopodes: 1-390.
Paris: Masson.
OrBIGNY, A. D’. 1850. Prodrome de paléontologie stratigraphique universelle des animaux mol-
lusques et rayonnés. Paris: Masson.
PERVINQUIERE, L. 1907. Etudes de paléontologie tunisienne. 1. Céphalopodes des terrians secon-
daires. (Régence de Tunis . . . Carte géologique de la Tunisie.) Paris: De Rudeval.
PETRASCHECK, W. 1902. Die Ammoniten der sachsischen Kreideformation. Paldont. Oest-Ung.
Orients 14: 131-162.
PicteT, F. J. & CAMPICHE, G. 1858-1864. Matériaux pour la paléontologie Suisse. Description
des fossiles du terrain crétacé des environs de Sainte-Croix. Geneva.
Popovici-HATZEG, V. 1899. Contributions a l’étude de la faune du crétacé supérieur de
Roumanie. Environs de Campulung et de Sinaia. Mem. Soc. géol. Fr. (Paléont.) 8: 1-20.
POWELL, J. D. 1963a. Cenomanian—Turonian (Cretaceous) ammonites from trans-Pecos Texas
and north-eastern Chihuahua, Mexico. J. Paleont. 37: 309-322.
PowELL, J. D. 19635. Turonian (Cretaceous) ammonites from north-eastern Chihuahua,
Mexico. J. Paleont. 37: 1217-1232.
REESIDE, J. B. 1923. A new fauna from the Colorado Group of southern Montana. Prof. Pap.
U.S. geol. Sury. 132-B: 25-33.
REESIDE, J. B. & COBBAN, W. A. 1960. Studies of the Mowry Shale (Cretaceous) and contem-
porary formations in the United States and Canada. Prof. Pap. U.S. geol. Surv. 355: 1-126.
REESIDE, J. B. & WeymouTH, A. A. 1931. Molluscs from the Aspen Shale (Cretaceous) of
south-western Wyoming. Proc. U.S. natn. Mus. 78: 1-24.
RENZ, O. 1972. Die Gattungen Puzosia Bayle, Bhimaites Matsumoto und Desmoceras Zittel
(Ammonoidea) im oberen Albien Venezuelas. Eclogae geol. Helv. 65: 701-724.
REYMENT, R. A. 1954a. New Turonian (Cretaceous) ammonite genera from Nigeria. Colon.
Geol. Miner. Resour. 4: 149-164.
REYMENT, R. A. 19546. Some new Upper Cretaceous ammonites from Nigeria. Colon. Geol.
Miner. Resour. 4: 248-270.
REYMENT, R. A. 1955. The Cretaceous Ammonoidea of southern Nigeria and the southern
Cameroons. Bull. geol. Surv. Nigeria. 25: 1-112.
REYMENT, R. A. 1969. Ammonite biostratigraphy, continental drift and oscillatory transgres-
sions. Nature, Lond. 224: 137-140.
REYMENT, R. A. 1971la. Experimental studies of Cretaceous transgression for Africa. Bull.
geol. Soc. Am. 82: 1063-1072.
REYMENT, R. A. 19715. Vermeteter Dimorphismus bei der Ammonitengattung Benueites.
Bull. geol. Instn Univ. Upsala (n.s.) 3: 1-18.
REYMENT, R. A. 1972. Cretaceous (Albian-Turonian) geology of the South Atlantic. Proc. Conf.
Afr. Geol., Dec. 1970. Nigeria: Ibadan University Press.
REYMENT, R. A. 1973. Paléontologie evolutive et nouvelle tectonique. Publ. Palaeont. Inst. Univ.
Upsala 135: 1-18.
REYMENT, R. A. & Tart, E. A. 1972a. Biostratigraphical dating of the early history of the
south Atlantic Ocean. Phil. Trans. R. Soc. Lond. (B) 264: 55-95.
REYMENT, R. A. & Tait, E. A. 19726. Faunal evidence for the origin of the South Atlantic.
Publ. Palaeont. Inst. Univ. Upsala 131: 316-323.
SAsTRY, M. V. A. & Matsumoto, T. 1967. Notes on some Cretaceous ammonites from southern
India. Part II. Occurrence of Metoicoceras in Trichinopoly Cretaceous. Mem. Fac. Sci.
Kyushu Univ. (D) Geol. 18: 1-5.
SAYN, G. 1890. Description des ammonitides du Barrémien du Djebel-Ouach, prés Constantine.
Annls Soc. Agric. Hist. nat. Lyon (6) 3: 135-208.
SCHLUTER, C. 1871-76. Die Cephalopoden der oberen deutschen Kreide. Palaeontographica 24:
1-24 (1871); 24: 25-120 (1872); 24: 121-264 (1876).
SCHNEEGANS, D. 1943. Invertébrés du Crétacé supérieur du Damergou (Terretoire du Niger).
In: Etudes stratigraphiques et paléontologiques sur le Bassin du Niger. Bull. Fr. W. Afr.
Direction Mines 7: 87-150.
SCHOBEL, J. 1975. Ammoniten der familie Vascoceratidae aus den unteren Unterturon des
Damergoi-gebietes, Republique du Niger. Publ. palaeont. inst. Univ. Upsala 3: 1-136.
UPPERMOST CENOMANIAN-BASAL TURONIAN AMMONITES FROM SALINAS, ANGOLA 151
SHARPE, D. 1853-1857. Description of the fossil remains of Mollusca found in the Chalk of
England. I. Cephalopoda. Palaeontogr. Soc. (Monogr.): 1-68.
Sumer, H. W. & SHROCK, R. R. 1944. Index fossils of North America. New York: Wiley &
Sons.
SHIMIZU, S. 1934. Ammonites. In: SHimi1zu, S. & OBATA, T. Cephalopoda. Twanami’s series of
geology and palaeontology. Tokyo. (In Japanese.)
SHIMIZU, S. 1935. The Upper Cretaceous Cephalopoda of Japan. J. Shanghai Sci. Inst. (2) 1:
159-226.
SHUMARD, B. F. 1861. Description of new Cretaceous fossils from Texas. Trans. Acad. Sci. St.
Louis 1: 590-610.
Sornay, J. 1955. Ammonites (Mammites) geslinianus d’Orbigny. Palaeont. Universalis, n.s., 11.
SpATH, L. F. 1922. On the Senonian ammonite fauna from Pondoland. Trans. R. Soc. S. Afr.
10: 113-147.
SPATH, L. F. 1923. On the ammonite horizons of the Gault and contiguous deposits. Mem.
geol. Sury. Summ. Prog. (1922): 139-149.
SpATH, L. F. 1925. On Senonian Ammonoidea from Jamaica. Geol. Mag. 62: 28-32.
SpATH, L. F. 1926. On the zones of the Cenomanian and the uppermost Albian. Proc. Geol.
Assoc. 37: 420-432.
SPATH, L. F. 1927. Revision of the Jurassic cephalopod fauna of Kutch. Mem. geol. Surv. India
Palaeont. indica n.s. 9: 1-84.
SPATH, L. F. 1931. A monograph of the Ammonoidea of the Gault. Palaeontogr. Soc. (Monogr.):
313-378.
SPATH, L. F. 1937. The nomenclature of some Lower Chalk ammonites. Geol. Mag. 74:
277-281.
STANTON, T. W. 1893. The Colorado Formation and its invertebrate fauna. Bull. U.S. geol.
Surv. 106: 1-288.
STEPHENSON, L. W. 1952. Larger invertebrate fossils of the Woodbine Formation (Cenomanian)
of Texas. Prof. Pap. U.S. geol. Sury. 242: 1-226.
STEPHENSON, L. W. 1955. Basal Eagle Ford fauna (Cenomanian) in Johnson and Tarrant
counties, Texas. Prof. Pap. U.S. geol. Surv. 274-C: 56-67.
STOLICZKA, F. 1863-1866. The fossil Cephalopoda of the Cretaceous rocks of southern India.
Mem. geol. Surv. India Palaeont. Indica (3) 1-13: 41-216.
TAUBENHAUS, H. 1920. Die Ammoneen der Kreideformation Palastinas und syriens. Z. dt.
PalastVer. 43: 1-58.
THOMEL, G. 1969. Reflexions sur les genres Eucalycoceras et Protacanthoceras (Ammonoidea).
C.R. hebd. Séanc. Acad. Sci., Paris 268: 649-652.
THOMEL, G. 1972. Les Acanthoceratidae Cenomaniens des chaines supalpines Meridionales.
Mem. Soc. géol. Fr. n.s. 51: 1-204.
THOMEL, G. 1973. A propos de la limite entre les étages Cenomanien et Turonien. C.R. hebd.
Séanc. Acad. Sci., Paris 277: 761-764.
UsHer, J. L. 1952. Ammonite faunas of the Upper Cretaceous rocks of Vancouver Island,
British Columbia. Bull. geol. Surv. Can. 21: 1-182.
VENZO, S. 1936. Cefalopodi del Cretacea medio-superiore dello Zululand. Palaeontogr. ital.
36: 59-133.
WARREN, P. S. 1930. New species of fossils from Smokey River and Dunvegan Formations,
Alberta. Rep. Alberta Res. Council geol. Sury. 21: 57-68.
WARREN, P. S. 1947. Cretaceous fossil horizons in the Mackenzie River Valley (Canada).
J. Paleont. 21: 118-123.
Wuite, C. A. 1876. Report upon the invertebrate fossils, collected in portions of Nevada, Utah,
New Mexico and Arizona, by parties of the expedition of 1871, 1872 and 1873, with
descriptions of new species. Rep. U.S. geogr. geol. Explor. Surveys W. 100th Mer. 4: 1-219.
WHITEAVES, J. F. 1884. On the fossils of the coal-bearing deposits of the Queen Charlotte
Islands collected by Dr. G. M. Dawson in 1878. Geol. Surv. Can., Mesozoic fossils 1:
191-262.
WHITEAVES, J. F. 1900. On some additional or imperfectly understood fossils from the Creta-
ceous rocks of Queen Charlotte Islands, with a revised list of the species from these rocks.
Geol. Sury. Can., Mesozoic Fossils 1: 263-307.
52 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
WIEDMANN, J. 1959. Le Crétacé supérieur de l’Espagne et du Portugal et ses Céphalopodes.
In: Colloque Crétacé supérieur francais. Soc. Savantes Paris, 84th Cong., Dijon, Sec. Sci.,
Comptes Rendus Colloque Crétacé: 709-764.
WIEDMANN, J. 1962. Ammoniten aus der vascogotischen Kreide (Nordspanien). I. Phyllocera-
tina, Lytoceratina. Palaeontographica A118: 119-237.
WIEDMANN, J. 1964. Le Crétacé Supérieur de l’Espagne et du Portugal et ses céphalopodes.
Estud. geol. Inst. Invest. geol. Lucas Mallada: 107-148.
WIEDMANN, J. 1973. The Albian and Cenomanian Tetragonitidae (Cretaceous Ammonoidea),
with special reference to the circum-Indic species. Eclogae geol. Helv. 66: 585-616.
WIEDMANN, J. & DIENI, I. 1968. Die Kreide Sardiniens und ihre Cephalopoden. Palaeontogr.
ital. n.s. 34: 1-171.
Woops, H. 1911. The palaeontology of the Upper Cretaceous deposits of northern Nigeria
(Appendix). Jn: FALCONER, J. D. The geology and geography of northern Nigeria. London:
Macmillan.
WRIGHT, C. W. 1963. Cretaceous ammonites from Bathurst Island, northern Australia.
Palaeontology 6: 597-614.
WRIGHT, C. W. & Matsumoto, T. 1954. Some doubtful Cretaceous ammonite genera from
Japan and Saghalien. Mem. Fac. Sci. Kyushu Univ. (D) Geol. 4: 107-134.
WRIGHT, C. W. & WRIGHT, E. V. 1951. A survey of the fossil Cephalopoda of the Chalk of
Great Britain. Palaeont. Soc. (Monogr.): 1-40.
YABE, H. 1902. Cretaceous Cephalopoda from Hokkaido. J. Coll. Sci. Imp. Univ. Tokyo 20:
1-45.
YOuNG, K. 1957. Cretaceous ammonites from eastern Apache County, Arizona. J. Paleont. 31:
1167-1174.
Youna, K. 1958. Cenomanian (Cretaceous) ammonites from Trans-Pecos Texas. J. Paleont.
32: 286-294.
6. SYSTEMATIC papers must conform to the /nternational code of zoological nomenclature
(particularly Articles 22 and 51).
Names of new taxa, combinations, synonyms, etc., when used for the first time, must be
followed by the appropriate Latin (not English) abbreviation, e.g. gen. nov., sp. nov., comb.
nov., syn. nov., etc.
An author’s name when cited must follow the name of the taxon without intervening
punctuation and not be abbreviated; if the year is added, a comma must separate author’s
name and year. The author’s name (and date, if cited) must be placed in parentheses if a
species or subspecies is transferred from its original genus. The name of a subsequent user of
a scientific name must be separated from the scientific name by a colon.
Synonymy arrangement should be according to chronology of names, i.e. all published
scientific names by which the species previously has been designated are listed in chronological
order, with all references to that name following in chronological order .e.g.:
Family Nuculanidae
Nuculana (Lembulus) bicuspidata (Gould, 1845)
Figs 14-15A
Nucula (Leda) bicuspidata Gould, 1845: 37.
Leda plicifera A. Adams, 1856: 50.
Laeda bicuspidata Hanley, 1859: 118, pl. 228 (fig. 73). Sowerby, 1871: pl. 2 (fig. 8a—b).
Nucula largillierti Philippi, 1861: 87.
Leda bicuspidata: Nicklés, 1950: 163, fig. 301; 1955: 110. Barnard, 1964: 234, figs 8-9.
Note punctuation in the above example:
comma separates author’s name and year
semicolon separates more than one reference by the same author
full stop separates references by different authors
figures of plates are enclosed in parentheses to distinguish them from text-figures
dash, not comma, separates consecutive numbers
Synonymy arrangement according to chronology of bibliographic references, whereby
the year is placed in front of each entry, and the synonym repeated in full for each entry, is
not acceptable.
In describing new species, one specimen must be designated as the holotype; other speci-
mens mentioned in the original description are to be designated paratypes; additional material
not regarded as paratypes should be listed separately. The complete data (registration number,
depository, description of specimen, locality, collector, date) of the holotype and paratypes
must be recorded, e.g.:
Holotype
SAM-A13535 in the South African Museum, Cape Town. Adult female from mid-tide region, King’s Beach
Port Elizabeth (33°51’S 25°39’E), collected by A. Smith, 15 January 1973.
Note standard form of writing South African Museum registration numbers and date.
7. SPECIAL HOUSE RULES
Capital initial letters
(a) The Figures, Maps and Tables of the paper when referred to in the text
== -...tme Fisure depictine C. namacolus ...: ‘... . ia C. namacolus (Figs. 10)... 2
(b) The prefixes of prefixed surnames in all languages, when used in the text, if not preceded
by initials or full names
e.g. Du Toit but A.L.du Toit; Von Huene but F. von Huene
(c) Scientific names, but not their vernacular derivatives
e.g. Therocephalia, but therocephalian
Punctuation should be loose, omitting all not strictly necessary
Reference to the author should be expressed in the third person
Roman numerals should be converted to arabic, except when forming part of the title of a
book or article, such as
“Revision of the Crustacea. Part VIII. The Amphipoda.’
Specific name must not stand alone, but be preceded by the generic name or its abbreviation
to initial capital letter, provided the same generic name is used consecutively.
Name of new genus or species is not to be included in the title: it should be included in the
abstract, counter to Recommendation 23 of the Code, to meet the requirements of
Biological Abstracts.
MICHAEL R. COOPER
UPPERMOST CENOMANIAN-BASAL TURONIAN.
AMMONITES FROM SALINAS, ANGOLA)
wi
i
VOLUME 75 PART 6 MARCH 1978 : | ISSN 0303-2515
‘507.68
A} 7 |
. y ma fu ‘ |
}
|
|
j |
|
|
|
|
if
Hi
i]
|
|
OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN |
“MUSEUM
CAPE TOWN
INSTRUCTIONS TO AUTHORS
1. MATERIAL should be original and not published elsewhere, in whole or in part.
2. LAYOUT should be as follows:
(a) Centred masthead to consist of
Title: informative but concise, without abbreviations and not including the names of new genera or species
Author’s(s’) name(s)
Address(es) of author(s) (institution where work was carried out)
Number of illustrations (figures, enumerated maps and tables, in this order)
(b) Abstract of not more than 200 words, intelligible to the reader without reference to the text
(c) Table of contents giving hierarchy of headings and subheadings
(d) Introduction
(e) Subject-matter of the paper, divided into sections to correspond with those given in table of contents
(f) Summary, if paper is lengthy
(g) Acknowledgements
(h) References
(i) Abbreviations, where these are numerous
3. MANUSCRIPT, to be submitted in triplicate, should be typewritten and neat, double spaced
with 2,5 cm margins all round. First lines of paragraphs should be indented. Tables and a list of
legends for illustrations should be typed separately, their positions indicated in the text. All
pages should be numbered consecutively.
Major headings of the paper are centred capitals; first subheadings are shouldered small
capitals; second subheadings are shouldered italics; third subheadings are indented, shouldered
italics. Further subdivisions should be avoided, as also enumeration (never roman numerals)
of headings and abbreviations.
Footnotes should be avoided unless they are short and essential.
Only generic and specific names should be underlined to indicate italics; all other marking
up should be left to editor and publisher.
4. ILLUSTRATIONS should be reducible to a size not exceeding 12 x 18 cm (19 cm including
legend); the reduction or enlargement required should be indicated; originals larger than
35 x 47 cm should not be submitted; photographs should be rectangular in shape and final
size. A metric scale should appear with all illustrations, otherwise magnification or reduction
should be given in the legend; if the latter, then the final reduction or enlargement should be
taken into consideration.
All illustrations, whether line drawings or photographs, should be termed figures (plates
are not printed; half-tones will appear in their proper place in the text) and numbered in a
single series. Items of composite figures should be designated by capital letters; iettering of
figures is not set in type and should be in lower-case letters.
The number of the figure should be lightly marked in pencil on the back of each illustration.
5. REFERENCES cited in text and synonymies should all be included in the list at the end of
the paper, using the Harvard System (ibid., idem, loc. cit., op. cit. are not acceptable):
(a) Author’s name and year of publication given in text, e.g.:
‘Smith (1969) describes...’
‘Smith (1969: 36, fig. 16) describes .
‘As described (Smith 1969a, 19695; rane ey
‘As described (Haughton & Broom as
‘As described (Haughton et al. 1927) . -
Note: no comma separating name ata’ year
Dagination indicated by colon, not p.
names of joint authors connected by ampersand
et al. in text for more than two joint authors, but names of all authors given in list of references.
(b) Full references at the end of the paper, arranged alphabetically by names, chronologically
within each name, with suffixes a, b, etc. to the year for more than one paper by the same
author in that year, e.g. Smith (1969a, 19695) and not Smith (1969, 1969a).
For books give title in italics, edition, volume number, place of publication, publisher.
For journal article give title of article, title of journal in italics (abbreviated according to the World list o,
Scientific periodicals. 4th ed. London: Butterworths, 1963), series in parentheses, volume number, part
number (only if independently paged) in parentheses, pagination (first and last pages of article).
Examples (note capitalization and punctuation)
BULLOUGH, W. S. 1960. Practical invertebrate anatomy. 2nd ed. London: Macmillan.
FISCHER, P.-H. 1948. Données sur la résistance et de le vitalité des mollusques. J. Conch., Paris 88: 100-140.
FiscHER, P.-H., DuvaL, M. & Rarry, A. 1933. Etudes sur les échanges respiratoires des littorines. Archs
Zool. exp. gen. 74: 627-634, \
Koun, A. J. 1960a. Ecological notes on Conus (Mollusca: Gastropoda) in the Trincomalee region of Ceylon.
Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (13) 2: 309-320.
Konn, A. J. 19606. Spawning behaviour, ese masses and larval development in Conus from the Indian Ocean.
Bull. Bingham oceanogr. Coll. 17 (4): 1-51.
THIELE, J. 1910. Mollusca: B. Peircincaouees Gastropoda marina, Bivalvia. In: SCHULTZE, L. Zoologische
und anthropologische Ergebnisse einer Forschungsreise im westlichen und zentralen Siid-Afrika 4: 269-270.
Jena: Fischer. Denkschr. med.-naturw. Ges. Jena 16: 269-270.
(continued inside back cover)
ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
ANNALE VAN DIE SUID-AFRIKAANSE MUSEUM
Volume 75 Band
March 1978 Maart
Part 6 Deel
NEW RECORDS OF CRABEATER SEALS (LOBODON
CARCINOPHAGUS) FROM SOUTH AFRICA
By
GRAHAM J. B. ROSS
PETER D. SHAUGHNESSY
&
PETER B. BEST
Cape Town Kaapstad
The ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
are issued in parts at irregular intervals as material
becomes available
Obtainable from the South African Museum, P.O. Box 61, Cape Town
Die ANNALE VAN DIE SUID-AFRIKAANSE MUSEUM
word uitgegee in dele op ongereelde tye na beskikbaarheid
van stof
Verkrygbaar van die Suid-Afrikaanse Museum, Posbus 61, Kaapstad
OUT OF PRINT/UIT DRUK
1, 21-3, 5-8), 3(1-2, 4-5, 8, t.-p.i.), 5(1-3, 5, 7-9),
6(1, t.—p.i.), 7-4), 8, 911-2, 7), 10(1-3),
11(1-2, 5, 7, t.—p.i.), 15(4-5), 24(2), 27, 311-3), 32(5), 33
Price of this part/Prys van hierdie deel
R1,60
ISBN 0 908407 40 8
Printed in South Africa by In Suid-Afrika gedruk deur
The Rustica Press, Pty., Ltd., Die Rustica-pers, Edms., Bpk.,
Court Road, Wynberg, Cape Courtweg, Wynberg, Kaap
NEW RECORDS OF CRABEATER SEALS (LOBODON
CARCINOPHAGUS) FROM SOUTH AFRICA
By
GRAHAM J. B. Ross
Port Elizabeth Museum, Port Elizabeth
PETER D. SHAUGHNESSY & PETER B. BEST
Sea Fisheries Branch, Cape Town
(With | figure and 1 table)
[MS. accepted 5 January 1978]
ABSTRACT
Information is provided on nine records of the crabeater seal in South Africa since 1968
and one previously recorded stranding in 1957. They occurred on the south and east coasts
between False Bay and East London. Most of the strandings occurred during summer months,
and most were of seals in their first year. It is suggested that these seals come from the western
Atlantic sector of the Antarctic pack-ice, south-west of South Africa.
CONTENTS
PAGE
Introduction . : : : 153
Records . : : ; : 154
Discussion ; : 5 A 156
Acknowledgements . : sey eS,
References ; 4 5 : 158
INTRODUCTION
The crabeater seal Lobodon carcinophagus is a pelagic species with a circum-
polar distribution in antarctic waters associated with the drifting pack-ice. On
several occasions, however, vagrants have been recorded from islands in the
Southern Ocean, Australia, Tasmania, New Zealand, South Africa and the
Atlantic coast of South America. These records have been mapped by Erickson
& Hofman (1974) as far north as latitude 30°S, though the locality of the
northernmost record is Pontal, Rio de Janeiro, at latitude 23°S (Vaz Ferreira
1965).
Since Courtenay-Latimer (1961) reported the first South African specimen
of a crabeater seal, nine more animals have been recorded on this coast. Details
of all these records are reported here and their localities shown in Figure 1.
IDs
Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 75 (6), 1978: 153-158, 1 fig., 1 table.
154 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
SOUTH AFRICA
Gamtoos R.
Van Staden’s R.
35°S
20° E 25° 30°
Fig. 1. Map showing the localities of crabeater seal strandings in South Africa.
RECORDS
On 22 July 1957 a female seal hauled out on the beach at Hamburg (33°17’S
27°30’E) (Courtenay-Latimer 1961). The authors have determined the condylo-
basal length (CBL) of the skull as 241 mm, and the standard length of the
mounted specimen on display at the East London Museum (ELM 572) as
1,69 m.
On 17 March 1968 the decomposed carcass of a crabeater seal was collected
between the Gamtoos and Van Staden’s River mouths (33°57’S 25°08’E). The
skeleton was collected for the Port Elizabeth Museum (PEM 1513/101), but the
skull has subsequently disappeared. The seal was not measured, but comparison
of the length of its articulated vertebral column with that of another specimen
(PEM 1519/25; 1,23 m) suggested that the standard length of this animal was
about 1,9 m.
A male crabeater seal hauled out at The Strand, False Bay (34°07’S 18°50’E)
on 26 December 1971, and was killed by bystanders the following morning.
External measurements of this animal (and ancther three animals that were
measured in a standard manner) are provided in Table 1. Each testis weighed
7,5 g, and measured 45 x 17 mm and 40 x 18 mm. The skin and skeleton are
in the collections of the South African Museum, Cape Town (SAM-36357). The
viscera and eyes are in the collections of the Sea Fisheries Branch. The stomach
of this seal contained approximately 150 g of gravel and sand, and 15 g of algae
identified by R. H. Simons (Sea Fisheries Branch) as Dictyota intricata, Ploca-
NEW RECORDS OF CRABEATER SEALS FROM SOUTH AFRICA 155
TABLE |
Measurements of four crabeater seals that stranded on the coast of South Africa
Flipper length
Standard Nov it. Axillary Thickness? Skull
Specimen Sex Mass length front hind girth blubberand CBL
number (kg) (m) (m) (m) (m) skin(mm) (mm)
SAM-36357 M 77,3 1,66 0533) 0332 1,01 24 fragments
SAM-36358 F 99,1 lv 0,33 0,33 1,10 19 248
3PEM 1518/42 F 64 1,67 0,33 0,33 _ — 247
83PEM 1519/25 + F 148 2,08 — — -- — 2
1 Measured from anterior insertion of flipper to tip of first claw.
2 Measured at the posterior end of the sternum.
3 Measured at time of death. On 6 February 1974 PEM 1519/25 measured 1,88 m in standard
length.
mium corallorhiza and P. rigidum, all of which are common sublittorally in False
Bay.
On 19 January 1972 a female crabeater seal came ashore at Kalk Bay
(34°07’'S 18°27’E) and was euthanized. External measurements are provided in
Table 1. The skin and skeleton are in the collections of the South African Museum
(SAM-36358). The stomach contained 30 small stones with a total mass of 5 g
and a large number of tiny stones, sand and shells totalling 170 g. The shells have
been identified by B. Kensley (South African Museum) as Oxystele variegata,
Turritella sp. and Burnupena sp., all of which are common in South African
waters.
A female crabeater seal was collected alive on 28 January 1973 at Jeffreys
Bay (34°04'S 24°56’E) and taken to the Port Elizabeth Oceanarium where it was
maintained on a fish diet (Ross et al. 1976). The seal was measured (Table 1)
when it died on 25 April 1973 in an emaciated condition. The skull and ovaries
are preserved in the Port Elizabeth Museum (PEM 1518/42).
On 26 January 1974 a female crabeater seal was collected at Seaview
(34°03’S 25°30’E), near Port Elizabeth. It was also kept at the Port Elizabeth
Oceanarium (Ross e¢ al. 1976). It died on 15 April 1974 when it was measured
(Table 1). The complete skeleton and ovaries are preserved in the Port Elizabeth
Museum (PEM 1519/25).
A crabeater seal died on 15 April 1974 some 36 hours after it had been first
reported at Nature’s Valley (33°58’S 23°33’E). The total length including the hind
flippers was 2,11 m and the maximum girth round the foreflippers and chest was
1,06 m. The seal had a mass of 85,2 kg. The fragmented skull and some vertebrae
are preserved in the collections of the Tsitsikama Coastal National Park
(TNP/B/1974/1). Comparison with the measurements of the captive animal that
stranded at Seaview in 1974, which on 6 February 1974 had a standard length of
1,88 m and a total length including hind flippers of 2,10 m, suggests that the
standard length of this seal was approximately 1,9 m.
A crabeater seal, thought to be a female, hauled out at Igoda (33°06’S
27°47'E), 17 km south-west of East London, on 11 January 1975. It survived
In captivity for two days. The mounted skin with skull inside has been prepared
156 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
for display at the East London Museum (ELM 916). The standard length of the
mounted animal is 1,68 m.
On 26 January 1975 a crabeater seal of unknown length and sex hauled out
at Jeffreys Bay and died after several hours. Colour photographs in the files of
the Port Elizabeth Museum show that the animal was unscarred. It was estimated
by observers and from the photographs to be less than 2 m in standard length.
No parts of the carcass were saved.
On 28 January 1975 a crabeater seal was found on Leisure Island, in Knysna
Lagoon (34°05’S 23°03’E) where it remained for the day before swimming away
in the late afternoon. The animal was approximately 2 m in total length and
unscarred (M. J. Clarke in litt.). Two photographs of it are on file in the Port
Elizabeth Museum.
DISCUSSION
Though few observations have been made of new-born crabeater seals,
available records indicate that pups are born between the middle of September
and early November at approximately 1,35—1,5 m in standard length (King 1957;
@ritsland 1970b; Corner 1972). From an analysis of the standard length frequen-
cies of 292 crabeater seals collected in the Antarctic between the months of
January and April, Laws (1958) concluded that peaks of 1,88 m and 2,03 m
represented the modal lengths of seals aged 4 year and 14 years, respectively.
Further, sexual maturity in females is attained at a standard length of 2,06 m
and physical maturity in both sexes at 2,26 m. By comparison, the standard
lengths of eight of the South African specimens for which reliable data are
available (ranging from 1,66 to 1,9 m) indicate they were in their first year of life.
Because the other two animals were not measured, their age-class cannot be
determined, but it seems likely that they were considerably smaller than
physically mature animals.
Laws (1958) determined the ages of crabeater seals from the number of
dentine layers seen in a transverse section of a tooth when viewed by reflected
light in water. Sections of upper canines of PEM 1518/42, SAM —36357 and
SAM-36358, and lower canines of ELM 572 and PEM 1519/25 all showed a
single, incomplete postnatal dentine layer, confirming that these five animals
were less than | year old.
The origin of these seals is unknown. It is possible that they came from the
nearest pack-ice some 2 000 km to the south of South Africa, though the West
Wind Drift would have tended to drift the animals eastwards as they moved
northwards from this sector of the Antarctic. It seems more likely that they came
from west of the longitude of South Africa, possibly from the western Atlantic
sector of the Antarctic, where crabeater seals are particularly abundant (Erickson
& Hofman 1974). There the northern part of the pack-ice lies within the influence
of the West Wind Drift, which would assist seals in their passage. Even so, the
current could provide a drift of only some 2000 km over a period of four
- NEW RECORDS OF CRABEATER SEALS FROM SOUTH AFRICA 157
months, for its speed is about 0,7 km/h (Hydrographic Department 1961). Thus
it seems that a recently weaned crabeater seal moving from the pack-ice to South
African waters would have to swim actively in order to complete the journey in
three or four months.
The South African records are markedly seasonal, with eight of them
occurring between late December and early March, while six of these occur in
January alone. The seasonal occurrence in the summer months contrasts with
the statement by Scheffer (1958) that crabeater seals move outward from
Antarctica in autumn. It also contrasts with the seasonal occurrence of records
in Australia, where only two of the six animals hauled out during summer (one
each in December and January) and the other four hauled out between June and
September (Anon. 1946; Hall 1903; Ingham 1960; Le Soeuf 1929; Troughton
1965).
The only dated strandings of crabeater seals in the available literature for
New Zealand and South America were for the months of April (Oliver 1921) and
June (Berg 1898), respectively.
By comparison it is interesting to note that a seasonal influx of crabeater
seal pups was observed in December and January at the Bay of Whales in
Antarctica by Lindsey (1938), and several other authors have recorded the
Seasonal movement of crabeater seals towards the continent in midsummer (see
@Mritsland 1970a), though these seals are not always young animals (Bertram
1940). The timing of these two movements suggests that they are related: as seals
begin to move southward with the retreat of the pack-ice in summer, an unknown
proportion moves northward and eastward with the West Wind Drift.
The few South African records must be a small proportion of the number of
crabeater seals reaching these waters, for the geographical distribution of the
present records reflects that of interested biologists. Further, as South Africa lies
on the northern edge of the influence of the West Wind Drift, those animals
reaching South Africa can be only a fraction of those that do not land, but pass
to the south.
It is likely that few of these animals survive. The presence of stones, sand
and other indigestible matter in the stomachs of two animals suggests that the
seals were unable to fend for themselves in South African waters. They may con-
stitute a small but potentially significant part of total pup mortality. Studies of
the movements of pups using radio telemetry during the break-up of the pack-ice
to determine whether pup dispersal occurs randomly or in a fixed direction would
assist in assessing the potential size of emigration from the population to the
north and the east.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
For permission to examine and publish data on specimens in their collec-
tions, we thank the Directors of the East London, Port Elizabeth and South
African Museums and the Warden of the Tsitsikama Coastal National Park.
158 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
We also thank Dr B. Kensley and Mr R. H. Simons for identifying stomach
contents of seals.
REFERENCES
ANoNn. 1946. [Lobodon carcinophagus in Tasmania.] Pap. Proc. R. Soc. Tasm. 1945: 165.
BERG, C. 1898. Lobodon carcinophagus (H.J.) Gr. en el Rio de la Plata. Comun. Mus. nac.
B. Aires 1: 15.
BERTRAM, G. C. L. 1940. The biology of the Weddell and crabeater seals with a study of the
comparative behaviour of the Pinnipedia. Scient. Rep. Br. Graham Ld Exped. 1: 1-139.
CorRNER, R. W. M. 1972. Observations-on a small crabeater seal breeding group. Bull. Br.
Antarct. Surv. 30: 104-106.
COURTENAY-LATIMER, M. 1961. Two rare seal records for South Africa. Ann. Cape Prov. Mus.
(nat. Hist.) 1: 102.
ERIcKSON, A. W. & HOFMAN, R. J. 1974. Antarctic seals. Am. Geogr! Soc., Antarct. Map Folio
Ser. 18: 4-13.
Hatt, T. S. 1903. [Crabeater seals in Australian waters.] Nature, Lond. 67: 327-328.
HYDROGRAPHIC DEPARTMENT. 1961. The Antarctic pilot. 3rd ed. London: Her Majesty’s
Stationery Office.
INGHAM, S. E. 1960. The status of seals (Pinnipedia) at Australian Antarctic stations. Mammalia
24: 422-430.
Kina, J. E. 1957. On a pup of the crabeater seal Lobodon carcinophagus. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist.
(12) 10: 619-624.
Laws, R. M. 1958. Growth rates and ages of crabeater seals, Lobodon carcinophagus Jacquinot
& Pucheran. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond. 130: 275-288.
Le Souer, A. S. 1929. Occurrence of the crab-eating seal Lobodon carcinophaga Hombron and
Jacuinot [sic], in New South Wales. Aust. Zool. 6: 99.
Linpsey, A. A. 1938. Notes on the crab-eater seal. J. Mammal. 19: 456-461.
OLIveER, W. R. B. 1921. The crab-eating seal in New Zealand. Trans. Proc. N.Z. Inst. 53: 360,
pl. 56.
QMRITSLAND, T. 1970a. Biology and population dynamics of Antarctic seals. In: HOLDGATE,
M. W., ed. Antarctic ecology 1: 361-366. London: Academic Press.
QMRITSLAND, T. 19705. Sealing and seal research in the south-west Atlantic pack ice, Sept.—Oct.,
1964. In: HoLpGaTE, M. W., ed. Antarctic ecology 1: 367-376. London: Academic Press.
Ross, G. J. B., RYAN, F., SAAYMAN, G. S. & SKINNER, J. 1976. Observations on two captive
crabeater seals Lobodon carcinophagus at the Port Elizabeth Oceanarium. Int. Zoo Yb. 16:
160-164.
SCHEFFER, V. B. 1958. Seals, sea lions, and walruses. A review of the Pinnipedia. Stanford,
California: Stanford University Press.
TROUGHTON, E. 1965. Furred animals of Australia. 8th ed. Sydney: Angus & Robertson.
VAZ FERREIRA, R. 1965. Ecologia terrestre y marina de los pinnipedios del Atlantico sudocci-
dental. Anais Acad. bras. Cienc. 37 (Suppl.): 179-191. (In Spanish, English summary.)
6. SYSTEMATIC papers must conform to the /nternational code of zoological nomenclature
(particularly Articles 22 and 51).
Names of new taxa, combinations, synonyms, etc., when used for the first time, must be
followed by the appropriate Latin (not English) abbreviation, e.g. gen. nov., sp. nov., comb.
nov., syn. nov., etc.
An author’s name when cited must follow the name of the taxon without intervening
punctuation and not be abbreviated; if the year is added, a comma must separate author’s
name and year. The author’s name (and date, if cited) must be placed in parentheses if a
species or subspecies is transferred from its original genus. The name of a subsequent user of
a scientific name must be separated from the scientific name by a colon.
Synonymy arrangement should be according to chronology of names, i.e. all published
scientific names by which the species previously has been designated are listed in chronological
order, with all references to that name following in chronological order, e.g.:
Family Nuculanidae
Nuculana (Lembulus) bicuspidata (Gould, 1845)
Figs 14-15A
Nucula (Leda) bicuspidata Gould, 1845: 37.
Leda plicifera A. Adams, 1856: 50.
Laeda bicuspidata Hanley, 1859: 118, pl. 228 (fig. 73). Sowerby, 1871: pl. 2 (fig. 8a—b).
Nucula largillierti Philippi, 1861: 87.
Leda bicuspidata: Nicklés, 1950: 163, fig. 301; 1955: 110. Barnard, 1964: 234, figs 8-9.
Note punctuation in the above example:
comma separates author’s name and year
semicolon separates more than one reference by the same author
full stop separates references by different authors
figures of plates are enclosed in parentheses to distinguish them from text-figures
dash, not comma, separates consecutive numbers
Synonymy arrangement according to chronology of bibliographic references, whereby
the year is placed in front of each entry, and the synonym repeated in full for each entry, is
‘not acceptable.
In describing new species, one specimen must be designated as the holotype; other speci-
mens mentioned in the original description are to be designated paratypes; additional material
not regarded as paratypes should be listed separately. The complete data (registration number,
depository, description of specimen, locality, collector, date) of the holotype and paratypes
must be recorded, e.g.:
Holotype
SAM-—A13535 in the South African Museum, Cape Town. Adult female from mid- tide region, King’s Beach
Port Elizabeth (33°51’S 25°39’E), collected by A. ‘Smith, 15 January 1973.
Note standard form of writing South African Museum registration numbers and date.
7. SPECIAL HOUSE RULES
Capital initial letters
(a) The Figures, Maps and Tables of the paper when referred to in the text
e.g. °... the Figure depicting C. namacolus ...’; *. . . in C. namacolus (Fig. 10)...’
(b) The prefixes of prefixed surnames in all languages, when used in the text, if not preceded
by initials or full names
e.g. DuToit but A.L.du Toit; Von Huene but F. von Huene
(c) Scientific names, but not their vernacular derivatives
e.g. Therocephalia, but therocephalian
Punctuation should be loose, omitting all not strictly necessary
Reference to the author should be expressed in the third person
Roman numerals should be converted to arabic, except when forming part of the title of a
book or article, such as
‘Revision of the Crustacea. Part VIII. The Amphipoda.’
Specific name must not stand alone, but be preceded by the generic name or its abbreviation
to initial capital letter, provided the same generic name is used consecutively.
Name of new genus or species is not to be included in the title: it should be included in the
abstract, counter to Recommendation 23 of the Code, to meet the requirements of
Biological Abstracts.
GRAHAM J. B. ROSS
PETER D. SHAUGHNESSY
&
PETER B. BEST
NEW RECORDS OF CRABEATER SEALS (LOBODON
CARCINOPHAGUS) FROM SOUTH AFRICA
OLUME 75 PART 7 JUNE 1978 ISSN 0303-2515
07:63
3 ace 4 j rs
vy a
ANNALS
OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN
ee ae AMIEL IVE
CAPE TOWN
INSTRUCTIONS TO AUTHORS
1. MATERIAL should be original and not published elsewhere, in whole or in part.
2. LAYOUT should be as follows:
(a) Centred masthead to consist of
Title: informative but concise, without abbreviations and not including the names of new genera or species
Author’s(s’) name(s)
Address(es) of author(s) (institution where work was carried out)
Number of illustrations (figures, enumerated maps and tables, in this order)
(b) Abstract of not more than 200 words, intelligible to the reader without reference to the text
(c) Table of contents giving hierarchy of headings and subheadings
(d) Introduction
(e) Subject-matter of the paper, divided into sections to correspond with those given in table of contents
(f) Summary, if paper is lengthy
(g) Acknowledgements
(h) References
(i) Abbreviations, where these are numerous
3. MANUSCRIPT, to be submitted in triplicate, should be typewritten and neat, double spaced
with 2,5 cm margins all round. First lines of paragraphs should be indented. Tables and a list of
legends for illustrations should be typed separately, their positions indicated in the text. All
pages should be numbered consecutively.
Major headings of the paper are centred capitals; first subheadings are shouldered small
capitals; second subheadings are shouldered italics; third subheadings are indented, shouldered
italics. Further subdivisions should be avoided, as also enumeration (never roman numerals)
of headings and abbreviations.
Footnotes should be avoided unless they are short and essential.
Only generic and specific names should be underlined to indicate italics; all other marking
up should be left to editor and publisher.
4. ILLUSTRATIONS should be reducible to a size not exceeding 12 x 18 cm (19 cm including
legend); the reduction or enlargement required should be indicated; originals larger than
35 x 47 cm should not be submitted; photographs should be rectangular in shape and final
size. A metric scale should appear with all illustrations, otherwise magnification or reduction
should be given in the legend; if the latter, then the final reduction or enlargement should be
taken into consideration.
All illustrations, whether line drawings or photographs, should be termed figures (plates
are not printed; half-tones will appear in their proper place in the text) and numbered in a
single series. Items of composite figures should be designated by capital letters; lettering of
figures is not set in type and should be in lower-case letters.
The number of the figure should be lightly marked in pencil on the back of each illustration.
5. REFERENCES cited in text and synonymies should all be included in the list at the end of
the paper, using the Harvard System (ibid., idem, loc. cit., op. cit. are not acceptable):
(a) Author’s name and year of publication given in text, e.g.:
‘Smith (1969) describes. .
‘Smith (1969: 36, fig. 16) describes...’
“As described (Smith 1969a, 19695; Jones 1971)’
“As described (Haughton & Broom 1927)...’
“As described (Haughton et al. 1927)...’
Note: no comma separating name and year
Dagination indicated by colon, not p.
names of joint authors connected by ampersand
et al. in text for more than two joint authors, but names of all authors given in list of references.
(b) Full references at the end of the paper, arranged alphabetically by names, chronologically
within each name, with suffixes a, 5, etc. to the year for more than one paper by the same
author in that year, e.g. Smith (1969a, 19695) and not Smith (1969, 1969a).
For books give title in italics, edition, volume number, place of publication, publisher.
For journal article give title of article, title of journal in italics (abbreviated according to the World list o,
scientific periodicals. 4th ed. London: Butterworths, 1963), series in parentheses, volume number, part
number (only if independently paged) in parentheses, pagination (first and last pages of article).
Examples {note capitalization and punctuation)
BULLOUGH, W. S. 1960. Practical invertebrate anatomy. 2nd ed. London: Macmillan.
FISCHER, P.—H. 1948. Données sur la résistance et de le vitalité des mollusques. J. Conch., Paris 88: 100-140.
FIsCHER, P.-H., DuvaL, M. & Rarry, A. 1933. Etudes sur les échanges respiratoires des littorines. Archs
Zool. exp. gén. 74: 627-634. \
Koun, A. J. 19604. Ecological notes on Conus (Mollusca: Gastropoda) in the Trincomalee region of Ceylon.
Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (13) 2: 309-320.
Koun, A. J. 19606. Spawning behaviour, egg masses and larval development in Conus from the Indian Ocean.
Bull. Bingham oceanogr. Coll. 17 (4): 1-51.
THIELE, J. 1910. Mollusca: B. Polyplacophora, Gastropoda marina, Bivalvia. In: SCHULTZE, L. Zoologische
und anthropologische Ergebnisse einer Forschungsreise im westlichen und zentralen Siid-Afrika 4: 269-270.
Jena: Fischer. Denkschr. med.-naturw. Ges. Jena 16: 269-270.
(continued inside back cover)
ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
ANNALE VAN DIE SUID-AFRIKAANSE MUSEUM
Volume 75 Band
June 1978 Junie
Part a Deel
SOUTHERN AFRICAN CUMACEA
EIT 2
FAMILY BODOTRIIDAE,
SUBFAMILY BODOTRIINAE
By
JENNIFER DAY
Cape Town Kaapstad
The ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
are issued in parts at irregular intervals as material
becomes available
Obtainable from the South African Museum, P.O. Box 61, Cape Town
Die ANNALE VAN DIE SUID-AFRIKAANSE MUSEUM
word uitgegee in dele op ongereelde tye na beskikbaarheid
van stof
Verkrygbaar van die Suid-Afrikaanse Museum, Posbus 61, Kaapstad
OUT OF PRINT/UIT DRUK
1, 2(1-3, 5-8), 3(1-2, 4-5, 8, t.—p.i.), 5(1-3, 5, 7-9),
6(1, t.—p.i.), 711-4), 8, 9(1-2, 7), 10(1-3),
11(1-2, 5, 7, t.-p.i.), 15(4-5), 24(2), 27, 31(1-3), 32(5), 33
Copyright enquiries to the South African Museum
Kopieregnavrae na die Suid-Afrikaanse Museum
ISBN 0 908407 45 9
Printed in South Africa by In Suid-Afrika gedruk deur
The Rustica Press, Pty., Ltd., Die Rustica-pers, Edms., Bpk.,
Court Road, Wynberg, Cape Courtweg, Wynberg, Kaap
SOUTHERN AFRICAN CUMACEA
PART 2
FAMILY BODOTRIIDAE, SUBFAMILY BODOTRIINAE
By
JENNIFER DAY
Zoology Department, University of Cape Town
(With 48 figures and 3 tables)
[MS. accepted 18 January 1978]
ABSTRACT
The Bodotriinae in southern Africa are represented by 34 species in 9 genera. 31 of these
species are described and figured. 3 of the genera (A/ticuma, Austrocuma and Mossambicuma)
are new, as are 16 of the species (Eocuma foveolatum, E. winri, E. aculeatum, Cyclaspoides
pellucidus, Mossambicuma elongatum, Austrocuma platyceps, Alticuma bellum, Iphinoe producta,
Cyclaspis scissa, C. australora, Bodotria clara, B. nitida, B. tenuis, B. falsinus, B. serica and
B. vertebrata). B. vertebrata is divided into two subspecies. The females of J. dayi and Iphinoe ?
zimmeri are described for the first time, as are the males of A. carinata, C. spectabilis, B. magna
and B. montagui. Alticuma carinatum and Iphinoe capensis are allocated to different genera
and Iphinoe ? zimmeri is considered to be incertae sedis.
Keys are given to the genera of the Bodotriinae, the southern African species in the sub-
family, the world species of Eocuma and the African and European species of Iphinoe and
Bodotria.
The general distribution of the Bodotriinae is discussed and a more detailed account is
given of the subfamily in southern African waters. It is concluded that the genera Bodotria
and Iphinoe are the most successful in this region, contributing more than half of the species
and 93 per cent of the individuals. The Bodotriidae in general and the Bodotriinae in particular
are the most successful of the cumacean families in these waters.
CONTENTS
PAGE
Introduction . : : f : , 160
Material and station data ; : 5 : 160
Methods : : , : : : § GO
Systematics . : : : : 161
Key to the genera of Bodotrinae | 4 : 64
Key to the southern African Bodotriinae : = 166
Eocuma . : : : ; : 3 ‘ 168
Upselaspis : : ; : , 5 Se)
Cyclaspoides . ; : : ‘ . 184
Mossambicuma gen. nov. . : : : . 188
Austrocuma gen. nov. ‘ ; : : : 192
Alticuma gen. nov. . : : : : > Is
Iphinoe . : ; : : : : 208
Cyclaspis : : 5 : : ‘ 5 ZS
Bodotria ; ; , ‘ . 246
Distribution of the Bodotriinae ‘ . 284
Distribution of the southern African Bedorinae 5 RSS)
Acknowledgements : : : : ; 5 Peis)
References . : , : ; : : 5 RSS)
159
Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 75 (7), 1978: 159-290, 48 figs, 3 tables.
160 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
INTRODUCTION
This is the second in a series of papers on the Cumacea of Africa south of
20°S. The reader is referred to the first in the series (Day 1975) for a discussion
of the structure and terminology of Cumacea in general, as well as a report
on the taxonomy and distribution of the subfamily Vaunthompsoniinae in
these waters.
There has been little previous work on the southern African Bodotriinae,
and the cumacean fauna of the region is generally poorly known. The few
earlier descriptions are to be found in: Zimmer’s (1908) paper on the material
from the Deutsches Tiefsee-Expedition and his report on the collection in the
Berlin Zoologisches Museum (Zimmer 1921); two papers by Stebbing (1910,
1912); Fage’s (1951) report on material from the Belgian Oceanographic
Expedition; Jones’s (1956) report on material from the Atlantide and Galathea
Expeditions, and two papers on material collected by the Zoology Department
of the University of Cape Town (Hale 1953; Jones 1960).
MATERIAL AND STATION DATA
The vast majority of samples used in this study was collected by the
Zoology Department of the University of Cape Town (UCT) during a benthic
survey round the South African coast, the programme being funded by the
Oceanographic Research Institute of the Council for Scientific and Industrial
Research (CSIR) and headed by J. H. Day. Other material was obtained from:
the South African Museum, mostly collected by the S.S. Pieter Faure in 1898—
1907 and the R.V. Meiring Naude in 1976-1977; the National Institute for
Water Research of the CSIR; the Sea Fisheries Branch in Cape Town; a survey
of Richards Bay conducted by the Port Elizabeth Museum; a survey of Lake
St Lucia conducted by the Zoology Department of Rhodes University.
Due to the numerous samples and sources of material it is unpractical to
list exact station data for each species. Thus in the distribution records the area
of collection and the institution providing the material are designated by code
letters and only extremities of range and depth are given. Table | lists the code
letters and their geographical positions. These are also shown graphically in
Figure 1.
METHODS
Collections: estuarine material was collected by means of plankton nets
of various kinds and most benthic samples by grabs or dredges. A few of the
UCT samples from the shallower stations at Lambert’s Bay, Saldanha Bay,
Still Bay and Langebaan Lagoon were obtained by means of a diver-operated
suction-sampling device.
Length measurements were taken from the anterior tip of the carapace to
the posterior edge of the telsonic somite. Exhalant siphons and uropods were
excluded in every case.
SOUTHERN AFRICAN CUMACEA: PART 2
161
TABLE |
Code letters of the survey programmes and their geographical ranges.
Institute Area Explanation Geographical position
UCT University of Cape Town
SWD_ South West Africa benthic survey Cape Cross (21°S 13°E) to Orange
River Mouth (28°S 16°E)
WCD West coast benthic survey Orange River Mouth (28°S 16°E) to
Cape Agulhas (34°S 20°E)
LBT Lambert’s Bay benthic transect Lambert’s Bay, shore to 800 m
(32°S 18°E)
SB Saldanha Bay benthic survey Saldanha Bay (32°S 17°E)
LB Langebaan Lagoon benthic survey Langebaan Lagoon (33°S 18°E)
FAL False Bay benthic survey False Bay (34°S 18°E)
FBY False Bay benthic transect False Bay, shore to 84 m (34°S 18°E)
SST Still Bay transect Still Bay, shore to 200 m (34°S 21°E)
SCD South coast benthic survey Cape Agulhas (34°S 20°E) to Natal
border (31°S 30°E)
KNY Knysna estuarine survey 34°S 23°E (plankton)
CP Cape Peninsula shore survey 34°S 18°E
CPR _ Cape Province shore survey Orange River Mouth (28°S 16°E) to
Umtamvuna River Mouth (31°S
30°E)
NIWR National Institute for Water Research
COD benthiccoastal survey near Durban 30°S 30°E
BLL grid of benthicstations off Durban 29°S 31°E
CON Morrumbene estuarine survey Morrumbene estuary, Mozambique
(23°S 35°E: plankton)
SAM South African Museum various (see text for details)
RU Rhodes University (Zoology Dept.) Lake St Lucia, Zululand (28°S 32°E:
plankton)
PEM Port Elizabeth Museum Richards Bay, Zululand (28°S 32°E:
plankton)
FISH Sea Fisheries Branch South West Africa (20°S 12°E:
plankton)
BMNH British Museum (Natural History) Hermanus, shore (34°S 19°E)
SYSTEMATICS
Family Bodotriidae Scott, 1901
Diagnosis
No free telson. Pleopods (males only) with an outer process to the inner
ramus—usually five pairs, but may be two or three. Mandibles narrow at base.
Endopod of uropod 1- or 2-segmented. Branchial apparatus without gill-plates
or supports.
Remarks
The family was divided by Hale (19445) into two subfamilies according
to the number of thoracic limbs bearing exopods. The Vaunthompsoniinae are
characterized by having exopods on pereiopods other than the first pair and
the southern African representatives of this subfamily were dealt with in the first
paper in this series (Day 1975).
ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
162
‘ode UIO}SOM-YINOS :4OSUT “SBOIL POD JO SIOPIOG OYVOIPUI SOUT] o|QnOC *s19}}0] Opodo SuIpuodsoar10S pue svore 3UT}D9];09
(GOD 8 118) ueqing £
(Wad) 40g SP10>4>!4
(Nd) DIIN] IS
sonbupyw
~os5uainoy
_eUsqUIN dO Ww
:$.07 JO YINOS voLIpY UJOYyINOY ‘| “BLy
4.9¢ 4.0¢
YI2@qQDZI}9 14046
(15S) Avg JIS
(AN) Puskuy
UOPpUO] JsDgz
O
(181) ADg sysequin] ©
4, Zl
(dD)
bjNsuluag
adp>
Zjuapny Q
(a1) uoobp] unpqe6un7—~
Dg SIAIDM
(as) Avg DYUDPIDS —— ssOuy adn °
<2
EN NE OO eA ae
SOUTHERN AFRICAN CUMACEA: PART 2 163
Subfamily Bodotriinae Hale, 1944
Diagnosis
Bodotriidae with exopods only on the third maxilliped and first pereiopod
in both sexes.
Remarks
The genera of the Bodotriinae form a fairly homogeneous and apparently
natural group. The subfamily up to now has consisted of eight genera, all
related morphologically and similar in general appearance. Stephanomma is
a monotypic genus, known only from a single specimen in the West Indies,
characterized by the absence of pseudorostral lobes. Zygosiphon, also mono-
typic, is known from a few specimens from Indo-China and is characterized by
the pseudorostral lobes being produced laterally to accommodate the widely
divergent branchial siphons. Representatives of all the other genera occur in
the present collection, as well as specimens which do not fit into any known
genus. Since generic boundaries are already tenuous in most cases, it is felt
that less confusion will result from the erection of new genera than from the
expansion of the definitions of existing ones.
A small number of individuals from Morrumbene estuary in Mozambique
are in some respects similar to Eocuma, while in others they are quite distinct.
They have been placed, rather hesitantly, in a new genus, Mossambicuma.
There are also some specimens of a single species in which the male has
only three pairs of pleopods. Since this character is unique in the subfamily
they too must be separated, and are placed in the new genus Austrocuma.
Representatives of Cyclaspis carinata Zimmer, 1921 occur in the collection.
Further examination shows them to be quite atypical for the genus: the second
pereiopod is 7-segmented, while the first pedigerous somite is quite clearly
visible in both sexes and the endopod of the uropod is 2-segmented. A new
genus, Alticuma, has therefore been created for them and for a second similar
species found in deep water in the southern Mozambique Channel.
The Bodotria—Iphinoe-Cyclaspis group consists of a continuum of species
which are separated into three genera on the basis of the number of free pedige-
rous somites and of segments of pereiopod 2 and of the endopod of the uropod.
Thus Iphinoe has five free pedigerous somites, the second pereiopod is
6-segmented and the endopod of the uropod 2-segmented. Cyclaspis has four
visible pedigerous somites, the second pereiopod is 7-segmented and the
endopod of the uropod l-segmented. Bodotria has four visible pedigerous
somites, the second pereiopod is 6-segmented and the endopod of the uropod
1- or 2-segmented. But generic distinctions are not absolute, for in the females
of some species of Cyclaspis the first pedigerous somite may be visible and in
Bodotria the fusion of the ischium of pereiopod 2 with the basis is not always
complete, so that it is sometimes difficult to say with certainty whether the limb
is 6- or 7-segmented.
ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
164
A][@19}"] JSvoy ye soedeivS
Jopun 9}1WOs snosesiped pany}
BUIIvS [eSIOPpIW YIM
Pessoiduros Aj[v19ye] sovdevavo
SUuO] ATOAT}E[OI DDedeIKO
“j10ys usuopqe
suo]
Joy10ys yonur
Jo}10ys
(Gua |
9
PP SUOS UT ATUO AT[eI0}RT
SIGISIA “S Ul sovdeieo rspun
ou
saplodspjac9a
S9qO] [v1jso1opnosd ou
suou
ouou
9} e1opow
J10ys
Jasuoy|
[enboqns
4
9
© Ul oovdvied Jopun
1O MOJIeU AIOA ‘4 UI OPI
ou
Sidspjasdy
(panuyjuoD) seunnopog 9} JO B19U93 OY} JO s1o}OVIeYO OsOusvIq *7 ATV],
ouou
OS AJoJe19poUur IO 97eUIO
ouou
9} ¥1opour
ou0ou
Josuo] yonut
Josuoy yonur
L
o7e19pour
Sok
Duuouvnydajs
Ayysry ‘ureyd — opquizea
9[QeIvA AIOA
}A0YS AIDA 0} yOYsS
O[Quiiea
g]quiiea
L
MOLICU
(66 *SIAO ouIOS
ul }d99x9) ou
sidspjacy
9PIM AIOA Jey 10ys
A][¥iSIp Julod v 0}
psonpold | podotoiod jo stseq
suIOY [e107e]
YM JO/pue pousyjey
A][e1yUsAOSIOp ATjensn
9}eSuOClO
9}P.1OPOUL 0} 7104S
Joy10Ys yonur
JoJ1oYys yonur
9
(s0"deie9
YIM osny ABU) MOIIeU
ou
pUuNndoy
spodogjd jo sired
9914} YIM P
JUOSIOAIP ATOPIM
suoydis jerysueiq
auou 9uoUu
oyeIOpoU
yAoYs AOA JUSSIOAIP “Buoy
Jesuo] yonur Josuo]
[enbo Josuoy
I 6
9 L
(&) Opi AIOA
0} (2) o7e10pour 97e1OpoUr
Ajuo & utr SoA
“AOU “U83 DUUNIOAISNY uoydisosd 7
9su0ou
9BUTIvO [¥19}¥] JO sired
S10U IO 9UO YIM UaIyzo
qnO}s OF 9}e1OpoUulL
WOYsS 419A 0} 0Ys
Jesuo] yonur
Josuo]
ct
9
& Ul OpIM AIOA
“P Ul 9}¥10pour
ou
DIAJOopog
ouou
O[QUIIvA
9}819POU 0} JOpudTs
9}.1OPOW 0} J10Ys
Iasuo]
Jasuoy]
(4
L
97e.10pour
SoA
‘AOU "W903 DIUNoIY py
SeUNNOPOY oY} JO viouss 94} Jo siajovIKYO oNsousvIq “7 ATAV I,
on]eA S1jsouseIp
suou JO soinjzesy I0yj}0
ouou UuOol}e}JUSWIeUIO
o}esu0O wa0j Apoq
soqoy|
9}e1opour [®1jsor1opnesd Jo y3uey
S}UIOS SIUOS]oz
0} UOl}v]Jo1 UT podoin
JO 9[sunped jo yysue]
TWeI 0} UOT}e[O1 UI podoin
JO 9founped jo yI3uey]
podoin jo podopus jo
I SyusWIdes JO Joquinu
7 podotsied jo
9 sjuouses JO Joquinu
OUIOS sno1osIpod
Puodes JO YIpPIM
E9QISIA O}1TUIOS
ou SnoJosiped ysi1q
[enboqns Jo 19}10y4s
Jov0Ys
o71eIopow
“AOU "Uds DUNIIGuDSSOp
x9[dur09 Ajyuenbery
© JO soyui9}s
SIOVIOY} [VIQUSA
OJVIIOS UDO ‘eure
On[VA o1souseIp
JO Soinjzesy 19q10
[estopprur AyyUenbaary UOT}e}USWIeUIO
Jopuoys wo} Apoq
soqoy]
SUO] 0} 91¥10pour [®1jso1opnesd jo yysuey
9}TWIOS STUOS]O}
0} WOT}ejo1 UL podoin
JO 9jounped jo yy3u9y
TMI O} UOT} ¥91 UT podoin
JO spounped jo y)8u9]
podoin jo podopuo jo
Z S}UOWUd9S JO JoquInu
Z podotesiod yo
9 S}U9WUS9s JO JIoquINnU
(d) opr 0} 9}IWOS sno1osipod
(2) 271e.10pour Puoses JO YIpPIM
é9[QISIA O}1WWIOS
Sok SNOJOSIpod JsIny
aoulydy
IOSUuo]
Iasuo] 10 [enbo
SOUTHERN AFRICAN CUMACEA: PART 2 165
However, the species of both Iphinoe and Bodotria are generally rather
characteristic of their genera, those of Jphinoe usually being slender and
elongate with long pseudorostral lobes and of Bodotria being more compact
and frequently bearing one or more pairs of lateral carinae and very short
pseudorostral lobes. One of the species occurring in considerable numbers in
the present collection was named Jphinoe zimmeri by Stebbing (1910) on the
basis of a single adult male. Although in external appearance and in details of
the limbs it quite clearly belongs to Iphinoe, since the first pedigerous somite
is invisible it should by rights be placed in Bodotria, which is plainly unsatis-
factory. It is therefore considered to be genus incertus and is called ‘Iphinoe ?
zimmer.
The main problem in Bodotria seems to be less a matter of generic than of
specific boundaries. Many of the numerous species are very similar to one
another and may well prove to be genetic morphs rather than valid species.
Cyclaspis is a very variable genus, the carapace of some species being
highly ornamented and of others quite unadorned, while the proportions of the
segments of the uropods to the telsonic somite vary far more than they do in
other genera. Added to this, Cyclaspis has a large number of species (about 80)
and could profitably be split into two or more genera of roughly equal numbers.
There does not, however, seem to be any satisfactory means of doing so since
the ornamentation, which is the most striking polymorphic feature, does not
correspond uniformly with any other obvious distinguishing characters.
Within Cyclaspis there is one small group of species (subgrandis, tasmanica,
longicaudata, gigas and spectabilis) which are clearly related in a number of
features, notably the unadorned, more or less spherical carapace, the long
telsonic somite, the short peduncle of the uropods and the large basis of
maxilliped 3. They also tend to be deep-water forms. However, these characters,
which are quite distinctive in the species mentioned, are to be found to a lesser
degree in some of the more typical species. As a result it would be necessary to
examine representatives of a large number of species quite closely in order to
decide whether, in fact, those mentioned above could satisfactorily be removed
to a new genus. This could well be one of the more useful applications of
numerical taxonomy.
Table 2 (see page 164) lists the diagnostic characters of the genera of
the Bodotriinae, which are also keyed below.
KEY TO THE GENERA OF BODOTRIINAE
1 Second pereiopod 7-segmented (ischium not at all fused with basis)...................- 2
— Second pereiopod 6-segmented (ischium at least partly fused with basis)................ 4
DRINOMPSEUdOKOStraliODES se hue-chrnieac eh Bo es setae Kou mue eee Stephanomma Sars, 1871
—sescudorostralslobes widely diversemt. «2.2. so: . ac ss-ces seme Zygosiphon Calman, 1905
—sESeuadonostralulobessnonmalnantenorhyadirected....- 42 sue dee one aie ee eee ne ee 3
3 First pedigerous somite visible at least dorsally in male, dorsally and laterally in female;
EHCOPOdEOMmUFO pod 2-seemented.. eon. ace oe eae Alticuma gen. nov.
First pedigerous somite never visible in male, sometimes visible dorsally in ovigerous
female send @poG onuropod |-segmented.s.....-....206656. 40a a: Cyclaspis Sars, 1865
166 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
4 First pedigerous somite visible in both sexes; endopod of uropod 2-segmented; male with
fivespairs'of pleopods.ck snc ots Oh os Oe ee eee Iphinoe Bate, 1856
— First pedigerous somite visible in female only; endopod of uropod 1-segmented; male
With bhiiee ipalrs Ol PlEODOCSeryaeeeieier ei ere aera eT ee Austrocuma gen. nov.
— First pedigerous somite visible in neither sex; endopod of uropod 1- or 2-segmented;
male with-five pairs:of pleopods...: \. os4:..s5s2.des ose douse on atoe: oo eee 5
5 Gut coiled; pedigerous somites 2 and 3 incorporated under carapace at least dorsally in
Oth: SEXES: ce Wics ier ores PS a ts Cyclaspoides Bonnier, 1896
— Gut straight; pedigerous somite 3 always free and visible in both sexes; pedigerous somite
2 visible in female, sometimes fused with or incorporated under carapace in male........ 6
6 Peduncle of uropods nommore thanthalflenethiot rani sano. eee nee 7
=. Peduncleoruropods equal im lengthito, orlonger thans ramicn een eeenereene 8
7 Third segment of antenna 1 longest; basis of pereiopod 1 not distally produced
Mossambicuma gen. nov.
— Third segment of antenna 1 no longer than first; basis of pereiopod 1 distally produced
COVA DOMME eitisqodc tenes CBee Fe eee ee eT ne ee Eocuma Marcussen, 1894
8 Lateral carinae frequently present on carapace; second pedigerous somite always visible
in both sexes (often as wide as deep in female, half as wide as deep in male); peduncle of
ureoyoxoral sonore ny Ikoraveeir Won TENT. ooo codons bboebo obo OOO UOC ODO Bodotria Goodsir, 1843
— Carapace without lateral carinae; second pedigerous somite free in female (about half as
wide as deep), incorporated under carapace in male or else very narrow; peduncle of uropod
Subequaliim: lene thutomaniipes sana nen mre cree Upselaspis Jones, 1955
*Peduncle of uropod subequal in length to rami in Jphinoe ? zimmeri.
KEY TO THE SOUTHERN AFRICAN BODOTRIINAE
Taxonomically accurate keys to both genera and species are often difficult
for the inexperienced to follow. Since such keys also frequently require exami-
nation of adult animals of both sexes and details of appendages which may be
missing, the following key is provided for convenience. It should be noted,
however, that although this key will separate all species found to date in southern
African waters, it will mot necessarily distinguish them from species in other
areas. The key is based almost entirely on characters of those parts of the body
that are least likely to be damaged or missing, so that although it can be used
to identify damaged animals, it is not as rigorous as the keys to individual
genera and species, which should always be consulted for final identification.
1 Carapace with one or more pairs of longitudinal ridges (carinae) or depressions lateral to
midline (Figs 4A; 26A;'4 0A). baci Re eds te re ho eo a eee 2,
— Carapace with paired carinae (Fig. 15A), horns (Fig. 5B) or depressions (Fig. 6A) lateral
to midinesbut none Gunning lonsitudinallysanns meee ane nee 15
— Carapace without paired carinae, horns or depressions lateral to midline (Figs 2A, 13A),
although) dorsaloutlnemmay,undulater(hics37/ a cere a eon ern orn nee 18
2 Carapace very strongly depressed dorsoventrally, lateral carina forming plate-like edge
and produced anterolaterally to form a pair of rounded projections visible in dorsal view
Eocuma winri (Fig. 4)
— Carapace not strongly depressed dorsoventrally; carinae neither platelike nor forming
1110) db ee nr ee Rea mmr HM Cnn kG ak ois a'v'diso.000 000000 3
3 Carapace with one or more pairs of shallow longitudinal grooves or depressions but lacking
latétal:-carinae. :4 rocco eee eee Oe cee Pas sO Sc 4
— Carapace with no more than one pair of longitudinal depressions; at least one pair of
lateral carinae present (Pig. I2ZA)io0.0 02 a 4c os oe nace ee eee ae Oe Seer 5
4 All five pedigerous somites visible dorsally; a number of shallow longitudinal grooves
Presentonicithensideolcarapacenaen ee eee eee Iphinoe crassipes (Figs 26-27)
SOUTHERN AFRICAN CUMACEA: PART 2 167
— Only four pedigerous somites visible dorsally; a single shallow longitudinal groove present
Onecithers(dexolucakapace saan re eae aes Mossambicuma elongatum (Figs 10-11)
5 Two pairs of lateral carinae on at least part of carapace (Fig. 43A, N) (lower one may be
secondary, forming ventral edge of continuous midlateral depression (Fig. 43A) at least
UENCC THO Lely) aesee cee or oh ok Ds poten Sut ap etee s S Une sep nia oltre Loy tauaee Dat taente asain 2 6
— A single pair of lateral carinae on carapace (Fig 45A, E); midlateral depression, if present,
not bounded anteroventrally by continuous secondary carina (Fig. 46A,I).............. 9
6 Dorsal parts of free pedigerous somites laterally compressed, forming narrow plates
Bodotria clara (Figs 34— =
— Free pedigerous somites not compressed, not forming narrow plates dorsally...........
(eCarapaceimorethanitwicerds long dsideepe. sme sean ee Bodotria tenuis (Fig. 2
SROakapaccuessaumanitwicerasn ONS asideCephavan aeons ici ie ce ise rie mie ecient =
8 Carapace of female wider than long, of male less than one and a quarter times as long as
wide; carpus of pereiopod 1 less than three times as long as wide. . Bodotria falsinus (Fig. 43)
— Carapace of both male and female at least one and a half times as long as wide; carpus of
pereiopod 1 at least four times as long as wide......................-- Bodotria australis
9 Carapace about as wide as long and more than one and a half times as wide as deep, making
animal conspicuously flat above; male with three pairs of pleopods........... Austrocuma
platyceps (Fig. 12)
— Carapace longer than wide and less than one and a half times as wide as deep; male with
HIV SRDAINSHOLEO| CO POG Sen Mem iey ae Meet oh eo iam cue aoe ir an TAU A. eres cpheembee taer ere, 10
10 Second pedigerous somite carinate laterally................. Bodotria montagui (Fig. 41)
= SECOMG! jOSGhiSroUS SOMA wVOKs CRnaTORNI JENIN. 56 050n050000000000000000000000008 11
11 Distal prolongation of basis of maxilliped 3 pointed, reaching well beyond insertion of
carpus on merus; carapace distinctly more than twice as long as deep; lateral carina
PLESCHMOMFANCeHOnRpant Of carapace omly.cews) she ce aoe oe Bodotria glabra
— Distal prolongation of basis of maxilliped 3 rounded, hardly or not reaching insertion of
carpus on merus (Fig. 39E); carapace no more than twice as long as deep; lateral carinae
WRITS. oasigch whens ein Seles Cece RUS ad AER RROD NEG tema PON 7 efor eT en Re a 12
12 Pedigerous somites 4 and 5 elevated to a point dorsally (more distinct in female than
BUY rea aa GAC AWARE) Ree ae re etek IN cena cane -F Dica cto CaO | SR Darl ARR Nl aN Os Vranas ya) oh 13
— Pedigerous somites 4 and 5 not elevated dorsally in either sex (Fig. 46A,I)............. 14
13 Lateral carina reaching posterior border of carapace with a longitudinal row of rounded
WEPIESSIONSIDElOW. ns tie. Ck eee ee Bodotria vertebrata vertebrata (Fig. 44)
— Lateral carina not reaching posterior border of carapace; no rounded depressions below
Bodotria vertebrata semicarinata (Fig. 45)
14 Second pedigerous somite strongly elevated to a point dorsally in female and juvenile;
lateral carina sinuous, most evident along midregion of carapace; integument often
SHhOMelyaCal Cikle digesta As hone ie oh, Sen AD als eee Bodotria elevata (Figs 39-40)
— Second pedigerous somite never elevated dorsally in either sex; lateral carina straight,
evident along almost entire length of carapace; integument usually silky and never strongly
Call Cili Colima ter I th ee ee ea ele Nt oe nite Teen eM TER Newsies Bodotria serica (Fig. 46)
15 Carapace with a pair of oblique ridges, depressions or slashes running from middorsal
linestowanrdsaventrolateraledger(bigs) LOAN oD A) nasser eee aati nite eee cae 16
aa Cakapace withoutobliqueinmesulanities (RigOA) a ae oe caine aera cane 17
16 Caraplace slashed by transverse groove..............0..0eeeee Cyclaspis scissa (Fig. 32)
— Carapace with raised transverse ridge, faint in adult male, very strong in females and
YOU SENNal CSeen even ee wtel oon, Mie: ae Hehe N Sie Ok ei oe Rae ese Alticuma bellum: (Figs 15-16)
17 Single pair of acutely pointed lateral horns on carapace; integument tuberculate and hairy
Eocuma aculeatum (Fig. 5)
— Anterolateral edges of carapace produced to level of pseudorostrum to form blunted,
horn-like projections; integument slightly wrinkled.................. Eocuma sp (Fig. 6)
iS Puc SumMeEntstrongly:pilted Ok TUSOSeH ays asso soe ee eee eee eee ede eae: 19
— Integument smooth (faint pitting or reticulations may be visible at high magnifications). . 20
19 Integument, especially of carapace, very rugose; second pedigerous somite not narrower
LY NTC NIK nearer yee ON Rated Pte aut at Soa. a einen plea nts es ee Bodotria magna (Fig. 36)
— Integument strongly pitted; second pedigerous somite narrower than third..............
Eocuma foveolatum (Figs 2-3)
168 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
20 Pseudorostral lobes not meeting in front of eyelobe (Fig. 31A).................00e8- 21
— Pseudorostral lobes meeting in front of eyelobe, even if only for a very short distance
(Figs TB, 47@) 5.2. S eS es VO a ek oe ik ED RC eT on DD
21 Dorsal outline of carapace undulating; articulatory peg present between carapace and
BOSE URS FONAESTOUIS SOMME. bono oaccaosdsceoscasdobdonsaue Bodotria nitida (Figs 37-38)
— Dorsal outline of carapace smoothly arched; no articulatory peg between carapace and
first ines PediSenous SoMmlen sean ter eer ee Cyclaspis australora (Figs 30-31)
22, €atapace at least two and a half timesivas longyas deep... 4.245405. eee ee 23
= @arapace less) than’ two anda half times as long as deeprn oe ene 10 eee 24
23 Carapace three times as long as deep, circular in cross-section, not serrate middorsally
Iphinoe stebbingi (Figs 17-18)
— Carapace nearer two and a half times as long as deep, elliptical in cross-section, serrate
middorsallly.. 3. Ae Ge eee Oe ee ee ee ae Iphinoe producta (Fig. 21)
24 Pereiopod 2 less than three-quarters length of pereiopod 3... . Iphinoe africana (Figs 19-20)
— Pereiopod 2 more than three-quarters length of pereiopod 3 deb le ed See 25
25 Middorsal carina evident; carapace elliptical in cross-section (Figs 9C, 13A, D)........ 26
— Middorsal carina defined poorly or not at all; carapace almost rounded in cross-section
(Figs: TASB) sacs csi oa Be, He godess GOW eel wena aL Unig la Geet oe ON 28
DOESECOndepercioOpodm-=sccmentcd nr tn nearer Alticuma carinatum (Figs 13-14)
= Second pereiopod G=seamented icc. 2 ok se ieee sae cles ee cn eee Pa]
27 Middorsal carina serrate; first pedigerous somite visible in both sexes..............----
Iphinoe dayi (Figs 22-23)
- Middorsal carina not serrate; first pedigerous somite not visible in either sex...........
Cyclaspoides pellucidus (Figs 8-9)
28 Carapace globose, vaulted dorsally, less than one and a half times as long as deep.......
Cyclaspis spectabilis (Fig. 33)
— Carapace not globose, not vaulted dorsally, more than one and a half times as long as
deep (Figs TAs. 23A) esd jee sec otal lenestlee wae aaa any Wale eee 29
D9 AY CDSE RI fe sac cece os asec oes eee as ee ae Re ee nan ae Upselaspis caparti (Fig. 7)
= LYE PIEESEME s 15 soc Siero oats 8 aicbinena eke Aula d Ree Gee enone: Caemcee, rah SERIALS eer 30
30 Prolongation of basis of maxilliped 3 reaching level of insertion of propodus on carpus
6 isp 12 Gl) ee ree ee ee ne A een ne eRe toto t.o.006 0905026 31
— Prolongation of basis of maxilliped 3 reaching merus (Fig. 28D)...............---++: 32
31 Prolongation of basis of maxilliped 3 a quarter its total length. Iphinoe fagei (Figs 24-25)
— Prolongation of basis of maxilliped 3 a third its total length......... Iphinoe senegalensis
32 Merus and carpus of maxilliped 3 strongly flattened, carpus and propodus widely inserted
Ono precedingscementS..4.54 ae ee en ee eee eee Iphinoe capensis (Fig. 29)
— Merus and carpus of maxilliped 3 not strongly flattened, carpus and propodus inserted
over little more than half width of preceding segments (Fig. 28D, L).............---++- 33
33 Basis of maxilliped 3 less than four times as long as wide, one and a half times length of
LemMainineses ments tOcelhe heen ater Iphinoe truncata (Fig. 28)
— Basis of maxilliped 3 six times as long as wide, twice length of remaining segments together
Iphinoe ? zimmeri (Figs 47-48)
Eocuma Marcussen, 1894
Generic diagnosis
Carapace frequently with lateral horns and/or very distinct lateral carinae,
almost always wider than deep. First pedigerous somite always invisible, second
frequently fused with carapace. Distal prolongation of maxilliped 3 large and
stout, merus frequently greatly expanded. Basis of pereiopod 1 distally pro-
duced beyond insertion of ischium. Second pereiopod 6-segmented. Peduncle
of uropod much shorter than telsonic somite or rami. Endopod of uropod
1-segmented.
SOUTHERN AFRICAN CUMACEA: PART 2 169
Type species
E. hilgendorfi Marcussen, 1894, from Japan.
Remarks
The genus, consisting of 22 species, is well known. In almost all cases its
species can readily be distinguished by distinctive lateral horns and/or carinae.
However, one of the new species, E. foveolatum, is in most respects quite clearly
a member of the genus, yet has neither horns nor carinae in either sex, thus
resembling the females of E. dimorphum Fage, 1928.
Only a single specimen of Eocuma has previously been described from
South Africa (Stebbing 1910).
Distribution of Eocuma
Members of the genus are confined to the warmer waters of the eastern
hemisphere, being distributed mainly round the coast of Africa (12 species)
and Indochina (9 species); 1 species occurs in Australian and 2 in Japanese
waters; 3 of the African species are here described as new. Most species in the
genus are found in shallow waters less than 50 m in depth, and a few are found
as deep as about 100 m. The greatest recorded depth for the genus is vastly
increased by the presence of EF. aculeatum sp. nov. from 550 m off Natal.
KEY TO THE SPECIES OF EOCUMA
1 Carapace dorsoventrally flattened, entire lateral border carinate.................---- yD
— Carapace rounded or dorsoventrally flattened, but carinate for less than half its length,
OWE TOE: ENE EE eee scar gs ecu Me ABU a oA a la AT Poe Raitt 13
2 Carapace in dorsal view with at least one pair of distinct lateral horns or projections..... 3
— Carapace in dorsal view without distinct lateral horns, but edge may be incised or bear a
[OG NUE OLE aT SL Ie se as a ce eam RR ce Ne eed Np ae Re Be caer 10
3 Second pedigerous somite fused with carapace, unsutured dorsally....................
dollfusi Calman, 19075— Mediterranean and Morocco to northern France
—BSCCONGE DE CISeLOUS-SOMltenikee OL SULUTECIGOKSallymanh ane ee enone dees anos dee. 4
ABO AapacewAthoutapaired dorsalonidges sn ode ee ee ee ae see oes 5)
— Carapace with paired dorsal ridges on posterior half at least..................--2-8- 8
5 Basis of pereiopod 1 almost as long as rest of limb. . productum Calman, 1907a—Indo-China
—basisson perciopod 1 about two-thirds length of rest of limbyj..5.0--54.+624500 24> -- 6
6 In dorsal view pseudorostrum narrow, carapace tapering smoothly anteriorly from lateral
horns in a straight line; horns laterally directed, tips forming widest part of carapace
longicorne Calman, 1907a—Suez
— In dorsal view pseudorostrum wide, carapace rounded anterior to lateral horns; horns
anteriorly directed, tips slightly anterior to widest part of carapace.............-.++5- 7
7 Pereiopod 2 shorter than basis of pereiopod 3; second and third segments of antenna 1
Suibeciualleimmlemotines em en te ken te ial yan On 1 Jee ee neta een, att on. Weta k Winri Sp. NOV.
— Pereiopod 2 longer than basis of pereiopod 3; second segment of antenna 1 about half
lengthroteumindtscsiment er rmeneceiee ee oe coe taprobanicum Calman, 1904a—Ceylon
Eye with at least three corneal lenses.............. hilgendorfi Marcussen, 1894—Japan
Eye without lenses
Carpusrolapenicopodmmmorechankewice lenethiot dactylnn 55 aan. see ee ae oe
stelliferum Calman, 1907a—Indo-China
Carpus of pereiopod 1 much less than twice length of dactyl...................--+-+:
latum Calman, 1907a— Mediterranean, Indo-China, Japan
oo
\o
170 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
10 Carapace smooth dorsally with no longitudinal ridges....... kempi Kurian, 1954—India
= Carapace with at least one pair of longitudinalridges...-... 05. 0000 eo Cee eee il
11 Dactyl and propodus of pereiopod 1 of equal length. . . .cadenati Fage, 1928— West Africa
— Dactyl of pereiopod 1 little more than half length of propodus..................... (V2
12 Lateral carina of carapace produced anteriorly to form two obtusely rounded lobes
amakuense Gamo, 1967—Japan
— Lateral carinae incised anteriorly forming a pair of slightly angular lobes..............
cochlear LeLoeuff & Intes, 1972— West Africa
13 Two pairs of horns forming pointed anterolateral projections..................-+--+--
calmani Fage, 1928—West Africa
= One pair of horns laterally or none! .°.) 4c eenc tee ee en ee eee 14
14 Horns short, anteriorly directed, reaching anterior tip of pseudorostrum............. 15
— Horns laterally directed, not reaching level of pseudorostrum anteriorly, or absent...... 16
iS) Elonns welldevelopeds acutely; pointeds eee sarsi (Kossmann, 1880)—Red Sea
Ons, poorivadeveloped avehyaSHOllR een ener Eocuma sp.—South Africa
16 Ischium of maxilliped 3 subequal in length to maximal length of merus, or longer..... 17
— Ischium of maxilliped 3 no more than half maximal length of merus................ 18
17 Dactyl of pereiopod 1 half length of propodus; peduncle of uropod nearly a third length
OfsaMmite ates eee sr Sale Act atts, SUR Re rey me nS affine Calman, 1904a—India
— Dactyl of pereiopod 1 longer than propodus; peduncle of uropod nearly quarter length of
AMINE 5 3. de Banas repree sb, So eens Chacon og achs Re Renee mone neo agrion Zimmer, 1914— Australia
18 Basis of pereiopod 1 equal in length to next three segments together; horns present......
travancoricum Kurian, 1951—India
— Basis of pereiopod 1 considerably longer than next three segments together; horns present
OF ADSENES, 2 5:6. 5 a:e acegh Bais Seapos senescent Oe eR es OA 19
19 Carpus of pereiopod 1 longer than ischium and merus together; horns present........ 20
— Carpus of pereiopod 1 shorter than ischium and merus together; horns present or absent .21
20 Integument smooth; ischium of maxilliped 3 wider than long.................-----+--
lanatum LeLoeuff & Intes, 1972—West Africa
— Integument tuberculate; ischium of maxilliped 3 longer than wide..... aculeatum sp. nov.
21 Maximal length of merus of maxilliped 3 little less than twice length of ischium; horns
PRESEN se cee eae he se ee eee te eee ferox (Fischer, 1872)— Mediterranean
— Maximal length of merus of maxilliped 3 nearly three times length of ischium; horns
present. Or A@DSEnts sa2.. 6 se kd Ae ee ee ee Dap
22 Tip of basis of pereiopod 1 reaching end of ischium or just beyond; ¢ with horns, @ with-
out: pereiopod 2 of 9 less than’ half leneth of perciopod 3h454-4- 0-4 o eo eee
dimorphum Fage, 1928—West Africa
— Tip of basis of pereiopod 1 reaching along a third length of merus; ¢ and 2 without horns;
pereiopods,2 and) 3 role subequalsimylenethtes nee eee foveolatum sp. nov.
Eocuma foveolatum sp. nov.
Figs 2-3
Records
sub.
adult adult ovig. no. of
3 3 S$ ¢ @ juv. total records
LB 33°S 18°E 5m 6 5 l “6 2a 24 ies
FAL 34°S 18°E 15-60 m 5 5 Au 4) 2 3 21 20
SS 934282188 80 m 1 y 3 6 1
SCD 3458S 2358 -338)25-E 42-44 im 1 2 ML, 1 6 3
*Five samples collected by plankton net.
SOUTHERN AFRICAN CUMACEA: PART 2 IFA
Holotype
Ovigerous female, in the South African Museum, SAM-A15492, collected
during the UCT benthic survey, 5 December 1962. Type locality: 44 m, off
East London (33°53’S 25°48’E). UCT station number SCD 378L.
Description
Ovigerous female, holotype, length 4,8 mm. Integument marked by fine
reticulations interspersed with deep pits, particularly on sides of carapace, and
fine hairs causing small particles of debris to stick to entire animal. Carapace
(Fig. 2A) smoothly rounded, one and a half times as long as deep, with no trace
of lateral horns. Antennal notch (Fig. 2B) small, anterolateral angle obtuse,
defined by a small, sharp tooth. Carapace in dorsal view (Fig. 2C) almost oval,
not much longer than wide, lacking middorsal carina; middorsal line marked
by a shallow indentation. Pseudorostral lobes short, truncate anteriorly.
Eyelobe eyeless, rounded, with a few scattered tubercles on surface.
First pedigerous somite invisible. second well defined and not fused with
carapace; third and fourth much less elevated dorsally than second, bearing
rounded sideplates. Carapace twice length of free pedigerous somites. cephalo-
thorax shorter than first five abdominal somites together. Abdomen very
elongate, cylindrical.
Antenna | (Fig. 2D) relatively short and stout. Flagellum (Fig. 2E) very
short, l-segmented, with two aesthetascs; accessory flagellum minute,
1-segmented.
Maxilliped 3 (Fig. 2F) stout, basis strongly flexed at mid-point, part
distal to point of flexure subequal in length to rest of limb. Distal prolongation
long and narrow, reaching articulation of carpus and merus. Merus three times
length of ischium, expanded, distal prolongation reaching distal tip of carpus.
Carpus, propodus and dactyl subequal in length, cylindrical.
Pereiopod | (Fig. 2G) stout, basis slightly longer than remaining segments
together, distal projection reaching beyond distal tip of ischium. Distal seg-
ments fairly stout, all of similar lengths.
Pereiopod 2 (Fig. 2H) long, 6-segmented; basis subequal in length to rest
of limb. Merus and carpus subequal, propodus half length of dactyl.
Pereiopods 3 (Fig. 21) to 5 similar, dactyl extremely small and unarmed.
Telsonic somite two-thirds length of preceding one, not produced between
uropods. Peduncle of uropod (Fig. 2J) very short, as wide as long, little more
than half length of telsonic somite, unarmed. First segment of exopod expanded
dorsally beyond insertion of second, less than half length of second, armed
with a small spine on outer edge. Second segment armed with two long, fine
spines on inner edge, seven short spines on outer edge and two complex hooked
setae terminally. Endopod 1-segmented, bearing six fine plumose setae on inner
edge and one very stout spine terminally.
Adult male, paratype, length 6,7 mm. As female, except as follows: carapace
(Fig. 3A) smoothly ovoid, nearly twice as long as deep, slightly flattened dorso-
VD ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Fig. 2. Eocuma foveolatum sp. nov.
Ovigerous female, holotype. A. Lateral view. B. Detail of anterior tip of carapace. C. Dorsal
view of carapace. D. Antenna 1. E. Detail of distal tip of antenna 1. F. Maxilliped 3.
G. Pereiopod 1. H. Pereiopod 2. I. Pereiopod 3. J. Uropod.
Scale line = 1 mm for A, C; 0,5 mm for B, D, F—J; 0,25 mm for E.
SOUTHERN AFRICAN CUMACEA: PART 2 173
wey, ar. «
| Lif
¥ Yi YUy VY
Fig. 3. Eocuma foveolatum sp. nov.
Adult male, paratype. A. Lateral view. B. Detail of anterior tip of carapace. C. Dorsal
view of carapace. D. Antenna 1. E. Detail of distal tip of antenna 1. F. Maxilliped 3.
G. Pereiopod 1. H. Pereiopod 2. I. Uropod.
Scale line = 2 mm for A; 1 mm for C, H; 0,5 mm for B, D, F-G, 1; 0,25 mm for E.
174 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
ventrally, integument with pits even more obvious than in the female. Antennal
notch (Fig. 3B) very small, as is anterolateral angle. Carapace narrower in
dorsal view (Fig. 3C), one and a half times as long as wide, marked middorsally
by faint indentation. with a single pair of rounded depressions on either side
about midway along length. Eyelobe narrower, bearing three large, clear
lenses. Abdominal sideplates defined ventrally.
Flagellum of antenna | (Fig. 3D-E) with two long and four short
aesthetascs. Basis of maxilliped 3 (Fig. 3F) not flexed at midpoint, distal pro-
longations of basis and merus broader, carpus and propodus also somewhat
expanded. Basis of pereiopod | (Fig. 3G) with numerous sharp spines near
midventral edge. Basis of pereiopod 2 (Fig. 3H) slightly shorter. Telsonic
somite relatively smaller and narrower, uropods (Fig. 31) more slender and
much more strongly armoured. Peduncle longer than wide, with three long
plumose setae and numerous short, blunt spines on inner edge. Exopod with
thirteen plumose setae on outer edge, six fine spines distally on inner edge and
a single stout complex seta terminally. Endopod with thirteen long plumose
setae and seventeen shorter blunter spines on inner edge, followed by six or
seven scale-like serrations distally, and a strong complex spine terminally.
Length
Adult male 6,7-7,5 mm
Ovigerous female 4,8—6,4 mm
Remarks
E. foveolatum is clearly distinguished from most other members of the
genus by the complete absence of lateral horns or flattening of the carapace in
both sexes. However, due to the structure of the third maxillipeds, the basis
of pereiopod 1, and the uropods, it is readily accommodated in the genus.
It is most closely allied to E. dimorphum Fage, 1928 from west Africa, in which
the carapace of the female is smooth, although the male possesses a pair of
lateral horns. Added to this, in both sexes of E. dimorphum the carapace is
longer, the antennal notch poorly defined, the second pereiopod is much
smaller than the third, and the merus of maxilliped 3 and the basis of pereiopod
| are shorter. Adult females of E. dimorphum reach a size of 8 mm, whereas in
E. foveolatum, the largest is 6,4 mm. The variable nature of the lateral horns
in E. dimorphum links E. foveolatum with the more typical members of the genus.
As a matter of interest, it was probably an individual of this species which
Stebbing (1910) referred to as Cyclaspis sp, saying that it was similar in several
respects to C. spectabilis, but hairy and ‘clogged with extraneous matter’.
Distribution
Apparently endemic to the warmer waters of the south and south-western
coasts of South Africa, being found between 5 and 80 m from Langebaan
Lagoon to East London. A fairly common species in shallow, sheltered waters
SOUTHERN AFRICAN CUMACEA: PART 2 175
of the south-western Cape, rarer in other areas. Numerically it constitutes a
little over 1 per cent of the individuals in the collection.
Eocuma winri sp. nov.
Fig. 4
Records
NIWR_ 30°S 30°E-27°S 32°E 37-80 m_ 1 adult J, | ovig. 9,
3 29, 1 manca (5 records)
Holotype
Adult male, in the South African Museum, SAM-A15493, collected by
the NIWR, 4 September 1975. Type locality: 50 m, off the Natal coast (27°33’S
32°41’E). NIWR station number MN 75/24 Gg.
Description
Adult male, holotype, \ength 11,6 mm. Integument white, shiny, faintly
reticulate, brittle and opaque on carapace, less so on thorax and abdomen.
Carapace (Fig. 4A) strongly depressed dorsoventrally, lateral edges marked
by acute carina bearing single pair of forward-pointing blunt horns. No antennal
notch or anterolateral angle. In dorsal view (Fig. 4B), lateral horns mark widest
part of carapace. Pseudorostral lobes wide, meeting for some distance in front
of bluntly rounded eyelobe. Eyelobe with five large clear lenses. Middorsal
carina faint on carapace, wanting posteriorly.
Second pedigerous somite narrow, immovably attached to carapace;
third to fifth with sprays of plumose setae projecting dorsally in midline. Cara-
pace slightly more than twice as long as deep, one and a half times length of
free pedigerous somites. Cephalothorax slightly shorter than abdomen. Side-
plates of abdominal somites strongly defined ventrally.
Antenna | (Fig. 4C) of moderate length, basal segment wide and roundly
geniculate. Next two segments subequal in length. Flagellum 1-segmented
with two aesthetascs. Accessory flagellum small, 1-segmented.
Maxilliped 3 (Fig. 4D) large and stout. Basis flattened, relatively short,
almost twice length of rest of limb, serrated on inner edge. Distal prolongation
strongly developed, reaching distal tip of carpus. Ischium large, longer than
merus. Merus expanded, distally reaching articulation of carpus and propodus.
Carpus slightly expanded towards midline. Propodus stout and dactyl slender.
Pereiopod 1 (Fig. 4E) elongate, basis short, slightly longer than ischium,
merus and carpus together, with blunt distal projection reaching beyond tip
of ischium. Ischium short, half length of merus. Carpus, propodus and dacty]l
very long, subequal.
Pereiopod 2 (Fig. 4F) minute, 6-segmented. Basis only slightly longer
than subequal merus and carpus together. Propodus and dactyl stout, subequal
in length.
176 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Fig. 4. Eocuma winri sp. nov.
Adult male, holotype, A. Lateral view. B. Dorsal view of carapace. C. Antenna 1.
D. Maxilliped 3. E. Pereiopod 1. F. Pereiopod 2. G. Pereiopod 3. H. Uropod.
Ovigerous female. I. Lateral view. J. Dorsal view of carapace. K. Maxilliped 3. L. Uropod.
Scale line = 4 mm for A, B, I-J; 2 mm for E; 1 mm for D, G-H, K-L; 0,5 mm for C, F.
Pereiopods 3 (Fig. 4G) to 5 similar, basis of pereiopod 3 longest and of
pereiopod 5 shortest. Basis and carpus highly setose.
Telsonic somite slightly shorter than preceding one, twice as long as wide,
not produced between uropods. Peduncle of uropod (Fig. 4H) short and
very stout, less than half length of telsonic somite with five plumose setae and
numerous serrate spines in several rows on inner edge. Endopod about two
SOUTHERN AFRICAN CUMACEA: PART 2 77
and a half times length of peduncle, 1-segmented, with eleven plumose setae
and numerous serrate spines in several rows on inner edge and a single short,
blunt spine terminally. First segment of exopod about a quarter length of
second, unarmed; second armed with six plumose setae on inner edge, four
on outer edge and two stout ones terminally.
Ovigerous female, length 11,9 mm (slightly damaged), from 80 m off the
Natal coast. As male, except as follows: carapace (Fig. 41) slightly more vaulted
posteriorly and wider dorsally (Fig. 4J). Eyelobe smaller and bearing three
lenses. Middorsal carina evident on carapace and all subsequent somites
except the last. Second pedigerous somite wider, third very small, visible
laterally as small flattened sideplate only. Abdominal somites much more
slender, cylindrical.
Flagellum of first antenna 2-segmented. Basis of maxilliped 3 (Fig. 4K)
very stout, relatively shorter. Distal projection of pereiopod 1 shorter.
Pereiopods 3 to 5 less setose. Peduncle of uropod (Fig. 4L) with seven plumose
setae in one row on inner edge. Rami slightly longer, second segment of exopod
unarmed except for two terminal spines. Endopod with ten plumose setae in
one row on inner edge.
Length
Adult male 11,6 mm
Ovigerous female 11,9 mm
Remarks
This species closely resembles E. taprobanicum Calman, 1904a from Ceylon,
and the two may prove to be synonymous. EF. winri differs from Calman’s
figures of E. taprobanicum in the narrower carapace of the female, the less well-
developed lateral horns and the shorter basis of perieopod 1. In particular,
pereiopod 2 is much smaller, the basis and merus together being shorter than
the rest of the limb and the distal spine on the merus is shorter and weaker.
The rami of the uropods are slightly shorter and the first segment of the endopod
relatively larger. The differences are not considerable and these individuals
may be representatives of a single species occurring from Natal to the tropical
Indian Ocean and varying slightly from one end of the range to the other.
Distribution
At present known from the type locality and its vicinity, from 37 to 80 m
off the Natal coast. With only six specimens known it is numerically insig-
nificant in comparison with the total number of specimens in the collection,
but is fairly common in the Natal material, representing almost 5 per cent of
the individuals from this region.
178 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Eocuma aculeatum sp. nov.
Fig. 5
Records
SAM 327-S 32-E. 550m Pimanea
Holotype
Manca, unique, in the South African Museum, SAM-A15491, collected
by the South African Museum, 22 May 1974. Type locality: 550 m, in the
southern Mozambique Channel (27°59’S 32°40’E). Meiring Naude station
number SM 86.
Description
Manca, holotype, length 6,7 mm. Integument roughened by numerous
small tubercles and hairs, especially on cephalothorax and first three abdominal
somites. Carapace (Fig. 5A) nearly twice as long as deep, oval in lateral outline,
with a single pair of well-developed lateral horns about a third of distance
from anterior tip. Pseudorostral lobes (Fig. 5B) rounded, meeting for short
distance in front of rounded, eyeless eyelobe. Middorsal line very slightly
evident on carapace, not at all behind this.
Fig. 5. Eocuma aculeatum sp. nov.
Manca, holotype. A. Lateral view. B. Dorsal view of carapace. C. Antenna 1. D. Maxilliped 3.
E. Pereiopod 1. F. Pereiopod 2. G. Telsonic somite and uropod.
Scale line = 2 mm for A-B; 1 mm for D-E, G; 0,25 mm for C, F.
SOUTHERN AFRICAN CUMACEA: PART 2 179
Free thoracic somites together two-thirds length of carapace; second
pedigerous somite very narrow but not fused with carapace; third narrow,
fourth and fifth with some tubercles, each longer than preceding one. Abdomen
very long and slender, twice length of cephalothorax; first three somites tuber-
culate, a row of tubercles running along the length down each side forming a
ventrolateral ridge; last three somites unadorned, slender and translucent.
Limbs all covered with very fine detritus.
Antenna | (Fig. 5C) of moderate length, first segment stout, twice width
of and subequal in length to next two segments. Flagellum l-segmented with
two aesthetascs; accessory flagellum small, 1-segmented.
Basis of maxilliped 3 (Fig. 5D) slender, distal prolongation long and
narrow, reaching articulation of merus and carpus distally. Ischium small,
merus very long and stout, distally produced to articulation of carpus and
propodus. Carpus small, very slightly widened distally.
Pereiopod | (Fig. 5E) of moderate length, basis fairly stout, subequal in
length to rest of limb, distal point reaching beyond tip of ischium. Merus and
propodus subequal in length, carpus longer.
Pereiopod 2 (Fig. 5F) long and slender, 6-segmented. Merus and carpus
subequal in length, twice as long as propodus. Dactyl fairly long, subequal in
length to carpus and propodus together, armed with a few small spines distally.
Telsonic somite (Fig. 5G) more than three times as long as wide, slightly
shorter than uropods, very slightly produced between uropods and wider
posteriorly. Peduncle of uropod about twice as long as wide, less than half
length of rami, unarmed. First segment of exopod less than a third length of
second, unarmed; second slender, serrations on inner margin interspersed with
a few very fine setae and a single terminal spine. Endopod with three very fine
setae on inner margin and one stout serrate seta terminally.
Length
Manca 6,7 mm
Remarks
The specimen is the only one known from southern Africa in which the
carapace bears a pair of acutely pointed lateral horns and yet lacks lateral
carinae. It is unique in the genus in the presence of long hairs and tubercles on
the integument. Although it is not normally acceptable to describe a new species
on the basis of a single immature specimen, there are several good reasons for
doing so in this case. Firstly, very little more material is likely to become
available from deep waters off the eastern seaboard. Secondly, the specimen is
quite distinct from all other members of the genus in the adornment of the
integument, is in a good state of preservation, and it should not prove difficult
to match up adults of the same species at a later date. Thirdly, its presence
adds considerably to the range of depths recorded for the genus.
180 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Distribution
At present known only from the type locality.
Eocuma sp.
Fig. 6
Eocuma sarsi: Stebbing, 1910: 414.
Records
SAM 32°S 28°E 56m 1 subadult male. Pieter Faure station number
SAM-A590.
Remarks
Stebbing (1910) identified this specimen as E. sarsi (Kossmann, 1880),
saying that ‘the proportions agree well with Kossmann’s figure’, but giving no
figure or description himself. The author has re-examined the specimen, and
perhaps due to the ravages of time, the external features no longer correspond
well with either Stebbing’s (1913) or Calman’s (1904a) figures. In fact, it is
dissimilar enough to suspect that it does not belong to E. sarsi. Since it is the
only individual, and in a poor state of preservation, it would be unwise to refer
it to a particular species. It is shown in Figure 6, and a very brief description
is given below.
The carapace (Figs. 6A, C) is extremely irregular, being considerably
narrower dorsally and widening out quite abruptly ventrally. The lateral horns
are ill-defined, being merely blunt protrusions reaching the level of the pseudo-
rostrum on either side. The basis of maxilliped 3 (Fig. 6F) is very much produced
distally, and the merus extremely large, being little less than half as long as the
basis. The distal tip of the basis of pereiopod | (Fig. 6G) reaches about two-
thirds along the length of the merus. The four distal segments of pereiopod 2
(Fig. 6H) are sub-equal in length; pereiopod 3 (Fig. 61) appears to be
6-segmented. The peduncle of the uropod (Fig. 6J) is not much shorter than the
telsonic somite.
Upselaspis Jones, 1955
Generic diagnosis
First pedigerous somite not visible, second visible in females and some
males. Second pereiopod 6-segmented. Endopod of uropod 2-segmented,
peduncle subequal in length to rami.
Type species
Upselaspis caparti (Fage, 1951) (as Cyclaspoides caparti). The genus is
monotypic.
SOUTHERN AFRICAN CUMACEA: PART 2 181
Fig. 6. Eocuma sp.
Subadult male. A. Lateral view. B. Detail of anterior tip of carapace. C. Dorsal view of
carapace. D. Antenna 1. E. Detail of distal tip of antenna 1. F. Maxilliped 3. G. Pereiopod 1.
H. Pereiopod 2. I. Pereiopod 3. J. Telsonic somite and uropod.
Scale line = 2 mm for A; 1 mm for C, G-I; 0,5 mm for B, D, F, J; 0,25 mm for E.
182 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Upselaspis caparti (Fage, 1951)
Fig. 7
Cyclaspoides caparti Fage, 1951: 5-8, figs 2-4.
Upselaspis caparti Jones, 1955: 284; 1956: 197.
Records
sub-
adult adult ovig. no. of
3S S Q 9 juv. total records
WCD 33°S17°E 78 m 1 1 1 (benthic)
SAM 23°S 14°E 1m 4 ) 6 3 14 32 3 (planktonic)
FISH 20°S12°E 95-O0m 1 1 1 (planktonic)
Previous records
Near Walvis Bay (22°S 14°E), plankton (Fage 1951; Jones 1955); Sierra
Leone Estuary, 10-12 m (Jones 1956).
Syntypes
Males, females and juveniles, deposited by Fage (1951) in the Museé
d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris. Type locality: surface plankton haul, near Walvis
Bay, South West Africa (22°S 14°E).
Description
Ovigerous female, length 3,4 mm, from Sandwich Harbour (23°S 14°E).
Integument slightly roughened, white, thin, with minute pits. Carapace (Fig. 7A)
rounded, lacking carinae; deeper anteriorly than posteriorly, more than one
and a half times as long as deep at deepest point. Antennal notch moderate,
anterolateral angle rounded with very fine serrations below. Pseudorostral
lobes (Fig. 7B) meeting for short distance in front of rounded, eyeless eyelobe.
First pedigerous somite invisible, second half as wide as deep, third to
fifth produced laterally to form distinct sideplates. Free pedigerous somites
together about two-thirds length of carapace. Abdominal somites cylindrical;
abdomen subequal in length to cephalothorax.
Antenna | (Fig. 7C) elongate, reaching well beyond pseudorostrum. First
and third segments subequal in length, second shorter. Flagellum 2-segmented
with two aesthetascs. Accessory flagellum relatively long, 1-segmented.
Basis of maxilliped 3 (Fig. 7D) twice length of remaining segments together,
strongly angled; distal prolongation short, not reaching articulation of merus
and carpus. Merus much expanded externally, distal tip reaching articulation
of carpus and propodus.
Basis of pereiopod 1 (Fig. 7E) one and a half times length of rest of limb,
lower border with fine hairs, hooks and plumose setae. Last three segments
subequal in length.
Pereiopod 2 (Fig. 7F) elongate, almost as long as pereiopod 1, 6-segmented.
SOUTHERN AFRICAN CUMACEA: PART 2 183
Basis subequal in length to remaining segments together.
Pereiopods 3 (Fig. 7G) to 5 similar, each shorter than preceding limb.
Ischium and merus short, subequal in length. Dactyl very small on pereiopod
3, apparently absent from pereiopod 5.
Fig. 7. Upselaspis caparti
Ovigerous female. A. Lateral view. B. Dorsal view of carapace. C. Antenna 1. D. Maxilli-
ped 3. E. Pereiopod 1. F. Pereiopod 2. G. Pereiopod 3. H. Telsonic somite and uropod.
Adult male. I. Lateral view. J. Detail of distal tip of antenna 1. K. Uropod.
Scale line = 2 mm for I; 1 mm for A-B; 0,5 mm for C-H, K; 0,25 mm for J.
184 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Telsonic somite (Fig. 7H) produced between uropods for a short distance,
very slightly wider than long. Peduncle of uropod more than one and a half
times as long as telsonic somite with four plumose setae and one spine on inner
edge. Endopod slightly longer than exopod, first segment longer than second
with two plumose setae and seven fine spines on inner edge; second unarmed
except for one long stout spine terminally. First segment of exopod less than a
quarter length of second with one plumose seta distally on inner edge; second
with five plumose setae on inner edge and three slender spines terminally.
Adult male, length 3,8 mm, from Sandwich Harbour. As female, except as
follows: integument less translucent. Carapace rectangular in lateral outline
(Fig. 71), a little less than twice as long as deep. Antennal notch and antero-
lateral angle wanting. Second pedigerous somite not visible in some, usually
very narrow, pointed dorsally and forming very small rounded sideplates
laterally; covered anteriorly by posterior edge of carapace. Abdominal somites
with sideplates defined ventrally. Abdomen slightly longer than in female.
Flagellum of antenna | (Fig. 7J) stouter, bearing several fine setae as well as
two aesthetascs. Basis of maxilliped 3 not angled, prolongation of basis narrower
and more pointed distally, reaching articulation of merus and carpus. Basis of
pereiopod 1 very stout proximally, bearing ten teeth distally on lower edge.
Peduncle of uropod (Fig 7K) with five plumose and ten serrate setae. Exopod
as in female. First segment of endopod with five plumose setae and one spine;
second as long as first with two plumose setae on inner edge.
Length
Adult male 3,8-4,1 mm
Ovigerous female 3,1-3,6 mm
Remarks
The specimens correspond in all details with those described by Fage
(1951), except that the second pedigerous somite of the male is sometimes
visible, and pereiopods 2 to 5 are relatively longer.
Distribution
Apparently endemic to the coast of west and south-west Africa, usually
in estuaries at depths between | and 12 m, and usually found off the bottom,
although a single benthic specimen is known from 78 m. The presence of this
species in Sandwich Harbour constitutes the only records for any cumacean
in estuarine conditions in South West Africa. Its distribution appears to be
patchy but it may occur in quite large numbers in individual hauls.
Cyclaspoides Bonnier, 1896
Generic diagnosis
Carapace laterally compressed, pseudorostral lobes long. First two or three
pedigerous somites incorporated in carapace at least dorsally. Second pereiopod
SOUTHERN AFRICAN CUMACEA: PART 2 185
6-segmented. Telsonic somite long, peduncle of uropod short. Endopod of
uropod I- or 2-segmented. Gut coiled.
Type species
Cyclaspoides sarsi Bonnier, 1896
Remarks
Only one species of Cyclaspoides has previously been reported. The new
species is clearly a member of the genus, but since the endopod of the uropod
is 2-segmented, the generic diagnosis has been expanded accordingly.
Distribution of Cyclaspoides
C. sarsi is known from the Bay of Biscay (Bonnier 1896) in 950 m and off
the coast of Ireland in 698 m (Calman 1905). It is also widely distributed in
deep waters of the tropical and northern Atlantic down to 4934 m (Jones
pers. comm.). Calman (1904a) tentatively assigned to this species a single
specimen from the atrial cavity of an ascidian from Malaya. Until further
material becomes available the identity of his specimen must remain in doubt.
Since C. pellucidus is also a deep-water form, it appears that Cyclaspoides is
essentially a deep-water genus.
Cyclaspoides pellucidus sp. nov.
Figs 8-9
Records
SAM 34°S 17°E 400m _ 1 subadult 3, 2 ovig. 99 (1 record)
SAM 27°S 32°E 820m_ 1 young 8 (1 record)
Holotype
Ovigerous female, in the South African Museum, SAM-A15490, collected
by the S.S. Pieter Faure in about 1900. Type locality: approximately 400 m,
off the Cape Peninsula (34°25’S 17°50’E). Pieter Faure station number SAM-—
A10602 (PF 17440).
Description
Ovigerous female, holotype, length 5,2 mm. Integument thin, brittle, almost
transparent, with fine reticulations. Coiled gut faintly visible. Exhalant siphon
elongate, a third as long as carapace. Carapace (Fig. 8A) oval, pseudorostral
lobes elongate; antennal notch (Fig. 8B) elliptical, anterolateral angle small,
acute, serrated below for a short distance. Eyelobe (Fig. 8C) bluntly rounded,
eyeless. Middorsal carina very slightly evident.
First three pedigerous somites fused with carapace dorsally, sideplates of
third visible laterally. Free region of thorax very short, about a quarter length
186 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
A
Fig. 8. Cyclaspoides pellucidus sp. nov.
Ovigerous female, holotype. A. Lateral view. B. Detail of anterior tip of carapace. C. Cara-
pace in dorsal view. D. Antenna 1. E. Maxilliped 3. F. Pereiopod 1. G. Pereiopod 2.
H. Pereiopod 3. I. Telsonic somite and uropod.
Scale line = 2 mm for A; 1 mm for C; 0,5 mm for B, D-I.
SOUTHERN AFRICAN CUMACEA: PART 2 187
Fig. 9. Cyclaspoides pellucidus sp. nov.
Subadult male, paratype. A. Lateral view. B. Dorsal view. C. Pereiopod 2.
Scale line = 1 mm for A-B; 0,5 mm for C.
of carapace. Cephalothorax subequal in length to abdomen. Abdomen slender,
cylindrical; first five somites with anterior articulatory peg.
Antenna | (Fig. 8D) reaching tip of pseudorostrum, basal segment short,
geniculate. Flagellum short, 1l-segmented, with two aesthetascs. Accessory
flagellum minute, 1-segmented.
Maxilliped 3 (Fig. 8E) stout, short, almost lacking setae. Basis nearly
twice length of remaining segments together; distal prolongation short, reaching
about half-way along merus. Merus somewhat expanded, almost reaching
distal tip of carpus.
Basis of pereiopod 1 (Fig. 8F) stout, longer than remaining segments
together. Ischium and merus subequal in length, as are carpus and propodus.
Pereiopod 2 (Fig. 8G) 6-segmented, shorter than pereiopod 3, unarmed
except for a single terminal spine. Basis subequal in length to remaining seg-
ments together; merus, carpus and propodus subequal in length, slightly shorter
than dactyl.
Pereiopods 3 (Fig. 8H) to 5 similar, third longest and fifth shortest, armed
with a few spines.
Telsonic somite (Fig. 81) longer than preceding somite, produced between
uropods for about a fifth its length. Peduncle of uropod slightly more than
half length of telsonic somite, moderately stout, unarmed. Rami subequal in
length. First segment of exopod less than half length of second, unarmed;
second armed with two spines on upper edge and two terminally. First segment
of endopod three times length of second with six small spines on serrated
188 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
inner edge, and a stout one terminally.
Subadult male, paratype, length of cephalothorax 2,7 mm. Last five abdomi-
nal somites missing. As female, except as follows: carapace (Fig. 9A) slightly
more rectangular, integument thinner, coiled gut clearly visible. Pseudorostral
lobes (Fig. 9B) slightly longer. Pedigerous somites 2 and 3 fused with carapace,
but suture lines distinct dorsally and laterally.
Distal parts of antenna | missing, otherwise as in female. Maxilliped 3
more setose. Basis of pereiopod | straight, slightly broader. Pereiopod 2
(Fig. 9C) stouter, basis shorter, no longer than remaining segments together.
Length
Ovigerous female 5,2 mm.
Remarks
This species clearly belongs to Bonnier’s genus, being similar to C. sarsi
in general appearance, as well as having only two free pedigerous somites and
a coiled gut. It differs from C. sarsi in a number of respects, however: the second
and third pedigerous somites are visible laterally in the female, and dorsally
as well as laterally in the male, although in both cases they are firmly fused
with the carapace (in C. sarsi they are indistinguishable or sometimes separated
by a faint suture line). In C. pellucidus the endopod of the uropod is 2-segmented
and the entire uropod slightly longer than the telsonic somite: in C. sarsi the
endopod is l-segmented, and the uropod distinctly shorter than the telsonic
somite.
The varying number of segments in the endopod of the uropod is not
unusual in genera of this subfamily, but it has necessitated expanding the
diagnosis of the genus.
Distribution
Known only from two records, one at a depth of 400 m off the Cape of
Good Hope, and one from 820 m in the southern Mozambique Channel.
Mossambicuma gen. nov.
Generic diagnosis
First pedigerous somite not visible. Ischium of maxilliped 3 larger than
merus. Basis of pereiopod 1 without distal projection. Second pereiopod
6-segmented. Telsonic somite shorter than fifth abdominal somite and longer
than peduncle of uropod. Rami of uropod longer than peduncle, endopod
1-segmented.
Type species
M. elongatum sp. noy. (by monotypy).
SOUTHERN AFRICAN CUMACEA: PART 2 189
Remarks
It is with some hesitation that a new genus is erected for this species. In many
ways it resembles some species of Eocoma, but the form of the carapace is
quite different and the first pereiopod lacks the characteristic distal projection.
Thus it seems better to erect a new genus which may later be submerged than
to add species to Eocuma, which is at present well defined.
Mossambicuma elongatum gen. et sp. nov.
Figs 10-11
Records
CON 23°S 32°E 1-2m_ 1 adult J, 1 ovig. 9, 1 young 9,
2 juvs (2 records)
Holotype
Ovigerous female, in the South African Museum, SAM—A15495, collected
by A. C. Connell of the NIWR. Type locality: 1-2 m, near Mongue, Morrum-
bene estuary, Mozambique (23°40’S 35°22’E). NIWR station number CON 3.
Description
Ovigerous female, holotype, length 2,2 mm. Integument uncalcified, flexible.
Carapace (Fig. 10A) with scattered shallow pits, one and a half times as long
as deep, slightly narrower dorsally due to a shallow depression running mid-
laterally along carapace. A second smaller depression runs anteroventrally
from posterior middorsal region for a short distance. Antennal notch shallow,
anterolateral angle poorly defined, obtuse. Pseudorostral lobes produced beyond
rounded, eyeless eyelobe for one-fifth total length of carapace (Fig. 10B).
Second pedigerous somite about half as wide as deep, third to fifth about
as deep as abdominal somites. Carapace about one and a half times length of
free thoracic somites together, cephalothorax equal in length to first five
abdominal somites. Abdominal somites cylindrical, elongate.
Antenna 1 (Fig. 10C) elongate, protruding well beyond tip of pseudo-
rostrum. First two segments subequal in length, together as long as third.
Flagellum (Fig 10D) 2-segmented with one aesthetasc; accessory flagellum
very small, 1-segmented.
Maxilliped 3 (Fig. 10E) short and stout, basis broad and flattened; distal
prolongation narrow, reaching beyond articulation of merus and carpus.
Ischium as long as next three segments together. Merus wide, distal prolon-
gation reaching articulation of carpus and propodus.
Basis of pereiopod | (Fig. 10F) short, half length of remaining segments
together, not produced distally. Propodus long, almost equal in length to merus
and carpus together.
Pereiopod 2 (Fig. 10G) 6-segmented, basis shorter than rest of limb.
Dactyl twice length of propodus.
190 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Fig. 10. Mossambicuma elongatum gen. et sp. nov.
Ovigerous female, holotype. A. Lateral view. B. Dorsal view of carapace. C. Antenna 1.
D. Detail of distal tip of antenna 1. E. Maxilliped 3. F. Pereiopod 1. G. Pereiopod 2.
H. Pereiopod 3. I. Telsonic somite and uropod.
Scale line = 1 mm for A; 0,5 mm for B-C, F, I; 0,25 mm for D-E, G—H.
Pereiopods 3 (Fig. 10H) to 5 similar, pereiopod 3 longest and 5 shortest.
Merus and carpus stout, merus slightly the longer.
Telsonic somite (Fig. 101) one and a half times as long as wide, slightly
shorter than fifth abdominal somite, little produced between uropods. Peduncle
of uropod less than two-thirds length of telsonic somite, less than half length of
subequal rami, unarmed. First segment of exopod about a quarter as long as
second; second armed with a single small spine dorsally near the tip, and two
stouter ones terminally. Endopod 1-segmented, surface covered with small
scales, with four very small spines on inner edge and a slightly longer one
terminally.
SOUTHERN AFRICAN CUMACEA: PART 2 191
Fig. 11. Mossambicuma elongatum gen. et sp. nov.
Adult male, paratype. A. Lateral view. B. Detail of distal tip of antenna 1. C. Pereiopod 1.
D. Telsonic somite and uropod.
Scale line = 0,5 mm for A; 0,25 mm for C-D; 0,1 mm for B.
Adult male, paratype, length 2,1 mm. As female, except as follows: cara-
pace (Fig. 11A) slightly longer, pseudorostral lobes shorter. Fourth pedigerous
somite produced dorsally to form a blunt point. Sideplates poorly defined
ventrally.
Antenna | (Fig. 11B) with two aesthetascs arising at base of flagellum and
one distally. Basis of maxilliped 3 narrower proximally, ischium slightly shorter.
Basis of pereiopod 1 (Fig. 11C) longer, merus narrower and propodus not as
greatly elongated. Telsonic somite (Fig. 11D) not at all produced. Peduncle of
uropod with five spines on inner edge, endopod with sixteen. Endopod and
second segment of exopod scaly.
Length
Adult male 2,1 mm
Ovigerous female 2,2 mm
Remarks
See remarks for genus Mossambicuma.
Distribution
So far only five specimens known, all from Morrumbene estuary, Mozam-
bique, at depths from 1 to 2 m.
192 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Austrocuma gen. nov.
Generic diagnosis
Dorsoventrally flattened Bodotriinae with four pedigerous somites visible
in the male and five in the female. Eye present. Basis of maxilliped 3 slightly
expanded distally. Second to fifth perelopods 6-segmented. Male with three
pairs of pleopods, each with an outer process to the inner ramus. Endopod of
uropod l-segmented.
Type species
Austrocuma platyceps sp. nov. (by monotypy)
Remarks
This genus is the only one in the subfamily in which the male has three
pairs of pleopods. The flattened structure of the carapace and the nature of the
third maxilliped and first pereiopod are also unusual in the Bodotriinae.
Austrocuma platyceps gen. et sp. nov.
igaei2
Records
CP 34°S 18°E intertidal-2m 3 adult ¢g, 1 subadult J, 10 ovig. 99,
2 mancas (5 records)
CPR 33°S 18°E intertidal 3 ovig. 92 (2 records)
Holotype
Ovigerous female, in the South African Museum, SAM-A15480, collected
by UCT, 25 April 1956. Type locality: 1 m, Muizenberg Beach, Cape Peninsula
(34°06’S 18°29’E). UCT station number CP 463B.
Description
Ovigerous female, holotype, length 1,8 mm. Whole animal dorsoventrally
flattened (Fig. 12A). Integument smooth, carapace and thorax somewhat
calcified, abdomen translucent. Carapace nearly twice as wide as deep with a
single pair of lateral carinae, well-defined in the midregion, becoming rounded
anteriorly and posteriorly. Anterolateral angle rounded, antennal notch small,
triangular. Pseudorostral lobes rounded in lateral view, scalloped in dorsal
view (Fig. 12B). Eyelobe wide, slightly pointed anteriorly, bearing reddish
pigmented area with two pairs of large lenses on either side and one pair
medially. Cephalothorax elliptical in dorsal view. Carapace subequal in length
to free thoracic somites, of which first is narrow and second very wide. Cephalo-
thorax nearly one and a half times length of narrow subcylindrical abdomen.
Telsonic somite short, very slightly produced between uropods.
Antenna | (Fig. 12C) stout, elongate. Basal segment subequal in length
to next two segments together. Flagellum 2-segmented with one very short
aesthetasc. Accessory flagellum minute, l1-segmented.
SOUTHERN AFRICAN CUMACEA: PART 2 193
J
E
Gb
\
\\
MN
Fig. 12 Austrocuma platyceps gen. et sp. nov.
Ovigerous female, holotype. A. Lateral view. B. Dorsal view. C. Antenna 1. D. Maxilliped 3.
E. Pereiopod 1. F. Pereiopod 2. G. Pereiopod 3. H. Telsonic somite and uropod.
Adult male. I. Lateral view. J. Dorsal view. K. Maxilliped 3. L. Pleopod 2. M. Telsonic
somite and uropod.
Scale line = 0,5 mm for A, I-J; 0,25 mm for B, D-G, K; 0,15 mm for C, H, L-M.
194 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Maxilliped 3 (Fig. 12D) stout, basis curved through nearly 90°, produced
distally beyond tip of ischium. Ischium, merus, carpus and propodus all
flattened but not produced distally. Dactyl slender.
Pereiopod 1 (Fig. 12E) very stout, meeting with its partner to form strong
protection for the underlying mouthparts. Merus, carpus and propodus sub-
equal in length, merus and carpus stout.
Pereiopod 2 (Fig. 12F) 6-segmented, basis one and a half times length of
rest of limb. Merus and carpus subequal in length, as are propodus and dactyl.
Dactyl small, armed with a few small spines.
Pereiopods 3 (Fig. 12G) to 5 similar, 6-segmented, shorter than pereiopod
2 and each shorter than preceding one. Ischium and merus subequal in length,
as are carpus and propodus. Dactyl apparently wanting.
Telsonic somite (Fig. 12H) short, wider than long; entire somite less than
half length of peduncle of uropod. Peduncle unarmed, subequal in length to
rami. First segment of exopod less than half length of second, unarmed; second
serrated on inner edge with one long terminal spine. Endopod 1-segmented,
serrated on inner edge, with one long fine spine and two shorter stouter spines
terminally.
Colour in life speckled above due to many dark brown and fewer greenish-
white chromatophores; mainly greenish-white below, fading immediately on
immersion in alcohol.
Adult male, length 1,4 mm, from Kommetjie, Cape Peninsula. As female,
except as follows: cephalothorax narrower, carapace longer than wide (Fig. 12J),
nearly twice as long as deep (Fig. 121). Lateral carina confined to posterior
half of carapace, which is excavated ventrally to accommodate the large exopods
of maxilliped 3 and pereiopod 1. Second pedigerous somite much narrower.
Carapace longer than free thoracic somites, cephalothorax longer than abdomen.
Antenna | relatively stouter and slightly shorter. Basis of maxilliped 3
(Fig. 12K) less curved, distal segments stouter. Basis of pereiopod 1 straight,
propodus and dactyl stouter, limb relatively longer, slightly more slender. Bases
of pereiopods 2 to 5 shorter relative to rest of limb. Three pairs of pleopods
present (Fig. 12L), rami bearing long plumose setae. Telsonic somite (Fig. 12M)
as long as wide, rounded posteriorly. Peduncle slightly longer than rami.
Endopod slightly shorter than exopod with four serrate spines on inner edge.
Second segment of exopod not serrate.
Length
Adult male 1,4-1,5 mm
Ovigerous female 1,6-1,8 mm
Remarks
This species is quite distinct from all other members of the subfamily,
partly because of its very flattened appearance in both sexes, and more particu-
larly because of the presence of only three pairs of pleopods in the male. The
SOUTHERN AFRICAN CUMACEA: PART 2 195
reduction in number of pleopods is perhaps less strange than may appear at
first sight, since this tendency is found in some of the Vaunthompsoniinae as
well as routinely in some of the other families. In these forms the thoracic
exopods are usually highly developed, as is the case in the males of Austrocuma
platyceps.
Distribution
At present only a few specimens are known from the shores of the Cape
Peninsula, from Muizenberg to Hout Bay, at depths from 0 to | m.
Note: Just prior to going to press several more specimens of this species
were found intertidally between Ysterfontein and Melkbosch on the south-
western Cape coast.
Alticuma gen. nov.
Generic diagnosis
First pedigerous somite visible in both sexes. Second pereiopod
7-segmented. Endopod of uropod 2-segmented.
Type species
Alticuma carinata (Zimmer, 1921) (as Cyclaspis carinata).
Remarks
The above combination of characters exhibited by the two species in the
collection excludes them from Jphinoe and Cyclaspis, the genera closest to
them, since placing them in either would necessitate the expansion of an existing
definition. The limits of the genera of the Bodotriinae are discussed on page 163.
The differences between the two species included in the genus are mainly
in the superficial appearance of the carapace, the body and appendages being
rather similar in structure. Thus the genus may in fact prove to be a realistic
assemblage of species rather than a merely convenient grouping.
Distribution of Alticuma
Thus far limited to waters deeper than 183 m off the coast of southern
and eastern Africa.
Alticuma carinatum (Zimmer, 1921) n. comb.
Figs 13-14
Cyclaspis carinata Zimmer, 1921: 126-127, figs 19-21.
Records
sub-
adult adult ovig. no. of
3S ae or Q juv. total records
WE Mol eSe li E 208-500 m 5 Wg 2 8 5
WCD 34°S 17°E 320 m 1 1 1
SCD 34°S 20°E-34°S 23°E =183-200 m 2} 3 1 6 3
SST 35°S 22°E 200 m D, 8 G6 5 S) AL By 4
SAM _27°S 32°E-30°S 30°E 550-850 m 1 2 A eS lS 5
196 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Previous records
Type locality, holotype specimen only.
Holotype
Female, deposited by Zimmer (1921) in the Berlin Zoologisches Museum.
Type locality: 693 m, off the east African coast (1°S 41°E).
Description
Ovigerous female, length 6,7 mm, from 200 m on the Still Bay transect.
Integument translucent with fine reticulations and pits visible at high mag-
Fig. 13. Alticuma carinatum
Ovigerous female (SST). A. Lateral view. D. Dorsal view of carapace. E. Detail of pedigerous
somites from the side. F. Antenna 1. G. Maxilliped 3. H. Pereiopod 1. I. Pereiopod 2.
J. Pereiopod 3. K. Telsonic somite and uropod.
Females. B. Lateral view of SAM specimen. C. Lateral view of LBT specimen.
Scale line = 2 mm for A-D; 1 mm for E, H, K; 0,5 mm for F-G, I-J.
SOUTHERN AFRICAN CUMACEA: PART 2 197
nifications. Dorsal half of carapace strongly compressed laterally forming a
narrow, pointed median carina (Fig. 13A). Pseudorostral lobes elongate, meeting
in front of eyelobe for one-sixth total length of carapace. Eyelobe distinct,
elliptical, eyeless (Fig. 13D); in lateral view visible above level of pseudorostral
lobes and slanting steeply to the elevated posterior region of the carapace.
One tooth present midway along middorsal carina. Carapace twice as long as
deep. Antennal notch deeply excavate between pseudorostral lobes, antero-
lateral angle acutely pointed.
(Note: the outline of the carapace in lateral view is very variable. The
pseudorostral lobes may be as much as a quarter the total length of the carapace
(some SAM specimens, Fig. 13B); the eyelobe may not be elevated above the
pseudorostral lobes (Some LBT and SAM specimens, Figs 13B—C); the anterior
part of the middorsal carina may bear 0-2 large teeth (most of the SST speci-
mens, Fig. 13A), or a long row of many minute ones (SAM and some LBT
specimens, Fig. 13B), or ones intermediate in size and number (some LBT
specimens, Fig. 13C). Only the carapace is variable, the limbs being similar
in all specimens. Too few males are available to determine the degree of
variability in them, or the likelihood of there being more than one species
represented.)
All five pedigerous somites visible laterally, second and third apparently
partly fused dorsolaterally (Fig. 13E). Free thoracic somites slightly flanged
laterally with a faint middorsal carina. Carapace nearly half as long again as
free thoracic somites. Cephalothorax subequal in length to abdomen. Arti-
culatory notches present laterally on all abdominal somites except the last.
Basal segment of antenna | (Fig. 13F) geniculate, equal in length to next
two subequal segments together. Accessory flagellum short, 1-segmented.
Flagellum 1-segmented with one aesthetasc longer than the antenna.
Maxilliped 3 (Fig. 13G) stout, basis angled, distal prolongation reaching
articulation between merus and carpus. Ischium longer than wide; merus
sharply expanded externally, prolongation reaching distal tip of carpus. Carpus
expanded distally, equal in length to subequal propodus and dactyl.
Pereiopod 1 (Fig. 13H) not elongate. Basis equal in length to rest of limb.
Carpus and propodus subequal in length, longer than dactyl.
Pereiopod 2 (Fig. 131) stout, 7-segmented. Basis longer than remaining
segments together. Ischium short but distinct.
Pereiopods 3 (Fig. 13J) to 5 similar, less stout than pereiopod 2.
Telsonic somite (Fig. 13K) produced between uropods for nearly a third
its length, slightly shorter than peduncle of uropod. Peduncle unarmed but
serrate on inner margin, two and a half times length of rami. Exopod slightly
longer than endopod, first segment unarmed, half length of second; second
only with two terminal spines. First segment of endopod twice length of second
with one spine distally on inner edge, second with two terminal spines only.
First segment of exopod and both of endopod serrated on inner margin.
Adult male, \ength 6,7 mm, from 200 m on the Still Bay transect. Differs
198 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
from the female as follows: integument less calcified. Carapace less sharply
carinate, less sloping behind eyelobe (Fig. 14A). Pseudorostral lobes shorter
(Fig. 14B), anterolateral angle obtuse, blunt. First pedigerous somite obscured
laterally by anterior projection of second; second narrow, not fused with third.
Ventral sideplates well marked on abdomen.
Accessory flagellum of antenna 1 (Fig. 14C) with numerous short
aesthetascs. Basis of maxilliped 3 not angled, ischium slightly longer and merus
shorter. Basis of pereiopod 1 with eight sharp spines in mid-region.
Peduncle of uropod (Fig. 14D) with six fine spines on inner edge, followed
by fourteen serrate setae in pairs, with two spines distally. Second segment of
exopod with four plumose setae on inner edge; first of endopod with five fine
spines, second with three and a single end-spine.
Length
Adult male 6,7 mm
Ovigerous female 5,8-7,4 mm
Remarks
This species appears to be the same as Zimmer’s Cyclaspis carinata.
However, he describes and figures only the whole animal and the telsonic
somite and uropod, and the author has not been able to obtain the type for
comparison. Zimmer’s figures correspond with the SAM material, except that in
the latter the ovigerous female is broader across the posterior part of the cara-
pace, the telsonic somite does not appear to be emarginate posteriorly, and there
are no setae on the inner border of the peduncle in the females. The most
significant difference is that the inner ramus of the uropod is 2-segmented in
all specimens examined, whereas Zimmer’s appears to be l-segmented. How-
Fig. 14. Alticuma carinatum
Adult male. A. Lateral view. B. Dorsal view of carapace. C. Distal tip of antenna 1.
D. Uropod.
Scale line = 2 mm for A-B; 0,5 mm for D; 0,25 mm for C.
SOUTHERN AFRICAN CUMACEA: PART 2 199
ever, the diagram is poor, and the author is disinclined to place too much
emphasis on this character. It is not possible to state with certainty that all
Specimens under discussion are conspecific, but from the characteristic general
appearance of the animals, it is suggested that they probably are. The variability
of the available specimens is confined to characters of the carapace, and so at
this stage it is assumed that the various morphological variations are intra-
specific, rather than that there are as many as four distinct species, all very
closely related, and all represented by very few specimens. The situation may
well have to be reviewed when further material is available.
The fusion of the second and third pedigerous somites is extremely unusual
in this family, but once again it is a variable character, not present even in all
the ovigerous females. Although it may be of considerable functional significance
to the living animal, its sporadic occurrence means that it is of no immediate
taxonomic value.
Distribution
The most common species in deep waters off South and east Africa, from
Lambert’s Bay to Kenya, at depths from 183 to 810 m.
Alticuma bellum gen. et sp. nov.
Figs 15-16
Records
SAM 30°S 30°E-26°S 33°E 550-1 300m _ 1 adult g, 47 subadult gd,
9 ovig. 29, 69 gd and 99, 13 juvs,
32 mancas (10 records)
Holotype
Ovigerous female, in the South African Museum, SAM—A15479, collected
by the South African Museum, 22 May 1976. Type locality: 550 m, southern
Mozambique Channel (27°59’S 32°40’E). Meiring Naude station number SM 86.
Description
Ovigerous female, holotype, length 10,0 mm. Integument white, slightly
crystalline. Carapace (Fig. 15A) divided transversely by strong ridge running
across middorsal region almost to ventrolateral edge; smooth posterior to
this, lower and with two slight protuberances on either side anterior to it.
Pseudorostral lobes short, not meeting in front of eyelobe. Anterolateral angle
acute, antennal notch angular (Fig. 15B). Carapace in dorsal view (Fig. 15C)
abruptly wider across posterior part due to transverse ridge. Eyelobe eyeless.
Carapace twice as long as deep, one and a half times length of free
pedigerous somites together. Cephalothorax equal in length to first five
abdominal somites together. Abdominal somites cylindrical.
200 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Antenna | (Fig. 15D) small, first segment subequal in length to next two.
Flagellum l-segmented with two aesthetascs; accessory flagellum minute,
1-segmented.
Maxilliped 3 (Fig. ISE) stout, basis strongly angled, about two and a half
times length of remaining segments together. Distal prolongation reaching
Fig. 15. Alticuma bellum gen. et sp. nov.
Ovigerous female, holotype. A. Lateral view. B. Detail of anterior tip of carapace. C. Dorsal
view. D. Antenna 1. E. Maxilliped 3. F. Pereiopod 1. G. Pereiopod 2. H. Pereiopod 4.
I. Telsonic somite and uropod.
Scale line = 4 mm for A; 2 mm for B—-C, F; 1 mm for D, E, G-I.
SOUTHERN AFRICAN CUMACEA: PART 2 201
beyond articulation of merus and carpus. Ischium square in outline, merus
expanded distally, reaching articulation of carpus and propodus; carpus
slightly expanded, propodus and dactyl subequal in length, cylindrical.
Pereiopod 1 (Fig. 15F) elongate, basis less than two-thirds length of rest
of limb. Ischium small, half length of merus. Carpus subequal in length to
merus and ischium together; propodus and dactyl very long: propodus longer
than ischium, merus and carpus together, dactyl slightly shorter.
Pereiopod 2 (Fig. 15G) 7-segmented. Basis subequal in length to rest of
limb, ischium small, merus and carpus subequal, merus stouter. Dactyl twice
length of propodus.
Pereiopods 3, 4 (Fig. 15H) and 5 similar, basis of 3 longest. Carpus relatively
very long with four hooked setae. Propodus and dactyl subequal.
Telsonic somite (Fig. 151) two-thirds lengths of peduncle of uropod,
produced between uropods for about one-third its length. Peduncle of uropod
less than twice length of exopod, slender, with eight small spines on inner edge.
Exopod slightly longer than endopod, first segment less than one-third length
of second, unarmed; second armed with two small spines on inner edge and
four terminally. First segment of endopod one and a half times length of
second, with six spines on inner edge, interspersed with scale-like serrations;
outer edge serrated; second segment with one fine spine on inner edge and a
short one terminally (probably broken).
Adult male, \ength 10,3 mm, from near the type locality. As female, except
as follows: carapace (Fig. 16A) less than twice as long as deep, transverse ridge
very much fainter, anterolateral angle (Fig. 16B) smaller and less acute;
anterior and ventral edges of antennal notch serrated. First pedigerous somite
visible dorsally only. Abdominal sideplates distinctly defined ventrally. Anterior
end of single specimen damaged. Free pedigerous somites flanged laterally
(Fig. 16C).
Basal segment of antenna | (Fig. 16D) larger, setose; numerous aesthetascs
surrounding flagellum. Basis of maxilliped 3 (Fig. 16E) less angled, merus
narrowly expanded. Propodus and dactyl of pereiopod | relatively shorter.
Merus, carpus and dactyl of pereiopod 2 slightly longer and stouter. Bases of
pereiopods 3 and 4 (Fig. 16F) shorter, carpus relatively large.
Both uropods damaged.
Subadult male, paratype, length 10,5 mm. Carapace (Fig. 16G) strongly
sculptured, transverse ridge very pronounced, posterior and ventral regions
with scattered rounded projections. Distinct ridges running posteriorly from
antennal notch and posteroventrally from eyelobe suture nearly to ventral
edge. Peduncle of Uropod (Fig. 16H) with twelve spines on inner edge. Second
segment of exopod serrated distally on inner edge. First segment of endopod
serrated on both edges and second on inner edge.
Manca, paratype, length 4,6 mm (Fig. 161). Carapace smoother than in
adults, transverse ridge strongly pronounced, edge defined by a row of small
rounded tubercles.
202 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Fig. 16. Alticuma bellum gen. et sp. nov.
Adult male. A. Lateral view. B. Detail of anterior tip of carapace. C. Dorsal view.
D. Antenna |. E. Maxilliped 3. F. Pereiopod 4.
Subadult male, paratype. G. Lateral view of carapace. H. Uropod.
Manca, paratype. I. Lateral view of carapace.
Scale line = 4mm for A; 2 mm for B-C, G; 1 mm for D-F, H-I.
Length
Adult male 10,3 mm
Ovigerous female 10,0 mm
Remarks
Although in outward appearance this species is very different from
A. carinatum, the presence of a free first pedigerous somite, 7-segmented second
pereiopod and 2-segmented endopod of the uropod would place them in the
same genus. Certainly the appendages are very similar, but the lengths of the
pseudorostral lobes are very different and the sculpturing of the carapace is
quite dissimilar. The species may easily be distinguished from all other South
African members of the subfamily by the transverse ridge on the carapace. It
is not very different in external appearance from some of the members of Hale’s
‘exculpta’ group of Cyclaspis (Hale 1944a), but is clearly separated from all
of them by the nature of pereiopod 2 and the endopod of the uropod.
SOUTHERN AFRICAN CUMACEA: PART 2 203
The uropods of a number of specimens are rather different from those
described above. The peduncle is shorter by about a third than the telsonic
somite and the rami are subequal in length to the peduncle. The proportions
of the rami are the same as those described above. It would appear that all of
these specimens are immature, and that this is merely a juvenile variation, as
others from the same sample have uropods almost identical with those of
adults. The sculpturing of the carapace is also less pronounced in these speci-
mens. Otherwise they seem to be identical to those described above.
Distribution
One of the more common deep-water species from Natal to the southern
Mozambique Channel at depths from 550 to 1 300 m.
Iphinoe Bate, 1856
Generic diagnosis
Five pedigerous somites visible, the first short. Second pereiopod
6-segmented. Endopod of uropod 2-segmented, rami no longer than peduncle.
Type species
I. trispinosa Bate, 1856—Europe, to 150 m.
Distribution of Iphinoe
While the greatest depth recorded for I. producta is 280 m, for I. serrata
1175 m (Jones, pers. comm.) and for J. trispinosa 150 m, the others appear
to be confined to depths less than 100 m. Of the 33 species so far described,
only 2 are found exclusively north of 40°N, the ranges of 3 extend north of
40°N and south of 40°S and the other 28 are found between these latitudes.
Thus Iphinoe is essentially a genus of warm, shallow waters.
24 species are found in European and African waters; 3 of these also extend
to India, where there are also 2 endemic species; 6 species are found in other
regions (Indochina and Australia). Although the known ranges of many species
will undoubtedly be increased by further collecting, the rate of endemism
appears to be high. 25 species are known only from rather restricted areas,
while 3 occur in two or more oceans. 7 of the 9 South African species are
endemic, | also occurs in west Africa and | in both west Africa and India.
Since the South African species of Iphinoe appear to be linked only to
those from west Africa and India, the following key applies to species occurring
in these areas only.
KEY TO THE AFRICAN AND INDIAN SPECIES OF JPHINOE
il CAarApace at least inv© ainal 2 Gerace wimnes AS llomie AS CEE. oo 565 bborcsonbonsuoeogous D;
= (CAAOAGEe JESS WAIN TWO amcl A CWAIKISE tines AS OME AS GIES. 55 56500005000040500000008 B)
2, PEO DOGS ZF ginal 3 Sulosciwell im WEAN. ssoncccsccccbonconcceoeonencr producta sp. nov.
REKclopodesaboumhialiglenctimolmperclOpOdesey anita. Ge okie caite acre erie ede 3
204 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
3
Nn
| O
Carapace about two and a quarter times as long as deep; basis of pereiopod 2 longer than
rest: OF lily sel aake oun ces nee Eee Ree africana Zimmer, 1908—South Africa
Carapace about three times as long as deep; basis of pereiopod 2 shorter than rest of limb.4
Adults less than 10 mm in length; basis of pereiopod 1 about one and a half times length
of rest of limb; basis of pereiopod 2 hardly longer than wide.........................
brevipes Hansen, 1895—west Africa
Adults more than 12 mm in length; basis of pereiopod 1 about one and three-quarters
length of rest of limb; basis of pereiopod 2 about twice as long as wide................
stebbingi Jones, 1956—South Africa
Carapace no more than one and two-thirds times as long as deep, or if nearly twice as
long as deep in male then basis of pereiopod | no more than three times as long as wide. . .6
Carapace twice as long as deep; basis of pereiopod 1 about six times as long as wide... .10
Pseudorostrum upturned, lower edge curled inwards, truncate anteriorly.............. 7
Pseudorostrum straight, not curled inwards, not obviously truncate.................. 8
Antennal notch very deeply excavated, anterolateral angle strongly produced and serrate
in both sexes; a pair of dorsal ridges running back from eyelobe almost to posterior edge
OlMCARAPACE Sek 28. oe erent eee ene cae pokoui LeLoeuff & Intes, 1972—west Africa
Antennal notch absent in male, moderate in female; anterolateral angle normal, slightly
serrate ventrally; faint dorsal ridges on front half of carapace only...................
crassipes Hansen, 1895—South African and Indian form
Middorsal line of carapace serrate. . tenella Sars, 1878 —India, west Africa, Mediterranean
= Miuddorsal line of carapace not serrate... 95.6056 on lee ee nee cn eee 9
10
14
15
Prolongation of basis of maxilliped 3 not reaching articulation of merus and carpus;
OMSOIS TOE QOMINGEE 4 oo dob ondsovmroboodooboo‘ES capensis (Zimmer, 1921)—South Africa
Prolongation of basis of maxilliped 3 reaching beyond articulation of merus and carpus;
menus very slightly expandedme nse ase ena truncata Hale, 1953—South Africa (estuarine)
Prolongation of basis of maxilliped 3 reaching articulation of carpus and propodus; merus
strongly expanded....... crassipes Hansen, 1895—west African and Mediterranean form
Carapace witha pain of dorsolateralicaninaesae saeco leer eee 11
Carapace lacking dorsolateral carimae.. 54 2295.2 cos oe ee to Lon eee iy
Carinae confined to dorsal half of carapace. . .plicata LeLoeuff & Intes, 1972—west Africa
Carinae running diagonally from anterolateral corner almost to mid-dorsal line.........
robusta Hansen, 1895—west Africa
0=3 minute serrations middorsallly 3.75 0. Seu oo oe eee eee eee 13
Numerous! serrations ontat least halivon middorsalicaninds inn eens 14
Prolongation of basis of maxilliped 3 comprising one-third its total length; carapace
slightly less than twice as long as deep. . . senegalensis Jones, 1956—South and west Africa
Prolongation of basis of maxilliped 3 comprising one-quarter its total length; carapace
slightly more than twice as long as deep............... fagei Jones, 1955—South Africa
Basis of pereiopod 1 subequal in length to rest of limb. ..dayi Jones, 1960—South Africa
Basis of pereiopod 1 no longer than next four segments together.................... 15
Merus of maxilliped 3 expanded, basis little longer than remaining segments together.....
sanguinea Kemp, 1916—India (lentic)
Merus of maxilliped 3 not expanded, basis one and a half times length of remaining seg-
ments togethers ase eee ee pigmenta Kurian, 1961 —India (lentic)
Iphinoe stebbingi Jones, 1956
Figs 17-18
Iphinoe brevipes (non Hansen, 1895): Stebbing, 1910: 410. Jones, 1955: 288.
Iphinoe stebbingi Jones, 1956: 203-205, figs 10-12; 1960: 175.
SOUTHERN AFRICAN CUMACEA: PART 2 205
Records
sub-
adult adult Ovig. no. of
3S € € & Q jw tora wecoras
WCD 33-34°S 18°E 65-84 m 2 Di 6 1 2
FAL & FBY 34°S 18°E 7m 22 143) ily SS Zils Wy Bye 7
SST BAS WP 18 50-80 m 8 8 Ta NG Bil 74 8
SCD 34°S 21°E-33°S 27°E 36-100 m 7 1S BS I) 30, BO TN a
NIWR 30°S 30°E-29°S 31°E 30-62 m 1 i 2 4 4
SAM 34°S 18°E-34°S 22°E 55-87 m 10 ihe TE 9 30 8
Previous records
Cape Point to St Francis Bay, 44-62 m (34°S 18°E-33°S 25°E) (Stebbing
1910 (= Jones 1956)); False Bay to Cape Agulhas (34°S 18°E-34°S 19°E),
20-82 m (Jones 1960).
Syntypes
Adults of both sexes deposited by Jones in the British Museum (Natural
History): specimens previously identified by Stebbing as J. brevipes. Type
locality: not specified; material from St Francis Bay (33°S 25°E), off Cape
Point Lighthouse (34°S 18°E) and off Sebastian Bluff (34°S 22°E).
Description
Ovigerous female, length 15,9 mm, from False Bay. Slender, elongate.
Body cylindrical, carapace slightly compressed laterally. Integument shiny
with faint reticulations at high magnifications. Carapace (Fig. 17A) slightly
less than three times as long as deep (slightly more in non-ovigerous females),
with a faint middorsal carina, especially on posterior half. Antennal notch
excavate, anterolateral angle acute, tooth present (Fig. 17B). Pseudorostral
lobes meeting for a short distance in front of elongate, eyeless eyelobe (Fig. 17C).
First pedigerous somite visible, about a third as long as second; second
longer than third. Thorax slightly longer than carapace, cephalothorax longer
by two somites than abdomen.
Antenna | (Fig. 17D) of moderate length, first and third segments subequal
in length, second slightly shorter. Flagellum 1-segmented with two aesthetascs.
Accessory flagellum minute, 1-segmented.
Basis of maxilliped 3 (Fig. 17E) three times length of remaining segments
together; distal prolongation reaching half way along merus (Fig. 17F), merus
slightly expanded.
Basis of pereiopod 1 (Fig. 17G) one and three-quarters times length of
rest of limb, slender, with several spines on outer distal edge. Ischium and merus
subequal in length, as are next three segments.
Pereiopod 2 (Fig. 17H) 6-segmented, short, stout, equal in length to basis
of pereiopod 3. Basis twice as long as broad, merus stout.
Pereiopods 3 (Fig. 171) and 4 stout, 7-segmented.
Pereiopod 5 (Fig. 17J) with ischium, merus and carpus very much enlarged,
ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Iphinoe stebbingi
|Eue INI
Ovigerous female. A. Lateral view. B. Detail of anterior tip of carapace. C. Dorsal view of
carapace. D. Antenna 1. E. Maxilliped 3. F. Detail of distal tip of maxilliped 3. G. Pereiopod 1.
H. Pereiopod 2. I. Pereiopod 3. J. Pereiopod 5. K. Telsonic somite and uropod.
2mm for E,G; 1 mm for B, D, I, K; 0,5 mm for F, H, J.
9
Scale line = 4 mm for A, C;
SOUTHERN AFRICAN CUMACEA: PART 2 207
Fig. 18. Iphinoe stebbingi
Adult male. A. Lateral view. B. Detail of anterior tip of carapace. C. Dorsal view of carapace.
D. Pereiopod 2. E. Uropod.
Scale line = 3 mm for A, C; 1 mm for B; 0,5 mm for D-E.
merus and carpus subequal in length and width to basis, each of the first four
segments furnished with fans of stout setae. Propodus and dactyl small,
cylindrical.
Telsonic somite (Fig. 17K) one and a half times as long as broad, equal
in length to peduncle of uropod. Peduncle with two spines proximally followed
by thirteen plumose setae in one row on inner edge. Rami subequal in length.
First segment of exopod shorter than second, with two plumose setae on inner
edge; second with six plumose setae dorsally and sixteen on inner edge and four
short terminal spines. First segment of endopod half length of second with six
serrate setae on inner edge, second with fourteen on inner edge and nine plumose
208 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
setae on tip and inner edge distally.
Adult male, length 14,9 mm, from False Bay. As female, except as follows:
integument thinner and less polished in appearance. Carapace almost exactly
three times as long as deep (Fig. 18A). Anterolateral angle wanting, antennal
notch only slightly excavated (Fig. 18B). Posteroventral corners of carapace
produced backwards to cover part of first pedigerous somite, which is narrowly
visible. Eye consisting of five lenses (Fig. 18C), no pigment visible in preserved
specimens at least. Sideplates of pereion produced backwards, of fourth also
produced forwards to overlap third; abdominal sideplates defined ventrally.
Ventral sternites poorly armed, first with two spines produced anteriorly
between first perelopods; second with raised protuberance bearing anteriorly-
directed spine; third unarmed; fourth as second; fifth with slight, rounded
protuberance.
Carpus of maxilliped 3 slightly less expanded. Pereiopod 2 (Fig. 18D) less
stout, relatively longer. Peduncle of uropod (Fig. 18E) stouter, heavily armed
with several rows of spines, serrate and plumose setae (about seventy in all).
Spines on inner edge of endopod much longer, not serrate.
Length
Adult male 12-18 mm.
Ovigerous female 15-22 mm.
Remarks
The individuals of this species are morphologically uniform, only varying
to some extent in size throughout the range, being on the whole a little larger
in the south. They compare in all features with Jones’s descriptions and figures.
For a discussion of the brevipes—stebbingi-africana group of species, see p. 213.
Distribution
Endemic to South Africa from the Cape Peninsula to Durban at depths
from 17 to 100 m. Absence of records from the west coast almost certainly
indicates a real distribution limit at the Cape Peninsula, as J. stebbingi has not
been found on the west coast despite intensive sampling in the area. The majority
of individuals was found between False Bay and Port Elizabeth, only isolated
specimens occurring on the Natal coast. There is less evidence that Durban is
the northern limit, however, for little material has been collected from shallow
waters in northern Natal, and sampling in Mozambique and further north has
been scanty or non-existent.
This appears to be the second most abundant species on the southern
African coasts (after I. africana), constituting more than 26 per cent of the
total number of individuals in the collection.
SOUTHERN AFRICAN CUMACEA: PART 2 209
Iphinoe africana Zimmer, 1908
Figs 19-20
Iphinoe africana Zimmer, 1908: 163-164, pl. 2; 1942: 190-191. Fage, 1951: 4-5. Jones, 1955:
288; 1956: 202.
Iphinoe brevipes (non Hansen, 1895): Stebbing, 1910: 411; 1913: 45.
Records
sub-
adult adult ovig. no. of
3 6 6 2 2 Juv. total records
SWD_ 22°S 14°E TD tan 4 Vf 13 26 50 i\
WCD 33°S 17°E-34°S 18°E = 62-130 m 2 3 1s NAS 10 3
SB 33°S 17°E 3-29 m 199 221 61 195 206 661 1543 5S
Previous records
‘Great Fish Bay’ (16°S 11°E) (Zimmer 1908); Walvis Bay (23°S 14°E)
(Fage 1951); northern South West Africa to Liideritz (i9°S 12°E-25°S 14°),
plankton (Jones 1955); Kunene River Mouth to Walvis Bay (17°S 11°E-
23°S 14°E), 6-100 m (Jones 1956).
Syntypes
Ovigerous females, deposited by Zimmer (1908) in the Berlin Zoologisches
Museum. Type locality: no depth given, ‘Great Fish Bay’, near Kunene River
Mouth (16°S 11°E).
Description
Ovigerous female, length 12,3 mm, from Saldanha Bay. Animal elongate,
almost cylindrical (Fig. 19A). Integument shiny, slightly translucent, with
minute reticulations visible at high magnifications. Carapace about two and
one third times as long as deep with distinct middorsal carina bearing eleven
teeth (number varies between four and sixteen, usually ten to twelve). Pseudo-
rostral lobes vertically blunted in lateral view (Fig. 19B), short, not much
produced anterior to eyelobe. Antennal notch moderately excavate, anterolateral
angle acute with several small teeth below along ventral margin. Eyelobe (Fig.
19C) rounded, some reddish pigment visible well below surface, even after
long preservation in alcohol; no lenses.
First pedigerous somite visible dorsally and laterally, second almost as
wide as deep, third and fourth produced posteriorly. Pedigerous somites
together longer than carapace, cephalothorax longer than abdomen by one
segment. Abdominal somites cylindrical, fifth longest.
Antenna | (Fig. 19D) fairly long, first and third segments subequal in
length, second a little shorter. Flagellum 1-segmented with one aesthetasc;
accessory flagellum 1-segmented.
Basis of maxilliped 3 (Fig. 19E) more than twice length of remaining seg-
ments together; distal prolongation not greatly expanded, reaching junction
210 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
of ischium and merus. Merus somewhat expanded externally. Last three seg-
ments almost cylindrical, subequal in length.
Pereiopod | (Fig. 19F) elongate, basis little longer than rest of limb,
serrate on distal third of inner edge.
mM
*
x
4
\
v
Ass
Fig. 19. Iphinoe africana
Ovigerous female. A. Lateral view. B. Detail of anterior tip of carapace. C. Dorsal view of
carapace. D. Antenna 1. E. Maxilliped 3. F. Pereiopod 1. G. Pereiopod 2. H. Pereiopod 3.
I. Telsonic somite and uropod.
Scale line = 2,5 mm for A, C; 1,5 mm for B, E-F, 1; 0,5 mm for D, G-H.
SOUTHERN AFRICAN CUMACEA: PART 2 Dill
Pereiopod 2 (Fig. 19G) characteristically short and broad, equal in length
to basis of perelopod 3, 6-segmented. Basis twice as long as broad, edged with
many plumose setae. Merus broader than long with one very long spine at the
expanded distal tip, reaching apex of limb. Carpus and propodus subequal
in length, together equal in length to dactyl.
Pereiopods 3 (Fig. 19H) to 5 similar, basis of peretopod 3 longest. Carpus
of pereiopod 5 relatively longer than that of 3 or 4.
Telsonic somite as wide as long at widest point, with two anal setae; in
lateral view with small middorsal tooth a third from posterior end, anterior
to a slight depression. Peduncle of uropod (Fig. 191) slightly longer than tel-
sonic somite, subequal in length to rami, with 12 fine sharp spines on inner
edge. First segment of exopod two-thirds length of second with two plumose
setae on inner border; second segment with twenty-two plumose setae around
entire border. First segment of endopod half length of second with five spines
on inner and four on outer border; second segment with fourteen sharp spines
on inner and five on outer border, plus three terminally.
Adult male, length 9,2 mm, from Saldanha Bay. As female, except as
follows: Mid-dorsal carina not serrate (Fig. 20A), antennal notch very shallow,
anterolateral angle obsolete, but some serrations present along anteroventral
margin for a short distance. Carapace relatively wider anteriorly (Fig. 20B).
Second and third pedigerous somites narrower, sideplates of fourth overlapping
third and fifth ventrolaterally. Abdominal sideplates defined ventrally. Carapace
subequal in length to rest of thorax, cephalothorax and abdomen subequal in
length. Armature of thoracic sternites simple: second forming a raised trans-
verse ridge with five spines at equal intervals across the width; third and fourth
forming slightly raised projections each with a forward-pointing midventral
hook, fifth a low rounded projection.
Aesthetascs of antenna | (Fig. 20C) annulated only proximally, accessory
flagellum 2-segmented with two short aesthetascs. Pereiopods 2 to 5 less stout
and more heavily armed. Pereiopod 2 longer relative to pereiopod 3. Peduncle
of uropod with 35 spines of varying length in several rows on inner edge. (Fig.
20D). Second segment of exopod unarmed on outer edge. Armature of
endopod much stouter, and including plumose setae.
Length
Adult male 8,0-11,5 mm
Ovigerous female 9,0-15,2 mm
Remarks
Zimmer (1908) described I. africana from ‘several female individuals’.
Apart from slight differences in the degree of expansion of the merus of
maxilliped 3 and the carpus of pereiopod 3, the females in the present collection
are identical with Zimmer’s description and figures. Except for the second
pereiopod and uropod figured by Fage (1951), the male has not previously
PAD ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
\
N
Nt
Fig. 20. Iphinoe africana
Adult male. A. Lateral view. B. Detail of eyelobe. C. Detail of distal tip of antenna 1.
D. Uropod.
Scale line = 2 mm for A; 1 mm for B; 0,5 mm for D; 0,3 mm for C.
been figured or described.
Note: the number of teeth on the middorsal carina is related to age and
sex. Juveniles of indeterminate sex have between two and seven teeth, the
number increasing in females to between seven and ten in young adults and
between ten and sixteen in ovigerous females. In males the reverse is true, two
or three teeth occurring in young males with asetous pleopods, while in fully
adult males there are no teeth at all.
Distribution
I. africana is endemic to the cold south-western coast of Africa from the
Kunene River Mouth to Cape Point. Sufficient collecting has been done on
either side of this region to make it probable that the species is indeed confined
SOUTHERN AFRICAN CUMACEA: PART 2 213
to this rather narrow range. It is apparently restricted to areas with a mean
annual temperature of less than 20°C. The depth range is 3 to 130 m. It is the
most abundant species in these waters, constituting almost 35 per cent of the
individuals in the collection.
The brevipes-africana—stebbingi group
I. brevipes was described by Hansen in 1895 from the Gulf of Guinea in
west Africa and J. africana by Zimmer (1908) from the Great Fish Bay in
southern Angola. Stebbing (1910, 1913) was of the opinion that they were too
similar to warrant the maintenance of two species, and referred all specimens
(including some from South Africa) to J. brevipes. Zimmer (1916, 1942) main-
tained not only that these two species were distinct from one another, but that
a third species would probably have to be erected for the South African material.
This was in fact done by Jones (1956), who gave the name I. stebbingi to the
new species.
Although distinct from one another, the three species fall into a sub-
group within the genus, since they share a number of characters not found in
the other members of the genus, in particular the shortness of pereiopod 2 and
the elongate, almost cylindrical carapace. Their distinctness from each other
is evident ecologically as well as morphologically, since the distribution of
the three species is disjunct. They may be distinguished from each other as
follows:
I. brevipes
pseudorostral lobes pointed
anteriorly in lateral view
antennal notch small, con-
fined to ventral part of
pseudorostrum
anterolateral tooth small and
blunt with ventral serrations
basis of pereiopod 1 one and
a half times length of rest of
limb
basis of pereiopod 2 as long
as broad
telsonic somite rounded
posteriorly with two small
teeth in midline
maximal length of adult
female 10 mm, of adult male
about 8,6 mm
serrations on middorsal
carina in both sexes
southern limit 5°S
I. africana
pseudorostral lobes bluntly
truncate anteriorly
antennal notch of moderate
size, confined to ventral
part of pseudorostrum
anterolateral tooth small,
pointed, with serrations
above and below
basis of pereiopod 1 equal
in length to rest of limb
basis of pereiopod 2 twice
as long as broad
telsonic somite bluntly
truncate posteriorly with
two very small teeth in
midline
length of adult female 9-15
mm, of adult male 8,0-11,5
mm
serrations on middorsal
carina in juveniles and adult
females only
northern limit 17°S,
eastern limit 18°E
I. stebbingi
pseudorostral lobes some-
what truncate anteriorly
antennal notch large, not
confined to ventral part of
pseudorostrum
anterolateral tooth long and
pointed, reaching beyond
anterior tip of pseudo-
rostrum, without serrations
basis of pereiopod 1 twice
length of rest of limb
basis of pereiopod 2 twice
as long as broad
telsonic somite rounded
posteriorly, without teeth
minimal length of adult
female 15 mm, of adult
male 12 mm
middorsal
serrate
carina never
western limit 18°E
214 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Iphinoe producta sp. nov.
Fig. 21
Records
LBT 32°S 17°E 200-280 m _ 1 subadult g, 3 ovig. 92 Ijuv. (3records)
Holotype
Ovigerous female, in the South African Museum, SAM-A15494, collected
during the UCT benthic survey, 24 September 1971. Type locality: 200 m, off
Lambert’s Bay (32°04’S 17°12’E). UCT station number LBT 67D.
Description
Ovigerous female, holotype, \length 9,3 mm. Very slender and elongate.
Integument translucent, slightly calcified, very finely reticulate. Anterior three-
quarters of middorsal carina of carapace bearing well-developed forward-
pointing denticles (Fig. 21A). Pseudorostral lobes (Fig. 21B) about a seventh
of total length of carapace. Eyelobe narrow with three very small lenses (Fig.
21C). Anterolateral angle acute, antennal notch distinct but small, confined to
ventral half only. Carapace two and a half times as long as deep, slightly longer
than free thoracic somites together.
Cephalothorax subequal in length to abdomen. First pedigerous somite
visible dorsally and laterally, second slightly wider than third. Abdominal
somites cylindrical, lacking defined sideplates ventrally. Middorsal carina
present up to and including third pleon somite.
Basal segments of antenna | (Fig. 21D) subequal in length. Accessory
flagellum short, 2-segmented. Flagellum 2-segmented with one long aesthetasc.
Basis of maxilliped 3 (Fig. 21E) more than two and a half times length
of remaining segments together, distal prolongation reaching beyond junction
of merus and carpus (Fig. 21F). Merus short and slightly expanded externally.
Pereiopod | (Fig. 21G) very slender and elongate, basis slightly shorter
than rest of limb with a few stout spines distally along outer edge. Carpus,
propodus and dactyl all very slender, more or less subequal in length.
Pereiopod 2 (Fig. 21H) fairly stout, 6-segmented, slightly shorter than
posterior pereiopods. Basis equal in length to carpus, propodus and dactyl
together. Merus and carpus stout, subequal in length.
Pereiopods 3 (Fig. 211) to 5 similar, basis of pereiopod 3 longest, merus
and carpus of pereiopod 5 longest.
Telsonic somite slightly produced between uropods (Fig. 21J). Peduncle
of uropod a little longer than telsonic somite with eleven blunt spines on inner
edge. Exopod slightly longer than endopod, first segment unarmed, a third
length of second; second with eleven plumose setae on inner edge and six
spines terminally, three very long. First segment of endopod less than half
length of second, with five spines on inner edge; second with eleven small
spines on inner edge and four long ones terminally.
SOUTHERN AFRICAN CUMACEA: PART 2 DAS)
A single damaged subadult male was taken at the same station as the
holotype female. It appears to be similar in most details, but is not sufficiently
whole to allow an adequate description. Its length is approximately 7,5 mm.
Fig. 21. Iphinoe producta sp. nov.
Ovigerous female, holotype. A. Lateral view. B. Detail of anterior tip of carapace. C. Dorsal
view of carapace. D. Antenna 1. E. Maxilliped 3. F. Detail of distal tip of maxilliped 3.
G. Pereiopod 1. H. Pereiopod 2. I. Pereiopod 3. J. Telsonic somite and uropod.
Scale line = 2 mm for A, C; 1 mm for B, E, G, J; 0,5 mm for D, F, H-I.
216 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Length
Ovigerous female 8,6—-9,5 mm.
Remarks
I. producta is undoubtedly a member of the genus Jphinoe, most closely
resembling J. ischnura Zimmer, 1952, from Indo-China. Apart from other minor
differences, the two species may be distinguished by the more elongate carapace
with more numerous serrations, the longer bases of pereiopods 2 to 5 and the
longer first segment of the endopod of the uropod in J. producta. I. ischnura
reaches 4,5 mm in length and J. producta 9,6 mm. It may be distinguished
from J. dayi Jones, 1960, by the more robust form and the presence of two
aesthetascs on the flagellum of the first antenna in the latter species, and from
I. tenella Sars, 1878, I. elisae Bacescu, 1950, and J. serrata (Norman, 1867) by
the shorter carapace in these three species.
Distribution
Five specimens known, all from the south-western coast of South Africa
at depths between 200 and 280 m.
Iphinoe dayi Jones, 1960
Figs 22-23
Iphinoe dayi Jones, 1960: 175-177, fig. 2.
Records
sub-
adult adult Oovig. no. of
3 6 6 & 2 juve totalitecords
WCD 33°S 18°E 65 m 1 1 1
FAL & FBY 34°S 18°E 23-87 m 28 LO 162224 ee
SST 34°S 21°E 80 m y 1 7 1 2 Saal 4
SCD 34°S 25°E-33°S 27°E 26-84 m 3° 23 6 4
SAM ? ? 1 1 1
Previous records
False Bay (34°S 18°E), 20-58 m (Jones 1960).
Holotype
Adult male, designated by Jones (1960), in the British Museum (Natural
History). Type locality: 20 m, False Bay (34°S 18°E).
Description
Ovigerous female, length 9,6 mm, from False Bay. Integument finely
reticulate, neither shiny nor translucent. Carapace somewhat compressed
laterally, middorsal carina bearing eight teeth (varies between eight and ten)
on anterior half (Fig. 22A). Carapace twice as long as deep, pseudorostral lobes
SOUTHERN AFRICAN CUMACEA: PART 2 Dil
Fig. 22. Iphinoe dayi
Ovigerous female. A. Lateral view. B. Detail of anterior tip of carapace. C. Dorsal view of
carapace. D. Antenna 1. E. Maxilliped 3. F. Pereiopod 1. G. Pereiopod 2. H. Pereiopod 3.
I. Telsonic somite and uropod.
Scale line = 2 mm for A, C; 1 mm for B, F-I; 0,5 mm for D-E.
218 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
well developed, produced beyond eyelobe for about one-seventh of total length
of carapace. Anterolateral angle (Fig. 22B) rounded, bearing several small
teeth. Antennal notch deeply excavate, set back from pseudorostral lobes.
Eyelobe somewhat elongate, eyeless (Fig. 22C).
First pedigerous somite visible dorsally and laterally, second and third of
equal width, third produced backwards to overlap fourth. Carapace slightly
longer than free thoracic somites together. Cephalothorax longer than abdomen
by one somite. Abdominal somites cylindrical.
Antenna | (Fig. 22D) fairly short, basal segment half as wide as long, edged
with denticles. Flagellum short, 2-segmented, with two aesthetascs and one
fine seta. Accessory flagellum short, 1-segmented.
Basis of maxilliped 3 (Fig. 22E) curved, two and a half times length of
remaining segments together; distal prolongation elongate, almost reaching
distal tip of carpus. Merus short, little expanded, wider and denticulate distally.
Carpus inserted on inner half of merus only.
Basis of pereiopod | (Fig. 22F) equal in length to rest of limb. Ischium
half length of merus. Last three segments subequal in length.
Pereiopod 2 (Fig. 22G) 6-segmented, very slightly shorter than pereiopod 3.
Basis shorter than rest of limb, dactyl furnished with a number of short blunt
spines.
Pereiopods 3 (Fig. 22H) to 5 similar, pereiopod 3 longest.
Telsonic somite somewhat produced between uropods, less than one and a
half times as long as wide, about two-thirds length of peduncle of uropod.
Peduncle (Fig. 221) with fifteen short, blunt spines on inner edge. Exopod
slightly longer than endopod, two-thirds length of peduncle. First segment
a third length of second, unarmed; second with five plumose setae on inner
edge and five terminal spines. Segments of endopod subequal in length, each
with six spines on inner edge, second also with two spines terminally.
Adult male, length 8,9 mm, from False Bay. As female, except as follows:
teeth of middorsal carina smaller and between five and seven in number (Fig.
23A). Anterolateral angle obsolete, antennal notch shallow (Fig. 23B) with a
few small serrations below. Eye present (Fig. 23C) in the form of two small
lenses and a little pigment (although in some the eye is well developed). Side-
plates of fourth pedigerous somite overlapping third anteriorly and fifth
posteriorly. Abdominal sideplates defined ventrally. Thoracic sternites simple,
that of first pedigerous somite forming a single mid-ventral spine and of third
and fifth forming small rounded projections (no armature on second or fourth).
Merus of maxilliped 3 (Fig. 23D) a little more expanded, carpus and
propodus narrower. Peduncle of uropod (Fig. 23E) stouter, with about forty
short blunt spines and serrate setae in several rows on inner edge. Second
segment of exopod with seven plumose setae on inner edge and three long
serrate setae terminally. First segment of endopod with twelve spines of various
types, unevenly spaced; second with an even row of slender spines on inner
edge and two stout serrate setae terminally.
SOUTHERN AFRICAN CUMACEA: PART 2 219
Fig. 23. Iphinoe dayi
Adult male. A. Lateral view. B. Detail of anterior tip of carapace. C. Dorsal view of cara-
pace. D. Distal tip of maxilliped 3. E. Uropod.
Scale line = 4 mm for A; 2 mm for B—C; 0,5 mm for D-E.
Length
Adult male 8,6-10,6 mm
Ovigerous female 8,3-11,2 mm
Remarks
Only the male of this species has previously been described (Jones 1960).
The present specimens have been compared with paratypes identified by Jones,
and there are no differences of any degree, apart from the varying degree of
220 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
development of the eye in adult males. A much-mutilated specimen of J. dayi,
now in the possession of the South African Museum, was tentatively labelled
by Stebbing (unpublished) as J. tenella, and the two species are not dissimilar.
But J. dayi may be distinguished from all other species having a serrated mid-
dorsal carina in the male as follows: I. tenella, I. ischnura, I. elisae and I. producta
have only one aesthetasc on the flagellum of the first antenna and J. serrata is
serrate for the whole length of the mid-dorsal carina. J. dayi may further be
distinguished from J. producta, the only other species from southern Africa in
which the male is serrate, by the greater length of the carapace in J. producta
and the generally far more slender body and limbs.
Distribution
Apparently endemic to South Africa from the Cape Peninsula to East
London at depths from 23 to 87 m. The relative rarity of this species means that
the limits of its range can be determined with less finality than can those of
I. africana and I. stebbingi. Nevertheless, it is fairly common in those areas
where it is known to occur, and accounts for more than 3 per cent of the total
number of individuals in the collection.
Iphinoe fagei Jones, 1955
Figs 24-25
Iphinoe fagei Jones, 1955: 285-287, figs 3-4; Jones, 1956: 199.
Records
sub-
adult adult ovig. no. of
3 é& & Q Q juv. total records
SWD_ 26°S 15°E 26 m 8 8 1
WCD 32°S 17°E-32°S 18°E 11-172m 15 Pe 2 als S24 aos) 6
Previous records
South West Africa (south of Walvis Bay) (22°S 14°E-25°S 14°E), plankton
(Jones 1955); South West Africa (23°S 14°E), 22-76 m (Jones 1956).
Holotype
Not designated. Type locality: plankton, South of Walvis Bay (22°S 14°E).
Description
Ovigerous female, length 6,9 mm, from St Helena Bay (32°S 18°E). Integu-
ment translucent, finely reticulate, appearing slightly crystalline. Carapace oval
with two (varying between none and three) small teeth on middorsal carina,
little over a third of the distance from anterior tip (Fig. 24A). Middorsal carina
present only on anterior two-thirds of carapace. Pseudorostral lobes meeting
for a short distance in front of eyelobe (Fig. 24B). Eyelobe (Fig. 24C) rounded
SOUTHERN AFRICAN CUMACEA: PART 2 DAI
Fig. 24. Iphinoe fagei
Ovigerous female. A. Lateral view. B. Anterior tip of carapace. C. Dorsal view of carapace.
D. Antenna 1. E. Maxilliped 3. F. Detail of distal tip of maxilliped 3. G. Pereiopod 1.
H. Pereiopod 2. I. Pereiopod 3. J. Telsonic somite and uropod.
Scale line = 2 mm for A, C; 1 mm for B, E; 0,5 mm for D, F-J.
with three (or more) small, indistinct lenses, slightly pigmented. Anterolateral
angle acute with small tooth at apex, antennal notch excavate, angular.
Carapace twice as long as deep, longer than free thoracic somites together.
First pedigerous somite exposed for a short distance, second broad. Cephalo-
DO), ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
thorax little longer than abdomen; abdominal somites cylindrical.
Antenna 1 (Fig. 24D) of moderate length, first segment longest and second
shortest. Flagellum 2-segmented with one aesthetasc; accessory flagellum small,
1-segmented.
Basis of maxilliped 3 (Fig. 24E) more than two and a half times length
of remaining segments together; distal prolongation narrow, nearly reaching
distal tip of carpus. Ischium (Fig. 24F) slightly longer than wide, merus pro-
duced externally, tip reaching half-way along carpus.
Pereiopod | (Fig. 24G) elongate, basis curved, subequal in length to rest of
limb. Last three segments fairly stout, subequal in length.
Pereiopod 2 (Fig. 24H) stout, 6-segmented. Basis slightly shorter than rest
of limb. Dactyl fairly long, strongly armed at tip.
Pereiopods 3 (Fig. 241) to 5 similar, basis of pereiopod 3 longest.
Telsonic somite slightly produced between uropods (Fig. 24J), more than
half as long as penducle. Peduncle nearly twice length of rami with twenty-one
fine spines on inner edge. First segment of exopod shorter than second, unarmed;
second with eight plumose setae on inner edge and three terminal spines. First
segment of endopod shorter than second with four spines on inner edge; second
with nine short spines on inner edge and two long ones terminally.
Adult male, length 7,5 mm, from St Helena Bay. As female except as follows:
integument thinner, carapace (Fig. 25A) without middorsal carina; antennal
notch much shallower (Fig. 25B), anterolateral angle obtuse, poorly defined.
Eye present (Fig. 25C), consisting of three to five large lenses (distinct if white
pigment present below, otherwise difficult to see). Sideplates present on all
abdominal somites, fourth thoracic sideplate overlapping third and fifth. First
pedigerous somite visible only dorsally and dorsolaterally. Sternite of first
pedigerous somite armed with three plumose setae pointing posteriorly on
either side; second with large rounded projection bearing forward-directed
tooth; third with slight transverse ridge; fourth unarmed; fifth with small
rounded projection.
Flagellum of antenna | (Fig. 25D) surrounded by several short aesthetascs.
Basis of pereiopod | armed with ten spines proximally on lower edge. Pro-
longation of basis of maxilliped 3 somewhat longer (Fig. 25E). Merus of
pereiopod 2 (Fig. 25F) longer. Peduncle of uropod (Fig. 25G) more than one
and a half times length of rami, with about forty-two spines on inner edge.
Second segment of exopod with about ten plumose setae on inner edge and four
spines terminally. First segment of endopod with twelve spines on inner edge,
second with thirteen, plus two larger ones subterminally and three plumose
setae terminally.
Length
Adult male 6,7-8,3 mm
Ovigerous female 6,7—9,8 mm
SOUTHERN AFRICAN CUMACEA: PART 2 223
Remarks
I. fagei was first described by Jones (1955) from plankton collected by
the R.R.S. William Scoresby off the coast near Walvis Bay. Further benthic
samples were collected by the Galathea, also off Walvis Bay, and identified by
Jones (1956). The author has examined some ovigerous females from the latter
collection and finds that they agree in morphological detail with those of the
present collection. However, the Galathea specimens are transparent and slightly
smaller, whereas those of the author are quite translucent and brittle due to a
very much thicker integument. The adult males in the present collection agree
with Jones’s description and figures.
Most females may be distinguished from other females in the genus by the
presence of one to three small teeth behind the eyelobe, but the teeth are absent
WY AL
"WU
D
4)
Vy HF, Ly Ni 4
i) yt i
’ ¢ :
ORO SS
. y : \ \
RS. N WSN}
WSS
eS SSS
SOAS OSS SST
oe
<= aes ene
DZ LE COE IE LIYUTY Hf
Fig. 25. Iphinoe fagei
Adult male. A. Lateral view. B. Detail of anterior tip of carapace. C. Dorsal view of carapace.
D. Antenna 1. E. Distal tip of maxilliped 3. F. Pereiopod 2. G. Uropod.
Scale line = 2 mm for A, C; 1 mm for B; 0,5 mm for D-G.
224 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
in some specimens. The latter may be distinguished by the smooth carapace
which is almost exactly twice as long as deep, and the similar lengths of pereio-
pods 2 and 3. The species most closely resembling J. fagei is I. senegalensis
Jones, 1956, from the shore in west Africa. The two may be distinguished
primarily by the longer basis of maxilliped 3 and the greater body size of
I. fagei.
Distribution
Apparently endemic to the south-western coast of southern Africa from
Walvis Bay to St Helena Bay, at depths from 11 to 172 m, and constituting a
little over 2 per cent of the individuals in the collection. Its distribution appears
to be patchy, a few hauls yielding large numbers of individuals.
Iphinoe senegalensis Jones, 1956
I. senegalensis Jones, 1956: 200-201, figs 7-8; Jones 1960: 175.
A single adult male from an earlier UCT collection (not in the author’s
possession) was identified by Jones (1960) as J. senegalensis. The position
(32°S 18°E) at a depth of | m suggests that the specimen came from Langebaan
Lagoon. As Jones pointed out, it is not easy to identify with confidence a single
adult male of this genus, and confirmation of the occurrence of J. senegalensis
in South Africa will have to await the collection of more material. The species,
which previously has been found only on the beach at Goreé in Senegal, is
very similar to J. fagei. Differences between the two are mentioned in the dis-
cussion of I. fagei above.
Iphinoe crassipes Hansen, 1895
Figs 26-27
Iphinoe crassipes Hansen, 1895: 53-54, pl. 4 (figs 44f). Stebbing, 1910: 412-413, pl. 45;
1913: 43-44, figs 21-22. Fage 1928: 331. Zimmer, 1942: 191-192. Kurian, 1951: 84-86;
1954: 276. Jones, 1956: 202, fig. 9. Bacescu, 1961: 501, fig. 4. LeLoeuff & Intes, 1972: 43.
Iphinoe macrobrachium Calman 1904a: 173, pl. 4 (figs 72-75).
Records
sub-
adult adult Oovig. no. of
3 $$ & 2 2 juve totaltreconds
SB 33°S 18°E 13-29 m 1 A 2) 6) seals 4
FAL & FBY 34°S 18°E 16-39 m 4 le al 33 IS) 35 7
SCD 34°S 21°E-33°S 25°E 44-79 m 8 3 1 3 1 3 Al 7
SAM A 688 33°S 26°E 92 m 1 1 1
NIWR 30°S 30°E-28°S 32°E _23-103m _ 12 7 SO AS Sie 0 20
Previous records
Gulf of Guinea, plankton (Hansen 1895); Ceylon, 8-14 m (Calman 1904a);
South Africa (East London) (32°S 28°E), 75 m (Stebbing 1910); tropical west
SOUTHERN AFRICAN CUMACEA: PART 2 DD5
Africa (Fage 1928; Jones 1956; LeLoeuff & Intes 1972); India, 6-32 m (Kurian
1951, 1954); Red Sea (Bacescu 1961).
Holotype
Immature male, length 3,2 mm, unique. Type locality: Gulf of Guinea.
Description
Ovigerous female, length 7,2 mm, from the south coast near Knysna.
Integument rather thin and delicate, little calcified, somewhat transparent.
Reticulations and pits visible at high magnifications producing a finely
crystalline appearance. Carapace little more than one and a half times as long
as deep with several shallow longitudinal furrows (Fig. 26A). Middorsal carina
forming double row of very small serrations on middle part of carapace only.
Eyeless eyelobe elevated above pseudorostral lobes in lateral view (Fig. 26B).
Pseudorostral lobes short, rounded, slightly upturned and truncate anteriorly,
curled inwards in dorsal view (Fig. 26C). Anterolateral angle acute with several
small serrations below. Antennal notch rounded, of moderate size. Five free
pedigerous somites, together as long as carapace; first narrow, second wider
ventrally.
Cephalothorax equal in length to first five abdominal somites. Abdominal
somites almost cylindrical with sideplates poorly defined posteroventrally on
each somite.
Antenna 1 of moderate length (Fig. 26D), second segment about half
length of first or third. Flagellum 2-segmented with two slender spines. Acces-
sory flagellum 1-segmented, without setae.
Basis of maxilliped 3 (Fig. 26E) very wide and short, about one and a
half times length of remaining segments together, serrate on inner edge. Distal
prolongation particularly long, narrowed distally, reaching half-way along
propodus. Merus also much expanded, distal edges parallel for some distance,
reaching more than half-way along propodus.
Basis of pereiopod 1.(Fig. 26F) particularly short, equal in length to next
three segments together, slightly curved. Carpus wide, slightly longer than
subequal propodus and dactyl.
Pereiopod 2 (Fig. 26G) relatively short and stout, basis very short, subequal
in length to merus, carpus and propodus together. Dactyl stout, strongly armed,
subequal in length to basis.
Pereiopods 3 (Fig. 26H) to 5 similar, merus and carpus stout, carpus
strongly armed distally.
Telsonic somite (Fig. 261) well produced between uropods, with two fine
anal setae. Peduncle of uropod little longer than telsonic somite, armed with
seven evenly-spaced stout spines on inner edge. Exopod of uropod two-thirds
length of endopod, only slightly longer than first segment of endopod. First
segment of exopod half length of second, unarmed; second segment armed with
two very small spines on inner edge and six long stout ones terminally. First
226 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Fig. 26. Iphinoe crassipes
Ovigerous female. A. Lateral view. B. Detail of anterior tip of carapace. C. Dorsal view of
carapace. D. Antenna 1. E. Maxilliped 3. F. Pereiopod 1. G. Pereiopod 2. H. Pereiopod 3.
I. Telsonic somite and uropod.
Scale line = 2 mm for A; 1 mm for B-C, F; 0,5 mm for D-E, G-I.
SOUTHERN AFRICAN CUMACEA: PART 2 Di
segment of endopod nearly twice length of second, armed with four spines on
inner edge and one distally on outer edge. Second segment narrower than first
with four strong distal spines.
Adult male, length 7,8 mm, from UCT’s SCD programme near Knysna.
As female, except as follows: anterolateral angle and antennal notch wanting
(Figs 27A & B). Serrations of middorsal carina of carapace much less distinct.
Eye (Fig. 27C) well developed, consisting of a single large central lens surrounded
by eight smaller ones, with pigment below.
Antenna 1 (Fig. 27D) stouter, flagellum bearing about nine short
aesthetascs. Prolongation of basis of maxilliped 3 (Fig. 27E) shorter and broader,
of merus wider, distally reaching articulation of propodus and dactyl. Peduncle
Fig. 27. Iphinoe crassipes
Adult male. A. Lateral view. B. Detail of anterior tip of carapace. C. Dorsal view of carapace.
D. Antenna 1. E. Distal tip of maxilliped 3. F. Uropod.
Scale line = 2 mm for A; 1 mm for B—C; 0,5 mm for E-F; 0,3 mm for D.
228 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
of uropod (Fig. 27F) armed with fourteen spines on inner edge and five small
plumose setae distally. First segment of exopod shorter relative to second with
six very long plumose setae on inner edge. First segment of endopod with eleven
stout spines on inner edge, second with seven.
Length
Adult male 5,/—8,1 mm
Ovigerous female 5,6-7,8 mm
Remarks
The relationship between J. crassipes Hansen, 1895, and I. macrobrachium
Calman, 1904a, has never been satisfactorily determined. J. crassipes was
described on the basis of a single immature male, 3,2 mm in length, from west
Africa. In 1904 Calman described specimens from Ceylon, for which he erected
a new species, J. macrobrachium. (In his paper he gives the length as | mm,
but in fact both are about 4,5 mm in length.) He considered his species to be
distinct from J. crassipes, differing mainly in ‘the outline of the carapace’, the
length of the basis of pereiopod | and the unequal lengths of the rami of the
uropods in his specimens. Stebbing (1910) described a single adult male from
South Africa which he called I. crassipes (although it exhibited some of the
characters used by Calman to differentiate [. macrobrachium from Hansen’s
species), considering the differences between Calman’s and Hansen’s specimens
to be due solely to sexual dimorphism between obviously immature individuals.
The author does not have Stebbing’s specimen, but it is presumably similar
to those in her possession, which are very uniform in structure throughout the
range. His figures do not correspond well with any specimens, particularly in
the outline of the carapace, the basis of pereiopod 1 and the uropod. Since
then Fage (1928), Jones (1956) and LeLoeuff & Intes (1972) have all recorded
specimens referred to as JI. crassipes from west Africa, Jones figuring the
previously undescribed female. Kurian (1951, 1954) has recorded some speci-
mens from India and Bacescu (1961) has erected a new subspecies, I. c. haifae,
for material from the Red Sea.
The question still remains as to whether Stebbing was correct in assuming
I. crassipes and I. macrobrachium to be synonymous. The author has examined
Calman’s two syntypes and several specimens from P. LeLoeuff’s west African
material. Despite the striking differences between the figures given by different
authors, particularly those of the carapace, the external appearance of the
animals is rather uniform throughout the range. In all specimens examined the
carapace is characterized by shallow longitudinal furrows on the anterior part.
Individuals differ mainly in that in some the eyelobe is elevated above the level
of the pseudorostrum, and in others the two are flush with each other; in some
the pseudorostrum is clearly upturned and truncate anteriorly while in others
it is more or less anteriorly directed and rounded. In all cases the pseudorostal
lobes are curled inwards and downwards in dorsal view, with a number of
downward-directed spines. The other major variations occur in the first
229
SOUTHERN AFRICAN CUMACEA: PART 2
pereiopods and uropods. The basis of pereiopod | varies between a third and
nearly half the total length of the limb; the exopod of the uropod may be two-
thirds the length of the endopod or the rami may be subequal in length; the
first segment of the endopod may be twice the length of the second or the two
segments may be of equal length.
Since these variations are not found uniformly throughout the geographical
range, the author has come to the conclusion—after some deliberation—that
the differences exhibited between individuals from different areas are not con-
sistent enough to warrant the existence of two species or even subspecies. Thus
Stebbing was correct in his conclusion although, contrary to his suggestion,
few of the differences are sexual. The author also suspects that, from his figures
and very brief description, Bacescu’s J. c. haifae will be found to fit within the
range of variability of I. crassipes without subspecific differentiation, being
very like the West African forms in most respects.
The major variable characters shown by individuals from different regions
are tabled below.
Ceylon and India
(UI. macrobrachium
sensu Calman)
eyelobe strongly ele-
vated in 2 (no ¢
available)
pseudorostrum
upturned in 2
distal process of basis
of maxilliped 3
reaching distal tip of
carpus
basis of pereiopod 1
three-sevenths total
length of limb
endopod of uropod
one and a_ third
length of exopod
first segment of endo-
pod slightly longer
than second
peduncle of uropod
shorter than endopod
South Africa
U. crassipes
sensu Stebbing)
eyelobe strongly ele-
vated in 9, slightly
in 3
pseudorostrum
upturned in 9, very
slightly in 3
distal process of
basis of maxilliped 3
reaching at least
distal tip of carpus
basis of pereiopod 1
three-fifths total
length of limb
endopod of uropod
one and a_ half
length of exopod
first segment of
endopod twice length
of second
peduncle and endo-
pod subequal in
length
Red Sea
(subspecies I. c.
haifae sensu Bacescu)
? eyelobe elevated
in ¢ and 92
pseudorostrum
rounded, ? not up-
turned
distal process of
basis of maxilliped 3
reaching _half-way
along carpus
basis of pereiopod 1
half total length of
limb
West Africa
UI. crassipes
sensu Hansen)
eyelobe elevated in
6, less in 2
pseudorostrum
upturned in dg,
rounded in 2
distal process of
maxilliped 3 reach-
ing one-third length
of carpus
basis of pereiopod 1
less than half total
length of limb
exopod and endopod of uropod subequal in
length
segments of endopod subequal in length
penducle of uropod longer than endopod
It can be seen that in most respects the west African and Red Sea forms
are rather similar, as are the South African and Ceylonese forms, but the degree
of overlap of distinguishing characters is such that taxonomic differentiation is
inappropriate.
I. crassipes is obviously closely related to J. pokoui LeLoeuff & Intes,
1972, from West Africa, the only other species bearing long stout first pereiopods
and an upturned pseudorostrum. It may be distinguished from J. crassipes by
230 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
the very wide antennal notch with a narrow serrate elongate anterolateral
angle and more slender uropods with subequal rami. Both species are rather
aberrant for the genus, the pereiopods and maxilliped 3 having some similarity
with those of Eocuma. The nature of the carapace and thoracic somites, how-
ever, ensures that they remain in the genus Jphinoe.
Distribution
India; Ceylon; South Africa: Saldanha Bay (13-29 m) to Natal (23-103 m);
Gulf of Guinea; Red Sea. The species is absent from the colder waters of South
West Africa, but otherwise probably occurs round the entire Atlantic and Indian
Ocean coasts of Africa and India from about 8 to little over 100 m in depth.
It constitutes a little more than 3 per cent of the individuals in the collection,
but represents more than 70 per cent of the individuals from Natal waters.
Iphinoe truncata Hale, 1953
Fig. 28
Iphinoe truncata Hale, 1953: 48-50, figs 3-4.
Records
sub-
adult adult ovig. no. of
6 3S 2 g&8F juv. total records
CON Morrumbene (23°S 35°E) D) 3 9 14 5
PEM Richards Bay (28°S 32°B) 1 1 1
RU _ St Lucia (28°S 32°B) estuarine D 5 5 1 Yrs 1
UCT Keurboom’s River (34°S 23°E) ( plankton 10 4415) 9 543 D
UCT Knysna (34°S 23°E) D D 4 1
UCT Great Brak River (34°S 22°E) 1 1 1
Previous records
Estuarine plankton from: The Haven (32°S 28°E), Port St Johns (31°S
29°E), Umkomaas (30°S 30°E) (Hale 1953); Knysna (34°S 23°E) (Jones 1960).
Holotype
Not designated. Type localities: ovigerous female, Umkomaas River
Mouth; adult male, Port St Johns River Mouth; both in sand, estuarine.
Description
Ovigerous female, length 2,8 mm, from Keurboom’s River Mouth. Integu-
ment translucent, finely spotted with black chromatophores. Carapace one and
two-thirds as long as deep (Fig. 28A). Anterolateral angle very small, acute;
antennal notch tiny, too small to accommodate first antenna. Distinct mid-
dorsal carina present on carapace (Fig. 28B), widening slightly about half-way
back along the carapace, and absent on posterior third. Pseudorostral lobes
short, barely meeting in front of eyelobe. Eyelobe rounded, eye consisting of
large patch of black pigment; no lenses visible.
SOUTHERN AFRICAN CUMACEA: PART 2 235i
Fig. 28. Iphinoe truncata
Ovigerous female. A. Lateral view. B. Dorsal view of carapace. C. Antenna 1. D. Maxilliped 3.
E. Pereiopod 1. F. Pereiopod 2. G. Pereiopod 3. H. Telsonic somite and uropod.
Adult male. I. Lateral view. J. Dorsal view of carapace. K. Detail of distal tip of antenna 1.
L. Maxilliped 3. M. Pereiopod 1. N. Telsonic somite and uropod.
Scale line = 1 mm for A-B, J; 0,5 mm for C-J, L-N; 0,1 mm for K.
First pedigerous somite visible, second very wide. Carapace almost as long
as free thoracic somites together, cephalothorax as long as abdomen and
peduncle of uropod together. Marsupium very large. Exopods of maxilliped
3 and pereiopod 1 large and reflexed upwards.
D3) ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Antenna | (Fig. 28C) fairly long and slender, first segment of basal region
short, subequal in length to third. Accessory flagellum very small, 1-segmented.
Flagellum 2-segmented, bearing two aesthetascs and a number of fine setae.
Maxilliped 3 (Fig. 28D) short and stout, basis a third as wide as long;
prolongation narrow, reaching junction of merus and carpus. Merus and carpus
both somewhat expanded.
Basis of pereiopod | (Fig. 28E) stout, very slightly longer than rest of
limb. Remaining segments also stout, particularly ischium and merus.
Pereiopod 2 (Fig. 28F) 6-segmented, slightly shorter than pereiopod 3,
last four segments subequal in length.
Pereiopods 3 (Fig. 28G) to 5 similar, slender. Basis of pereiopod 3 subequal
in length to rest of limb, bases of others relatively shorter.
Telsonic somite (Fig. 28H) almost square in dorsal view, notched in mid-
line. Peduncle of uropod slightly longer than telsonic somite with eight small
serrated spines on inner edge. Rami subequal in length. First segment of exopod
about half length of second, unarmed; second armed with six very slender
spines on inner edge and three stouter terminal spines, one very long. Segments
of endopod subequal in length, first armed with four spines on inner edge, second
with three on inner edge and two terminally.
Adult male, length 1,7 mm, from Keurboom’s River Mouth. As in female,
except as follows: much smaller in size, fewer chromatophores present. Carapace
(Fig. 281) almost twice as long as deep; anterolateral angle wanting; no antennal
notch. First pedigerous somite visible only dorsally, second much narrower.
Anterior part of carapace (Fig. 28J) relatively wider.
Flagellum of antenna | with five aesthetascs, three around base (Fig. 28K).
Basis of maxilliped 3 (Fig. 28L) somewhat narrower, less angled; prolongation
narrower. Basis of pereiopod | (Fig. 28M) slightly narrower, ischium and merus
less stout. Peduncle of uropod (Fig. 28N) armed with twelve spines, second
segment of exopod with three spines, second segment of endopod serrated
on inner edge with two terminal spines, one constricted half-way along and
serrated distally.
Length
Adult male 1,7—2,5 mm
Ovigerous female 2,5—3,1 mm
Remarks
This species has previously been recorded by Hale (1953) and Jones (1960).
Hale described it on the basis of adult females only, although he did also desig-
nate an adult male holotype without description. The present specimens are
clearly members of Hale’s species, not differing from those figured by him in any
significant way. This species can be distinguished from others in the genus by
the absence of a serrated dorsal carina in conjunction with the rami of the
uropods being subequal in length to the peduncle and the very short, stout
SOUTHERN AFRICAN CUMACEA: PART 2 233
bases of maxilliped 3 and pereiopod 1.
The adult males are all considerably smaller than the ovigerous females,
and the size of these females varies rather more than is common in the genus.
Distribution
The only bodotriid known in estuaries from Great Brak River to Morrum-
bene, where it is found in fairly small numbers.
Iphinoe capensis (Zimmer, 1921)
Fig. 29
Bodotria capensis Zimmer, 1921: 123-124, figs 12-14.
Iphinoe brevidactyla Hale, 1953: 145-148, figs 1-2.
Records
sub-
adult adult ovig. no. of
3g 3 OQ BegQ juny, total records
SWD 26°S 15°E 26 m 1 D 3 1
LBT 32°S 18°E 10-13 m 9 3 1 13 8
LB 33°S 18°9E O2m 5 D 1 3 11 6
@P* B47S 18sE) . 022m 1 1 1
FAL & FBY 34°S18°E 0-23m 71 2 1 4 4 82 Ans
NIWR 29°S 31°E 30 m 1 1 1
*Kommetjie
**Two records from light-traps
Previous records
‘Cape Town’ (Zimmer 1921); Langebaan Lagoon (33°S 18°E), 1-3 m
(Hale 1953).
Syntypes
Two adult males, deposited by Zimmer (1921) as Bodotria capensis in the
Berlin Zoologisches Museum. Type locality: ‘Cape Town’.
Description
Ovigerous female, length 3,1 mm, from Kalk Bay Harbour, False Bay.
Integument translucent, shiny. Carapace (Fig. 29A) more than one and a half
times as long as deep, anterolateral angle obtuse, small; antennal notch very
shallow (Fig. 29B). Pseudorostral lobes short, rounded. Eyelobe rounded, eye
large and distinct with maroon pigment below; three lenses visible (Fig. 29C).
First pedigerous somite very short, second very wide. Carapace subequal
in length to free thoracic somites, cephalothorax longer than abdomen by two
somites. Abdominal somites cylindrical.
Antenna | (Fig. 29D) short; first segment longest and second shortest.
Accessory flagellum very small; flagellum short, 1-segmented, with a single
short aesthetasc.
234 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Maxilliped 3 (Fig. 29E) stout, basis angled; prolongation short and blunt,
hardly reaching level of articulation of ischium and merus. Merus, carpus
and propodus all flattened and of equal width. Dactyl short and cylindrical.
Fig. 29. Iphinoe capensis
Ovigerous female. A. Lateral view. B. Detail of anterior tip of carapace. C. Dorsal view of
carapace. D. Detail of distal tip of antenna 1. E. Maxilliped 3. F. Pereiopod 1. G. Pereiopod 2.
H. Pereiopod 3. I. Telsonic somite and uropod.
Adult male. J. Lateral view. K. Dorsal view of carapace. L. Antenna 1. M. Telsonic somite
and uropod.
Scale line = 1 mm for A, C, J-K; 0,5 mm for B, E-I, L-M; 0,25 mm for D.
SOUTHERN AFRICAN CUMACEA: PART 2 235
Pereiopod 1 (Fig. 29F) short and stout, basis equal in length to remaining
segments together. Distal segments stout, cylindrical.
Pereiopod 2 (Fig. 29G) stout, 6-segmented, poorly armed. Dactyl very
slightly longer than propodus.
Pereiopods 3 (Fig. 29H) to 5 similar, well armed with long spines on
merus, carpus and propodus. Propodus and dactyl very short, relatively stout.
Telsonic somite (Fig. 291) little produced between uropods, about half
length of peduncle. Peduncle about one and a half times length of rami, unarmed.
Exopod slightly shorter than endopod, first segment unarmed; second toothed
on inner edge with two stout serrated terminal spines. Both segments of endopod
toothed on inner edge, first with two stout serrate setae distally, second with
two terminally.
Colour in life beige with numerous white chromatophores dorsally,
especially on carapace, and melanophores scattered over the body and limbs
ventrally, also forming a wide transverse band across second pedigerous somite.
White pigment fades rapidly, but melanophores may still be evident after some
months or years in alcohol.
Adult male, length 3,8 mm, from Kalk Bay Harbour, False Bay. As female,
except as follows: antennal notch (Fig. 29J) less evident. Eye bigger with six
large lenses (Fig. 29K). Sideplates of last three pedigerous somites slightly
produced laterally, abdominal sideplates produced ventrally.
Aesthetasc of antenna | (Fig. 29L) extremely short. Basis of maxilliped 3
slightly longer and less curved. Basis of pereiopod | slightly longer and stouter.
Peduncle of uropod (Fig. 29M) longer and more slender, bearing sixteen long
slender and ten short, stout, serrate setae on inner edge. Second segment of
exopod bearing eight very fine plumose setae on inner edge. First segment of
endopod with thirteen short, stout serrate spines on inner edge and two larger
ones distally; second segment toothed on inner edge with two large, strong
serrate spines terminally.
Length
Adult male 3,1-4,3 mm
Ovigerous female 3,1-3,4 mm
Remarks
Zimmer (1921) described Bodotria capensis from Cape Town on the basis
of two adult males, which he ascribed to Bodotria on the basis that only four
pedigerous somites were visible. He also stated that the posterior part of the
carapace was bounded by a ring or collar. In his diagram this looks very like
the first pedigerous somite. Apart from a figure of the whole animal, only the
third maxilliped and uropod were figured. As far as can be seen from the descrip-
tion and figures, the specimens in the present collection are identical with his.
Hale (1953) described I. brevidactyla from male and female individuals
from Langebaan Lagoon. His descriptions and figures tally with those of the
236 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
author in all respects except as follows: the adult female is shown with an acutely
pointed pseudorostrum (but in some of the present specimens the siphons
are calcified and appear as a forward projection of the pseudorostrum); more
lenses are visible in the eye of the female; in the female also, the second segment
of the uropodal exopod bear four fine setae, whereas the present ones are
toothed; in the male the peduncle of the uropod has fewer setae on the inner
border than in the present males.
It is noticeable that individuals vary even within a single sample in all
these characters, and the differences are minor. so that the present specimens
are clearly members of Hale’s species.
In fully ovigerous females the first pedigerous somite is quite evident
dorsally and dorsolaterally but in others, including most young females and
some adult males, the somite is totally invisible. Thus, within one species the
main character distinguishing between Jphinoe and Bodotria becomes obscure.
However, even when the first pedigerous somite is not evident, it can be seen
on flexing the animal. Thus it seems appropriate to concur with Hale and place
the species in Jphinoe. It is not then necessary to expand the definition of
Bodotria, which would cause considerable confusion since the boundaries
between the genera are not clear-cut.
I. capensis is easily distinguished from the other species of Jphinoe by the
very distinctive distal segments of maxilliped 3 and pereiopods 3—5 as well as
by the serrations of the second segment of the uropodal endopod.
Distribution
Widely distributed from Liideritz to Durban at depths from 0 to 50 m,
but occurring in rather small numbers. The species constitutes about 2 per cent
of the individuals in the collection.
Some specimens were collected by light trap in Kalk Bay Harbour and
others were taken very near to Lambert’s Bay Harbour. These are both fishing
harbours, indicating that the species is resistant to at least some degree of
organic pollution.
Cyclaspis Sars, 1865
Generic diagnosis
Carapace variable in shape. Eye present or absent. Four pedigerous
somites visible in male, sometimes five in ovigerous females. Second pereiopod
7-segmented. Endopod of uropod 1-segmented.
Type species
C. longicaudata Sars, 1865.
Remarks
A general discussion of the genera of the Bodotriinae is to be found on
page 163 in the Introduction. The South African members of Cyc/aspis are poor
SOUTHERN AFRICAN CUMACEA: PART 2 237
in number both of samples and individuals. In comparison with the warmer
waters of the Indo-Pacific region with several tens of species, only three occur
in South African waters, and only one other species has been recorded off the
rest of Africa. It seems fairly certain that the species occurring here are quite
distinct from those from other regions, but the amount of variability in the
genus is so great that it is difficult to state with certainty that the species are
distinct entities and not genetic variations of species from other regions. Since
only three species are known from southern Africa, no key is given. The reader
is referred to Hale (1944a) for.a key to all species known up to that time.
Distribution of Cyclaspis
The genus is a very large and widespread one, representatives being found
in all oceans. Of approximately 80 species nearly 60 per cent are found exclu-
sively in Australasian waters, 20 per cent in the Indo-Chinese region and 10 per
cent occur around the coasts of the Americas; 3 species occur in South Africa,
1 in east Africa, 3 in European and 2 in Antarctic waters. Fully 57 per cent of
the species occur between 20 and 45°S (mainly due to the very great pre-
ponderance in Australasian waters) and only 5 per cent north or south of 45°.
This indicates that the genus is essentially one of south temperate latitudes.
The majority of species has a depth range from about 10 to 50 m, and
almost all are confined to depths less than 100 m. However, a group of morpho-
logically distinct species occurs at much greater depths. These are C. subgrandis
Jones 1969 (3 290 m off Kenya), C. tasmanica Jones, 1969 (610 m in the Tasman
Sea), C. longicaudata Sars, 1865 (120-3 834 m off Europe), C. gigas Zimmer,
1907 (193-640 m in the Antarctic) and C. spectabilis Zimmer, 1908 (140-1 300 m
off South Africa). C. sibogae Calman, 1905, is also a deep-water species,
occurring at a depth of 411 m in the Philippine Sea.
Cyclaspis australora sp. nov.
Figs 30-31
Records
SST 34°S 21°E 15m _ 1 subadult J, 4 ovig. 92 (1 record)
SCDF 335 25-E 7m 4subadult $3, 1 9, 3 juvs (1 record)
NIWR 29°S 31°E-27°S 32°E 20-27 m 1 adult J, 1 juv. @ records)
Holotype
Ovigerous female, in the South African Museum, SAM-—A15488, collected
during the UCT benthic survey, 21 June 1972. Type locality: 21 m, off Still Bay
(34°23’S 21°26’E). UCT station number SST 66B.
Description
Ovigerous female, holotype, length 5,6 mm. Integument clean, white, shiny,
slightly brittle and translucent with minute reticulations and scattered pits
238 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
visible at high magnifications. Carapace (Fig. 30A) oval, one and a half times
as long as deep. Anterolateral angle (Fig. 30B) acute, antennal notch fairly
small, rounded. Pseudorostral lobes (Fig. 30C) very short, not meeting in front
of eyelobe. Eyelobe (Fig. 30D) rounded, eye consisting of eight small lenses
SS
Fig. 30. Cyclaspis australora sp. nov.
Ovigerous female, holotype. A. Lateral view. B. Detail of anterior tip of carapace. C. Dorsal
view of carapace. D. Detail of eyelobe. E. Antenna 1. F. Detail of distal tip of antenna 1.
G. Maxilliped 3. H. Pereiopod 1. I. Pereiopod 2. J. Pereiopod 3. K. Telsonic somite and
uropod.
Scale line = 2 mm for A, C; 1 mm for B, D, H, K; 0,5 mm for E, G, I-J; 0,1 mm for F
SOUTHERN AFRICAN CUMACEA: PART 2 239
above a red pigmented area. Middorsal region marked by a suture-line, carina
hardly present.
First pedigerous somite visible dorsally and dorsolaterally second narrower
dorsally than ventrally. Dorsolateral edges of third to fifth pedigerous somites
raised. Carapace twice length of free thoracic somites. Cephalothorax and
abdomen subequal in length. Abdominal somites cylindrical with small lateral
articulatory pegs on second to fifth.
First segment of antenna | (Fig. 30E) slightly longer than each of next
two. Flagellum 2-segmented with three setae, one rigid and two irregular and
flexible. Accessory flagellum (Fig. 30F) minute, 1-segmented.
Basis of maxilliped 3 (Fig. 30G) stout, curved, twice length of rest of
limb.
Distal prolongation triangular, reaching half-way along merus. Outer distal
portion of merus expanded, reaching junction of carpus and propodus.
Basis of pereiopod 1 (Fig. 30H) curved, equal in length to rest of limb.
Remaining segments stout, propodus longest.
Pereiopod 2 (Fig. 301) 7-segmented. Basis slightly shorter than rest of
limb. Ischium short, merus and carpus subequal in length, dactyl twice as long
as propodus with eleven sharp serrate spines.
Pereiopods 3 (Fig. 30J) to 5 similar, stout. Merus and carpus subequal in
length and as wide as basis.
Telsonic somite (Fig. 30K) square in dorsal view, not produced between
uropods, half length of peduncle. Peduncle half as long again as rami with
seven very short spines on inner edge. First segment of exopod a quarter length
of second, neither armed. Endopod very slightly shorter than exopod with six
short spines distally on inner edge.
Adult male, length 6,2 mm, from Natal. As female, except as follows:
anterolateral angle and antennal notch rounded (Fig. 31A). Carapace narrower
in dorsal view (Fig. 31B). Eye (Fig. 31C) with nine large, clear lenses. Carapace
not carinate. Sideplates of abdominal somites ventrally defined posterior to
insertion of pleopods only.
Second segment of antenna 1 shorter and stouter, flagellum 1-segmented.
Basis of maxilliped 3 less curved. Basis of pereiopod 1 (Fig. 31D) stout. pro-
duced to a strong point distally; subsequent segments more slender. Basis,
merus and carpus of pereiopod 2 a little shorter. Bases of pereiopods 3 to 5
shorter. Telsonic somite (Fig. 31E) slightly longer. Peduncle of uropod with
twelve short and seventeen long serrate spines on inner edge as well as three
dorsally on proximal half. Endopod with twenty-three short spines on inner
edge. Second segment of exopod with seven very small spines on inner edge.
Length
Adult male 6,2 mm
Ovigerous female 5,4-5,6 mm
240 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Fig. 31. Cyclaspis australora sp. nov.
Adult male. A. Lateral view. B. Dorsal view of carapace. C. Detail of eyelobe. D. Pereiopod
1. E. Telsonic somite and uropod.
Scale line = 2 mm for A-B, D; 1 mm for C, E.
Remarks
C. australora is one of the three species of Cyc/aspis occurring in southern
African waters. It may be distinguished from C. spectabilis by its very much
longer and more slender uropods and from C. scissa by the lack of a transverse
groove across the carapace.
It apparently falls within Hale’s (1944a) levis group, most closely resembling
a number of unsculptured Indo-Pacific species. Within this group only C.
australora and C. herdmanni Calman, 1904a have the basis of pereiopod 1
subequal in length to the rest of the limb. Comparison with the syntypes of
C. herdmanni shows a number of significant differences between the two species.
C. australora is about twice the size of C. herdmanni; the anterior face of the
carapace is perpendicular in C. australora and normally slanted in C. herdmanni.
The distal prolongation of the basis of pereiopod 1 is shorter, while the whole
limb is longer in C. australora; the uropods are equal in length to the last three
somites together and the peduncle is nearly one and a half times the length of
the rami in C. australora, while in C. herdmanni the uropods are little longer
than the last two somites together and the peduncle is subequal in length to
the rami.
Distribution
Apparently endemic to the warmer waters of the south-eastern coast of
Africa from Still Bay to northern Natal at depths from 9 to 27 m; not a common
species.
SOUTHERN AFRICAN CUMACEA: PART 2 241
Cyclaspis scissa sp. nov.
Jae, BZ
Records
NIWR 30°S 30°E-29°S 31°E 15-52 m_ 1 subadult 3, 1 immature 3,
2 29 (3 records)
Holotype
Young female, in the South African Museum, SAM-—A15489, collected
by the NIWR, 19 November 1973. Type locality: 15 m, off Durban (29°53’S
31°04’E). NIWR station number BL D1(G).
Description
Young female, holotype, length 5,8 mm. Integument white, velvety, with fine
reticulations interspersed with scattered pits visible at high magnifications.
Carapace (Fig. 32A) oval in outline with a sharply-delineated groove running
transversely from middorsal region to ventral edge of carapace, ending a little
behind the anterolateral angle and a small indentation dorsolaterally on either
side slightly anterior to the major groove. Anterolateral angle small and acute,
antennal notch small, semicircular. Pseudorostral lobes (Fig. 32B) short, ending
level with eyelobe. Eyelobe (Fig. 32C) rounded, bearing three transparent lenses
with reddish pigment below. Middorsal carina not strongly evident, most
marked anteriorly.
First pedigerous somite not visible, second narrow, third and fifth with
sideplates defined dorsolaterally. Free thoracic somites less than half length of
carapace, cephalothorax slightly shorter than abdomen. Abdominal somites
almost cylindrical with sideplates poorly defined ventrally. Articulatory pegs
present on abdominal somites 1-5.
Antenna 1 (Fig. 32D) elongate, first segment geniculate, longer than
second and third together. Flagellum 2-segmented bearing a single unmodified
seta. Accessory flagellum minute, l-segmented.
Basis of maxilliped 3 (Fig. 32E) nearly twice length of rest of limb, inner
part strongly calcified where exposed ventrally. Distal elongation reaching
articulation between merus and carpus. Outer edge of merus widely expanded,
distal tip reaching articulation of carpus and propodus.
Pereiopod | (Fig. 32F) elongate, reaching tip of pseudorostrum with carpus.
Basis subequal in length to rest of limb. Merus slightly shorter than subequal
propodus and dactyl.
Pereiopod 2 missing.
Pereiopods 3 (Fig. 32G) to 5 similar, stout. Ischium small, merus and carpus
both relatively wide, strong, subequal in length.
Telsonic somite (Fig. 32H) protruding between uropods for about a third
its length, one and a half times as long as broad. Peduncle of uropod less than
one and a half times length of telsonic somite, unarmed except for three small
242 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Fig. 32. Cyclaspis scissa sp. nov.
Young female, holotype. A. Lateral view. B. Dorsal view of carapace. C. Detail of eyelobe.
D. Antenna 1. E. Maxilliped 3. F. Pereiopod 1. G. Pereiopod 3. H. Telsonic somite and
uropod.
Young male. I. Lateral view. J. Dorsal view of carapace. K. Antenna 1. L. Detail of distal
tip of maxilliped 3. M. Pereiopod 2. N. Telsonic somite and uropod.
Scale line = 2 mm for A-B, I-J; 1 mm for F, H, N; 0,5 mm for C-E, G, K-M.
SOUTHERN AFRICAN CUMACEA: PART 2 243
spines distally on inner edge. Endopod 1-segmented with eight small spines
on inner edge and one terminally. First segment of exopod about a quarter
length of second, unarmed; second with three very small spines on inner edge
and one terminally.
Young male, length 5,8 mm, from Natal. (Note: a single subadult male is
too badly damaged for descriptive purposes.) As female, except as follows:
carapace (Fig. 321) more vaulted posteriorly, transverse groove present only
on dorsal half of carapace. Anterolateral angle rounded. Eyelobe (Fig. 32J)
protruding between pseudorostral lobes, pigmented area larger.
Antenna | (Fig. 32K) shorter and stouter, with two aesthetascs. Greater
part of basis of maxilliped 3 (Fig. 32L) exposed ventrally, carpus and propodus
both slightly expanded internally. Pereiopods 2 (Fig. 32M) stout, relatively
short. Ischium wider than long, merus large, carpus and propodus short, sub-
equal in length. Dactyl with a few terminal spines. Abdominal somite protruding
less between uropods. Peduncle (Fig. 32N) shorter and stouter, unarmed.
Second segment of exopod clearly serrated on inner and outer margins, first
segment relatively longer. Endopod unarmed.
Length
Subadult male 6,3 mm
Young female 5,8 mm
Remarks
C. scissa may be distinguished from all other southern African bodotriids
by the strong transverse groove on the carapace of both sexes. It most closely
resembles C. uniplicata Calman, 1904a, C. longipes Calman, 1904a and C. nubila
Zimmer, 1936. In C. longipes there is no transverse groove and the basis of
pereiopod 1 is considerably shorter than the rest of the limb; in C. nubila the
basis of pereiopod | is considerably longer than the rest of the limb, and there
is no transverse groove. C. uniplicata does possess a groove but anterior to it
is a very distinctive middorsal tooth, the basis of pereiopod | is about a third
the total length of the limb, which is slender.
Distribution
Four specimens known from the south coast of Natal at depths from 15
to 52 m.
Cyclaspis spectabilis Zimmer, 1908
Fig. 33
Cyclaspis spectabilis Zimmer, 1908: 161-162, pl. 1; 1921: 124.
Records
SAM 34°S 18°E 460-560 m 1 subadult 3
SAM 27°S 32°E-30°S 30°E 680-1 300m 2 subadult gg, 1 dg, 11 juvs,
6 mancas (5 records).
244 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Previous records
Holotype only.
Holotype
Ovigerous female, deposited by Zimmer (1908) in the Berlin Zoologisches
Museum. Type locality: 565 m, Agulhas Bank (35°S 18°E).
Description
Subadult male, length 7,8 mm, from material collected by the S.S. Pieter
Faure off the Cape Peninsula. Handsome, integument appearing polished.
Carapace (Fig. 33A) almost spherical, nearly as deep as long or wide. Antero-
lateral angle rectangular, very slightly serrate below (Fig. 33B). Antennal notch
rectangular, shallow. Eyelobe (Fig. 33C) pointed anteriorly, eyeless. Pseudo-
rostral lobes very short, just meeting in front of eyelobe. Second pedigerous
somite firmly fused with carapace, last three narrow.
Carapace more than twice as long as free thoracic somites together,
cephalothorax shorter than abdomen. Abdominal somites cylindrical, each
slightly constricted anteriorly, with lateral articulatory pegs present on somites
1-4 anteriorly.
Antenna | (Fig. 33D) short, basal segments subequal in length. Flagellum
(Fig. 33E) 2-segmented with two long aesthetascs. Accessory flagellum minute,
1-segmented.
Basis of maxilliped 3 (Fig. 33F) stout, about three times length of rest of
limb; distal prolongation widely triangular, reaching more than half-way
along carpus. Merus and carpus both expanded externally, distal tip of merus
reaching half-way along carpus.
Pereiopod 1 (Fig. 33G) reaching beyond anterior tip of carapace. Basis
wide and stout, shorter than remaining segments together.
Pereiopod 2 (Fig. 33H) 7-segmented. Basis equal in length to next four
segments together. Lower edge of dactyl slightly serrate with three terminal
spines.
Pereiopods 3 (Fig. 331) to 5 similar, basis and carpus of pereiopod 3 longest.
Pleopods (Fig. 33J) not setose.
Telsonic somite (Fig. 33K) subequal in length to preceding somite, more
than twice length of peduncle of uropods, produced between them for more
than a quarter its length. Peduncle hardly twice as long as broad, unarmed.
Rami subequal in length, about twice length of peduncle. Endopod |-segmented,
unarmed. Exopod 2-segmented, first segment about a fifth length of second,
unarmed; second serrated on inner edge but lacking spines or setae.
Length
Subadult male 7,8—-8,8 mm
SOUTHERN AFRICAN CUMACEA: PART 2 245
J
Fig. 33. Cyclaspis spectabilis
Subadult male. A. Lateral view. B. Detail of anterior tip of carapace. C. Dorsal view of
carapace. D. Antenna 1. E. Detail of distal tip of antenna 1. F. Maxilliped 3. G. Perciopod 1.
H. Pereiopod 2. I. Pereiopod 3. J. Pleopod. K. Telsonic somite and uropod.
Scale line = 2mm for A, C; 1 mm for B, G; 0,5 mm for D, F, H-K; 0,2 mm for E.
246 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Remarks
Zimmer (1908) described C. spectabilis from ‘several . . . females’ collected
by the Deutsches Tiefsee-Expedition from 565 m off the Cape Peninsula, and
a single, dried specimen from about 140 m on the Agulhas Bank. His specimens
were all females while all those in the present collection are subadult males,
juveniles and mancas. Thus it is difficult to state with certainty that the specimens
in the author’s possession are indeed the same species as Zimmer’s, although
the differences between them and his figures are consistent with sexual variations
within a species. The subadult males differ from those figured by Zimmer as
follows: the males have no transverse suture across the carapace; the basal
segment of antenna | is shorter; the prolongations of the basis and merus of
maxilliped 3 are slightly more expanded; the carpus and propodus of pereiopod
1 are slightly shorter and the uropods slightly longer. In other respects they are
very similar.
The combination of an almost spherical carapace and very short uropods
is unique in the South African bodotriid fauna. C. spectabilis is very similar to
a number of deep-water species: C. tasmanica, subgrandis, gigas and longi-
caudata. It may be distinguished from the latter two species by their longer
uropodal peduncles and from the former two by their more laterally compressed
carapaces.
Distribution
Fairly common in deep waters from the Cape Peninsula to the southern
Mozambique Channel at depths from 140 to 1 300 m.
Bodotria Goodsir, 1843
Generic diagnosis
Carapace often with lateral carinae. First pedigerous somite not visible,
second moderately wide in male and very wide in female. Second pereiopod
6-segmented. Peduncle of uropod much longer than rami; endopod I- or
2-segmented.
Type species
Bodotria arenosa Goodsir, 1843
Remarks
The genus Bodotria at present consists of about forty species, most of
which are clearly very closely related to each other. The most characteristic
feature of the majority is the presence of at least one pair of lateral carinae on
the carapace, frequently extending along the pedigerous somites and sometimes
the abdomen as well. The integument is usually strongly calcified and brittle,
the animals appearing heavy and compact. Due to the fact that in most species
the details of the sculpturing of the carapace are variable both between and
SOUTHERN AFRICAN CUMACEA: PART 2 247
within the sexes, it is not always easy to define the limits of each species. As a
result, unless large numbers of individuals are available, there is danger of
variable species being split into several species, at least until the extent of
variation is known. Thus the whole genus is in serious need of revision and
until such time as this is done the distinctness of many species must remain in
question. This probably applies equally to the new species described here.
Distribution of Bodotria
All forty-odd species of Bodotria so far described are from the Eastern
hemisphere. 8 species are known from Indo-China or Australia and 15 from
Japan (although it is likely that some of the latter will prove to be synonymous).
Of the 5 species known from the Red Sea and the Mediterranean, 3 also occur
in the colder waters off Norway and the British Isles; 2 of these (B. pulchella
and B. scorpioides) are very widespread, being found off the west African
coast as well. The western and southern coasts of Africa are very rich in species,
20 having been described so far (including those in the paper by LeLoeuff &
Intes (in press)). 10 species are apparently endemic to southern Africa, 7 to
west Africa, and | occurs on the geographic boundary of 20°S.
All species but one are confined to depths less than 120 m, B. tenuis sp.
nov. occurring between 78 and 550 m in the southern Mozambique Channel.
This is also the northernmost record on the east coast of Africa.
KEY TO THE AFRICAN AND EUROPEAN SPECIES OF BODOTRIA
Note: the differences between many of the species of Bodotria, although
constant in large numbers of individuals, are none the less so minor that a
number of polymorphic species may well have been described under more than
one name. Since only South African material has been available for study, no
attempt has been made to group species from other areas. Each species has been
keyed according to the most apparently satisfactory descriptions and figures in
the literature.
1 Endopod of uropod 1-segmented in female at least (and in all males except B. /aevigata)...2
EMG OVOdOMmuUukO pode -seementeduin: bot SeXeS eee eam cea ae oe 5
2 Carapace with no trace of lateral ridges or carinae in either sex (endopod of uropod
Z-Sesimemte dalmeimnalle)eeneeneinen en laevigata LeLoeuff & Intes, in press—west Africa
meter acanimacwpokeschtOnepaltOmcarapaccradull Castanea eer eenieeiciere ciao cor 3
3 Lateral carina present on anterior of carapace only...... glabra Jones, 1955—west Africa
SMeAenalucakiMmameacMinespOStehOmoOkd chOlmcakapaceme rare aaa ete ee ke rea 4
4 Basis of pereiopod 1 subequal in length to rest of limb; lateral carina widely produced
making width of carapace subequal to length............. alata Bacescu, 1975—Red Sea
— Basis of pereiopod 1 much longer than rest of limb; lateral carina not widely produced...
arenosa Goodsir, 1843 —Norway, Mediterranean
Se Carapace withoutlatenale Carinae user yan ss Siewa cl cles oe cde Ae eects H ehoiee eles. cro eels 6
= (CaRajoacs with IENGRIkKCAaIHIey 5 6 Kel loced 650 SOO OOO On Os oo oo Ee ee oer 7
6 Integument rugose; anterolateral angle not produced anterior to tip of pseudorostral
lobes; basis of pereiopod 1 less than one and a half times length of rest of limb.........
magna Zimmer, 1921—southern Africa
— Integument smooth; antero-lateral angle produced anteriorly as far as tip of pseudo-
rostral lobes; basis of pereiopod 1 nearly twice length of rest of limb....... nitida sp. NOV.
248 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
7
12
13
14
115)
A single lateral carina omearapace j...235. 8s 3% socked uae dae. de oe eee ee eee 8
Carapace with two lateral carinae, or lower edge of midlateral depression forming an
angular ridge-as second ‘canna... . 5... f a2 atone eke © ce Oe et one) eee 17
Carina extending hardly more than half length of carapace. .).5..52- 4. eee 9
Carina extending along full length of carapace, or absent only at extreme anterior tip. ..10
Second pedigerous somite in female elevated to a point middorsally, fourth and fifth
MOtelevatedsinecholic lise xe tenet ee elevata Jones, 1960—South Africa
Second pedigerous somite not elevated in either sex, fourth and fifth elevated to points
middorsally on both sexes, more so in female... .vertebrata semicarinata sp. et subsp nov.
Endopod of uropod Jess than half lengthiof peduncles... 4... ssn eee ooo eee 11
Endopod' of uropodiat least half lengthioi pedtncles. 25.4422 ae eee 12
Third pedigerous-somite abruptly lower than second in lateral view; endopod of uropod
about a third length of peduncle.......... cribaria LeLoeuft & Intes, 1972—west Africa
Pedigerous somites sloping gently in lateral view, third not abruptly lower than second;
endopod of uropod slightly less than half length of peduncle, =. -= >. 4.44. eae
scorpioides (Montagu, 1804)—west Africa, Europe
Some or all of pedigerous somites strongly elevated middorsally................-+-- 13
Pedigerous somites not elevated middorsally 42 54.4 4-5500 4.202 eee 14
Integument squamous; second and third pedigerous somites strongly elevated middorsally,
forming an enormous point in female or rectangular plate in male; abdominal somites
NOt; cleVatede Gece ete se ee et eee gibba (Sars, 1879)— Mediterranean
Integument smooth; second and third pedigerous somites not elevated middorsally;
fourth and fifth pedigerous and first abdominal somites at least elevated to points mid-
dorsally xe cso ee pe A eae vertebrata vertebrata sp. et subsp. nov.
Prolongation of basis of maxilliped 3 pointed distally, reaching level of carpus........ 15)
Prolongation of basis of maxilliped 3 rounded distally, not reaching level of carpus..... 16
Lateral carina dorsal to midlateral line; carapace nearly twice as long as deep..........
intermedia LeLoeuft & Intes, in press—west Africa
Lateral carina midlateral; carapace less than one and a half times as long as deep.......
montagui Stebbing, 1912—South Africa
Carpus of pereiopod 1 very stout, less than three times as long as broad, with spines on
lower edse:"carapace ofsfemale) widen thamlonse a] soe ee eee ee eeeee falsinus sp. nov.
Carpus of pereiopod | more than three times as long as broad, lower edge without spines;
carapace of female andemalel oncenthannwide nessa iene serica Sp. NOV.
Lower carina very distinct, much longer than upper, curving strongly to meet it at postero-
dorsaliconenoticarapaccees = ene enenee pulchella (Sars, 1879)—Europe, west Africa
Lower carina no longer than upper, forming lower edge of midlateral depression, inter-
rupted half-way along if curved, or meeting anterior to posterodorsal corner........- 18
Second and fourth pedigerous somites produced to form narrow, plate-like middorsal keel;
gap between distal prolongation of basis of maxilliped 3 and ischium...... clara sp. Nov.
Second and fourth pedigerous somites not platelike dorsally, no gap between prolongation
of basis anduschium'of maxilliped $45. 45 een oe eee neo eee 19
Rami of uropods more than-half length of peduncle..............95. 50. - eee eee 20
Rami of uropods half length of peduncleron less. ....454.26 54. eee eee an
Basis of maxilliped 3 twice length of remaining segments together; major carina dorso-
Feater al scsth sc 0c, pila a ae en ec sar eee ata lata Jones, 1956—west Africa
Basis of maxilliped 3 nearly two and a half times length of remaining segments together;
major carina apparently midlateral............... australis Stebbing, 1912 —South Africa
Carinae meeting in front of posterior border of carapace to form a deep depression......
bineti LeLoeuff & Intes, in press—west Africa
Carinae mot meeting wns 3 2a ae a eee ee ee eee 22
Basis of pereiopod | one and a half times length of rest of limb................++405-
armoricana LeLoeuff & Intes, in press—west Africa
Basis of pereiopod) (equal in lengthito test of limbs. 5. 44sec eee oe eee 23
Carapace less than twice as long as deep; propodus of pereiopod 1 longer than carpus
OF dacty lewis. « 3 ane day at mee nee ey Pee ee africana Zimmer, 1921 —West Africa
Carapace more than twice as long as deep; propodus of pereiopod 1 subequal in length
to dactyl-shorter than canpuse.) ost hele oO ee oe tenuis Sp. NOV.
SOUTHERN AFRICAN CUMACEA: PART 2 249
Bodotria clara sp. nov.
Figs 34-35
Records
FAL 34°S 18°E 2-4m _ 1 adult 3, 1 ovig. 2 2 records)
SED 33°S 25°E (oiled,
Holotype
Adult male, in the South African Museum, SAM-A15481, collected
during the UCT benthic survey, 5 February 1962. Type locality: 7 m, off Port
Elizabeth (33°52’S 25°38’E). UCT station number SCD 383L.
Description
Adult male, holotype, length 2,6 mm. Integument thick, white, brittle, with
many large pits. Carapace (Fig. 34A) one and a half times as long as deep,
dorsal outline irregular in lateral view. Sharp dorsolateral carina running from
eyelobe to posterior edge of carapace, abruptly elevated in three steps, joined
rear posterior border by second carina running ventrally and then anteriorly
for a short distance, continued forward as slight fold and distinct again on
anterior third of carapace, reaching point of anterolateral angle. Anterolateral
angle acute, bluntly rounded. Antennal notch narrow and deeply indented.
Carapace in dorsal view (Fig. 34B) slightly longer than wide, pseudorostral
lobes meeting for short distance in front of eyelobe. Eyelobe rounded, eye
visible as two lenses laterally above some pigment. No middorsal carina on
carapace.
Second pedigerous somite produced to form very distinct plate-like mid-
dorsal carina and a pair of lateral ridges, the latter forming strongly marked
sideplates, excavated anteriorly by continuations in pits of integument. Third
pedigerous somite elevated slightly, dorsally only; fourth strongly elevated
middorsally forming thin median plate and produced into a pair of carinae
laterally; last elevated middorsally only and somewhat excavate posteriorly.
Free thoracic somites together little more than half length of carapace. Cephalo-
thorax and abdomen subequal in length. Abdominal somites large, as deep as
long, sideplates strongly defined ventrally; middorsal carina evident on first
and second; third to fifth with lateral articulatory pegs.
Antenna | (Fig. 34C) short, first segment twice length of next two together.
Flagellum (Fig. 34D) 1l-segmented with one aesthetasc and three fine setae.
Accessory flagellum 1-segmented with one aesthetasc.
Basis of maxilliped 3 (Fig. 34E) strongly angled distal to midpoint, more
than twice length of remaining segments together; distal prolongation narrow,
reaching half-way along merus. Merus slightly expanded, distal tip reaching
half-way along carpus.
Pereiopod | (Fig. 34F) very stout, basis curved, more than twice length of
rest of limb with four small spines half-way along on median edge. Ischium very
250 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
short, merus and carpus subequal in length, as are propodus and dactyl.
Pereiopod 2 (Fig. 34G) fairly stout, 6-segmented. Basis shorter than rest
of limb. Merus slightly shorter than carpus, propodus half length of dactyl.
Pereiopods 3 (Fig. 34H) to 5 similar, basis of pereiopod 3 longest. Merus
and carpus very stout, merus curved.
Fig. 34. Bodotria clara sp. nov.
Adult male, holotype. A. Lateral view. B. Dorsal view of carapace. C. Antenna 1. D. Detail
of distal tip of antenna 1. E. Maxilliped 3. F. Pereiopod 1. G. Pereiopod 2. H. Pereiopod 3.
I. Telsonic somite and uropod.
Scale line = 1 mm for A; 0,5 mm for B, C, E-I; 0,2 mm for D.
SOUTHERN AFRICAN CUMACEA: PART 2 Dy)
Telsonic somite (Fig. 341) longer than wide, slightly produced between
uropods. Peduncle of uropod nearly half as long again as telsonic somite with
five long plumose setae and five serrated spines on inner edge. Exopod slightly
longer than endopod, less than half length of peduncle. First segment half
length of second, unarmed; second with five plumose setae on inner edge, one
long plumose seta and one long slender spine terminally. First segment of
endopod nearly four times length of second with five serrate setae on inner edge
and one plumose seta distally on outer edge; second with three fine spines
terminally.
Ovigerous female, length, 1,9 mm, from False Bay. As male, except as
follows: integument softer, poorly calcified, with smaller, less evident pits.
Lower lateral carina of carapace (Fig. 35A) not joining upper, longer and more
marked, anterior part not reaching anterolateral angle. Anterolateral angle
sharper. Carapace wider ventrally than dorsally (Fig. 35B). Eye indistinct.
Second pedigerous somite much wider, sideplates of fourth more distinct,
fifth not elevated. Abdominal somite smaller.
First segment of antenna | (Fig. 35C) shorter, both flagella (Fig. 35D)
without aesthetascs. Basis of maxilliped 3 (Fig. 35E) wider, more strongly
Fig. 35. Bodotria clara sp. nov.
Ovigerous female. A. Lateral view. B. Dorsal view of carapace. C. Antenna 1. D. Detail
of distal tip of antenna 1. E. Maxilliped 3. F. Pereiopod 3. G. Telsonic somite and uropod.
Scale line = 1 mm for A-B; 0,5 mm for C, E-G; 0,2 mm for D.
O52 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
angled, prolongation incised proximally. Merus slightly longer, carpus slightly
expanded. Basis of pereiopod | shorter, less curved, lacking spines. Basis of
pereiopod 2 shorter. Merus and carpus of pereiopods 3 (Fig. 35F) to 5 less
stout. Telsonic somite (Fig. 35G) shorter. Peduncle of uropod somewhat less
than twice length of exopod, unarmed. First segment of endopod with only one
spine distally on inner edge, second with two terminally.
Length
Adult male 2,6-2,7 mm
Ovigerous female 1,9 mm
Remarks
The species is unique in the genus in the combination of a strongly pitted
integument, the dumb-bell-shaped fourth pedigerous somite and the lateral
carina rising in steps towards the posterior end of the carapace. It is reminiscent
of B. gibba (Sars, 1879), from which it is easily distinguished by the lack of a
plate-like median carina on the fourth pedigerous somite, the much longer
prolongation of the basis of maxilliped 3 and the extreme elevation of the
second pedigerous somite in B. gibba.
Distribution
So far only three specimens known, all from False Bay or Algoa Bay (Port
Elizabeth), between 2 and 7 m.
Bodotria magna Zimmer, 1921
Fig. 36
Bodotria magna Zimmer, 1921: 121-123, figs 8-11.
Records
sub-
adult adult Ovig. no. of
3 S 5 Q Q juv. total records
FAL & FBY 34°S 18°E 48-87 m 15 13 1 A) 18 16 88 14
SST 34°S 21°E 50-80 m nt gy D) 17 IS) 34111 3
SCD SAS) DIE 67 m 1 1 1
Previous records
‘Great Fish Bay’ (16°S 11°E), no depth given.
Holotype
Ovigerous female, deposited by Zimmer (1921) in the Berlin Zoologisches
Museum. Type locality: “Great Fish Bay’ (16°S 11°E).
Description
Ovigerous female, length 6,0 mm, from False Bay. Integument very rugose,
ridges running longitudinally for the most part, most evident on cephalothorax.
SOUTHERN AFRICAN CUMACEA: PART 2 255
Carapace (Fig. 36A) less than one and a half times as long as deep, dorsal
outline very gently arched. Antennal notch deeply excavate, anterolateral angle
acute, pointed. Eyelobe (Fig. 36B) rounded, eye wanting. Pseudorostral lobes
short, not meeting in front of eyelobe. Carapace lacking dorsal and lateral
carinae.
Second pedigerous somite slightly elevated above level of carapace, fairly
wide. Third to fifth pedigerous somites hardly elevated, with well-developed
sideplates. Free thoracic and first two abdominal somites with distinct mid-
dorsal carina. Carapace subequal in length to free thoracic somites together,
cephalothorax and abdomen subequal in length. Abdominal somites less rugose,
sideplates defined ventrally.
Antenna | (Fig. 36C) short, first segment longer than next two together.
Flagellum 2-segmented with two aesthetascs, accessory flagellum small,
1-segmented.
Basis of maxilliped 3 (Fig. 36D) twice length of remaining segments
together, strongly calcified ventrally where exposed (stippled in figure). Distal
prolongation broad and of moderate length, reaching articulation of merus
and carpus. Merus slightly expanded, carpus cylindrical.
Pereiopod | (Fig. 36E) stout, basis slightly longer than remaining segments
together, curved. Ischium short, merus and carpus stout, merus twice and
carpus three times length of ischium.
Pereiopod 2 (Fig. 36F) stout, 6-segmented. Basis longer than rest of limb.
Merus and carpus stout, subequal in length. Propodus and dactyl] slender.
Pereiopods 3 (Fig. 36G) to 5 similar, ischium, merus and carpus all stout,
dactyl small.
Telsonic somite (Fig. 36H) rectangular in dorsal view, not produced between
uropods, little more than half length of peduncle of uropod. Peduncle unarmed,
more than twice length of rami. Rami short, exopod slightly shorter than endo-
pod. First segment of exopod a quarter length of second, unarmed; second with
four plumose setae on inner edge and two terminally. Endopod 2-segmented,
second segment less than half length of first; first with two small spines on inner
edge, second with two, and one very stout terminal spine.
Adult male, length 6,3 mm, from False Bay. As female, except as follows:
rugosities distinct, but forming more regular honeycomb pattern. Antennal
notch shallower (Fig. 361), anterolateral angle obtuse, rounded. Carapace more
elongate, without carinae, but sculpturing absent dorsolaterally, resulting in
the formation of a rounded edge. Second pedigerous somite narrower, not
elevated; third produced to form a point middorsally. Abdominal sideplates
deeper, sideplates more marked ventrally.
Antenna | (Fig. 36J) bearing four aesthetascs around flagellum as well as
two at tip. Basis of maxilliped 3 less angled, distal prolongation a little longer,
merus less expanded and carpus more. Basis of pereiopod 1 less angled,
narrower, with about ten sharp spines on inner ventral edge. Carpus not stout.
Pereiopod 2 (Fig. 36K) more strongly armed, basis somewhat shorter, dactyl
254 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Fig. 36. Bodotria magna.
Ovigerous female. A. Lateral view. B. Dorsal view of carapace. C. Antenna 1. D. Maxilliped 3.
E. Pereipod 1. F. Pereiopod 2. G. Pereiopod 3. H. Telsonic somite and uropod.
Adult male. I. Lateral view. J. Antenna 1. K. Pereiopod 2. L. Uropod.
Juvenile. M. Lateral view.
Scale line = 2 mm for A-B, I; 1 mm for E, H, M; 0,5 mm for C—D, F-G, J-L.
SOUTHERN AFRICAN CUMACEA: PART 2 DSS
shorter and stouter. Inner edge of peduncle of uropod (Fig. 36L) armed with
six plumose setae proximally followed by thirty-six sharp serrate setae in two
rows. Second segment of exopod with six plumose setae on inner edge and two
spines terminally, one with a brush of fine filaments distally. First segment of
endopod with eight and second with one blunt seta on inner edge, second
terminating in one spine.
Juvenile (Fig. 36M), length 3,1 mm. Integument less calcified, sculpturing
restricted to thorax and ventral and posterior regions of carapace, in the form
of individual raised ridges—more extensive in some than in others. Second
pedigerous somite strongly elevated to a point, last two thoracic and first
three abdominal somites also pointed dorsally. The second pedigerous somite
is also elevated to a point in subadult males.
Length
Adult male 4,3-6,3 mm
Ovigerous female 4,4-6,0 mm
Remarks
Although Zimmer’s (1921) description and figures are rather incomplete,
this species is quite obviously the same as his B. magna, especially since in his
description Zimmer mentions the very characteristic sculpturing of the integu-
ment. The species is unique in the genus in this respect.
The species nearest to B. magna are B. nitida sp. nov. and B. laevigata
LeLoeuff & Intes, in press. In both of these the integument is smooth. The
endopod of the uropod in males of B. /aevigata is 1-segmented and the basis of
the first pereiopod in B. nitida is longer than that of B. magna.
Distribution
A fairly common species, constituting over 4 per cent of the individuals in
the collection. It is apparently endemic to the south-western and southern
coasts of southern Africa from the mouth of the Kunene River to Still Bay,
at depths from 48 to 87 m.
Bodotria nitida sp. nov.
Figs 37-38
Records
sub-
adult adult ovig. no. of
3 3 3 2 2 juv. total records
WCD 33°S 17°E 11-26 m 12 3 3 16 14 48 5
LBT B2-S See) 83—15am 3 6 3 7 10 y oil lS)
FAL & FBY 34°S 18°E 2-11m 5 7 1 84 8 73) NB} 12
SST 34°S 21°E 15 m 1 1 1
SAM 33°S 18°E iy 2 ) 1 5 if
SCD 33°S 25°E TL xon\ 5 y 4 1 3 15 1
*from stomach of Rhabdosargus globiceps
256 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Holotype
Ovigerous female, in the South African Museum, SAM-—A15483, collected
during the UCT benthic survey, 24 April 1962. Type locality: 11 m, outside
Saldanha Bay (33°07'S 17°58’E). UCT station number WCD 129M.
Description
Ovigerous female, holotype, length 6,7 mm. Large, rotund. Integument
yellowish-white in alcohol, lustrous at low magnifications, reticulate with
faint pits at high magnifications. Carapace (Fig. 37A) smooth, no trace of
carinae; nearly twice as long as deep. Antennal notch (Fig. 37B) deeply excavate,
anterolateral angle acutely pointed and protruding beyond tip of pseudorostral
lobes. Eyelobe (Fig. 37C) rounded, eyeless, protruding beyond anterior tip
of pseudorostral lobes.
Articulatory peg present between carapace and second pedigerous somite
dorsolaterally. This somite wide, smooth, very slightly elevated above level of
carapace; third to fifth slightly elevated dorsally, with well-defined sideplates.
Middorsal carina present on thorax. Carapace slightly longer than free thoracic
somites. Cephalothorax and abdomen subequal in length. Abdominal somites
with sideplates defined ventrally, each overlapping succeeding one.
Antenna | (Fig. 37D) of moderate length, first segment subequal in length
to next two together. Flagellum short, 2-segmented, with two aesthetascs.
Accessory flagellum minute, 1-segmented.
Maxilliped 3 (Fig. 37E) elongate, basis more than twice length of remaining
segments together; distal prolongation short, reaching articulation of ischium
and merus. Merus slightly expanded, carpus hardly at all.
Basis of pereiopod | (Fig. 37F) curved, wider at base, nearly twice length
of rest of limb. Ischium short, merus and carpus subequal in length, dactyl short.
Pereiopod 2 (Fig. 37G) stout, 6-segmented. Basis longer than rest of limb,
merus stouter than carpus, dactyl poorly armed, twice length of propodus.
Pereiopods 3 (Fig. 37H) to 5 similar, merus and carpus stout, propodus
and dactyl narrow.
Telsonic somite (Fig. 371) rectangular in dorsal view, less than one and a
half times as long as broad, very slightly produced between uropods. Peduncle
of uropod one and a half times length of telsonic somite, twice length of rami,
unarmed. First segment of exopod about a third length of second, unarmed;
second with eight plumose setae on inner edge and two short terminal spines.
Endopod 2-segmented, first segment four times length of second with three small
spines on inner edge; second unarmed except for two small terminal spines.
Adult male, length 6,4 mm, from False Bay. As female, except as follows:
carapace (Fig. 38A) more rectangular in lateral view, anterolateral angle obtuse
and rounded, antennal notch shallow. Eyelobe (Fig. 38B) shorter, carapace
slightly narrower in dorsal view. Abdominal somites stouter.
Antenna | (Fig. 38C) shorter, accessory flagellum surrounded by four
aesthetascs. Distal prolongation of basis of maxilliped 3 (Fig. 38D) slightly
SOUTHERN AFRICAN CUMACEA: PART 2 DSi
more produced. Telsonic somite (Fig. 38E) protruding even less between uro-
pods, a little longer than wide. Peduncle relatively longer, armed proximally
with six plumose setae and distally with 25-30 serrate setae on inner edge.
Second segment of exopod with six plumose setae and first of endopod with
eleven fine sharp spines on inner edges.
Fig. 37. Bodotria nitida sp. nov.
Ovigerous female, holotype. A. Lateral view. B. Detail of anterior tip of carapace. C. Dorsal
view of carapace. D. Antenna 1. E. Maxilliped 3. F. Pereiopod 1. G. Pereiopod 2.
H. Pereiopod 3. I. Telsonic somite and uropod.
Scale line = 2 mm for A, C: 1 mm for B, F, H-I; 0,5 mm for D-E, G.
258 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Fig. 38. Bodotria nitida sp. nov.
Adult male. A. Lateral view. B. Dorsal view of carapace. C. Antenna 1. D. Distal tip of
maxilliped 3. E. Telsonic somite and uropod.
Juvenile, paratype. F. Lateral view.
Scale line = 2 mm for A-B, F; 1 mm for E; 0,5 mm for C-D.
Juvenile, paratype (Fig. 38F), length 4,2 mm. Differs from the adults in
that the third to fifth pedigerous somites are more elevated dorsally, both in
the midline and laterally. The carapace is relatively smaller and smoothly
arched dorsally and the peduncle of the uropod is shorter and stouter.
Length
Adult male 5,8-7,2 mm
Ovigerous female 4,5-7,7 mm
Remarks
The only other species of Bodotria totally lacking lateral carinae on the
carapace are B. choprai Kurian, 1951, from India, B. magna Zimmer, 1921,
from South West Africa and B. laevigata LeLoeuff & Intes (in press), from
west Africa. Females of the new species may be distinguished from all of these
by the very characteristic protrusion of the anterolateral angle beyond the point
of the pseudorostral lobes. The male of B. choprai has the anterior part of the
SOUTHERN AFRICAN CUMACEA: PART 2 259
carapace deepened and of B. laevigata has a l-segmented endopod of the
uropod.
Distribution
Apparently endemic to the Cape, from Saldanha Bay to Port Elizabeth,
at depths from 2 to 26 m. Constituting over 5 per cent of the individuals in the
collection, this a fairly common species, particularly in False Bay and further
north.
Bodotria elevata Jones, 1960
Figs 39-40
Bodotria elevata Jones, 1960: 173-175, fig. 1.
Records
sub-
adult adult Ovig. no. of
i) 6 6 DQ @ jer, tora mecorrals
LBT 33°S 17°E 20 m eal 1 3 D)
FAL & FBY 34°S 18°E 9-69 m 2 1 4 1 8 7
SST 35°S 22°E 15-50 m 3 2, 1 6 4
SCD 34°S 20°E-33°S 27°E = 7-87 m 6 3 Seeslsr. slo 33 11*
*type locality and some paratypes included.
Previous records
Off Hermanus, south-western Cape (34°S 19°E), 22-37 m, and Lambert’s
Bay (32°S 18°E), 17 m (Jones 1960).
Holotype
Not specified. Deposited by Jones (1960) in the British Museum (Natural
History). Type locality: 22 m, off Hermanus, south-western Cape (34°S 19°E).
Description
Ovigerous female, length 4,1 mm, from the south coast near Mossel Bay.
Integument hard, brittle, chalky-white with regularly scattered deep pits.
Carapace (Fig. 39A) more than one and a half times as long as deep, middorsal
carina only slightly evident. Dorsolateral carina present but not strongly marked.
Antennal notch (Fig. 39B) fairly deep, anterolateral angle acute. Articulatory
notch present dorsolaterally on posterior border of carapace. Eyelobe (Fig. 39C)
eyeless, rounded.
Second pedigerous somite highly elevated, twice as deep as long. Third to
fifth pedigerous somites all with sideplates well defined ventrally and dorsally.
All free thoracic somites with middorsal carina continuing faintly along
abdomen. Carapace slightly longer than free thoracic somites together, cephalo-
thorax longer than abdomen. Abdominal somites rounded, first slightly elevated
forming a posteriorly directed point.
260 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Antenna | (Fig. 39D) short, first segment longer than next two together.
Flagellum 2-segmented with two aesthetascs. Accessory flagellum minute,
1-segmented.
Basis of maxilliped 3 (Fig. 39E) very long, more than two and a half times
length of remaining segments together. Distal prolongation short, reaching
half-way along unexpanded part of merus. Merus bluntly expanded, reaching
two-thirds length of carpus.
Pereiopod | (Fig. 39F) fairly long, basis very stout, broadest at midpoint.
Merus and carpus subequal in length, propodus and dactyl short, slender.
Pereiopod 2 (Fig. 39G) stout, 6-segmented. Basis longer than rest of limb.
Merus and carpus subequal in length, propodus half length of dactyl. Dactyl
armed with a few setae tipped with a brush of filaments.
Fig. 39. Bodotria elevata
Ovigerous female. A. Lateral view. B. Detail of anterior tip of carapace. C. Dorsal view of
carapace. D. Antenna 1. E. Maxilliped 3. F. Pereiopod 1. G. Pereiopod 2. H. Pereiopod 3.
I. Telsonic somite and uropod.
Scale line = 2 mm for A-B; 1 mm for C, F; 0,5 mm for D-E, G-I.
SOUTHERN AFRICAN CUMACEA: PART 2 261
Pereiopods 3 (Fig. 39H) to 5 similar; ischium short and stout; merus and
carpus stout, subequal in length. Propodus and dactyl short, slender.
Telsonic somite (Fig. 391) slightly longer than wide, rectangular in dorsal
outline. Peduncle of uropod one and half times length of telsonic somite, two
and a half times length of rami, unarmed. Exopod slightly longer than endopod,
first segment about a quarter length of second, neither armed except for four
terminal spines on second. First segment of endopod twice length of second,
unarmed. Second armed with two slender terminal spines.
Adult male, length 4,7 mm, from the south coast near Mossel Bay. As
female except as follows: carapace (Fig. 40A) more rectangular in lateral
outline, antennal notch and anterolateral angle obscure. Second pedigerous
somite only very slightly elevated dorsally. Sideplates of abdominal somites
defined ventrally.
Antenna | (Fig. 40B) with three aesthetascs arising between flagella. Pro-
longation of basis and merus of maxilliped 3 (Fig. 40C) slightly longer. Basis
of pereiopod | narrower with two spines half-way along length, carpus narrowed
proximally. Pereiopod 2 narrower and shorter. Propodus of pereiopods 3 to 5
longer. Uropod (Fig. 40D) strongly armed: peduncle with eight plumose setae
proximally and twenty-eight serrate spines distally in two rows on inner edge.
Second segment with five plumose setae on inner edge, one spine and two
plumose setae terminally. First segment of endopod with eight spines on inner
edge, second with two on inner edge and one terminally.
Juvenile (Fig. 40E), length 2,4 mm, from type locality. Second pedigerous
somite very strongly elevated to a sharp point dorsally, first abdominal somite
elevated to two points dorsolaterally. Juveniles may be confused with juveniles
Fig. 40. Bodotria elevata
Adult male. A. Lateral view. B. Distal tip of antenna 1. C. Distal tip of maxilliped 3.
D. Uropod. Juvenile. E. Lateral view.
Scale line = 2 mm for A, E; 0,5 mm for C-D; 0,2 mm for B.
Dor ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
of B. magna which also have the elevated second pedigerous somite, but there
is always some degree of sculpturing in the latter, whereas in B. elevata the
integument is always smooth. Also, in B. magna the first abdominal somite is
elevated to a single point middorsally.
Length
Adult male 4,7-5,0 mm
Ovigerous female 3,8-4,3 mm
Remarks
The author has examined Jones’s paratypes which, apart from being
poorly calcified, are very much the same as those in the present collection.
There are a number of differences between individuals from the west coast and
those (frequently more calcified) from the south coast. Those from False Bay
are intermediate in most respects. In both male and female it is extremely
difficult to detect the second lateral carina in Jones’s specimens and in the
newer material these seem to be entirely absent; the lateral carinae do not
extend on to the second pedigerous somite and there appear to be no lenses in
the eye. Neither the peduncle nor the rami of the female uropod is serrated,
but the armature of the male uropod is identical with that described by Jones.
These variable characters are in accordance with the thesis that the species
of Bodotria are more variable than those of most genera in the Bodotriidae.
B. elevata is the only species in the genus in which the second pedigerous
somite alone is elevated in the adult female. The male is less readily identifiable
but the distal segments of maxilliped 3 are characteristic.
Distribution
Apparently endemic to the west and south coasts of the Cape, occurring
in small numbers from Lambert’s Bay to East London at depths from 7 to 87 m.
Bodotria montagui Stebbing, 1912.
Fig. 41
Bodotria montagui Stebbing, 1912: 141-142, pl. 51(A).
Records
sub-
adult adult ovig. no. of
3 db 3 g @ juv. total records
SWD 26°S 15°E 26 m y) yy 3 7 1
LBT 32°S 18°E 20-33 m 2 1 1 4 4
SB 33°S 17°E 31m 1 1 1
FAL & FBY 34°S 18°E 29-87 m 1 1 y) 3 1 8 6
SST 34°S 21°F 15) inal 1 I 1
SCD 33°S 27°E 88 m 1 1 1
Previous records
Off East London (32°S 28°E), 75 m.
SOUTHERN AFRICAN CUMACEA: PART 2 263
Holotype
Female deposited by Stebbing (1912) in the British Museum (Natural
History). Type locality: 75 m, off East London.
Description
Ovigerous female, length 4,8 mm, from the Lambert’s Bay transect. Integu-
ment solid, brownish in colour, with fine pitting and reticulation at higher
magnifications. Carapace (Fig. 41A) less than one and a half times as long as
deep, about one and a third times as long as wide, slightly vaulted dorsally.
Single lateral carina running along entire length of carapace except at extreme
anterior tip, almost straight. Anterolateral angle acute, rounded; antennal
notch rounded, moderately excavate. Pseudorostral lobes meeting for short
distance in front of rounded, eyeless eyelobe (Fig. 41B). Sides of carapace
slightly oval in dorsal view. Middorsal carina present but not strongly defined
on carapace and free pedigerous somites.
Second pedigerous somite with strong lateral carina continuing from that
on carapace, moderately wide, not elevated dorsally; third to fifth with sideplates
rounded, keeled dorsolaterally and slightly produced middorsally. Carapace
slightly longer than free thoracic somites together, cephalothorax slightly
longer than abdomen. Abdominal somites rounded ventrolaterally.
First segment of antenna | (Fig. 41C) wide, subequal in length to remaining
segments together. Next two segments subequal in length. Flagellum
2-segmented with two aesthetascs. Accessory flagellum minute, 1-segmented.
Basis of maxilliped 3 (Fig. 41D) more than twice length of remaining
segments together, distal prolongation fairly long and relatively narrow,
reaching beyond articulation of merus and carpus. Ischium longer than wide,
longer than merus. Merus slightly expanded distally, carpus widened. Propodus
and dactyl cylindrical.
Basis of pereiopod | (Fig. 41E) stout proximally, longer than remaining
segments together. Ischium very small, carpus longer than ischium and merus
or propodus and dactyl together. Propodus slightly expanded distally.
Pereiopod 2 (Fig. 41F) fairly short, basis subequal in length to rest of limb.
Merus longest of distal segments, dactyl small and poorly armed.
Pereiopods 3 (Fig. 41G) to 5 similar, pereiopod 5 very short and slender.
Basis of pereiopod 3 subequal in length to rest of limb, merus and carpus stout,
carpus slightly longer.
Telsonic somite (Fig. 41H) little longer than wide, produced slightly between
uropods. Peduncle of uropod one and a half times length of telsonic somite,
nearly twice length of rami, unarmed. First segment of exopod less than half
length of second, unarmed. Second segment serrated on inner edge with three
spines terminally. First segment of endopod more than three times length of
second with inner edge serrated proximally and with four spines distally.
Second segment armed only with two terminal spines.
Adult male, length 5,8 mm, from the Lambert’s Bay transect. As female
264 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
except as follows: integument lighter. Carapace (Fig. 411) slightly longer,
second pedigerous somite narrower. Abdominal somites larger, sideplates
defined ventrally.
Basal segment of antenna 1 longer, accessory flagellum surrounded by five
aesthetascs. Distal portion of maxilliped 3 (Fig. 41J) much more slender,
particularly prolongation of basis. Basis of pereiopod 1 with seven spines near
Fig. 41. Bodotria montagui
Ovigerous female. A. Lateral view. B. Dorsal view of carapace. C. Antenna 1. D. Maxilliped 3.
E. Pereiopod 1. F. Pereiopod 2. G. Pereiopod 3. H. Telsonic somite and uropod.
Adult male. I. Lateral view. J. Distal tip of maxilliped 3. K. Uropod.
Scale line = 2 mm for A-B, I; 1 mm for E-F, J-K; 0,5 mm for C-D, G-H.
SOUTHERN AFRICAN CUMACEA: PART 2 265
mid-region, propodus not expanded. Merus of pereiopod 2 slightly longer.
Carpus of pereiopods 3 to 5 shorter and propodus stouter. Peduncle of uropod
(Fig. 41K) armed with about thirty-one fine, sharp spines on two rows on inner
edge. Second segment of exopod with six plumose setae on inner edge. First
segment of endopod with three short and eight long fine spines on inner edge.
Length
Adult male 5,8 mm
Ovigerous female 3,8-5,0 mm
Remarks
Despite the rather indefinite nature of Stebbing’s diagrams of B. montagui,
it seems fairly certain that the present specimens can be referred to his species.
The main differences between the two are: Stebbing figures the propodus of
maxilliped 3 of his unique female as being expanded; the propodus of pereiopod
1 is longer and not expanded; the telsonic somite is shorter; the second segment
of the exopod of the uropod has a few plumose setae on the inner edge. On the
other hand, the very great similarity in the rest of the uropod and maxilliped 3
suggests that these are indeed referable to the same species. The rather extra-
ordinary placing of the lateral carina very far ventrally on the carapace and
second pedigerous somite in Stebbing’s drawing should perhaps be discounted,
since if this is an accurate representation, then the individual would indeed be
unique in the genus.
The species is closest to B. intermedia LeLoeuff & Intes (in press), from
which it may be distinguished by the longer and more vaulted carapace, the
shorter ischium and merus of maxilliped 3, the more dorsally situated lateral
carina on the carapace and second pedigerous somite and the slightly longer
basis of pereiopod | in B. intermedia.
Distribution
Apparently endemic to the coasts of South and South West Africa, being
found occasionally between Liideritz and East London at depths from 15 to
88 m, more commonly in the west.
Bodotria tenuis sp. nov.
Fig. 42
Records
sub-
adult adult Oovig. no. of
3 E € © @ juv. total records
SST 34°S 21°E-35°S 22°E 80-200 m Di 3 11 4 20 4
SCD 34°S 20°E-33°S 27°E 78-200 m 28 Dy, 1 ily 1 49 7
SAM 29°S 32°E 550 m 1 2D 3 1
266 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Holotype
Ovigerous female, in the South African Museum, SAM-—A15485, collected
during the UCT benthic survey, 20 June 1972. Type locality: 200 m, off Still
Bay (35°22’S 22°31’E). UCT station number SST 17K.
Description
Ovigerous female, holotype, length 5,2 mm. Integument dull white, reticu-
lations not very evident even at high magnifications. Body slender, elongate.
Carapace (Fig. 42A) more than twice as long as deep with strong dorsolateral
carina, almost rectangular in cross-section, sides more or less vertical. Major
carina running full length of carapace, second minor carina (almost absent in
some) midlateral, forming lower edge of lateral depression, running from below
anterolateral angle to posterior third of carapace, slightly curved. Anterolateral
angle acute, rounded. Antennal notch fairly deeply excavate and small. Eyelobe
(Fig. 42B) eyeless, rounded, pseudorostral lobes meeting for a very short
distance in front of it. Carapace about a quarter again as long as wide. Middorsal
carina present (but not strongly marked) on carapace and thorax only. A single
pair of very characteristic black pigmented areas present at level of upper carina
very slightly anterior to midpoint of carapace.
Carapace slightly longer than free thoracic somites together, abdomen
longer than cephalothorax by one somite. Second pedigerous somite wide, not
elevated, dorsolateral carina strongly defined. Third to fifth pedigerous somites
low, all with well-defined sideplates formed by posterior continuation of lateral
carina. First two abdominal somites also with lateral carina, rest cylindrical.
Antenna | (Fig. 42C) fairly small, first segment subequal in length to
remaining segments together, fairly slender. Flagellum 2-segmented with two
aesthetascs. Accessory flagellum minute, l-segmented.
Basis of maxilliped 3 (Fig. 42D) more than twice length of remaining
segments together, fairly stout; distal prolongation relatively pointed, slender,
reaching articulation of merus and carpus. Ischium longer than wide. Merus
slightly expanded, reaching half length of carpus. Carpus slightly expanded,
propodus and dactyl cylindrical.
Basis of pereiopod | (Fig. 42E) stouter proximally, slightly longer than
rest of limb. Ischium very short, carpus slightly expanded, longer than ischium
and merus together and shorter than subequal propodus and dactyl together.
Pereiopod 2 (Fig. 42F) stout, basis slightly longer than rest of limb. Merus
and carpus stout, subequal in length; propodus more than half length of dactyl.
Pereiopods 3 (Fig. 42G) to 5 similar, slender. Each segment distal to basis
narrower than the preceding one.
Telsonic somite slightly produced between uropods. Peduncle of uropod
(Fig. 42H) stout, twice length of endopod, unarmed but finely serrate on inner
edge. Exopod slightly longer than endopod, first segment third length of second,
unarmed; second segment armed with six slender plumose setae on inner edge
and three fine spines terminally. First segment of endopod more than three
SOUTHERN AFRICAN CUMACEA: PART 2 267
Fig. 42. Bodotria tenuis sp. nov.
Ovigerous female, holotype. A. Lateral view. B. Dorsal view of carapace. C. Antenna 1
D. Maxilliped 3. E. Pereiopod 1. F. Pereiopod 2. G. Pereiopod 3. H. Uropod.
Adult male, paratype. I. Lateral view. J. Antenna 1. K. Uropod.
Scale line = 2 mm for A-B, I; 1 mm for E; 0,5 mm for C—D, F-H, J-K.
times length of second, scalloped proximally on inner edge and with three small
spines distally; second segment with a single terminal spine.
Adult male, paratype, \ength 6,5 mm. As female except as follows: dorso-
lateral carina of carapace (Fig. 421) slightly more laterally situated, ventro-
lateral carina better defined, upper edge scalloped. Two pairs of pigmented
areas on carapace. Anterolateral angle obtuse, antennal notch very shallow.
268 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
No lateral carinae on abdomen; sideplates defined ventrally.
Basis of antenna | (Fig. 42J) stouter and shorter with two aesthetascs.
Basis of maxilliped 3 narrower, distal prolongation reaching half-way along
carpus, carpus slightly longer. Basis of pereiopod 1 straight. Merus, carpus
and propodus of pereiopods 3 to 5 longer and narrower. Peduncle of uropod
(Fig. 42K) stouter, nearly two and a half times length of endopod, armed with
twenty serrate setae in two rows on inner edge. Second segment of exopod
with seven plumose setae on inner edge and a single terminal spine. First segment
of endopod wide, strongly serrate on inner edge, serrations almost forming a
row of small setae; second segment with three very small spines on inner edge.
Length
Adult male 6,5-6,7 mm
Ovigerous female 4,8-6,0 mm
Remarks
The most remarkable feature of this species is its relatively great depth
range. No members of Bodotria have previously been found at depths greater
than 120 m, yet the deepest at which B. tenuis is known to occur is 550 m
The specimens from the deep stations in the southern Mozambique Channel
differ slightly from those further south in that there are no pigmented spots on
the carapace and the lower carina is very faint. The second pedigerous somite
is not carinate at all.
The species closest to B. tenuis may be distinguished from it as follows:
B. intermedia Le Loeuff & Intes (in press) has no lower lateral carina on the
carapace and the basis of pereiopod | is longer. The carapace in both B. africana
Zimmer, 1921 and B. armoricana Le Loeuff & Intes (in press) is less than twice
as long as deep; in B. armoricana the bases of maxilliped 3 and pereiopod |
are longer and in B. africana they are shorter.
Distribution
From the Cape Peninsula to the southern Mozambique Channel at depths
from 78 to 550 m; one of the more common species at these depths.
Bodotria falsinus sp. nov.
Fig. 43
Records
sub-
adult adult ovig. no. of
3S 3 Q other total records
FAL & FBY 34°S18°E 40-69 2 1 2) D 7 5
SST 35°S 22°E 50-80 4 13 10 i 34 4
SCD 33°S 25°R 32 1 1 1
SOUTHERN AFRICAN CUMACEA: PART 2 269
Holotype
Ovigerous female, in the South African Museum, SAM-—A15482, collected
during the UCT benthic survey, 20 June 1972. Type locality: 80 m, off Still Bay
(34°40’S 21°39’E). UCT station number SST 29X.
Description
Ovigerous female, holotype, length 3,1 mm. Integument clear white, slightly
reticulate, with a number of small pits on carapace. Carapace (Fig. 43A) very
flat, almost twice as long as deep, slightly wider than long. Middorsal carina
poorly defined; lateral carina dorsal to midlateral line, very evident, making
carapace wider dorsally than ventrally in cross-section. A second much more
evanescent carina present below major one, formed by lower edges of a series
of small pits in a row, evident anteriorly only, beginning immediately behind
eyelobe. Anterolateral angle (Fig. 43B) acute, antennal notch deep and narrow.
Pseudorostral lobes short, not meeting in front of narrow, eyeless eyelobe
(Fig. 43C).
Second pedigerous somite almost as wide as long, with midlateral carina
continuing from carapace; ventrolaterally with rounded, yellowish protuberance.
Third and fourth pedigerous somites with sideplates defined, not elevated
dorsally; fifth slightly elevated in middorsal line. Middorsal carina present on
thorax, absent from abdomen. Carapace longer than free thoracic somites
together, abdomen equal in length to carapace and first two free thoracic
somities together.
Antenna | (Fig. 43D) small, first segment rectangular in outline, nearly
twice length of remaining segments together. Flagellum 1-segmented with two
aesthetascs. Accessory flagellum minute, 1-segmented.
Maxilliped 3 (Fig. 43E) stout, basis curved, about twice length of rest of
limb. Distal prolongation short, rounded, reaching half-way along merus.
Ischium longer than wide, merus slightly expanded, carpus very wide distally.
Basis of pereiopod 1 (Fig. 43F) slightly longer than rest of limb, curved.
Ischium short, wider than long; merus stout, carpus very stout, hardly more than
twice as long as broad, with eight spines on lower edge, longer than subequal
propodus and dactyl together.
Pereiopod 2 (Fig. 43G) stout, basis more than one and a half times length
of remaining segments together. Suture-line of basis and ischium faintly visible
on one side, marked by a single plumose seta. Merus longer and stouter than
carpus; dactyl and propodus both short and stout, dactyl about twice length
of propodus.
Pereiopods 3 (Fig. 43H) to 5 similar, carpus of each longest of distal seg-
ments. Pereiopod 5 by far the shortest.
Telsonic somite (Fig. 431) longer than wide, produced between uropods
for a short distance. Peduncle of uropod little longer than telsonic somite, one
and a half times length of endopod, with six small, fine spines each on inner
and outer edges. Exopod slightly shorter than endopod, first segment a third
270 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
length of second, unarmed; second armed with six plumose setae on inner edge
and two spines terminally. First segment of endopod four times length of second,
armed only with two small spines distally on outer edge; second armed with
two spines terminally.
Fig. 43. Bodotria falsinus sp. nov.
Ovigerous female, holotype. A. Lateral view. B. Detail of anterior tip of carapace.
C. Dorsal view of carapace. D. Antenna 1. E. Maxilliped 3. F. Pereiopod 1. G. Pereiopod 2.
H. Pereiopod 3. I. Telsonic somite and uropod.
Adult male, paratype (large). J. Lateral view. K. Dorsal view of carapace. L. Antenna 1.
M. Uropod.
Adult male, paratype (small). N. Lateral view of carapace.
Scale line = 2 mm for A, C, J-K; 1 mm for I, M—N; 0,5 mm for B, D-H, L.
SOUTHERN AFRICAN CUMACEA: PART 2 271
Note: although the appendages of all female specimens referred to this
species are very similar, the gross appearance of animals, even from the same
sample, varies quite considerably. In ovigerous females the sides of the carapace
may be pitted or quite smooth; the lower carina may be fairly evident, evanescent
(Fig. 43A) or absent; the sharpness of the lateral carina is variable; the second
pedigerous somite may or may not be carinate laterally and may or may not
possess a rounded protuberance. The size of individuals varies between 2,4
and 4,1 mm. These variable characters are not always found together in the
same individuals, suggesting that they are genetic variations.
Adult male, paratype, length 4,2 mm. As female, except as follows: carapace
(Fig. 43J) almost rectangular in lateral outline, fewer pits present. Antennal
notch not as deep. Eyelobe (Fig. 43K) wider, carapace longer than wide.
Abdominal somites larger, sideplates defined ventrally.
First segment of antenna | (Fig. 43L) larger, accessory flagellum surrounded
by six aesthetascs. Basis of maxilliped 3 less curved; ischium and prolongation
of basis longer. Median edge of basis of pereiopod | with four spines. Merus
and carpus of pereiopods 3 to 5 stouter. Telsonic somite slightly more produced
between uropods. Peduncle of uropod (Fig. 43M) with seven plumose setae
and ten small sharp spines on inner edge. Second segment of exopod terminating
in four spines. First segment of endopod serrated, serrations alternating with
eight small spines; second segment terminating in three spines.
Note: as in the female, there are a number of variable characters in the
males. The secondary carina of the carapace may be well (Fig. 43N) or poorly
(Fig. 43J) defined; the lateral carina may be present or absent from the second
pedigerous somite; the integument may be strongly or slightly pitted. The size
varies considerably.
Length
Adult male 2,9-4,6 mm
Ovigerous female 2,4-4,1 mm
Remarks
B. falsinus is similar to B. vertebrata sp. nov., B. lata Jones, 1955 and
B. australis Stebbing, 1912. It may be distinguished from B. vertebrata by the
absence of elevated points on the pedigerous and abdominal somites and by
its much wider carapace, and from B. /ata and B. australis also by its wider
carapace, deeper antennal notch and enlarged carpus of pereiopod 1.
Distribution
Apparently endemic to the south coast of South Africa from False Bay
to Port Elizabeth at depths from 32 to 80 m; not a commonly encountered
species.
Diz ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Bodotria vertebrata vertebrata sp. et subsp. nov.
Fig. 44
Records
sub-
adult adult ovig. no. of
3 3 2 $&¢ total records
FAL & FBY 34°S 18°E 11-31 m 13 1 11 6 31 15
SST 34°S 21°E 15m 1 3 4 1
SCD 34°S 23°E 11-42m 2 1 yD 2 7 3
Holotype
Ovigerous female, in the South African Museum, SAM-A15487, collected
during the UCT benthic survey, 13 July 1967. Type locality: 23 m, False Bay
(34°08’S 18°30’E). UCT station number FBY 90V.
Description
Ovigerous female, holotype, length 3,1 mm. Integument white, crystalline;
no reticulations visible even at high magnifications. Carapace (Fig. 44A)
smooth, less than twice as long as deep. Single distinct lateral carina running
from posterior edge to level of anterolateral angle, with a few small, rounded
pits in a single row beneath. Carapace rounded in cross-section, no middorsal
carina, lateral carina not very sharp. Anterolateral angle acute, rounded;
antennal notch narrow, moderately excavate. Pseudorostral lobes meeting for
a short distance in front of rounded, eyeless eyelobe (Fig. 44B). Carapace less
than one and a half times as long as wide.
Second pedigerous somite very wide, lacking lateral carina; third produced
dorsally and laterally to form three rounded spines; fourth and fifth somites
elevated to points middorsally only, sideplates defined dorsolaterally. First
two abdominal somites produced to a wider elevated band dorsally. Carapace
and free thoracic somites subequal in length, cephalothorax longer than
abdomen by two segments.
Antenna | (Fig. 44C) very small, basis longer than remaining segments
together. Flagellum with two aesthetascs, accessory flagellum minute.
Basis of maxilliped 3 (Fig. 44D) strongly curved, less than one and a half
times length of remaining segments together; distal prolongation short, rounded,
reaching proximal third of merus. Ischium relatively long and narrow, merus
wide but very slightly expanded distally; carpus wider than long.
Basis of pereiopod 1 (Fig. 44E) very stout, slightly longer than remaining
segments together, slightly curved. Ischium very short, much wider than long.
Merus stout, carpus very stout, longer than subequal propodus and dactyl
together.
Pereiopod 2 short and stout (Fig. 44F). Basis longer than rest of limb;
junction of ischium and basis evident, marked by a single plumose seta. Merus
SOUTHERN AFRICAN CUMACEA: PART 2 273
Fig. 44. Bodotria vertebrata vertebrata sp. et subsp. nov.
Ovigerous female, holotype. A. Lateral view. B. Dorsal view of carapace. C. Antenna 1.
D. Maxilliped 3. E. Pereiopod 1. F. Pereiopod 2. G. Pereiopod 3. H. Telsonic somite and
uropod.
Adult male, paratype. I. Lateral view. J. Distal tip of maxilliped 3. K. Uropod.
Scale line = 2 mm for I; 1 mm for A-B, D-G; 0,5 mm for C, H, J-K.
274 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
and carpus wide and stout, propodus short, more than half length of narrow
dactyl.
Pereiopods 3 (Fig. 44G) to 5 similar, slender; pereiopod 5 much shorter
than 4.
Telsonic somite (Fig. 44H) more than one and a half times as long as
wide, rounded posteriorly, slightly produced between uropods. Peduncle of
uropod one and a third times length of telsonic somite, more than one and a
half times length of rami, unarmed, but serrated on inner edge. First segment
of endopod two and a half times length of second, armed only with two spines
distally; second slightly serrated on inner edge with a single spine terminally.
First segment of exopod more than three times length of second; second with
five plumose setae on inner edge and two terminally.
Adult male, paratype, length 3,5 mm. As female, except as follows: carapace
(Fig. 441) more rectangular in lateral outline, carina situated less dorsally, a
few more pits below. Antennal notch shallower. Pedigerous somites narrower,
less elevated dorsally, abdominal somites not at all. Abdominal somites bigger,
sideplates defined ventrally.
Antenna 1 shorter, accessory flagellum surrounded by five aesthetascs.
Ischium, merus and carpus of maxilliped 3 (Fig. 44J) longer. carpus wider.
Basis of pereiopod | longer. Pereiopods 3 to 5 shorter. Peduncle of uropod
(Fig. 44K) slightly more than twice length of rami, armed with nine long serrate
spines proximally and six very short ones distally on inner edge. First segment
of endopod with seven serrate setae on inner edge, second with two short and
three very short spines.
Length
Adult male 3,1-3,8 mm
Ovigerous female 2,9-4,1 mm
Remarks
The presence of elevated spines middorsally on thoracic and abdominal
somites 1s unique in the genus.
There are two distinct forms of the species: those from the south coast and
False Bay have the lateral carina continuous along almost the whole length of
the carapace and a number of small rounded pits below: those from the west
coast have the carina extending only along half of the carapace without pits
below. The forms are so similar that it seems unnecessary to split them into
two species, but the differences are consistent enough to require subspecific
differentiation. The differences between B. vertebrata vertebrata and B. verte-
brata semicarinata are described in the discussion of the latter below.
Distribution
Found occasionally from False Bay to Knysna at depths from 11 to 42 m;
less common than B. y. semicarinata.
SOUTHERN AFRICAN CUMACEA: PART 2 DAS
Bodotria vertebrata semicarinata sp. et subsp. nov.
Fig. 45
Records
sub-
adult adult ovig. no. of
3 5 Q Q juv. total records
WED) 3327S 17-E-34°S 18°B 11-32m 8 6 16 5 ill 36 fi
WBE 32-S 18 E 20-33 m 1 1 D, y)
SB 33S IAL 7-29 m 6 10 13 11 40 11
SAM 33°S 18°E ? D 3 5 (|
*from stomach of Rhabdosargus globiceps.
Holotype
Ovigerous female, in the South African Museum, SAM-A15486, collected
during the UCT benthic survey, 25 April 1962. Type locality: 26 m, off Saldanha
Bay (33°07'S 17°57’'E). UCT station number WCD 134X.
Description
This subspecies is identical in most respects with B. v. vertebrata, differing
from it as follows:
Ovigerous female, holotype, length 3,4 mm. Integument browner, velvety,
finely reticulate. Carapace (Fig 45A) deeper, about one and a half times as long
as deep, hardly longer than wide. Lateral carina extending no more than half
length of carapace, lacking pits below. Pseudorostral lobes deeper and shorter,
not meeting in front of eyelobe. Second pedigerous somite deeper, with mid-
dorsal carina; third less elevated dorsally. Abdomen shorter, subequal in length
to cephalothorax. Basis of antenna | slightly wider. Bases of maxilliped 3 and
pereiopod | longer, of pereiopod | (Fig. 45B) nearly twice length of rest of
limb. Pereiopod 2 (Fig. 45C) longer and more slender. Peduncle of uropod
(Fig. 45D) twice length of rami, not serrate.
Adult male, paratype, length 3,8 mm. The same differences occur in the
external anatomy of the males (Fig. 45E), apart from which the peduncle of the
uropod (Fig. 45F) is about one and three-quarters times the length of the rami
with sixteen long, slender spines evenly spaced along inner edge. The first
segment of the exopod is slightly longer relative to the second.
Length
Adult male 3,6-4,1 mm
Ovigerous female 2,9-4,3 mm
276 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Fig. 45. Bodotria vertebrata semicarinata sp. et subsp. nov.
Ovigerous female, holotype. A. Lateral view. B. Pereiopod 1. C. Pereiopod 2. D. Telsonic
somite and uropod.
Adult male, paratype. E. Lateral view. F. Uropod.
Scale line = 2 mm for E; 1 mm for A; 0,5 mm for B-D, F.
Remarks
In the genus Bodotria in most cases it is difficult to determine the limits of
species because there are such great individual differences that there is a danger
of creating more species than is perhaps realistic. For this reason the number
of species proliferates greatly in almost every area where members of the genus
are to be found. B. vertebrata is one of the few species in which the differences
between individuals are consistent in two contiguous geographical areas, and
for this reason subspecific separation is possible. The two forms are clearly
very similar to each other and do not warrant specific differentiation.
Distribution
Apparently endemic to the west coast of South Africa from Lambert’s
Bay to Table Bay at depths from 11 to 33 m. Somewhat’more commonly found
than B. y. vertebrata, this subspecies accounts for nearly 2 per cent of the
individuals in the collection.
SOUTHERN AFRICAN CUMACEA: PART 2 Hig
Bodotria serica sp. nov.
Fig. 46
Records
sub 3}
adult adult ovig. & no. of
3 re) 2 @ juv. total records
WCD 34°S 17°E-33°S 18°E 65-79 m 1 1 D, 2D
FAL & FBY 34°S 18°E 17-87 m 8 Ae Gn ie 7 47 24
SST 35°S 22°E 80 m 15 1B w22 3 6 59 yy
Holotype
Ovigerous female, in the South African Museum, SAM-—A15484, collected
during the UCT benthic survey, 21 June 1972. Type locality: 80 m, off Still Bay
(34°40’S 21°39’E). UCT station number SST 29W.
Description
Ovigerous female, holotype, length 3,7 mm. Integument silky white, trans-
lucent, not strongly calcified, without reticulations. Carapace (Fig. 46A) nearly
twice as long as deep, about one and a quarter times as long as wide. Dorsal
carina faintly visible on posterior half of carapace and thoracic somites, almost
invisible on abdomen. Single pair of rounded lateral carinae present about a
third distance from dorsal edge of carapace with slight longitudinal depression
below (not present in all specimens). Anterolateral angle acutely pointed,
antennal notch evident, fairly deep, rounded. Pseudorostral lobes short, not
meeting in front of eyeless eyelobe (Fig. 46B).
Second pedigerous somite very wide, carinate dorsally but not laterally;
third deep, moderately wide, not carinate laterally; fourth and fifth very slightly
elevated dorsally with sideplates defined dorsally and ventrally. Carapace
slightly longer than free thoracic somites together, cephalothorax and abdomen
subequal in length. Abdominal somites cylindrical.
Antenna | (Fig. 46C) small, first segment subequal in length to remaining
segments together. Flagellum 1l-segmented with two aesthetascs; accessory
flagellum 1-segmented.
Maxilliped 3 (Fig. 46D) fairly long, basis more than twice length of rest of
limb. Distal prolongation rounded, hardly reaching articulation of merus and
carpus. Merus widely expanded, carpus wider distally than proximally.
Basis of pereiopod | (Fig. 46E) slightly longer than rest of limb; carpus
longest of remaining segments, propodus and dactyl subequal in length.
Pereiopod 2 (Fig. 46F) stout, basis about one and a half times length of
rest of limb; merus and carpus subequal in length, propodus more than half
length of dactyl.
Pereiopods 3 (Fig. 46G) to 5 long, bases longer than rest of limbs.
Telsonic somite (Fig. 46H) one and a third times as long as wide, hardly
produced between uropods, two-thirds length of peduncle of uropod. Peduncle
278 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
unarmed, very slightly less than twice length of rami. First segment of exopod
half length of second, second with seven plumose setae on inner edge and a
single spine terminally. First segment of endopod more than twice length of
second, serrate proximally and with seven sharp spines distally on inner edge;
Fig. 46. Bodotria serica sp. nov.
Ovigerous female, holotype. A. Lateral view. B. Dorsal view of carapace. C. Antenna 1.
D. Maxilliped 3. E. Pereiopod 1. F. Pereiopod 2. G. Pereiopod 3. H. Telsonic somite and
uropod.
Adult male, paratype. I. Lateral view. J. Distal tip of maxilliped 3. K. Telsonic somite and
uropod.
Scale line = 2 mm for B,I; 1 mm for A, E, H, K; 0,5 mm for C_D, F-G, J.
SOUTHERN AFRICAN CUMACEA: PART 2 279
second with three terminal spines and serrate on inner edge.
Adult male, paratype, length 3,4 mm. As female, except as follows: carapace
(Fig. 461) with several small depressions below lateral carina; anterolateral
angle obtuse, antennal notch shallower. Carapace narrower dorsally, with no
middorsal carina. Sideplates of abdominal somites defined ventrally. Fifth
pedigerous somite produced ventrally to form a rounded protuberance.
Four small aesthetascs between flagella of antenna 1. Merus of maxilliped 3
(Fig. 46J) smaller and carpus larger. Pereiopod 2 smaller than in female. Telsonic
somite (Fig. 46K) produced less between uropods. Peduncle of uropod narrower
with eighteen setae in two rows on inner edge. Second segment of exopod with
three plumose setae, first of endopod with eleven small spines on inner edge.
Length
Adult male 3,3-4,8 mm
Ovigerous female 3,1-4,6 mm
Remarks
This species is most closely allied with B. tenuis sp. nov. and B. australis
Stebbing, 1912, differing from B. australis mainly in the lack of a lateral carina
on the second and third pedigerous somite in the female or second and fourth
in the male, and the longer peduncle of the uropod; and from B. tenuis in the
lack of the carinae, the rounded prolongation of the basis of maxilliped 3 and
the absence of a second lower ridge below the main carina.
In recorded depth range as well as in morphological detail, this species
seems to be intermediate between the two named above.
Distribution
Apparently endemic to the south-western coast of South Africa from
Saldanha Bay to Still Bay, at depths from 17 to 87 m, this is a fairly common
species, especially in the Still Bay region. It accounts for about 2 per cent of the
individuals in the collection.
Bodotria australis Stebbing, 1912
Bodotria australis Stebbing, 1912: 142, pl. 51(B).
Remarks
Stebbing described this species from a single female 3,25 mm in length.
Although corresponding in many features with several of the new species
described here, Stebbing’s figures show several characters which, if accurately
portrayed, are sufficiently distinctive to separate this species from all the others
known from South Africa. In particular the lateral carina is present on pedige-
rous somites 2 to 4 and abdominal somites 2 to 5. A lower lateral carina is
present on the carapace, which is more than one and a half times as long as
280 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
broad. The distal prolongation of maxilliped 3 is rounded and the carpus of
perelopod | is not particularly stout. This combination of characters separates
Stebbing’s individual from B. montagui Stebbing, 1912, B. falsinus sp. nov.,
B. vertebrata sp. nov., and B. serica sp. nov. B. australis is most similar to
B. tenuis sp. nov., which differs in the absence of a lateral carina on abdominal
somites 3 to 5 and a dorsally situated lateral carina which makes the carapace
flat on top.
Distribution
Off East London (32°S 28°E) at a depth of 75 m.
Bodotria glabra Jones, 1955
Bodotria glabra Jones, 1955: 282-284, figs 1-2.
Remarks
This species is known only from female and juvenile individuals in two
plankton samples collected aboard the R.R.S. William Scoresby on the border
of the southern African region. Distinguishing characters are: an elongate,
flattish carapace (nearly two and a half times as long as deep, about one and a
half times as long as wide) with a very faint lateral carina anteriorly; the basis
of maxilliped 3 is stout, and the wide distal prolongation reaches the level of
the carpus; the basis of pereiopod 1 is longer than the rest of the limb. The
length of the ovigerous female is 4,5 mm, It is the only species occurring in
Africa south of 20°S in which the endopod of the uropod is 1-segmented.
Distribution Off Cape Frio (19-20°S 12°E), plankton, 0-100 m.
Incertae sedis
Iphinoe ? zimmeri (Stebbing, 1910)
Figs. 47-48
Iphinoe zimmeri Stebbing, 1910: 411-412, pl. 44.
Records
sub-
adult adult Ovig. no. of
3 6 @ juv. total records
FAL & FBY 34°S18°E 17-44 m 3 D 5 4
Soul 34°S 21°F 15-80 m 2 bt yD, We) 3. AS 40 7
SCD 34°S 21°E-33°S 25°E 42-73 m 4 30) 2 eel Si ee Dei 5
Previous records
East London (32°S 28°E), 75 m (Stebbing 1910).
Holotype
Adult male, deposited by Stebbing (1912) in the British Museum (Natural
History). Type locality: 75 m, off East London (32°S 28°E).
SOUTHERN AFRICAN CUMACEA: PART 2 281
Description
Ovigerous female, length 7,0 mm, from the south coast, near Port Elizabeth.
Integument poorly calcified, translucent, with small shallow pits. Carapace
(Fig. 47A) elongate, more than twice as long as deep, pointed anteriorly.
Antennal notch (Fig. 47B) moderately deep, triangular. Anterolateral angle acute,
rounded. Carapace in dorsal view (Fig. 47C) narrower anteriorly, pseudorostral
lobes meeting for a short distance in front of eyelobe. Eyelobe small, pigmented,
Fig. 47. Iphinoe ? zimmeri.
Ovigerous female. A. Lateral view. B. Detail of anterior tip of carapace. C. Dorsal view of
carapace. D. Antenna 1. E. Maxilliped 3. F. Distal tip of maxilliped 3. G. Pereiopod 1.
H. Pereiopod 2. I. Pereiopod 3. J. Telsonic somite and uropod.
Scale line = 2 mm for A, C; 1 mm for B, E, G, J; 0,5 mm for D, F, H-I.
282 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
with very small scattered lenses. No middorsal carina—midline indicated by
double rows of minute tubercles.
First pedigerous somite invisible, second very wide. Carapace subequal in
length to free thoracic somites together. Gonad clearly visible as triangular
orange patch laterally beneath integument of second pedigerous somite (dotted
in Fig. 47A). Cephalothorax subequal in length to first five abdominal somites
together. Abdomen cylindrical, each somite slightly produced posterolaterally.
Antenna | (Fig. 47D) short, first segment longer than next two together.
Flagellum 2-segmented with two short aesthetascs. Accessory flagellum very
small, 1-segmented.
Basis of maxilliped 3 (Fig. 47E) more than twice as long as remaining
segments together, abruptly angled proximal to its mid-point. Distal prolonga-
tion (Fig. 47F) rather broad and short, reaching articulation of merus and carpus
distally. Carpus slightly expanded.
Pereiopod | (Fig. 47G) slender, elongate, reaching beyond tip of pseudo-
rostrum with carpus. Basis longer than remaining segments together. Ischium
very short, merus, carpus and dactyl subequal in length, propodus slightly
longer.
Pereiopod 2 (Fig. 47H) stout, 6-segmented. Basis equal in length to next
three segments together. Carpus slightly longer than merus, well armed distally.
Dactyl slender.
Pereiopods 3 (Fig. 471) to 5 similar. Ischium, carpus and merus stout,
propodus and dactyl very slender. All segments of pereiopods 2 to 5 distal to
basis with very characteristic long, stout setae tipped with a brush of filaments.
Telsonic somite (Fig. 47J) one and a half times as long as wide, very slightly
produced between uropods, subequal in length to peduncle. Peduncle subequal
in length to rami with two very small spines on inner edge. First segment of
exopod less than half length of second, unarmed. Second with 10 plumose
setae on inner edge and three terminal spines wih apical bristles. First segment
of endopod two-thirds length of second with seven spines on inner edge and
two terminally with apical bristles.
Adult male, length 7,6 mm, from the south coast, near Port Elizabeth.
As female, except as follows: integument very slightly wrinkled. Carapace
(Fig. 48A) twice as long as deep, pseudorostral lobes (Fig. 48B) less pointed.
Eye much larger, strongly pigmented, with six large lenses arranged in a ring.
Antennal notch and anterolateral angle rounder and shallower. Carapace
slightly depressed behind antennal notch and above posterior extremity of
eyelobe. Gonad whitish, slightly visible through integument of second pedi-
gerous somite. Sideplate of fourth pedigerous somite produced forward as
linguiform process. Sideplates of abdominal somites defined ventrally. Ventral
sternite (Fig. 48C) of third pedigerous somite produced into a crescentic ridge,
of fourth with a rounded tubercle and of fifth with a larger, backward-pointing
projection.
Antenna | (Fig. 48D) stouter, with fifteen aesthetascs surrounding flagellum.
SOUTHERN AFRICAN CUMACEA: PART 2 283
Basis of perelopod | longer. Pereiopods 3 (Fig. 48E) to 5 more slender, last
four segments longer. Peduncle of uropod (Fig. 48F) armed with seven slender
spines followed distally by about twenty-five serrated spines in two rows. Second
segment of exopod with seventeen plumose setae on inner edge; first segment
of endopod with ten serrate setae and second with twenty fine spines on inner
edge.
Length
Adult male 7,9-8,4 mm
Ovigerous female 5,8—-8,4 mm
Remarks
These animals are clearly the same as the one described by Stebbing (1910)
as Iphinoe zimmeri. In almost all respects this species is typical of Jphinoe,
particularly in the general appearance of the body, the anterior extension of the
sideplate of the fourth pedigerous somite and the sternal processes of the males.
However the fact that the first pedigerous somite is never visible in either sex
excludes it from Iphinoe as the genus is now defined. The species does fit the
Fig. 48. Iphinoe ? zimmeri
Adult male. A. Lateral view. B. Detail of anterior tip of carapace. C. Ventral sternites of
pedigerous somites. D. Antenna |. E. Pereiopod 3. F. Uropod.
Scale line = 2 mm for A; 1 mm for B-C, E; 0,5 mm for D, F.
284 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
generic diagnosis of Bodotria, but is patently unlike any other members of the
genus. Since the state of the first pedigerous somite is the only character which
reliably distinguishes between Jphinoe and Bodotria, altering the generic diagnosis
of Iphinoe to accommodate this species would be untenable. So for the present
at least the generic position of the species must remain uncertain.
Distribution
A fairly common species found between False Bay and East London at
depths from 15 to 80 m.
DISTRIBUTION OF THE BODOTRIINAE
The rate of endemism is very high within the Bodotriinae as well as in
the family as a whole. Of approximately 183 species only 25 (14%) occur across
more than one major climatic or zoogeographic zone and 9 of these in more
than one ocean: 4 of the 9 are found in both the Indian and Pacific Oceans,
linking the Australasian, Indo-Chinese and Japanese fauna into an Indo-West-
Pacific group; the other 5 demonstrate the strong link between the Mediter-
ranean, eastern Atlantic and Indo-West-Pacific faunas—2 occur in the Mediter-
ranean, west Africa and Indo-China, | in the Mediterranean, the Red Sea and
Ceylon and 1 in west Africa and India, while the most widely distributed species
of all, Iphinoe crassipes, occurs in the Red Sea, west Africa, South Africa and
India.
The distribution of the species in the subfamily is detailed in Table 3.
Each species may have more than one entry if it is known to occur in widely
separate regions.
It is clear that, as with the Vaunthompsoniinae (Day 1975), the Bodotriinae
are negatively amphipolar (Zimmer 1941). Not a single species is yet known from
latitudes greater than 70° and only 4 per cent of the records are from latitudes
TABLE 3
Distribution of Bodotriinae according to depth and latitude (data mainly from Jones 1969)
shore—5S m 5-200 m 200-2000m >+>2000m Total
no. Yes no. Ye, no. A no. A no. YA
N of 70°N pa me os Le — ass ae = oe ees
70°N-50°N — a AL <<} 1 <1 1, <a 6 3
50°N-20°N 1 <1 44 21 — — 1 <1 46 2D,
20°N-20°S — = UT 36 DE a | i il 80 38
20°S-50°S Oo ee 70 33 6 <3 — — 78 ay)
50°S-70°S — — 1 <ail 1 <'j| — — y} 1
S of 70°S ae as = as ee hs 2) ie seas ae
Total no. of records 3 Sill 196 92 10 5 3 ily De
Total no. of species Sl, IGS) SY) 9 5 2 ess
SOUTHERN AFRICAN CUMACEA: PART 2 285
greater than 50°. Fully 75 per cent occur between 20°N and 50°S. Although the
Vaunthompsoniinae preponderate in the south temperate latitudes (48 % between
20° and 50°S), there is a larger (38%) component of tropical species in the
Bodotriinae and a smaller (37%) one of south temperate species. Were it not
for the enormous diversification of the genus Cyc/aspis in Australasia, the
Bodotriinae would be very largely a tropical group.
The only ten species (less than 5°) known from the Western hemisphere
(Western Atlantic and Eastern Pacific) are fairly widely spaced around the
shores of North and South America, and each is known from only a few speci-
mens. When one considers that most species in the Eastern hemisphere are also
rather narrowly distributed, it becomes apparent that the powers of dispersion
of these small, essentially benthic, ovoviviparous animals with no free larval
stage are very limited. (This is not true, however, of the amphipods, some of
which are very widely distributed. The mechanisms of dispersal in this group
are uncertain, but it is widely agreed (Griffiths 1974) that rafting may play an
important part. This method of dispersal would be strictly limited in the sand-
dwelling Cumacea.)
It is a reasonable assumption that the ancestral bodotriids originated in
the warmer tropical or subtropical waters of the Indo-West-Pacific, possibly in
what is now the Indo-Malayan region, spreading along the continental shelves,
with very few pioneers reaching the new world across the Atlantic and Pacific
Oceans. Similar distribution patterns are found in many other groups. However,
Eckman (1953) warns that the present richness of the fauna in the Indo-West-
Pacific does not necessarily mean that in times past it has acted as a main centre
for distribution. It may simply be that conditions in this area have been more
stable so that a greater part of the original Tethys fauna has been sustained here
than it has been, for example, in the Atlantic.
The vast majority of known species (93%) occurs at depths of less than
200 m. But the implication that the deep oceans are practically devoid of
Bodotriinae is perhaps misleading. For example, five of the seven southern
African species from 200 m and deeper are new, so that it is likely that the
apparent lack of deep-water species is due rather to a scarcity of collecting.
The two species previously known, both represented until now by a single
specimen, were found in considerable numbers in the present surveys, suggesting
that the numbers of individuals may also be greater than anticipated. This is
borne out by the work of Jones & Sanders (1972), who analysed the Cumacea
of deep waters in the North Atlantic, and concluded that the Cumacea are far
more important in deep waters than previously estimated, in numbers both of
species and of individuals.
DISTRIBUTION OF THE SOUTHERN AFRICAN BODOTRIINAE
It is intended to discuss the zoogeography of the southern African Cumacea
more fully at a later date when all the families have been examined. Thus in the
286 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
present study, no attempt has been made to distinguish provinces or regions,
since too small a number of genera and species is available in the Bodotriidae
alone to allow significant conclusions to be drawn.
The west coast of southern Africa is essentially a region of cold water
(bottom temperature about 10°C at a depth of 50 m), the south coast between
the Cape Peninsula and East London is a region of cool water (bottom tem-
perature 12—14°C at a depth of 50 m) and the east coast north of East London
is one of warm water (bottom temperature more than 18°C at a depth of 50 m).
The Bodotriinae from depths less than 200 m are generally confined to rather
narrow areas, and may be divided into groups according to their distribution
around the coast:
l.
Cold-water species occurring on the west coast as far south as False Bay—
five species: Iphinoe africana (from 16°S), I. fagei, Upselaspis caparti,
Bodotria vertebrata semicarinata, B. glabra (19-20°S).
Cool-water species occurring to the west and east of False Bay or off the
Cape Peninsula only—ten species: Bodotria magna, B. nitida, B. elevata,
B. montagui, B. serica, Austrocuma platyceps, Iphinoe stebbingi, I. dayi,
I. capensis, Eocuma foveolatum.
Warmer-water species occurring along the south coast from False Bay to
East London—six species: Bodotria falsinus, B. clara, B. vertebrata vertebrata,
B. australis, Eocuma sp., Iphinoe ? zimmeri.
Subtropical species occurring along the Natal and Mozambique coasts—
five species: Eocuma winri, Mossambicuma elongatum, Iphinoe truncata,
Cyclaspis scissa, C. australora.
Iphinoe crassipes and I. senegalensis are the only shallow-water species whose
ranges extend well out of the southern African region. J. senegalensis occurs
in west Africa with only a single doubtful record from South Africa. J.
crassipes, on the other hand, is very widely distributed, being known from
the Red Sea, west Africa, India and Ceylon, as well as South Africa, where
it occurs in warmer waters from Saldanha Bay to Natal.
A further group consists of seven species from depths greater than 200 m.
In general there are fewer records, so that their limits are less accurately
known, but they do tend to be more widespread than are shallow-water
species. They are [phinoe producta (west coast only), Cyclaspoides pellucidus
and Cyclaspis spectabilis (off the Cape Peninsula to the southern Mozam-
bique Channel), Bodotria tenuis (off Still Bay to the southern Mozambique
Channel), Eocuma aculeatum (southern Mozambique Channel only) and
Alticuma bellum (Natal to southern Mozambique Channel). Alticuma
carinatum is the most widespread of this group, occurring in many deep-
water hauls from Lambert’s Bay eastwards. It is also known from a single
specimen further north off Kenya.
It appears that there is a real geographical barrier separating tropical
west coast species from those of the south-west African region (group 1). The
limiting factor is probably temperature, since the northern extent of the cold
SOUTHERN AFRICAN CUMACEA: PART 2 287
Benguela current is felt at about 18°S, which is about the northern limit of the
species in group 1.
The depth ranges of the shallow-water species are very much more limited
than those of species from deeper waters and can be divided into five groups
according to their depth distribution. The sixth and deepest group is included
for the sake of completeness.
Depth range in metres Number of species
(approximate)
0-4
3-20
20-50
20/30-80/90
20-200
> 200 7
WnNwm BW fs
It can be seen that the maximum depth at which each group occurs is very
approximately double that of the previous group. The water pressure would
also double at depths of 10, 20, 40, 80 m, etc., and these depths correspond
fairly well with major changes in the fauna. It is not possible to say how well
this relationship would hold at greater depths, due to the very small numbers
of samples and individuals from these areas.
Despite the correlation between pressure and faunal changes it is likely
that temperature—or a temperature-related parameter—is of more significance
in controlling depth distribution. This statement is borne out by the fact that
many species occur at greater depths the further east they are found, because
the temperature contours are deeper on the warmer east coast than on the
cooler west coast. A similar effect is shown by Millard (1978) for the southern
African Hydrozoa.
A further factor which must be important in controlling the distribution of
bodotriids is the size and composition of the substrate, since these animals are
burrowing detritivores. Due to their very small size they presumably require
fairly fine, well-sorted sediments. Particle size determinations for many of the
UCT and NIWR samples may later become available for analysis, at which
time this problem may be solved at least partially.
The material from the collections at hand has added to our knowledge not
only of the local cumacean fauna but also of the depth distribution of several
genera. Cyclaspis scissa sp. nov. and C. australora sp. nov. are the first shallow-
water species in the genus recorded from Africa. Bodotria and Eocuma have
always been considered to be distinctly shallow-water genera, but B. tenuis
sp. nov. has increased the known depth range for its genus from 120 m to 550 m,
and Eocuma aculeatum sp. nov. has increased that of Eocuma from 108 to
550 m. Cyclaspoides pellucidus sp. nov. is the second species known in the genus
and the first from the Southern hemisphere. Mossambicuma and Austrocuma
are new genera from previously unsampled areas (a tropical estuary and a Cape
288 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
shore respectively). Alticuma establishes a new genus consisting of two deep-
water species.
The rate of endemism appears to be extremely high. In the southern African
Vaunthompsoniinae it is of the order of 70 per cent (7 endemics out of 11
species), but in the Bodotriinae 28 (82 %) of the 34 species have been found south
of 20°S only. The ranges of another four extend beyond this limit, but none of
these is found in any other areas. One record (U. senegalensis) is a doubtful
identification and only one species (/. crassipes) occurs from equatorial Africa
to India. It should be stressed, however, that very little data is available from
the regions due north of the area under consideration so that these figures must
be treated with caution.
Finally, 4586 specimens of 31 species in 607 records were examined in
this study. This gives a figure of 7,5 individuals per record and a specimen : species
ratio of 148: 1. In comparison, the Vaunthompsoniinae gave figures of 77
specimens, 11 species and 42 records with 1,8 individuals per record and a
specimen : species ratio of 7:1. Thus the Bodotriinae exhibit much lower
diversity and a much higher rate of occurrence than do the Vaunthompsoniinae
in the same area. The ecological reasons for these differences are not clear, but
the immediate cause is the very large number of specimens of some very success-
ful species, particularly Iphinoe africana with 1 603 individuals and I. stebbingi
with 1 186. These two species account for over half the number of individuals.
The other numerically successful species are I. dayi (152 individuals), I. crassipes
(143), Bodotria magna (200), B. nitida (238) and B. serica (108). Thus 7 species
(about 20% of the total) account for 2 630 (nearly 60%) of individuals. In fact
Iphinoe and Bodotria together account for 21 (about 65%) of the species and
93 per cent of the individuals. Without them the specimen : species and indivi-
dual : record ratios would be much the same as they are in the
Vaunthompsoniinae.
In conclusion, the Bodotriidae are the most successful of the cumacean
families in southern African waters, both in numbers of species and of indivi-
duals. Preliminary estimates suggest that the Diastylidae will prove to be almost
as diverse, although not as numerous, while the other families are relatively
poorly represented.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
I should like to thank the following people in South Africa for giving me
the opportunity to examine and describe material: Dr Brian Kensley of the
South African Museum; Mr Tim McClurg and Mr A. C. Connell of the National
Institute for Water Research of the Council for Scientific and Industrial Research;
Mr Larry Hutchings of the Sea Fisheries Branch; Dr J. Grindley and the late
Dr Robin Boltt. Iam also very grateful to Miss Joan Ellis of the British Museum
(Natural History), Dr. N. S. Jones and Dr P. LeLoeuff for allowing me to
examine some west African material, and to Dr M. Bacescu of the Museé
SOUTHERN AFRICAN CUMACEA: PART 2 289
d’Histoire Naturelle in Bucharest for providing some almost unobtainable
literature. Iam grateful, too, to Mrs Sue Frost and Miss Judy Miller for technical
and clerical assistance, and to many other people who have provided me with
odd specimens found during their own collecting programmes.
REFERENCES
BAcsscu, M. 1950. Speciile de Iphinoe. Anal. Acad. rom. [Bucharest] 3(12): 1-54.
BAcescu, M. 1961. Contributions a l’etude des Cumacés de la Méditerranée et particuliérement
des cétes d’Israel. Rapp. P.-v. Réun. Comm. int. Explor. scient. Mer. Méditerr. 16: 495-502.
BAcgscu, M. 1975. New Cumacea from the Red Sea. Trav. Mus. Hist. nat. “Gr. Antipa’’
16: 35-69.
BATE, S. 1856. On the British Diastylidae. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (2) 17: 449-465.
BONNIER, J. 1896. Resultat scientifique de la Campagne du “‘Caudan” dans le Golfe de
Gascogne. III. Annls Univ. Lyon. 26: 529-562.
CALMAN, W. T. 1904a. Report on the Cumacea collected by Prof. Herdman at Ceylon in
1902. Ceylon Pearl Oyster Fish. suppl. Rep. 12: 159-180.
CALMAN, W. T. 19045. The marine fauna of the west coast of Ireland. Scient. Invest. Fish.
Brch. Tre. 1; 1-52.
CALMAN, W. T. 1905. The Cumacea of the Siboga Expedition. Siboga Exped. Monograph
36: 1-23.
CALMAN, W. T. 1907a. On new or rare Crustacea of the order Cumacea from the collection
of the Copenhagen Museum. I. The families Bodotriidae, Vaunthompsoniidae and
Leuconidae. Trans. zool. Soc. Lond. 18: 1-58.
CALMAN, W. T. 19075. Sur quelques Cumacés des cétes de France. Bull. Mus. natn. Hist.
nat., Paris 16: 116-123.
Day, J. 1975. South African Cumacea. Part I. Family Bodotriidae, subfamily Vaunthomp-
soniinae. Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 66: 177-220.
ECKMAN, S. 1953. Zoogeography of the Sea. London: Sidgwick & Jackson.
Face, L. 1928. Cumacés. Voyage de la Goellette ‘“‘Melita’’ au Senegal (1889-1890). Bull. Soc.
Zool. Fr. 53: 331-339,
Face, L. 1951. Cumacés. Result. scient. Expéd. oceanogr. belge Eaux cét. afr. Atlant. Sud
3: 1-9.
FISCHER, P. 1872. In: FoLin A. G. L. DE & PERIER, L. Les Fonds de la Mer 2: 47. Paris
GAmo, S. 1967. Studies on the Cumacea (Crustacea, Malacostraca) of Japan. Part I. Publs
Seto mar. biol. Lab. 15: 133-163.
Goopsir, H. 1843. Description of the genus Cuma and two new genera nearly allied to it.
Edinb. New phil. J. 34: 119-180.
GRIFFITHS, C. L. 1974. The gammaridean and caprellid Amphipoda of southern Africa.
Unpublished Ph. D. Thesis, University of Cape Town.
Hate, H. M. 1944a. Australian Cumacea. No. 7. The genus Cyclaspis. Rec. S. Aust. Mus. 8:
63-142.
Hate, H. M. 19445. Australian Cumacea. No. 8. The family Bodotriidae. Trans. R. Soc. S.
Aust. 68: 225-285.
HALE, H. M. 1953. Two new Cumacea from South Africa. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 76: 45-50.
HANSEN, H. J. 1895. Isopoden, Cumaceen und Stomatopoden der Plankton-Expedition.
Ergebn. Plankton-Exped. 2: 1-105.
JONES, N. S. 1955. Cumacea of the Benguela Current. ‘Discovery’ Rep. 27: 279-292.
Jones, N. S. 1956. Cumacea from the west coast of Africa. Atlantide Rep. 4: 183-212.
JoNnEs, N.S. 1960. Cumacea from South Africa. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (13) 2: 171-180.
JongEs, N. S. 1969. The systematics and distribution of Cumacea from depths exceeding 200 m.
Galathea Rep. 10: 99-180.
Jones, N. S. & SANDERS, H. L. 1972. Distribution of Cumacea in the deep Atlantic. Deep
Sea Res. 19: 737-745.
Kemp, S. 1916. Fauna of the Chilka Lake. Cumacea. Mem. Indian Mus. 5: 395-402.
290 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
KOssMANN, R. 1880. Zoologische Ergebnisse einer im Auftrage der Koniglichen Akademie der
Wissenschaften zu Berlin ausgefiihrten Reise in die Kiistengebiete des Rothen Meeres.
IJ. Halfte, I. Lief., II Malakostraken. 88-92. Leipzig.
KurIAN, C. V. 1951. The Cumacea of Travancore. Bull. cent. Res. Inst. Univ. Travancore (C)
79° TALS
KurRIAN, C. V. 1954. Notes on the Cumacea (Sympoda) in the Zoological Survey of India.
Rec. Indian Mus. 52: 275-311.
KurRIAN, C. V. 1961. Three species of Cumacea from the lakes of Kerala. Bull. cent. Res.
Inst. Univ. Kerala (C) 8: 55-61.
LELoEvuFF, P. & INTES, A. 1972. Les Cumacés du plateau continental de Cote d’Ivoire. Cah.
Off. Rech. Sci. Tech. Outre-Mer. 10: 19-46.
LELoeurF, P. & INTEs, A. In press. Les Bodotria (Crustacea, Cumacea) des mers d’Europe et
des cdtes occidentales de |’Afrique tropicale. Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. Paris.
MILLARD, N. A. H. 1978. The geographical distribution of southern African hydroids. Aun.
S. Afr. Mus. 74: 159-200.
MARCUSSEN, J. 1894. Ueber ein neues Cumaceengenus Eocuma, Family Cumadae, aus Japan.
Sber. Ges. naturf. Freunde Berl. 1894: 170-171.
MontaGu, G. 1804. Description of several marine animals found on the south coast of
Devonshire. Trans. Linn. Soc. 7: 61-85.
Norman, A. M. 1867. On the Crustacea. ... Report of the committee exploring the coast of
the Hebrides. Rep. Br. Ass. Advmt Sci. 36: 193-206.
Sars, G. O. 1865. Om den aberrante Krebsdyrgruppe Cumacea og dens nordiske arter.
Forh. VidenskSelsk. Krist. 1864: 128-208. -
Sars, G. O. 1871. Beskrivelske of fire vestindiske Cumaceer opdagede of Dr A. Goes. Ofvers.
K. Vetensk Akad. Forh. 28: 803-811.
SARS, G. O. 1878. Middelhavets Cumaceer. Part 1. Arch. Math. Natur. 3: 461-512.
Sars, G. O. 1879. Middelhavets Cumaceer. Part 2. Arch. Math. Natur. 4: 1-126.
ScoTT, T. 1901. Notes on some gatherings of Crustacea collected for the most part on board
the Fishery Steamer ‘‘Garland”’ and examined during the past years. Rep. Fishery Bd.
Scotl. 19: 273.
STEBBING, T. R. R. 1910. Sympoda. Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 6: 409-419.
STEBBING, T. R. R. 1912. South African Crustacea. Part 6. The Sympoda. Ann. S. Afr. Mus.
10: 129-176.
STEBBING, T. R. R. 1913. Cumacea. Tierreich 39: 1-210.
ZIMMER, C. 1907. Neue Cumaceen von der Deutschen und der Schwedischen Siidpolar-
expedition aus der Familien der Cumiden, Vaunthompsoniiden, Nannastaciden und
Lampropiden. Zool. Anz. 31: 367-374.
ZIMMER, C. 1908. Die Cumaceen der ,,Deutschen Tiefsee-Expedition’’. Wiss. Ergebn. dt.
Tiefsee-Exped. ‘Valdivia’ 8: 155-196.
ZIMMER, C. 1914. Cumacea. Fauna Siidw.Australiens. 5: 175-195.
ZIMMER, C. 1916. Cumacea und Schizopoda. Beitr. Kennt. Meeresfauna Westafr., Crust.
4: 55-66.
ZIMMER, C. 1921. Mitteilung iiber Cumaceen des Berliner Zoologischen-Museums. Mitt.
zool. Mus. Berl. 10: 117-149.
ZIMMER, C. 1936. California Crustacea of the order Cumacea. Proc. U.S. natn. Mus. 83:
423-439.
ZIMMER, C. 1941. Cumaceen. Bronn’s KI. Ordn. Tierreichs 5 (1, Book 4): 1-222.
ZIMMER, C. 1942. Die Gattung Iphinoe (Ord. Cumacea, Fam. Bodotriidae). Zool. Anz. 139:
190-200.
iy
yA
es ya ai
6. SYSTEMATIC papers must conform to the /nternational code of zoological nomenclature
(particularly Articles 22 and 51).
Names of new taxa, combinations, synonyms, etc., when used for the first time, must be
followed by the appropriate Latin (not English) abbreviation, e.g. gen. nov., sp. nov., comb.
nov., syn. nov., etc.
An author’s name when cited must follow the name of the taxon without intervening
punctuation and not be abbreviated; if the year is added, a comma must separate author’s
name and year. The author’s name (and date, if cited) must be placed in parentheses if a
species or subspecies is transferred from its original genus. The name of a subsequent user of
a scientific name must be separated from the scientific name by a colon.
Synonymy arrangement should be according to chronology of names, i.e. all published
scientific names by which the species previously has been designated are listed in chronological
order, with all references to that name following in chronological order, e.g.:
Family Nuculanidae
Nuculana (Lembulus) bicuspidata (Gould, 1845)
Figs 14-15A
Nucula (Leda) bicuspidata Gould, 1845: 37.
Leda plicifera A. Adams, 1856: 50.
Laeda bicuspidata Hanley, 1859: 118, pl. 228 (fig. 73). Sowerby, 1871: pl. 2 (fig. 8a—b).
Nucula largillierti Philippi, 1861: 87.
Leda bicuspidata: Nicklés, 1950: 163, fig. 301; 1955: 110. Barnard, 1964: 234, figs 8-9.
Note punctuation in the above example:
comma separates author’s name and year
semicolon separates more than one reference by the same author
full stop separates references by different authors
figures of plates are enclosed in parentheses to distinguish them from text-figures
dash, not comma, separates consecutive numbers
Synonymy arrangement according to chronology of bibliographic references, whereby
the year is placed in front of each entry, and the synonym repeated in full for each entry, is
not acceptable.
In describing new species, one specimen must be designated as the holotype; other speci-
mens mentioned in the original description are to be designated paratypes; additional material
not regarded as paratypes should be listed separately. The complete data (registration number,
depository, description of specimen, locality, collector, date) of the holotype and paratypes
must be recorded, e.g.:
Holotype
SAM-—A13535 in the South African Museum, Cape Town. Adult female from mid-tide region, King’s Beach
Port Elizabeth (33°51’S 25°39’E), collected by A. Smith, 15 January 1973.
Note standard form of writing South African Museum registration numbers and date.
7. SPECIAL HOUSE RULES
Capital initial letters
(a) The Figures, Maps and Tables of the paper when referred to in the text
9 6
e.g. *... the Figure depicting C. namacolus...’; ‘...in C. namacolus (Fig. 10)...’
(b) The prefixes of prefixed surnames in all languages, when used in the text, if not preceded
by initials or full names
e.g. DuToit but A.L.du Toit; Von Huene but F. von Huene
(c) Scientific names, but not their vernacular derivatives
e.g. Therocephalia, but therocephalian
Punctuation should be loose, omitting all not strictly necessary
Reference to the author should be expressed in the third person
Roman numerals should be converted to arabic, except when forming part of the title of a
book or article, such as
‘Revision of the Crustacea. Part VIII. The Amphipoda.’
Specific name must not stand alone, but be preceded by the generic name or its abbreviation
to initial capital letter, provided the same generic name is used consecutively.
Name of new genus or species is not to be included in the title: it should be included in the
abstract, counter to Recommendation 23 of the Code, to meet the requirements of
Biological Abstracts.
JENNIFER DAY
SOUTHERN AFRICAN CUMACEA
PART 2
FAMILY BODOTRIIDAE,
SUBFAMILY BODOTRIINAE
VOLUME 75 PART 8 JUNE 1978 ISSN 0303-2515
CAPE TOWN Se a a. ey
INSTRUCTIONS TO AUTHORS
1. MATERIAL should be original and not published elsewhere, in whole or in part.
2. LAYOUT should be as follows:
(a) Centred masthead to consist of
Title: informative but concise, without abbreviations and not including the names of new genera or species
Author’s(s’) name(s)
Address(es) of author(s) (institution where work was carried out)
Number of illustrations (figures, enumerated maps and tables, in this order)
(b) Abstract of not more than 200 words, intelligible to the reader without reference to the text
(c) Table of contents giving hierarchy of headings and subheadings
(d) Introduction
(e) Subject-matter of the paper, divided into sections to correspond with those given in table of contents
(f) Summary, if paper is lengthy
(g) Acknowledgements
(h) References
(i) Abbreviations, where these are numerous
3. MANUSCRIPT, to be submitted in triplicate, should be typewritten and neat, double spaced
with 2,5 cm margins all round. First lines of paragraphs should be indented. Tables and a list of
legends for illustrations should be typed separately, their positions indicated in the text. All
pages should be numbered consecutively.
Major headings of the paper are centred capitals; first subheadings are shouldered small
capitals; second subheadings are shouldered italics; third subheadings are indented, shouldered
italics. Further subdivisions should be avoided, as also enumeration (never roman numerals)
of headings and abbreviations.
Footnotes should be avoided unless they are short and essential.
Only generic and specific names should be underlined to indicate italics; all other marking
up should be left to editor and publisher.
4. ILLUSTRATIONS should be reducible to a size not exceeding 12 « 18 cm (19 cm including
legend); the reduction or enlargement required should be indicated; originals larger than
35 x 47 cm should not be submitted; photographs should be rectangular in shape and final
size. A metric scale should appear with all illustrations, otherwise magnification or reduction
should be given in the legend; if the latter, then the final reduction or enlargement should be
taken into consideration.
All illustrations, whether line drawings or photographs, should be termed figures (plates
are not printed; half-tones will appear in their proper place in the text) and numbered in a
single series. Items of composite figures should be designated by capital letters; lettering of
figures is not set in type and should be in lower-case letters.
The number of the figure should be lightly marked in pencil on the back of each illustration.
5. REFERENCES cited in text and synonymies should all be included in the list at the end of
the paper, using the Harvard System (ibid., idem, loc. cit., op. cit. are not acceptable):
(a) Author’s name and year of publication given in text, e.g.:
‘Smith (1969) describes .. .’
‘Smith (1969: 36, fig. 16) describes...’
“As described (Smith 1969a, 19696; Jones 1971)’
“As described (Haughton & Broom 1927)...’
‘As described (Haughton et al. 1927)...’
Note: no comma separating name and year
Dagination indicated by colon, not p.
names of joint authors connected by ampersand
et al. in text for more than two joint authors, but names of all authors given in list of references.
(b) Full references at the end of the paper, arranged alphabetically by names, chronologically
within each name, with suffixes a, b, etc. to the year for more than one paper by the same
author in that year, e.g. Smith (1969a, 19695) and not Smith (1969, 1969a).
For books give title in italics, edition, volume number, place of publication, publisher.
For journal article give title of article, title of journal in italics (abbreviated according to the World list o,
scientific periodicals. 4th ed. London: Butterworths, 1963), series in parentheses, volume number, part
number (only if independently paged) in parentheses, pagination (first and last pages of article).
Examples (note capitalization and punctuation)
BULLOUGH, W. S. 1960. Practical invertebrate anatomy. 2nd ed. London: Macmillan.
FISCHER, P.—H. 1948. Données sur la résistance et de le vitalité des mollusques. J. Conch., Paris 88: 100-140.
FiscHer, P.-H., DuvAL, M. & Rarry, A. 1933. Etudes sur les échanges respiratoires des littorines. Archs
Zool. exp. gén. 74: 627-634.
Koun, A. J. 1960a. Ecological notes on Conus (Mollusca: Gastropoda) in the Trincomalee region of Ceylon.
Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (13) 2: 309-320.
KOHN, A. J. 1960b. Spawning behaviour, egg masses and larval development in Conus from the Indian Ocean.
Bull. Bingham oceanogr. Coll. 17 (4): 1-51.
THIELE, J. 1910. Mollusca: B. Polyplacophora, Gastropoda marina, Bivalvia. In: SCHULTZE, L. Zcologische
und anthropologische Ergebnisse einer Forschungsreise im westlichen und zentralen Siid-Afrika 4: 269-270.
Jena: Fischer. Denkschr. med.-naturw. Ges. Jena 16: 269-270.
(continued inside back cover)
rr —
ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
ANNALE VAN DIE SUID-AFRIKAANSE MUSEUM
Volume 75 Band
June 1978 Junie
Part 8 Deel
4
a, S
4110, at
VID nov X
LOBEDU POTTERY
By
PATRICIA DAVISON
&
JUNE HOSFORD
Cape Town Kaapstad
The ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
are issued in parts at irregular intervals as material
becomes available
Obtainable from the South African Museum, P.O. Box 61, Cape Town
Die ANNALE VAN DIE SUID-AFRIKAANSE MUSEUM
word uitgegee in dele op ongereelde tye na beskikbaarheid
van stof
Verkrygbaar van die Suid-Afrikaanse Museum, Posbus 61, Kaapstad
OUT OF PRINT/UIT DRUK
aes), S93), SLD), ALS, B, than, SCS, S, TO),
6(1, t—p.i.), 71-4), 8, 9(1-2, 7), 10(1-3),
GD, 8, Wh, bea), ISCS), BAO), D7, SIGS), BAS), 38
Copyright enquiries to the South African Museum
Kopieregnavrae na die Suid-Afrikaanse Museum
ISBN 0 908407 44 0
Printed in South Africa by In Suid-Afrika gedruk deur
The Rustica Press, Pty., Ltd., Die Rustica-pers, Edms., Bpk.,
Court Road, Wynberg, Cape Courtweg, Wynberg, Kaap
LOBEDU POTTERY
By
PATRICIA DAVISON
&
JUNE HOSFORD
South African Museum, Cape Town
(With 28 figures and | table)
[MS. accepted I February 1978]
ABSTRACT
In this paper the technique and the types of pottery in use among the Lobedu of the
northern Transvaal are described. Recent examples are compared with museum specimens
collected in the 1930s, and possible reasons for the continuity of the craft are discussed.
CONTENTS
PAGE
lintiroclnctior, 5 » +o »« o ZAP
TONS NOUS 5 4 5 6 6 5 | OMB
Materials and technique . . 294
TINVOES BMG WSS o 5 6 ol CS CUB
IDISCUSSIONN sen ee llG
Acknowledgements Wecie e LS
IRGIGMINCSS 5 5 0 « « o BY
INTRODUCTION
The Lobedu live in the northern Transvaal lowveld below the Drakensberg
escarpment and are ruled by a female chief, Modjadji, the legendary ‘Rain
Queen’. Culturally they are classified with the North Sotho branch of the
Bantu-speaking peoples of southern Africa, but they show the marked influence
of their northern neighbours, the Venda, with whom they have strong historical
links (Van Warmelo 1974: 78). They have many cultural characteristics in
common with other lowveld Sotho, for example the people of Phalaborwa, but
relatively little in common with highveld North Sotho peoples such as the Pedi.
Their social structure has been described in detail (Krige & Krige 1943; Monnig
1963: 49-64), but very little has been written on their material culture.
Many of the people who recognize Modjadji as their chief do not, in fact,
trace their descent from a Lobedu ancestor, but belong to other Sotho groups
who have been assimilated through intermarriage, or to the Tsonga who have
lived in close proximity to the Lobedu for many years. In the 1930s the Kriges
(1943: 85) estimated that only 10 per cent of the Lobedu people were descended
from the original founding group. From the late nineteenth century onwards
missionaries and traders have been in the area, and their influence, together
291
Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 75 (8), 1978: 291-319, 28 figs, 1 table.
292 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
with the system of migrant labour, have made European wares increasingly
accessible and desirable.
Lobedu pottery is remarkably conservative and many potters still make pots
in the traditional way. As in the case of all other Lobedu crafts, pottery is not
a full-time occupation. It takes its place in the seasonal cycle of domestic and
agricultural routine. During the dry winter months craftwork is at a peak, as
Krige & Krige (1943: 32) comment: ‘From May, therefore, there are not only
dances and much beer-drinking but there is time for the plying of crafts such as
pottery, mat-making, basket-making. For the specialist in any craft is always
primarily an agriculturist who plies his craft only when he has time, and it is in
vain that anyone approaches even the most skilled craftsman for an object
during the planting or weeding season’.
A further practical reason which favours the making and sale of pottery
in the dry season is that for a successful firing the ground must be completely
dry. During the wet summer months, even if a potter does find time to make
pots, she will keep them in her cooking-hut until she considers the conditions
right for firing; it is common to find between twenty and sixty unfired pots piled
up inside a potter’s hut awaiting suitable firing conditions (Fig. 1).
The following technical account is based on data recorded between 1973 and
1976 from eleven potters in Modjadji’s village and in the surrounding areas.
All the potters were observed at work on several occasions although the whole
process could not be followed through in every case. Observation was supple-
mented by asking the potters about their techniques.
The description of the types of pottery is based on specimens in the ethno-
Fig. 1. Unfired pots inside hut, Modjadji’s village, 1975.
LOBEDU POTTERY 293
graphic collections at the South African Museum, specifically the Krige Collec-
tion which was collected between 1936 and 1938, and comparative specimens
collected by the authors between 1973 and 1976.
THE POTTERS
Among the Lobedu, pottery is always made by women. Not all women
who make pots, however, are specialists. Almost every woman has seen pots
being made and knows the technique, but in practice some women prefer to
buy pots rather than make them. Many women make their own cooking-pots
but buy the decorated pots for drinking beer. Even a good potter will buy pots
from other potters if she needs a special pot for a particular purpose or simply
if she likes the pot. Some potters take their pots to sell at the local market, but
others keep them at home (Fig. 2) and wait for buyers to come to them.
Traditionally pots were exchanged for the amount of grain they held or in
return for performing a task like weeding (Krige 1941: 11, 17). This was still
so in the 1930s but today pots are usually exchanged for money.
Fig. 2. Fired pots for sale at potter’s home, Molototsi valley, 1973.
Highveld Sotho potters sell their wares over a wide area and new ideas for
shape and decoration are introduced in this way. Examples in the Krige Collec-
tion show that potters are quick to imitate anything which appeals to them,
from a jam-jar to the shape of a motor-car tyre. None of the potters put any
identification mark or stamp on to their pottery, but almost every woman
294 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
questioned said she could always recognize the pots which she had made
because ‘she had made them and knew them well’.
Most of the skilled, specialized potters are older women whose children
have grown up and who have daughters-in-law to help with the domestic chores.
Indeed a good potter may become wealthy enough to acquire a ‘wife’ of her own
to cook for her. Following the precedent set by the Queen who has ‘wives’,
women of importance who have cattle of their own may use the cattle to marry
a younger woman who will perform all the domestic duties of a young wife or
daughter-in-law (Krige & Krige 1943: 144). Thus freed from some of the house-
hold tasks, a potter has more time for other activities including pottery.
Many of the potters had learned how to make pots by watching an experi-
enced potter and then by experimenting themselves. The craft was not neces-
sarily passed on from mother to daughter. Only one of the potters questioned
had learned the technique from her mother. Daughters of the present potters
show very little interest in learning the craft.
MATERIALS AND TECHNIQUE
There seem to have been no major changes in pottery processes over the
past forty years. Recent fieldwork accords with E. Krige’s (South African
Museum correspondence 3.3.66) description for the 1930s. The tools used today
are similar to those collected in the 1930s and also recorded in the 1960s
(Lawton 1967: 172). The present writers did not see any Lobedu potters
using the method of continuous coiling which was recorded by Lawton (1967:
CFE GR TT re
C Ao gh . 4
- 26, 7h
>
: oe 2
Fig. 3. Collecting clay from river-bank, Molototsi valley, 1975.
LOBEDU POTTERY 295
176) and stated by Shaw (1974: 116). As Lawton and Shaw based their account
on a demonstration by a single potter, it seems possible that this was an excep-
tional case.
The clay
Suitable clay, /edzuba, is found in the valley below the chief’s village. Two
sources, one about a kilometre from the village, the other about 3 kilometres
away, are used by the local potters. In both places the clay, probably kaolinite,
is dug from the banks of dry river-beds (Fig. 3), but the two clays are of different
colour and texture. The darker, finer clay, which comes from the further site,
requires only kneading before use, but the distance from the village is a dis-
advantage. The yellowish. coarser clay which occurs nearer has more impurities
and requires more preparation before use. The dry clay is ground, ho seda, to a
fine powder and all the large particles are removed. Thereafter it is covered with
water and allowed to stand for a few days after which it is kneaded and pounded
with a small pestle on a concave stone until a good workable consistency is
achieved (Fig. 4A). No tempering material is added.
Method (Figs 4B-D, 5)
Like all other Bantu-speaking peoples, the Lobedu do not use a potter’s
wheel. By working on a movable base (a potsherd, an enamel basin or plate)
the potter is able to rotate the pot when necessary. For all shapes of vessel the
method is the same. The start is made by placing a rough ring of clay on the base.
From the ring the lower part of the pot is built up, by pinching, scraping,
smoothing by hand, and adding pieces of clay. When it is roughly the required
shape it 1s smoothed with a shell, thema, of the seed pod of the mothema
creeper (Bauhinia kirkii Oliv.). The thema is soaked in water to become pliable
and is then used in a variety of ways—the convex side for smoothing, the
concave side for scraping, and the edge for shaping. At first the thema is used
to smooth the outer wall in an upward, diagonal movement while the other
hand supports the wall on the inside and presses lightly to thin out, heighten
and shape the sides. Small rolls of clay are added to the sides and worked into
the body of the pot. The number of pieces added depends on the size of the pot.
For a very large pot it may be necessary to let the walls harden slightly before
building it up to its complete height. Excess clay from the inner wall is scraped
off and any irregularities in the clay are removed by hand or with an awl. The
walls are smoothed by rubbing a small, smooth river pebble, thidelo, over the
surface of the pot.
Particular care is taken in making the rim as this is a potential area of
weakness in a pot. In addition, a pot is judged by the neatness of its rim. The
upper edge is flattened evenly, using the forefinger and the thumb, and a thin
roll of clay is carefully added and smoothed into position. To give a very smooth
finish a piece of wet calf-skin is folded over the rim and moved deftly round it
(Fig. 6). The rim profile is defined by modelling with the thema.
296 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
A cloth is wrapped round the pot to protect it from draughts and changes
in temperature which might cause the clay to dry unevenly and crack. It is
taken indoors until it is dry enough to be inverted for the filling in of the base.
Fig. 4. First stages in making a pot, Modjadji’s village, 1975. A. Preparing the clay.
B. Positioning a rough ring of clay on the base. C. Starting to build the wall. D. Adding
small pieces of clay.
LOBEDU POTTERY 297
In the case of a small pot the base is usually finished on the following day, but
a large pot may require up to a week before it is ‘strong enough’ to stand on
its rim without the walls collapsing.
Fig. 5. Shaping the walls. A. Scraping off excess clay. B. Smoothing the inner wall.
C. Adding pieces of clay to give extra height. D. The pot has reached its final shape and
must be left to harden before the rim can be made; the potter takes a pinch of snuff.
298 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Fig. 6. Smoothing the rim with a piece of wet calf-skin.
If the pot is to be decorated, incised designs are applied before the pot is
taken off its movable base (Fig. 7A—B). Geometric designs are outlined with a
piece of sharpened metal and chosen areas are filled in with red ochre and
graphite. The ochre, /edzogu, is powdered and mixed with water in a small
bowl or sherd. It is applied with the finger-tip and then burnished with asmooth
river stone (Fig. 7C). On the following day when the pot is drier, graphite,
Phomu, is applied in the same way and it is burnished to a metallic sheen.
When the pot is firm but still pliable, it is inverted and removed from the
base. The thick edges of the open base are pinched inwards and excess clay is
scraped off. Small pieces of clay are added (Fig. 8A) until the opening is com-
pletely closed. The base is then smoothed with the thema (Fig. 8B) and patted
into shape with a light wooden beater, khebato. At this stage uneven wall
thickness may be corrected by scraping and smoothing the inner walls (Fig. 8C).
Finishing touches may be applied to the decoration and thereafter the pot is
set aside in a hut (Fig. 9) for at least a week, and often for much longer, until
the firing takes place.
Firing (Fig. 10)
A number of pots are fired together, except in the case of a very large pot,
which is fired singly. A calm, clear day is preferred and the site is generally
sheltered from the prevailing wind. Firing usually takes place in the evening
when there is said to be less wind. During the day the potter takes dry bark and
kindling to the firing place, which is a shallow depression in the ground. Towards
LOBEDU POTTERY 299
Fig. 7. Decorating a pot for drinking beer. A. Incising the
design. B. Applying red ochre. C. Burnishing the colour with
a river-stone.
300 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
C
Fig. 8. Completing the base of a pot. A. Filling in the opening.
B. Smoothing the closed base with a seed-pod; note beater and
burnishing stone. C. Scraping off excess clay from inside.
LOBEDU POTTERY 301
Fig. 10. Firing. A. Positioning the pots and placing bark inside and round them.
B. Covering them with dry kindling. C. Old thatching grass is placed on top. D. The grass
is set alight.
302 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
sunset the pots are positioned and supported on small stones. Bark is stacked
inside and round the pots; kindling and old thatching grass are piled on top and
ignited. As the grass burns, more is added until the flames are smothered and
the burnt grass is insulating the smouldering coals within. The bark burns slowly
and without a flame. After checking with a long stick that all the pots are
surrounded by glowing coals, the potter leaves the fire to burn overnight. The
pots are allowed to cool (Fig. 11) and are finally taken home.
Fired pottery is porous and not fully waterproof. Pots for cooking and
brewing beer are sealed through use. In pots for storing water porosity is an
advantage as it allows the water to cool. On other pots the application of
graphite or ochre, followed by burnishing, may make them less porous, but
it was not asked whether burnishing was done consciously for this reason as
well as for the more obvious decorative purpose.
Breakages in the firing are usually explained in terms of poor quality clay
or the excessive heat of the fire. None of the potters questioned put breakages
down to supernatural causes. This accords with Krige & Krige’s (1943: 35)
observation that technical success is based on practical knowledge of the
environment, in this case the quality of the clay, rather than on manipulation of
“mysterious forces’.
Repair
Cracked pots are repaired with beeswax. A well-made /edz6méla in the
Krige Collection, SAM—9801, has been carefully caulked with beeswax and is
held together with fine wire round the rim.
Fig. 11. Pots cooling after a large firing.
LOBEDU POTTERY 303
TYPES AND USES
The Lobedu differentiate pottery vessels primarily according to function,
which generally determines the shape, size and decoration of a pot. The pots
in the Krige Collection cover the full range of Lobedu pottery except the very
big beer-pots which were too large to remove from the locality. The 1930s
specimens are described and illustrated here and are used as a standard of
comparison for the specimens and data collected in the 1970s. As the number
of pots in each group is very small, no statistical analysis has been attempted.
Average dimensions and the range are given in centimetres; volume is given
in litres and the number of pots measured in each group is indicated after the
year.
“Nkho’ (Fig. 12)
The nkhoé is a very large, spherical beer-pot, usually decorated on the
shoulder and round the mouth. Traditionally these pots are used on social
occasions when many people are drinking beer. If a family does not have its
own nkhé one is borrowed from relations or neighbours (E. Krige 1977, pers.
comm.). In many places the half 44-gallon drum has replaced, or is used con-
BWI
Fig. 12. Beer being served from a relatively small
nkhoé into a glass jar, Modjadji’s village, 1975.
304 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Ag % 3 . el
Fig. 13. The old and the new, Modjadji’s village, 1975.
currently with, the nkho for brewing beer on a large scale (Fig. 13). The beer-hut
of the Molokwane family (1975) contained six very large beer-pots partly
embedded in the ground, two metal drums in which the beer had been brewed,
and two smaller beer-pots from which the beer was served.
Outer
mouth
Diam. Ht diam. Vol.
1970S (3) se semy fo ae ONO 37,0 26,1 not
40,0-51,9 32,0-43,3, 22,0-29,8 measured
‘Modzhéha’ (Fig. 14)
This is a large, spherical pot usually decorated with bands of cross-hatching
on the shoulder and incised geometric designs round the mouth; it is used for
carrying and storing water. These pots are still much in use today as water
keeps fresh and cool in the porous earthenware. A lighter tin container is widely
used to carry water, but there is a modzhéha at every home for storing water
(Fig. 15). The shapes of the pots of the 1930s and 1970s show great similarity,
as does the decoration.
Outer
mouth
Diam. Ht diam. Vol.
1930s'Q). 42,4 32,6 21,8 29,0
41,1-43,7 32, 1—33,0 21,5=22,2 25,6-32,4
1970s (8) . 41,4 3,3) Dp) I)
38,6—-45,0 30,0-37,5 17,8-30,8 23,9-32,0
LOBEDU POTTERY 305
WALMUMILLLLHIHUMIIE SS SSEIIIUE
f
0 9g 18
_—————
cm
Fig. 14. Modzhéha, SAM-9712, collected 1930s.
‘Thukhwana’ (Figs 16-18)
A fairly large, spherical or elliptical pot from which beer is served into
drinking vessels. A thukhwana is always decorated, traditionally with incised
designs coloured with graphite and red ochre but nowadays with enamel paints.
Fig. 15. Modzhéha with calabash ladle close at hand, Modjadji’s village, 1975.
306 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Fig. 16. Thukhwana, SAM-9793, 9791, collected 1930s. Two
examples showing variations in shape and decoration. A. Elliptical
shape, inspired by a motor-car tyre. B. Spherical pot, decorated
with incised textured triangles and bands.
Size, shape and design vary greatly. These and the pots for drinking beer,
which are the most ornately decorated pots, are used for entertaining. They
may be considered ‘party-ware’ and are more susceptible to changes in fashion
than other pots. In the 1930s the elliptical-shaped pot (Fig. 16A) was a recent
innovation. This style, called ‘ya lebile’, which was said to have been inspired
by the tread and shape of a motor-car tyre, was adopted from Dikxale potters
on the highveld and became very popular among the Lobedu in the 1930s
(E. Krige 1977, pers. comm.). Highveld Sotho influence is also seen in the
arc design and the use of stamped lines on some of these pots (SAM-9797,
LOBEDU POTTERY
307
UCT 38/83). An unusual feature is a stamped star design on the base (Fig. 17B).
Outer
mouth
Diam. Ht diam.
H9B0S(9) . .. . . . 30,0 19,9 14,7
22,4—38,5 15,5-23,3 12,2-17,5
MOSS), . « sw 6277 DED, Se
21,0—35,0 16,8—27,0 15,5-22,0
Fig. 17. Thukhwana, SAM-9797, collected 1930s.
A. Spherical pot; decoration shows highveld Sotho
influence in the arcs and in the stamped lines. B. Star
design on base of pot.
Vol.
tE6
3,4-11,3
4,6
(only one
measured)
308 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
‘Ledzhoméla’ (Fig. 19)
Small, decorated pot used for an individual serving of beer to an honoured
guest. The smallest ones are also used to store baby food. Their shapes vary,
but they are always decorated with incised, coloured designs. A 1930s specimen
(Fig. 19B) in the Krige Collection is based on the shape of a jam-jar seen in
Duiwelskloof, the nearest town. Many modern examples are flat-based.
The ledzhéméla was borrowed from Shangaan neighbours, as was the term
used to describe it (Lawton 1967: 177), and it has largely replaced the calabash
vessel, phafa, which was the traditional Lobedu beer-cup.
Outer
mouth
Diam. Ht diam. Vol.
1930s (@).. 3 2 1 oe Ble 12,6 9,4 ILS
15,4-17,4 10,5-15,1 8,8-10,0 1,2-2,1
L9OT0SO) 2 ey eee Sh) 12,8 12,9 1,8
16,9-18,6 12S) 12,5-13,5 1,6-2,0
*Bidzha ya khelalélé’ (Fig. 20)
A spherical pot made in various sizes. The large ones are used mainly for
cooking porridge and the smaller ones for preparing vegetable relish or meat.
Decoration on these pots is minimal, usually a single line or band of cross-
hatching on the shoulder and graphite colouring round the rim. They blacken
Fig. 18. Pots in washing-up area —thukhwana, modzhéha, larger thukhwana, morifhi in
foreground, Modjadji’s village, 1975.
LOBEDU POTTERY
eS
OLR RPO
COKER OE
Cc
Fig. 19. Ledzhéméla, SAM-—9800, 9801, col-
lected 1930s; SAM-—10603, collected 1976.
A. Small, decorated pot for drinking beer.
B. This shape was inspired by a jar seen in
Duiwelskloof. C. Modern /edzhémeéla, with flat
base.
309
310 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
rapidly on the hearth and become seasoned and non-porous through use. The
simplicity of decoration and lack of red ochre distinguishes cooking-pots from
similar pots not used for cooking.
Diam.
19308: GB) Gr oe Se Vass
31,7-41,4
LO7OS(3) ec Re eae ese
27,1-30,7
The dimensions for small pots, bidzhana, are:
193052) ee Ont
18,4-23,9
1970s) a a es
‘Morifhi’ (Figs 21-2)
Ht
24,6
223-2950
202
19,3-21,4
1356
12,3-14,9
14,0
Outer
mouth
diam.
DSO
22,8-28,5
D383)
22,0—24,6
16,3
12,7-19,8
Syl
Vol.
17,0
11,3-26,4
6,9
(only one
measured)
259
1,8-3,9
1,8
An open-mouthed bowl used for cooking certain relishes, such as termites
and locusts, which do not need to be covered. It is also used as a lid for a cooking-
pot and has many household uses. A morifhi is never decorated with incised
designs. Occasionally graphite is applied to the rim as a finishing touch.
Diam.
L930SI(G)) 2 el OED
26,2-30,0
1970852) oe a ent i 9)
28,0-30,0
*‘Kheritswana’ (Fig. 23)
Ht
10,3
10,0-10,5
10,4
9,8-11,0
Outer
mouth
diam.
26,1
24,8—-28,6
28,1
26,2-30,0
Vol.
ml
2,9-3,6
2,8
(only one
measured)
A fairly small open-mouthed bowl used for serving relish and for drinking
marula-cider, mokope. A kheritswana is always burnished with graphite both
inside and out. This distinguishes it from a morifhi of similar shape. It is often,
but not always, decorated with an incised, textured band near the rim. Modern
examples are sometimes made with flat bases.
Outer
mouth
Diam. Ht diam. Vol.
193086) 3 2) ee LOR 8,2 18,4 13
17,6-23,4 SO SIUL,33 16,0-21,8 0,8—2,0
LOTOS(@)) 3, ee ee ee 8,6 16,3 L@
16,6-18,2 8,5-8,6 15,4-17,2 1,0-1,0
LOBEDU POTTERY Sil
cm
Fig. 20. Bidzha ya khelalél6, SAM-9706, 9785, collected 1930s. A. Large size for making
porridge, with lid for steaming. B. Smaller size for cooking relish.
0 18
|
cm
Fig. 21. Morifhi, SAM-9706, collected
1930s.
Fig. 22. Woman cooking relish in her courtyard. The pumpkin leaves in the bowl,
morifhi, are cooked in a small pot, bidzhana ya moréhé, on the hearth, Lebiya’s place,
1975.
Bile ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Fig. 23. Kheritswana, SAM-9788, collected 1930s; SAM-—10601, collected 1975. A. Traditional
bowl for drinking marula cider. B. Pot for the same use, but with a flat base.
Fig. 24. Lebéda, SAM-9787, collected
1930s.
‘Lebéda’ (Figs 24-25)
A large open-mouthed pot, roughly half-spherical in shape, used for
steeping maize prior to stamping and during the beer-making process. When
woven beer-strainers were used, beer was always strained into a /ebéda (Krige
& Krige 1943, fig. 11), but this is no longer done, as beer is now brewed on a
much larger scale in tin drums. The /ebéda is still made and used for soaking
grain, particularly during and just after the reaping season. In June 1976 a
number of potters were making them for their own use and for sale, as the
demand was great at this time of year. They are usually undecorated except for
an incised band below the mouth.
Outer
mouth
Diam. Ht diam. Vol.
19308 @)) = 2a. eee DO) 41,3 19,0
41,5-46,1 22,0-22,3 38,0-44,5 17,5-20,5
IS7Osi(Q)o2. pe, a le 27,0 Byeu 31,9
37,0-45,4 22,0-32,0 36,0-39,3 (only one
measured)
LOBEDU POTTERY 313
Na a ee
Fig. 25. Pots in use; left to right modzhéha, nkho, thukhwana, lebéda; Modjadiji’s village,
1975.
‘Lesabélo’ (Fig. 26)
A wide-mouthed bowl used as a wash-basin. It is always decorated with a
broad, incised band of hatching round the rim. White chalk is rubbed into the
incisions, and the bowl is burnished with graphite inside and outside. It was
customary for a wife to bring her husband a /esabél6 of warm water for washing
in the morning. In the 1930s Krige recorded that these bowls were rare and had
been replaced almost entirely by enamel basins. For ritual purposes, however,
the traditional bowl is said still to be used, for example, a person who is possessed
by spirits must use a /esabélé for washing. In 1976 a potter at Modjadji’s village
made an example on request as none had been seen in use. It differed in shape
from the 1930s specimens in that it was not as large and the incised decoration
was not coloured with white chalk.
Fig. 26. Lesabélé, SAM—9804, collected 1930s.
314 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Outer
mouth
Diam. Ht diam. Vol.
19308'(3) 3 Sue ee ee 10,9 iD 3,0
27,9-29,0 10,3-12,0 26,0—27,5 2,8—3, 1
TOPOS) wi ee er OL 9,1 DRS 0,9
‘Khetsikhiyo’ (Figs 27-8)
A deep bowl with a heavy, flat base and striated inner walls, used for
grinding tobacco into snuff. Occasionally there is an incised band near the rim
but many examples are undecorated. They are still in use, especially by old
women who enjoy taking snuff. Potters make them on order.
Outer
mouth
Diam. Ht diam. Vol.
1930812)" Ee ee eet n) IS 16,1 not
17,5-18,5 10,0-13,0 15,5-16,6 measured
1970s . . . . +. +. No specimens collected or measured but those seen
did not appear to differ from the 1930s specimens.
Fig. 27. Khetsikhiyo, SAM-—9802, collected
1930s.
DECORATION
The thematic features of Lobedu pot-decoration are incised patterning,
often in the form of textured bands of hatching or cross-hatching alone or in
combination with other geometric designs, and colouring with burnished
graphite and red ochre. White chalk is used only on traditional wash-basins.
Enamel paints are a recent innovation, rarely used by the potters at Modjadji’s
village.
LOBEDU POTTERY 315
Fig. 28. An old woman at the chief’s village making snuff, Modjadji’s
village, 1973. The long stick grinds the tobacco in a rotating action.
Together with shape and size the presence or absence of decoration charac-
terizes the various types of pot. The lack of decoration on a morifhi distinguishes
it from a kheritswana, which is of similar shape but burnished overall with
graphite. Pots used on the hearth are very simply decorated and, by contrast,
pots for serving and drinking beer are highly decorated and have the greater
variation and innovation in design.
Table 1 summarizes the types of Lobedu pottery in terms of function,
shape, size and decoration.
TABLE |
Types of Lobedu pottery.
Type Function Shape and size Decoration
INGO) ox storing beer, spherical; very incised patterns between
formerly for brewing large shoulder and rim; graphite
beer and ochre colouring
Modzhéha . carrying and storing spherical; large textured bands on shoulder,
water geometric designs between
shoulder and rim; graphite
and ochre colouring
316
ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Type Function Shape and size Decoration
Thukhwana . serving beer spherical or ellipti- incised bands, triangles,
cal; wide range arcs and chevrons between
rim and widest diameter;
graphiteand ochrecolouring
Ledzhoméla . serving beer, storing roughly spherical, incised bands, chevrons and
baby food modern examples diamond shapes over most
flat-based; small of the pot; graphite and
ochre colouring
Bidzha ya cooking pot (literally spherical; wide incised band on shoulder;
khilalél6 ‘a pot of supper’) range graphite round mouth
Morifhi . bowl for cooking bowl; wide range no incised design; some-
relish; lid times a band of graphite
round mouth
Kheritswana drinking marula bowl; small band of cross-hatching,
cider usually coloured with red
ochre, near the rim; bur-
nished with graphite inside
and outside
Lebéda steeping grain half-spherical ; little decorated; line of
large incised pattern below
mouth; graphite between
rim and incising
Lesabél6 wash-basin bowl; medium a wide textured band of
hatching round the rim;
white chalk rubbed into
incisions; burnished with
graphite inside and outside
little decorated; occasional
incised band and graphite
colouring below rim
Khetsikhiyo . deep bowl, striated
inner wall, heavy
flat base; small
DISCUSSION
Pottery continues to be made and used by the Lobedu despite availability
of substitutes from local traders. This continuity merits discussion. Although
the conservatism of pottery at Modjadji’s village could be partly explained by
the fact that it is the chief’s village, for the same reason it has been less isolated
than other villages and more exposed to outside influence.
Krige & Krige (1943: 50) commented on the decline in craftsmanship and the
impoverishment of traditional culture due to changing social and economic
conditions in the 1930s. The migrant labour system meant that men were
working in towns, acquiring new material needs and returning home with money
to buy manufactured goods. Prestige was attached to the possession of bicycles,
sewing machines, suitcases, furniture and modern tools and utensils. Changes
in the material culture reflected major changes in the economy. In the case of
pottery, the apparent lack of change is significant. Explanation probably lies in
a number of sociological and economic factors.
Traditionally pottery was not only of functional value. Objects associated
with important sociological and ritual activities were prescribed by custom.
‘Material culture may be regarded as part of social relations, for material
objects are chains along which social relationships run’ (Evans-Pritchard 1940:
grinding snuff
LOBEDU POTTERY SET)
89). The highly institutionalized rain-cult of the Lobedu, with the Queen at its
centre, demanded a wide-ranging observance of custom and made for ritualized
conservatism. Women played important roles in the social structure and mini-
mized the disruptive effects of migrant labour. In a subsistence economy based
primarily on agriculture, reciprocity in social relationships was stressed (Sansom
1974: 274). The social significance of beer exemplifies this clearly. Beer is a
means of ‘thanking’ or paying for specialized services, of reconciliation after a
dispute, of honouring a bridegroom, of showing hospitality, of offering tribute,
and a necessary part of many rituals (Krige 1932: 343-57). In this context the
pottery and calabash vessels used in making, transporting, serving and drinking
beer are integral parts of customary practice. It is suggested that where the
sociological significance of an activity is maintained, the use of associated
traditional utensils is more likely to continue.
The large metal drums, nowadays used for brewing beer, and the glass
jars used for drinking, reflect a change in the pattern of beer-drinking. Beer is
now brewed on a much larger scale, and it is offered for sale. In a traditional
beer-drink a calabash is passed freely from person to person and from group to
group, showing generosity and bonding ties of kinship and friendship. When
beer is sold different principles operate. The maker brews a large quantity of
beer. A glass jar or tin can is used in preference to a pot or calabash as it is a
more standard measure of volume and the buyer drinks most of the beer because
he has paid for it. In these circumstances the use of traditional utensils is not
relevant. Today both kinds of beer-drinking co-exist (E. Krige 1977, pers.
comm.).
In addition to the sociological importance of the activities in which pottery
is used, there are economic reasons why pottery has continued to be made and
used. The availability of clay allows the craft to remain active. Two good
sources of clay, fairly near to Modjadji’s village, provide potters with as much
clay as they need and there are no restrictions on its use. Furthermore, the use
of pottery has practical advantages. The porous quality of earthenware keeps
water cool and fresh. A lighter plastic or tin container may be used for carrying
water but a pot is invariably used for storing it at home. Cooking-pots have
proved their usefulness over the years and efficient substitutes, like the heavy
three-legged iron pot, are expensive. Today pottery is still cheaper than enamel-
ware and plastic, if not as durable. For certain pots, such as the khetsikhiy6,
for grinding snuff, no similar substitutes can be purchased.
The fact that women are the makers and users of pottery has encouraged
the continuity of the craft. In the 1930s women did not leave the villages to
earn money and, although their agricultural work-load was increased through
the absence of men, they were still able to do craftwork in their spare time.
Most women could make pottery to supply their needs. A few Christian women
made pots for sale, primarily to pay for school fees, clothing and things associ-
ated with their westernized way of life. Forty years later the population has
almost doubled and there is increased dependence on the earnings of migrant
318 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
labour to buy food. No family can produce enough food from its fields to
support itself. In 1969 Modjadji’s area could produce only 12 per cent of its
grain needs (Hattingh 1976: 360). Selling pottery is one of the few ways in which
women can earn money at home. Many village women do casual labour on
local farms and tea-plantations to make money and it is possible that their
buying power has stimulated the trade in pottery. The active potters supply
women who do not make pottery themselves but who still use it. Changing
economic conditions have led to greater specialization and commercialization.
The pottery continues to be made but it is meeting new needs. In the long term,
if women continue to leave the villages and the process of westernization
accelerates, it is probable that the demand for pottery will decrease in favour of
factory-produced goods and the craft will decline unless it finds new markets.
Continuity does not imply inflexibility. The viability of a craft is proved
by its ability to adapt. Technically Lobedu pottery is remarkably consistent,
but innovation in design and borrowing of ideas are not uncommon. Lobedu
pottery is not unique and it did not develop in isolation—it is closely related to
Venda pottery (Van der Lith 1972: 202-45; Schofield 1948: 178) and one can
easily detect affinities with highveld Sotho and Shangaan pottery, both in
appearance and in the vernacular terminology. A number of Lobedu pottery
terms have equivalents in Venda, Sotho and Tsonga. This is not unexpected
considering the heterogeneous composition of the Lobedu and their contact
with neighbouring groups. A detailed analysis of linguistic affinities has not
been attempted by the authors but might be rewarding.
A number of the factors discussed above help to explain the continuity of
the Lobedu pottery tradition over the past forty years. The flexibility shown in
adapting to changing economic circumstances is as important as traditional
conservatism.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The University of Stellenbosch is thanked for permission to publish data
which will form part of Patricia Davison’s Master’s thesis in Anthropology,
under the supervision of Prof. G. M. K. Schiiler.
Our warmest appreciation goes to Prof. E. J. Krige for her help in planning
the fieldwork and for her comments on the manuscript, to Simeon Modyjadji,
our interpreter, for his willing and efficient guidance, and to all the potters, in par-
ticular to Modabodi Molokwane and Madula Rabothada. Thanks are also due
to Dr N. J. van Warmelo for checking the vernacular terms and to Mr V. Branco
for the drawings.
For permission to work in the area we are indebted to the Department of
Plural Relations and Development and to the Lebowa Government. Financial
assistance from the Human Sciences Research Council is gratefully acknow-
ledged. Opinions expressed and conclusions drawn are those of the authors
and should not be regarded as representative of the Human Sciences Research
Council.
LOBEDU POTTERY 319
REFERENCES
EvANS-PRITCHARD, E. E. 1940. The Nuer. Oxford: Clarendon Press.
HATTINGH, P. S. 1976. Population pressure, agriculture and planning: the example of the
Modjadji Location. S. Afr. J. Sci. 72: 359-361.
KriGE, E. J. 1932. The social significance of beer among the Balobedu. Bantu Stud. 6: 343-357.
KriGE, E. J. 1941. Economics of exchange in a primitive society. S. Afr. J. Sci. 9: 1-21.
KricE, E. J. & KRiGgE, J. D. 1943. The realm of the Rain Queen. London: Oxford University
Press.
Lawton, A. C. 1967. Bantu pottery of southern Africa. Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 49: 1-440.
MOonnica, H. O. 1963. The structure of Lobedu social and political organisation. Afr. Stud. 22:
49-64.
SANSOM, B. 1974. Traditional economic systems. Jn: HAMMOND-TOOKE, W. D., ed. Bantu-
speaking peoples of southern Africa: 135-176. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.
SCHOFIELD, J. F. 1948. Primitive pottery. Cape Town: The South African Archaeological
Society.
SHaw, M. 1974. Material culture. Jn: HAMMOND-TOOKE, W. D., ed. Bantu-speaking peoples
of southern Africa: 85-131. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.
VAN DER LitH, A. A. 1972. Die keramiek van die Venda. Jn: ELorr, J. F. & COERTZE, R. D.
reds. Etnografiese studies in suidelike Afrika: 202-245. Pretoria: Van Schaik.
VAN WARMELO, N. J. 1974. The classification of cultural groups. Jz; HAMMOND-TOOKE, W. D.,
ed. Bantu-speaking peoples of southern Africa: 56-84. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.
6. SYSTEMATIC papers must conform to the International code of zoological nomenclature
(particularly Articles 22 and 51).
Names of new taxa, combinations, synonyms, etc., when used for the first time, must be
followed by the appropriate Latin (not English) abbreviation, e.g. gen. nov., sp. nov., comb.
nov., syn. nov., etc.
An author’s name when cited must follow the name of the taxon without intervening
punctuation and not be abbreviated; if the year is added, a comma must separate author’s
name and year. The author’s name (and date, if cited) must be placed in parentheses if a
species or subspecies is transferred from its original genus. The name of a subsequent user of
a scientific name must be separated from the scientific name by a colon.
Synonymy arrangement should be according to chronology of names, i.e. all published
scientific names by which the species previously has been designated are listed in chronological
order, with all references to that name following in chronological order, e.g.:
Family Nuculanidae
Nuculana (Lembulus) bicuspidata (Gould, 1845)
Figs 14-15A
Nucula (Leda) bicuspidata Gould, 1845: 37.
Leda plicifera A. Adams, 1856: 50.
Laeda bicuspidata Hanley, 1859: 118, pl. 228 (fig. 73). Sowerby, 1871: pl. 2 (fig. 8a—b).
Nucula largillierti Philippi, 1861: 87.
Leda bicuspidata: Nicklés, 1950: 163, fig. 301; 1955: 110. Barnard, 1964: 234, figs 8-9.
Note punctuation in the above example:
comma separates author’s name and year
semicolon separates more than one reference by the same author
full stop separates references by different authors
figures of plates are enclosed in parentheses to distinguish them from text-figures
dash, not comma, separates consecutive numbers
Synonymy arrangement according to chronology of bibliographic references, whereby
the year is placed in front of each entry, and the synonym repeated in full for each entry, is
not acceptable.
In describing new species, one specimen must be designated as the holotype; other speci-
mens mentioned in the original description are to be designated paratypes; additional material
not regarded as paratypes should be listed separately. The complete data (registration number,
depository, description of specimen, locality, collector, date) of the holotype and paratypes
must be recorded, e.g.:
Holotype
SAM-—A13535 in the South African Museum, Cape Town. Adult female from mid-tide region, King’s Beach
Port Elizabeth (33°51’S 25°39’E), collected by A. Smith, 15 January 1973.
Note standard form of writing South African Museum registration numbers and date.
7. SPECIAL HOUSE RULES
Capital initial letters
(a) The Figures, Maps and Tables of the paper when referred to in the text _
e.g. *... the Figure depicting C. namacolus ...’; ‘. . . in C. namacolus (Fig. 10)...’
(b) The prefixes of prefixed surnames in all languages, when used in the text, if not preceded
by initials or full names
e.g. Du Toit but A.L.du Toit; Von Huene but F. von Huene
(c) Scientific names, but not their vernacular derivatives
e.g. Therocephalia, but therocephalian
Punctuation should be loose, omitting all not strictly necessary
Reference to the author should be expressed in the third person ;
Roman numerals should be converted to arabic, except when forming part of the title of a
book or article, such as
‘Revision of the Crustacea. Part VIII. The Amphipoda.’ ace
Specific name must not stand alone, but be preceded by the generic name or its abbreviation
to initial capital letter, provided the same generic name is used consecutively. ;
Name of new genus or species is not to be included in the title: it should be included in the
abstract, counter to Recommendation 23 of the Code, to meet the requirements of
Biological Abstracts.
PATRICIA DAVISON
&
JUNE HOSFORD
LOBEDU POTTERY
: ja on
A i
ee Tay 8
Vi a xe we
= G a @ = a
< e a 4 = < er
ao =| jo ow Cc
ray = mo = is 4
zs oO _ ro) igh ro)
= za oJ 2a ad 4
yv¥uYgit LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVY
— = iG = oe Se =
o 4 ‘ow 2 mm go .@s eo
25 = 9 feo pan “5 a
= = c ny =
a ao cad E > =
Zz r = E a =
z MN ie Z : Z
" NOILNLILSNI_ NVINOSHLINS (S32 tyuvud Mul BRARI ES SMITHSONIAN _
= << Kem = .< S = =
= Zz = ae sad = = =e
a 2 Sidhe 2 g 2
2 re = Y * = S
ee eae Set ae 5
YVYSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI
S | wn = } on = ”
77) = Oo = 2 uJ
at a. = ri =a o
= < % c < = <
SG = o = ro) =
z = = = z wel
FITUTION NOILNLILSNI S3iYVYSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN
= ies = S if Ti
= bad = 2 S &
= cae = > F- i>
- m= - = -, =
Z fee m 2 ra
art B RARI ES MITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOMOIIISNI _ NVINOSHIIWS Sa tyYVvygl
=e = = = < = 0:
z = Zz. ys > wee = Yi fy
5 :: § WN 3 i 8 3 WY}
E = = AS = = = )
a Y 2 = SY = = > |
rITUTION Picgupcee ain” nee iyvug P71 LIBRARI ES SMITHSONIAN _INSTITU |
US & us a “hy, &
e = o \ 5 - .S
z = a c = =
co ro) fea) z fool =
= Z © S = $s |
‘uyug 1 tl BRARI ES_ SMITHSONIAN _INSTITUTION Beith 1yVvUs
a = o | = ao Ws & :
x — 9 = ua 5 i=
cs — cH = ed Sy
= Ie men - coat i
m z oy 4 om 3
w cam a (dp) ‘e —
TITUTION ee lyYvud Mul BRARI ES SMITHSONIAN
KF = 5 ye \\ = my 3
= = a, : a=} yy, “4 Z SS IN = =z
2% : 2m EN 2 :
ee nie See es : ae
LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN _ INSTITUTION NOILNLILSN!I NVINOSHLINS S31Y¥VUg!
z 2 - 2 5 x. (Oo
7) TEEN a” as n ae
= § : e a -
c ie 7 ar a = ec
_ faa) = fs) = fea]
= oO — ae
=. al me Ss = 4 pee! jae
4]
|
,
i
%
»
i!
7) bead rT, ud tn uJ
- 2 = = _ =
= < = < oe! <
fe) = Oo ra o si
= od = =) = ad
RARIES_ SMITHSONIAN_ INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI_NVINOSHLINS S31uVvud!y, LIBRARI
re) [= re) —_ os . re) =
EK vel fy" = = = NS - af
ey My = = > eer te >
- WH, = = 2 =
3 “fl m 2 m @ m
= w = wn . £ wn
| NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYSIT_ LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, NOILNLIL
Z . 2) = Ree Ly = ny. n
= x \< = oS ily
2 g g ZN 8
an = = = = =
‘oz ci Ys 3 oe
IRARIES SMITHSONIAN _ INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI_NVINOSHLINS S31YWYGIT_LIBRARI
im g = em 2 NXE FE g
: es = < = \\\ =
< 3 é < a aN < é
i =i =| +
Oe oo we oO a “< fae) pak
LD: Ss (@) = (eo) = oO
| =) 2 J z a ee =
LALILSNI S3JIYVYGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN NOILNLILS
Gile = = eh S bh & =
RM © w = cs = GL: : -
4 Bs) \ as Pe) 5 br; > 5
& = S\N \ tS ee = .. ie 2 -—
—— mo SW g m ee m ! 2
\ = Ww —_ =
JRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI_ NVINOSHLIWS S3tuvadiT LIBRARI
| = i z = = <i = Wy = é
= z 4 = a. Yj yy,
B a ra a8 an GA 2
Zz = S = 2 n= \
| > = >" = >" = YS
. = ” z 7) z ”
| be eo pSMITHSONIAN _ fe saclay
a a ws yy nr =
= ce =e Faad Site o
= _< =. < in| <
= a = ca : = a
i Oo == re) a ro) as
PRARIES_ SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILOLILSNI NVINOSHIINS S3I¥Vua 17_LIBRARI
| o 3 ER 2 See 8 ae a
E “2 E 2 5 2
Es . - a E za
=e = - = a =
- a
as oe Z y ae a
SHLINS S31UY SMITHSONIAN _ INSTITUTION
z w <= Ww —- ie w
< Steines = ee NS =
= | 4g Si 5 = + za +
BE 2 ZH ERS 2 NSE
= 2 “yy = 2 = 2
,: s = Ss he = oS
Ww) 2 w 5 7) > z
RARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILOLILSNI_NVINOSHLINS S31NVYEI7_LIBRAR!
WwW , = us = of =
= a = =
; < a :
a 0 = 0 =
2) ~ re) oe .e)
Ate coal | a oe lees z
Det teenie late Taet
A penne needierpked wey A ;
= aaa: SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIES pf
é oe Sut adeX E 2 ‘
PR beet 28 7 ate 0 : ; :
saetedind Sits Ane CHO oes £ 2 j ” .
moe iF: ft hed ; ; ‘of | |
Oe re te 7 3
ees hs Bie asinine TN ght BPD SAY ; |
Feo Lene t abd 2 Ge AY SD EME 22 al SALES : :
fat j . @ :
: ae a af by , ; y ) ve
: » € 5 P ; |
3 9088 01206 6593 cht
se GaOrieet = enor, ies : : ) ra , , :
beetle ES : | See etiad 3 i | :
ag ete “f Hoe : + cor . nt . rae
erie ' Pik inet Hit oh ct ad ahd ght ae ‘ ,
fl ats AEB nw 181 oO 2 a | ne 7 |
Crates Oat Pee ee : | : .
fe teetl ae sheet ; bile | : os
Hi ay? hel Caine Fee ars 7 i F
“ F Meh of Wh . :
Pa eee ec tii wih a
shor aes gel he i a | : : i : |
ashes oh ea j ‘ det - i e tiAa a x: ee ‘ uw bel Py beer , é
° ogi ra pitet) ye. aaa 3
s ; ‘ ras wif ee a oe . aor
sR ptiea eehies, a “i , a ; ¥ "
saierteent G 7 | : es |
ie aaa? 4 es PWR : areh ‘ b ;
Mise 6 Bei a , . Fur is i
sale fo i ie Aes Cin Oi ones eras os : ; ‘
Sate ik : aan ; ae |
: ; : : : E ried i Peevey : f er
Sic, ! alin ae! “ age, Ske Bey A F
SS oan igceehainy 6 z fel : ;
re $ - “ 4 oe ' car td ane a rag * + ‘ .
Megas ghee gf sone Mee erst . Cg! ,
PaO ee te ns : ! | : :
a% ps det : f : ; wath, one ren
: : { ‘ ae ’ * . Py
Layee f Paty Bar Oe ei ’
Ws Blt gs adiehaDilet ot E : / i ,
bee St ‘ 1 tige ear a
f ree st : es biss fe te IK pee
; tne biel staal ie Hf Pa his
' ; of ‘
6 , * pad z
Mi fn 4, f . . , ’ , i
pure balk & us f Fi in of '
A Shad Rahs ‘
rio. BL, Pe
,' * ‘ a” ¢ ¥ ‘
SE y ‘ 2.3 t ‘ 4
y ee ‘4 ‘; - oy x ‘
AD ot, he nas , . P ’ . 3
oe) ‘ ey PARE a co Tha 5 ’ é
ae, + . whi Ss . ee . ‘ ; ;
aneey : af , : : ‘, p : sed tu 4, Ceres
; ‘ . at that I a ey 1 .
=> :
Par Pe = yemectie eS
Le beret eres
rs
wes,
pe EER ek : | |
ae nee
oes eee se |
wry Pw Wee |
erp ty alec PEN etre pecans , ! 3
fe aneurceivan: Pee ree etree eee | |
= - aaa . SW ay ey Re :
ee Re eS et eS :
ps Beek os | |
bo eee Re PN :
tai RS IIS OE OE 4 a Fa WEY Bin lg st :
parE PRT dg GE Pe UOT Oe BP Sara uNhig oa: 38 i |
yaaa c4ity , EX. ap he
Seyney chan le sr! nvhty coy )
ye Maida WO ulate the ee fut
Pew ie |
Ht ary By . |
Weed yf a eee | :
tps aN OA y HEUTE UE fie ier .
~ & “afte 4 Certs War art :
RUT et 9 Sale 7
reese :
Deen :
PES ae ee ee 2 |
Serer es is | 3 2 7 | |
ag Stk - Cyd ae , :
ar, momar. Sey coe Ween ee a es re hy Us 6 |
Brash RAN eat Cie Bee ae a e ig hich
hae PR i
nik | |
eae i
#4
aoe tee ee 4 u ae :
FYI Fed BIUD 1 Ig F258 v Bie |
init As elie MAE oh et Tha
celle ee eee |
OBA GLE: 7 .
= a,
VAP 22 FP
Ses |
1
EAMES yD |
tba AY SUE ! |
cnet
Oe 0. : :
i
i
rea
Se Wet te